Heartland
The Heart and Soul of Home.
SPECIFICATIONS
www.CustomCupboards.com
Š 2014 Custom Cupboards, Inc. All Rights Reserved. Specifications subject to change without notice.
Information Index: Information Section Aging (Distressing).................................................................. 21 Angles / Formulas.............................................................. 27-30 Artisan Collection................................................................... 32 Artisan Collection - Stain Pricing............................................ 33 Cabinet Box Construction...................................................... 22 Cabinet Care Suggestions...................................................... 12 Classification of Orders............................................................ 7 Co-Op Advertising............................................................. 14-15 Credit Policy............................................................................. 4 Current Multiplier...................................................................... 7 Custom Cupboards & The Environment................................. 16 Dealer Training.......................................................................... 6 Delivery..................................................................................... 5 Display Programs................................................................... 13 Drawer Box & Guide Options................................................. 26 Expedited Service Orders - ESOs.......................................... 10 Facets..................................................................................... 31 Finishes............................................................................. 19-20 Freight Charges........................................................................ 5 Hazardous Materials................................................................. 6 Hinges and Overlays.......................................................... 24-25 Hours of Operation................................................................... 4
w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014
Interior Box Specifications..................................................... 23 Jobsite Delivery Requirements................................................. 5 Lead Times............................................................................... 7 Lifetime Limited Warranty Form............................................. 11 Memos / Forms...................................................................... 13 Ordering & Confirmation Procedures........................................ 9 Ordering Guidelines.................................................................. 8 Our Mission.............................................................................. 4 Packaged & Aged Finishes..................................................... 21 Packaged Finishes - Alphabetical Order - Pricing............. 34-35 Packaged Finishes - Price Order - Pricing........................ 36-37 Product Specifications Policy................................................. 13 Receipt of Product.................................................................... 6 Returned Goods....................................................................... 6 Shelf Policy............................................................................. 12 Touch-Up & Final Adjustment................................................. 12 Touch-Up Kits......................................................................... 21 Unloading Time........................................................................ 6 Warranty................................................................................. 12 Website................................................................................... 13 Who Do I Contact?................................................................ 2-3 Woods............................................................................... 17-18
-1-
Information Who Do I Contact ACCOUNT MANAGERS / ORDER ENTRY: Call your AM for questions pertaining to delivery of your cabinets, questions about your order or ESO’s, entry, quotes & pricing, billing, and as a starting point for a warranty issue.
Cristen Burkhart Ext.124 Customer Service Manager
Angel Ortiz Ext.162
Jessica Rein Ext.130
Kheva Edwards Ext.171
angel@customcupboards.com
jessica@customcupboards.com
Kheva@customcupboards.com.
cristen@customcupboards.com
Hollie Everitt Ext.106
Laura Hay Ext. 101
Lori Chism Ext.156
laura@customcupboards.com
lori@customcupboards.com
MARKETING DESIGNER
SALES ASSISTANT
Cesar Cantu Ext.114
cesarc@customcupboards.com
w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014
hollie@customcupboards.com
-2-
Tina Blasi Ext.158
tinab@customcupboards.com
Daniel Albert Ext.157 daniel@customcupboards.com
Information Who Do I Contact? SALES REPRESENTATIVES: Call your Sales Rep for questions pertaining to training issues, product issues, or anything with the exception of the status of orders and accounting / billing questions.
Interim Sales Manager Melissa Palmer Ext.102 Cell (316) 281-5208
Kevin Geiger (303) 204-0718
Shane Jardine (812) 369-5200
Joe Tanner (510) 928-6880
keving@customcupboards.com
shanej@customcupboards.com
a-r@mindspring.com
Danny Montgomery (316) 295-6538
Richard Palen (316) 650-8725
Jef Pearce (864) 506-1123
Jerry Goldman (972) 743-7407
dannym@customcupboards.com
richardp@customcupboards.com
jef.pearce@gmail.com
melissa@customcupboards.com
THE BARONET SALES GROUP
Darryl Minch, (561) 262-5802
Derek Minch, (904) 449-4527
Lester Minch, (904) 945-8495
darrylm@customcupboards.com
derekm@customcupboards.com
lesterm@customcupboards.com
OTHER IMPORTANT NUMBERS:
President Mael Hernandez Ext. 121
CFO / Accounting Chris Flickinger Ext. 152
maelh@customcupboards.com
chrisf@customcupboards.com
Dir. Research & Development Todd Johnson Ext. 110 todd@customcupboards.com
w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014
djerrygoldman@yahoo.com
-3-
Information Our Mission Our mission is to continuously improve the value of our products, customer experience and dealer support.
Hours of Operation Customer Service
7:30 a.m.—5:00 p.m. C.S.T. (Mon.—Fri.)
Phone:
(316)529-3431
Fax:
(316)529-1738
Sales & Marketing / Library
7:30 a.m.—5:00 p.m. C.S.T. (Mon.—Fri.)
Phone:
(316)529-3431
Fax:
(316)219-2798
Accounting
8:00 a.m.—5:00 p.m. C.S.T. (Mon.—Fri.)
Phone:
(316)529-3431
Fax:
(316)469-1028
Credit Policy Custom Cupboards Inc. requires prospective customers to complete our credit application, be approved for credit, and have a credit line established prior to marketing our products to their prospective customers. We reserve the right to request updated credit information at any time. Our normal credit terms require full payment within 30 days of the invoice date. A finance charge of 1.5% per month (APR of 18%) will be assessed on all invoices not paid within 30 days. The finance charge will appear on your monthly statement that is mailed at the end of each month. We strongly encourage you to review / reconcile your monthly statement upon receipt. Custom Cupboards Inc. reserves the right to place customers on credit hold for violations of the above credit policies. When a customer is placed on credit hold, any of the following actions will be considered: cancellation of ship windows; we may hold the shipment of orders; change credit terms; or exercise other options depending on the situation at the time.
w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014
-4-
Information Freight Charges Please contact your Account Manager or Sales Representative for your current freight rate and shipping arrangements.
Delivery Delivery will be on 53-foot trailers according to our freight rate charges. There is a minimum delivery charge of $75 net per order, $10 net per ESO, delivered along with Work Orders. There is an additional $250 net drop charge per order for jobsite deliveries. Switching delivery routing or changing into a customer pick-up within one week of departure date will result in an additional $75 net charge per order. All deliveries are one man tailgate deliveries, including jobsite deliveries. We cannot effectively deliver to a dealer if an after hours phone number is not provided. Breakdowns, traffic, etc. are unpredictable and considering the mileage that the drivers must drive every day, it is difficult to provide an exact time that we will be at your location. The initial delivery date, supplied during the confirmation process, will be the Friday of the week that we will deliver your kitchen. Approximately two weeks before delivery you will receive a fax with the exact delivery date.
Jobsite Delivery Requirements Failure to meet any of the following criteria may result in the loss of future jobsite privileges. In order to adequately schedule for a jobsite delivery, the full address must be given when the order is placed. It is mandatory that the dealer and/or sales person provide a detailed jobsite map, meet the driver at the showroom or other agreed upon, convenient location, and lead the driver to the jobsite. Deliveries more than 50 miles from your showroom must be pre-approved and are subject to additional freight charges. See the JS form provided in the Forms section. The dealer must evaluate the delivery route to the jobsite, insure accessibility, and notify local authorities if necessary. The jobsite must be able to accommodate a 53’ semi trailer with no dead ends or cul’de’sacs. The jobsite must meet local and state guidelines for delivery vehicles of this size. The evaluation is to include bridge weight limits of not less than 48,000 lbs. gross weight minimum, low hanging obstacles (overpasses, power lines, tree limbs, etc.) with a minimum height of 13 ½’ required. If the driver deems the jobsite undeliverable, due to failure to meet any one of the above requirements, or due to current weather and/or road conditions, the job will be delivered to the dealer’s warehouse or to the dealer’s truck. However, if a jobsite delivery is attempted, or if the order changes from a jobsite to a warehouse delivery, after the truck has been loaded, the jobsite fee will still apply. Failure to comply with these requirements will be justification for additional delivery charges which may consist of, but will not be limited to: hourly rate based on time of delay; fines from local authorities; and payment for damage to property or Kustom Karriers’ equipment.
w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014
-5-
Information Receipt of Product Each item should be checked by the dealer or an “authorized person” as it is unloaded from the truck. Any shortages or damages must be noted on the shipping receipt at the time of delivery. Please call your Account Manager (AM) or the Co Truck Shipping contact immediately. Any damages beyond the scope of field repair should be returned on the truck to be replaced (see Returned Goods Authorization). The dealer or the authorized person must sign the shipping papers. This signature acknowledges receipt of the product in an acceptable and complete manner. If the order is signed as delivered complete, the dealer will be responsible for any freight charges accrued to re-deliver any item that has been left on our truck. Any delivery made by any method other than company truck (Fed-Ex, UPS, Common Carrier, etc.) and is received damaged should be refused or noted at the time of delivery. If refused, the package will be returned to Custom Cupboards, Inc. for repair or replacement. If kept, please take pictures for the claim, keep your original packaging and contact the ESO manager at ext. 148 immediately.
Unloading Time The driver’s responsibility is primarily to move the product to the tailgate of the truck. The dealer is responsible for providing qualified personnel to move the product into the warehouse or jobsite. It is imperative that the product is unloaded in a reasonable amount of time (one hour is usually sufficient) in order for the driver to remain on schedule with the other deliveries on the route. If unnecessary delays occur, the dealer may be charged at the rate of $75 net per hour.
Returned Goods Any products that need to be returned to the factory for any reason must have prior authorization from the factory and must be accompanied with a Return Authorization Form. Please call your Account Manager to have a copy faxed to you. Custom Cupboards, Inc. takes no responsibility for items returned without appropriate documentation.
Hazardous Materials Hazardous materials can only be shipped via UPS Ground, UPS Priority Overnight or company truck, to a business address only. A substantial hazardous material fee plus additional standard freight charges will be assessed when shipping UPS Ground or UPS Priority Overnight. Some finishes will require multiple components be sent, this may increase the shipping fees. Please contact the ESO shipping department for further information or questions at ext.148 or by email at esoshipping@customcupboards.com.
Dealer Training We offer various types of dealer training. Whether it’s a one-on-one session at your dealership with your sales representative, training at our facility in Wichita, KS or a city near you, or one-on-one help from our Product Trainer, Melissa Palmer, we’re here to help. Melissa can be reached at Ext. 102 or by email at melissa@customcupboards.com. If you are looking for a specific type of training, such as focusing on design or 20/20, please contact your sales representative to let him / her know you are interested. If we have enough interest, we will definitely plan a special focus meeting. Please keep an eye out in our “Dealer’s Only” section on the website for upcoming training events.
w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014
-6-
Information Lead Times Our lead times are posted at all times on our website. Incomplete order will not receive the posted lead time, as posted lead times are for confirmed orders only. Monday dates are given, meaning the job will deliver no later than the Friday of the week posted. Please call your Account Manager if you have any questions.
Calendar in “DEALERS ONLY� section in website
Current Multiplier* *When price increases occur, the dealership is responsible for manually updating the multipliers on individual orders in the pricing program, as well as, verifying the correct multiplier in the pricing program (maintenance/utilities, edit system variables).
Your current pricing multiplier is: ______
Classification of Orders ESO: This is a quick ship item needed to finish up a job; ships approximately 2-3 weeks from receipt of the order depending on delivery method and availability of a company truck; maximum of 3 cabinets. Must have an original work order number provided with the order. All cabinet manufacturing lines available on an ESO. There is no surcharge for this option, this program is not meant for additional rooms. NOTE: If these items are missing, it will prevent you from receiving a window. 1. Job site maps 2. Serial # for sample doors 3. Floor plans 4. WT/Cutout forms 5. Drawings 6. Multiple questions
w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014
-7-
Information Ordering Guidelines Please read the following instructions before placing an order, then use the checklist to ensure your order is complete. Please note that all orders should be final, not works in progress or a rough draft when submitted.
1.
All orders must be entered using the Custom Cupboards pricing program. Orders must be sent in electronically. Submitting orders electronically will reduce re-entry errors. Handwritten orders will not be accepted. The first copy of our pricing program will be sent at no charge. Extra copies may incur a $119 list charge. Please call your Account Manager for more information.
2.
List groups of cabinets together working clockwise around the kitchen. Wall cabinets first, followed by bases, vanities, talls, then moldings and miscellaneous items last.
3.
Dimension / Measuring: All dimensions stated in this catalog are WIDTH by LENGTH. The length runs with the grain. Cabinets are measured across the front (the width) X the height X the depth.
4.
Use correct nomenclature to avoid potential errors.
5.
Layouts must be included with each order. Layouts are used throughout the inspection process and in the staging rooms. Layouts are not checked for accuracy.
6.
Supply a drawing for any special cabinets. Make sure you note “See Drawing” in the description so we know to check the drawing. Drawings of special items should be faxed to the factory for a price quote prior to placing the initial order and must accompany the order once it’s placed to ensure you get the quoted price.
7.
Include all oven & microwave cutouts, as well as all appliance panel sizes. Dimensions can be supplied in the line entry or use the forms provided in the “Forms” section of the catalog or download them from our website. Be sure to note on your order to reference the forms if used. Failure to supply these forms / dimensions will delay your order.
8.
All cabinet ends are manufactured as unfinished, or “raw”, unless specified on the order. Specify by using Right, Left, or Both on the cabinet entry.
9.
Include all moldings, valances, fillers, etc. Finished toe board must be ordered.
10. Moldings must be priced and ordered by the lineal foot in 8’ increments. Toe board and Solid Stock will be priced and ordered by the piece.
11. Use the Check Order button prior to submitting the order electronically. This tool can alert you to missing information, required forms & common issues that may delay your order. This feature of the pricing program is a knowledge base that will continue to grow with your comments and suggestions.
12. Make sure a complete delivery address is specified at the time you submit your order. If it is a jobsite, include after hours contact number and a job-site map. Failure to supply this form will delay your order.
13. Provide a copy of door label job was sold from OR send serial number on the back of the door.
w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014
-8-
Information Ordering & Confirmation Procedures Ship window: Upon receipt of the electronic order an e-mail receipt will be sent for your records. If there are questions or missing information you will receive a STOP ORDER first. Your ship window and grade will not be assigned until all missing information is received and ready to be confirmed. If you do not receive one of these two forms or the e-mail receipt within 24 hours of submitting the order please call your Account Manager to assure the order was received. DO NOT RESUBMIT ORDER. Approval A & B Orders: Once we have reviewed your order you will be faxed a copy of it to approve. Orders are processed on a first in, first out basis. Average turnaround times on orders depend on their complexity and are graded according to the “Classification of Orders” listed previously in this section. Check the confirmation immediately upon receipt. You are given 48 hours from the time you receive the confirmation to send it back to us. Please keep in mind that if you make numerous changes, especially changes that affect custom drawings, your ship window is subject to being moved out. Although we check your order entry, it is your responsibility to verify that your order is correct. This acknowledgement is our legal interpretation of your order, please check it closely. Telephone orders and telephone changes cannot be accepted. When reviewing the confirmation, please remember to: •• Answer any questions on the front page & body of the order •• Clearly note additions or changes next to the line item •• Sign & return the entire order, including all drawings •• Mark whether or not you want a final copy •• Mark whether or not you want put on the “move up” list; there is no surcharge or guarantee for this option •• Be sure you sign it off before you fax it back to us Approval C Orders: Once we have reviewed your order you will be faxed a final copy for your records. Because there is no confirmation process on C orders it is important to closely review the order prior to electronic submission. The window for making changes on a C order is very small, therefore we cannot guarantee that it can be done. It is imperative to review your final copy upon receipt. Scheduling: After the order has been approved by you &/or confirmed in our system by the engineering department, the order will be scheduled for production and delivery. You will receive your final delivery date approximately three weeks before shipping. Changes and/or cancellation of an order can be made after the order has been confirmed but must be made before the parts are generated. Call your Account Manager to check the status or your order before assuming you can make any changes or cancellations. You will be charged a paperwork charge of $100 net for each change that is made and your changes must be faxed to us in writing. Cancelled orders will be charged $100 net; this includes ESO orders. Orders cannot be changed or cancelled once production has begun. Additions to an order that has been scheduled into production will not be allowed. Additions to existing orders must be made on a separate order and may be required to ship at a later date or can be submitted on an ESO if the item(s) fall within the guidelines of an ESO order. Accuracy and completeness of your order is beyond our control, therefore, we cannot guarantee that all orders received at the same time will be produced and/or shipped at the same time.
w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014
-9-
Information Expedited Service Orders—ESOs The ESO program is a quick ship service used to assist dealers in finishing up their orders. These job completion orders are limited to 3 cabinets or less and are placed on an ESO form or by submitting through the pricing program. You can find this form in the FORMS section of this catalog. Although there is no surcharge for parts ordered through this system, to ensure a timely delivery of your parts, only the appropriate items should be ordered and must be accompanied with the original work order number. ESOs will be entered and acknowledged daily but do not require a confirmation, however, if you do find an error, please call ESO Order Entry immediately and the order will be corrected. If you realize that you have ordered the item incorrectly, call the ESO Account Manager to see if the item can still be changed. If the order has already gone into production, it will be too late for any changes. If a change is made, you will be subject to a $100 net paperwork charge. ESOs typically ship approximately 3 weeks from receipt of the order, depending on truck availability. Warranty items are separated from charge items and run under a separate order. Warranty orders list the replacement costs but you will not be invoiced. Your payment terms should state WARRANTY__. Warranty items are usually shipped via company truck, unless specified differently. We will make every effort to find a truck heading in your direction and we will cover any “add stop” fees. If a truck is not available, you will receive a call to go over your options. If you request 2nd day or Next day UPS shipping, you will be required to pay the difference. ESO wood & finish upcharges: A Wood & Finish Upcharge will be assessed to all finished wooden accessories that are not upcharged on a typical work order. This surcharge multiplies the finish & wood upcharge times the total list price of the finished accessories. If you are using the ESO form to submit ESOs, you will need to manually account for these upcharges. Shipping: The majority of items will be shipped via company truck. You may request alternate shipping options. If you do not have a truck scheduled, you will be charged $75 net plus additional mileage (call for a quote) for us to add a stop. If you do have a stop scheduled, the cabinet will be dropped at that stop and you will be charged a minimum of $10 for freight. If using the pricing program for ESOs, you must add additional charges for other carriers such as UPS. All tall cabinets and 48 x 96 panels MUST be shipped via company truck, NO EXCEPTIONS. If you do not have a company truck scheduled in this case, you will be contacted. All samples, library doors, door store doors, and sales aides will be shipped via UPS. Additional Shipping Options: UPS Ground (GND) UPS 3 Day Select (3DS) UPS 2nd Day Air (2DA) UPS 2nd Day Air A.M. (2DM) UPS Next Day Air Saver (1DP) UPS Next Day Air (1DA) UPS Next Day Air Early A.M. (1DM) FedEx Freight
= Standard transit times = Guaranteed 3 days (Good for AZ & CA only) = Guaranteed 2 day delivery = 2 day delivery by 10:30 a.m. = Next day delivery by 3:00 p.m. = Next day delivery by 10:30 a.m. = Next day delivery by 8:00 a.m. = Used to ship larger items
PLEASE REMEMBER THAT EXPRESS SHIPPING IS COSTLY, CALL THE ESO MANAGER FOR QUOTES!!! Handling charges: The following additional HANDLING charges will apply to all packages shipped UPS, USPS, or common carrier: 1 small package (UPS/USPS) = $10 net charge. The residential fee for common carrier is $78. This charge is in addition to the standard shipping charge. There is also a lift gate service charge of $135 if a lift gate is needed during a common carrier delivery. Contact the ESO organizer at extension 148 or the ESO shipping tech at esoshipping@customcupboards.com for estimated freight rates.
w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014
- 10 -
Information LIMITED LIFETIME WARRANTY Custom Cupboards, Inc. (CCI) warrants all of its cabinetry to be free of defects in material and/or workmanship when subject to normal use for as long as the original purchaser owns it. Subject to the provisions that follow, provided that the original purchaser retains ownership and is able to establish the date of purchase and the original cost of the defective product to CCI’s reasonable satisfaction, Custom Cupboards, Inc. will at its sole option elect to either repair or replace, at its discretion, the defective material or components, free of charge. The lifetime coverage offered by this warranty automatically ends upon the sale of the property or the death of the last original homeowner at the time of purchase of the product. The lifetime coverage in this warranty applies only to individual homeowners. Custom Cupboards Inc. also warrants its dovetail drawer box, hinges, and drawer suspension system to be free from defects in material and/or workmanship under normal usage to the original purchaser for the lifetime of the cabinets.
defects and/or joint separations that occur as a result of low (below 25%) or high (above 55%) humidity or moisture conditions or exposure to extremes of temperature. The color of the wood and finish may change during the lifetime of the product due to exposure to direct or indirect sunlight or other factors. The color change, known as mellowing, occurs in both the finish and the wood itself and is part of the natural aging process. This process is not to be considered a defect in material or workmanship. No dealer or other person(s) or entity is authorized to modify the foregoing warranty or to make any other warranty on behalf of Custom Cupboards, Inc. To file a warranty claim, the purchaser should contact their local authorized Custom Cupboards dealer/distributor. The dealer/distributor will then obtain the information necessary to make the claim decision and forward such information in writing to Custom Cupboards for action on the claim. Warranty claims must include a complete description of the defect.
This is a parts warranty only and excludes labor for removal or replacement of defective parts. This warranty shall not apply to cabinetry ordered unfinished, nor to cabinetry or parts of our cabinetry that have been subjected to alterations, abuse, misuse, negligence, or improper installation, storage and handling.
ITED LIM
W
AR
Y
LIFETIME
Our warranty does not cover expansion or contraction
RAN
T
Dealership
Street Address
City
Original Work Order
PO#
State Zip
Custom Cupboards, Inc. ▪ 3778 South Norman, Wichita, Kansas 67215 ▪ T 316.529.3431 F 316.219.2798 ▪ www.CustomCupboards.com
LimitedLifetimeWarranty0611 Effective June ‘11
w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014
- 11 -
Information Warranty When submitting a warranty request, use the form (found in the forms section of the catalog & on the website) or submit electronically using the Pricing Program. The original work order number assigned by Custom Cupboards, as well as any other relevant information must be included. Warranty orders are processed as ESO orders. Warranty orders show replacement cost but are not invoiced to the dealer. The payment terms should state WARRANTY__. Finish: Complaints about finish require inspection by a representative of the factory. Issues dealing with color may require that both the sample that was sold from and an example from the job in question be submitted to the factory for review. Defective materials and/or workmanship: Replacement of cabinets and/or accessories will be done on a priority basis (ESO program). In most instances, you will be required to return the defective item at your expense. If the item was damaged in shipping, call the ESO manager to make arrangements for the carrier to pick up the item. Credit will then be issued after verification by the claims inspector. Slight variations of grain patterns and color are natural characteristics of wood products and are not acceptable reasons for replacement. Variations in color that fall within a window of acceptability between the sample and the job will also not be warrantable. Repair / Replacement: Custom Cupboards reserves the right to field repair or request that you return any cabinet or accessories to the factory for repair and/or replacement. If a field repair is possible, an accurate estimate of the cost must be obtained in writing and approved by the factory before any work is done. Custom Cupboards will not cover any expense involved in removing, reinstalling, or shipping the cabinet and/or accessory.
Shelf Policy Shelves over 36” long are not covered against deflection / sagging.
Touch-Up & Final Adjustment Touch up, the final adjustment of doors and drawers, and the correction of minor shipping damage is the dealer’s responsibility. If there is a customer complaint regarding damage, it is the dealer’s responsibility to investigate the complaint. If, after an initial visit, the complaint seems appropriate, contact your Custom Cupboards Sales Representative to determine further action.
Cabinet Care Suggestions DUSTING Use a soft lint-free cloth SPILLS Excess moisture can damage any cabinet finish; therefore, it’s important to clean spills immediately. Areas around the sink, dishwasher and cabinet baseboards are more susceptible. We recommend that excess moisture and spills be cleaned up with a soft cloth and mild soap if necessary. Wipe dry with a clean soft towel. GENERAL CLEANING Simply wipe surface of cabinet with water and mild soap if needed. Be sure to dry thoroughly. CAUTION • Do not use cleaners which contain abrasives • Do not use cleaners which contain ammonia - they may discolor • It is always recommended that a small, inconspicuous area be tested when using any cleaner • Avoid bearing down as this may cause burnishing CARE We understand that cabinets are going to get scratched and/or dented, especially if you live in your kitchen. We recommend using Tibet Almond stick (available online) for minor scratches. As this won’t “fix” the scratch, it helps in blending making it less noticeable. For significant scratches or damage, we recommend that a professional re-finisher be hired or visit the dealership in which your Custom Cupboards cabinets were purchased. Doing any “self repair” could void your warranty.
w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014
- 12 -
Information Memos / Forms All of our memos from the past year are posted on our website. You will also find our forms on our website. To access any of these items please follow these directions:
•• •• ••
Log on to our website at www.customcupboards.com Go to “For the Pros” then click on “Dealers Only” Type in Username: ____________ and Password: _____________
Website
www.customcupboards.com
Please feel free to send your customers to our website. Our LOC is accessible on our site. It is also a valuable tool for you as you can order sales aides and Door Store doors, download forms, view past newsletters and take a look at the past year’s memos. Your username should be your dealer code + your first and last name. You will need to register on your first visit. (Ex. ABC001JoeSmith). Please contact Tina Blasi at ext. 158 if you have trouble logging in. Your Username:__________________________ Your Password:__________________________
Display Programs The following guidelines apply to all displays:
1.
A Request for Display Approval, using the Discount Request Form, must be submitted with your order. Sales & Marketing must approve the display, in writing, before the order is processed. This form can be found in the Forms section of our website and catalog.
2.
A floor plan must be submitted at the time of request for approval.
3.
Approved displays must be installed in your dealership showroom… no other locations will qualify.
4.
Your showroom must be open to the general public during normal business hours with adequate sales personnel present.
5.
Custom Cupboards has the right to question or not allow your choice of style or finish.
6.
ESO’s, sample doors & literature do not qualify for this program.
The following two display programs are available: 5% rebate program: The cost of the display will be paid back to the dealer by issuing a 5% rebate on each order processed after the display has been invoiced, NO EXCEPTIONS. This 5% rebate will apply to all orders invoiced within a one year period or until the display cost has been recovered, whichever comes first. 15% flat discount program: A one time 15% discount will be taken off the display invoice. If you have any further questions concerning these two programs, please call your Account Manager.
Product Specifications Policy All product specifications shown in this catalog are subject to change without notice. If you have any questions, please contact the Head of Research & Development, Todd Johnson, at extension 110 or by email at todd@customcupboards.com.
w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014
- 13 -
Information Co-Op Advertising The purpose of this Co-Op Advertising program is to help you develop and plan strategies to improve the effectiveness of your advertising while increasing your sales. Our goal is to support your efforts and help you successfully market and advertise Custom Cupboards Inc. How Co-Op is Earned Your Co-op consists of ½ of 1% of your previous fiscal year’s invoiced sales. No Carryover. Our fiscal year runs from May 1st – April 30th. Please note that your Co-op balance does not accrue throughout the year. General Guidelines •• A Custom Cupboards Marketing Rep or the Marketing Assistant, must approve all advertising before funds can be used - no exceptions. Please use our Co-Op Advertising Claim Form, found in the Forms section. •• The Custom Cupboards logo must appear on all ads. •• Your account must be current and in good standing. •• With receipt of paid, pre-approved ads, CCI will credit your account with funds earned from previous sales. Approved Media •• Newspaper •• Magazines •• Television / Radio commercials •• Billboards •• Direct mail •• Open Houses / In-House Promotions / Home Shows •• Literature & Sales Aids Any media other than the above (such as tournament involvement or special events, etc.) must be approved in advance by the V.P. of Sales & Marketing. Newspaper or Magazine Advertisements •• The CCI logo must be shown, along with your logo or name, on any size ad space. Your showroom location and phone number must also be included in the advertisement. •• A full-page tear sheet showing the publication name and date must be submitted for approval. If the same ad runs more than one time, you only need to submit one tear sheet per request as long as the invoice clearly states how many days the ad ran. •• A legible copy of the paid invoice for the ad(s) must be submitted. •• 50% Co-opable - see reimbursement expectations on the following page if other manufacturers included. Open House / In House Promotion / Home Shows •• Custom Cupboards cabinetry must be displayed in at least an 8 foot run, or other pre-authorized configuration. •• Items such as T-shirts, hats, brochures will be co-op’d at 50% if the funds are available. •• Documentation must include: •• Photographs of the event or CCI representation •• Photographs of your display •• Copy of paid invoices for event items •• 50% Co-opable - see reimbursement expectations on the following page if other manufacturers included. Billboards •• The CCI logo must be shown, along with your logo or name, on any size ad space. Your showroom location and phone number must also be included in the advertisement. •• A legible copy of the paid invoice showing the date the sign was installed must be submitted. •• 50% Co-opable - see reimbursement expectations on the following page if other manufacturers included. Direct Mail •• The CCI logo must be shown, along with your logo or name, on any size ad space. Your showroom location and phone number must also be included in the advertisement. •• The direct mail piece must contain an identifiable photograph of Custom Cupboards cabinetry. •• A copy of the direct mail piece, a copy of the paid invoice for printing, postage costs, and certification of mailing, showing quantity, date and type of mail must be submitted. Production charges such as typography, layout, paste up, and artwork are not eligible. •• 50% Co-opable - see reimbursement expectations on the following page if other manufacturers included.
w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014
- 14 -
Information Co-Op Advertising Television •• The words “Custom Cupboards” must be included in the first or second sentence of the audio portion. One additional time in a 30-second spot, or two (2) additional times in a 60-second spot. •• The video portion must contain identifiable Custom Cupboards cabinetry. •• The CCI logo must be shown in conjunction with your dealership name or logo, address and phone number in the video portions of the ad. •• A legible copy of the paid invoice showing the net amount of the ad(s) and the dates and times it aired must be submitted. •• A video tape of the ad must be submitted. •• 50% Co-opable - see reimbursement expectations on the following page if other manufacturers included. Radio
••
The words “Custom Cupboards” must be included in the first or second sentence of the audio portion. One additional time in a 30-second spot, or two (2) additional times in a 60-second spot. •• A legible copy of the paid invoice showing the net amount of the ad, the dates and times aired must be submitted. •• 50% Co-opable - see reimbursement expectations on the following page if other manufacturers included. Sales Aids/Literature •• A copy of the paid invoice must be faxed to the Sales & Marketing Manager at 316-219-2798. Custom Cupboards will cover literature & all sales aids including starter kits, sample doors, brochures, etc. •• Reimbursement will be 25% of the invoice, excluding freight. Reimbursement •• Custom Cupboards will reimburse your dealership for half of the ad cost in the form of a credit to your account, unless other company logos are included. In this case, Custom Cupboards’ participation will be pro-rated as follows: •• Our logo only – We pay 1/2 Your ad costs $300 We pay $150 You pay $150 •• Our logo and one other (any company) – We pay 1/3 Your ad costs $300 We pay $100 •• Our logo and two others (any companies) – We pay 1/4 Your ad costs $300 We pay $75 •• Sales Aids/Literature - We pay 25% of total invoice cost Accounts are reviewed and credits are issued within 30 days of receipt of the copy of your invoice. Credits will not be issued if the advertisement was not pre-approved. Submitting Claims •• Complete the Co-Op Advertising Claim Form. This form can be downloaded from the “Forms” section of our website. •• Incomplete forms could result in delay or rejection of reimbursement. •• The completed claim and all required documentation should submitted by mail, email or fax to: Custom Cupboards, Inc. Attn: Sales & Marketing 3738 S. Norman Wichita, KS 67215 tinab@customcupboards.com fax: 316-219-2798 •• To be considered for co-op reimbursement and ensure prompt processing, all co-op claims must be submitted within 45 days of the date of advertising or invoice date. •• Claims will not be held until total claim amount is available. The current funds available will be applied and the claim will be closed.
w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014
- 15 -
Information Custom Cupboards & The Environment
CUSTOM CUPBOARDS HAS EARNED ENVIRONMENTAL STEWARDSHIP CERTIFICATION ADMINISTERED BY KCMA CUSTOM CUPBOARDS ENVIRONMENTAL MISSION STATEMENT Our goal is to foster partnerships that will enhance our local economy using environmental improvements that create cleaner and safer neighborhoods. Custom Cupboards will accomplish this by making a pledge to use sustainable forest products and manage current and future recycling programs to display our commitment to environmental awareness and reclaimable business practices.
ESP CERTIFICATION REQUIREMENTS: Air Quality: Custom Cupboards uses low formaldehyde emitting raw materials to minimize hazardous air pollutants Product Resource Management: Custom Cupboards, in conjunction with our business partners, strives to purchase materials which have been recycled, recovered, and recognized through sustainable forestry programs. Process Resource Management: Custom Cupboards participates in active recycling programs and incorporates by-products as alternative energy sources. Environmental Stewardship: Custom Cupboards encourages our employees and business partners to commit to environmental quality and awareness. Community Relations: Custom Cupboards demonstrates community involvement through charitable organizations, schools, and local businesses. We hope that our participation in the Environmental Stewardship Program, along with other certified cabinet manufacturers, will promote the importance of commitment to the environment and sustainability of natural resources.
w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014
- 16 -
Information Woods Custom Cupboards offers a “clear” and “rustic or knotty” variation on most species. Although each set of cabinetry passes through multiple inspection stations and hand-sorts, we cannot control the frequency and where knots, sapwood, streaks, or other irregularities may fall. Because this is a product of nature, each kitchen will have its own unique characteristics. CLEAR (All Woods): Small pin knots (under 1/4” diameter) may be visible on the front, especially on Alder. Larger, unfilled knots are permitted on the backs of doors and drawer fronts. Pinholes, gum pockets, light mineral streaking, and flecks of grey (in Beech) and brown (in Cherry) may also be visible. “Clean” varieties are selected for minimal natural character marks, although some may make it through our hand-selection process. RUSTIC (Cherry, Beech): Rustic varieties will include a light and random distribution of open and secure knots of various sizes, bird pecks, or equivalent gum pockets. Open knots that can be completely seen through will be partially filled with epoxy resin. Every rustic door will include mineral streaks, sapwood (heartwood on maple) and other naturally occurring characteristics that are unique to the species, however, not every door will have knots; they are simply less frequently occurring on rustic species. Beech will also include heavy mineral coloring and streaking. KNOTTY (Alder, Red Oak): Includes larger, open, secure knots than clear varieties. Open knots that can be seen through are partially filled from the back with black epoxy resin as a means of securing the knot. In general, we strive for at least one knot per door, and in most instances, multiple knots per door. Knots in faceframes and finished ends are typically less frequent and cannot be considered a defect unless it compromises the integrity of the frame. Knots in plywood panels sometimes expose the tinted core of the plywood. This cannot be considered a defect due to the thin veneer and the brittleness of knots.
Alder
Knotty Alder
Reddish-brown to pale yellow wood with soft, straight grain, even texture, and a subtle figure. Alder can have small knots, under ¼” diameter, pin holes, and up to 1/2” oblong knots on the front. Larger, unfilled knots are permitted on the backs of doors and drawer fronts. Plywood will have closed knots of various sizes with up to two 3/4” diameter knots per 4 x 8 sheet; may be more visible with lighter stains. Alder lightens with age and exposure to light.
Same as Alder PLUS larger, open, secure knots. Open knots are partially filled from the back with black epoxy resin, only if they can be completely seen through or as a means of securing the knot. Plywood can have large, open, secure knots of various sizes with up to six 3/4” diameter knots per 4 x 8 sheet. No attempt is made to evenly distribute the knots. Knotty Alder lightens with age and exposure to light. Order as “K Alder SP”
Beech
Rustic Beech
Whitish to pale brown, straight-grained wood with small grey flecks and light mineral coloring & streaking. Beech is a strong wood with a density that is similar to maple. Light mineral streaking on the front is allowed. Plywood may have some light mineral streaks.
Same as Beech PLUS Rustic will include repaired knots of various sizes and heavy mineral coloring & streaking. No effort will be made to evenly distribute knots or those characteristics deemed “rustic” and their occurrence would be described as “random”. Plywood will have rustic characteristics.
Cherry
Rustic Cherry
Durable, moderately-strong hardwood with reddishbrown hue, straight grain, & fine texture. Cherry may have brown flecks, gum pockets, and pin holes. On light colors sapwood is NOT allowed on the face, unlike dark colors where some sapwood is acceptable. Plywood may have gum pockets. Cherry darkens with age and exposure to light.
The hard wood used in doors, drawer fronts and RPEs will allow all the natural color variations of cherry as stated for Clear Cherry. In addition, both open and secure knots, bird pecks or equivalent gum pockets are allowable. Open knots will be partially filled with epoxy resin only if they can be completely seen through. No effort will be made to evenly distribute knots or those characteristics deemed “rustic” and their occurrence would be described as “random”. Plywood will have gum pockets.
w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014
- 17 -
Information Woods
Hickory
Maple
A dense, tough, coarse-textured wood with white sapwood and reddish-brown heartwood. The color and graining patterns will have variations from black to brown in the heartwood to yellow in the sapwood. Certain stains will amplify this effect. The finished look of a hickory kitchen is usually described as “Rustic”, “Wild”, or “Natural”.
Hard Maple (Sugar Maple) is a heavy, straightgrained wood with a fine texture. The sapwood is white and selected for its light color, maple does not generally take dark colors well and may appear blotchy. On light colors occasional mineral streaks up to 1/4” wide by 2” long my be present. On dark colors, mineral streaks can be 1/2” wide and 4” long. Plywood may have light mineral streaks.
Oak
White Quarter-Sawn Oak Red oak is a straight-grained hardwood with a coarse texture and a pinkish-red hue. The texture of the wood varies according to the rate of growth. Plywood will be clear of defects.
White Quarter-Sawn Oak is a very stable wood known for its uniform straight grain and high ray flake figure. Exhibits a beautiful grain texture. This grain structure has more resistance to warping than the conventional high yield cutting method. Plywood will be clear of defects.
MDF Paint Paintgrade Paint-grade hardwood (typically Maple) face frames, door rails and stiles; Medium Density Fiberboard (MDF) center panels and slab drawer fronts with paint grade hardwood veneer cabinet ends. Used on painted finishes without aging (distressing).
Paint-grade hardwood (typically Maple) face frames, door rails, stiles, and center panels; paint grade hardwood veneer cabinet ends. Used with opaque finishes with burn-thru or any aging (distressing).
Craftwood Also known as, Medium Density Fiberboard, or MDF. Craftwood is an engineered wood product formed by breaking down softwood into fibers, often in a defibrator, combining it with wax and resin, and forming panels by applying high temperature and pressure. The advantage of using Craftwood for painted finishes is that it is less likely to shrink or expand. All Craftwood paints come standard with a STANDARD 21-25 degree sheen, but can be ordered with a FLAT/MATTE 6-10 degree sheen. Glaze, Aging (Distressing), Crackle or Fly Speck are not available. The #13, #60, #66 & #67 door edges are not available on Craftwood. Available only in one-piece door styles and their matching drawer fronts. Available door styles: #300-1 pc, 301-1 pc, 503-1 pc, 700-1 pc, 701-1 pc, 707-1 pc, 708-1 pc, 900-1 pc & 901-1 pc
w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014
- 18 -
Information Finishes A world class finish starts with a quality base. Custom Cupboards uses only the finest, hand-selected hardwoods in their cabinet construction. Those hardwoods then go through a rigorous, seven step, automated sanding process to ensure a uniform grain pattern and stain application. Each piece is then hand-stained and rubbed to accentuate the natural beauty of the wood. Multiple coats of finish are then applied to seal in the color and protect the wood. Only the finest finishes are used to beautify and protect Customer Cupboards products. These UV inhibited finishes and conversion varnishes meet stringent AWI/ASTM standards and provide a hard and durable surface that resists abrasions, water staining, body oils, and household chemicals. Custom Cupboards spares no expense in providing quality products that retain their beauty over a lifetime of service. Satin Topcoat: 22-27º sheen, UV inhibited conversion varnish, seal, clear topcoat. Optional, but must be specified on order. Flat Topcoat: Matte, 8-12º sheen, UV inhibited conversion varnish. A lower sheen can result in a color difference. Please view a sample before ordering. Flat Topcoat comes standard on most of our finishes. Please see back of sample door to confirm top coat used. Standard Finishes: Finishes without formulation numbers, such as Pecan, can be modified by adding any of our standard glazes, aging (distressing), or flat topcoat. Modifying standard finishes in this way will dramatically change the look of the finish and will require a new sample be made and approved. Packaged Finishes: Finishes with formulation numbers such as “A-001”, will include all of the processes listed on the formulation sheets. These processes may include, but are not limited to, glazing, aging (distressing), flat or standard topcoat, or any additional special processes. If any of these processes are modified they must be specifically called out on the order and will require prior approval. Adding or changing glaze, topcoat, aging (distressing), or crackle may dramatically change the look of a finish and will require a new sample be made and approved. Some packaged finishes have custom aging (distressing) that may look similar to, but are not the same as, our standard 1-10. Please call your Account Manager for specifications and upcharges. Crackle and Fly-specking are not considered aging (distressing). Painted Finishes: Our opaque finishes do not allow the wood grain to show through. Depending on the type of paint ordered your cabinets will receive one or two coats of primer, a coat of paint, and a topcoat. Semi-Opaque Finishes Our semi-opaque finishes vary from Paints and Opaque Finishes in that a certain degree of the wood’s natural beauty is designed to be visible. In most cases nail holes, joints, and minor surface defects are not puttied in order to allow the texture of the wood to show through and create an aged look. The amount of visible grain is affected by the texture of the wood and may not exactly match the sample you have viewed. Unfinished Cabinetry: Because the finishing process is outside of our control, warranty is limited to hardware only. On unfinished cabinetry, interior components, such as beech dovetail drawer boxes, will be finished natural; the box interior will not be finishable material unless finished interior is ordered. See the Consumer Information Form in the Forms section of the catalog. Custom Paint Match Program: All topcoats will come standard Flat unless specified as satin.
w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014
- 19 -
Information Finishes Glazes: Standard Glaze, highlighting, is applied to the entire surface of the cabinet and doors and then wiped off leaving hang-up in the recessed areas. Brushed Glazing is a special technique that leaves brush streaks over the entire surface. Glaze, in any application, will vary slightly from cabinet to cabinet. Glazing is a hand applied, artistic process and, like paintings, no two cabinets will be identical. See the Consumer Information Form disclaimer on glaze in the Forms section of the catalog. Four standard glazes are available over any of our standard stains or paints. Pewter (PTG) Burgundy (BURG) Van Dyke Brown (VDB) Midnight Frost (MFG)
– – – –
pewter-grey deep reddish-brown chocolate brown black
When ordering Natural with a glaze, the “Natural deduct” does not apply. Heavy, light, or any other special glaze hang-up is not available as a request. Our glaze is hand-applied so what is heavy to one person may be considered standard to another. Custom Finishes: If you cannot find a color you like, Custom Cupboards will custom match virtually any finish. A color swatch or sample must be sent for evaluation & approval. You will be charged a Sample Door Color Development Fee (SDCDF) which includes one sample door. Because we never know how many matches we’ll have at one time, or how long each match will take, the lead time may vary anywhere from 2-6 weeks. We cannot give you the estimated upcharge for the match until the process is complete. CALL YOUR ACCOUNT MANAGER FOR AVAILABILITY OF CUSTOM MATCHES. Expired Samples: Custom Cupboards will not match expired samples. A new sample must be viewed and approved by the customer prior to the order process. Any expired sample doors sent in will be retained at the factory. Two Toned Cabinets: Please call your Account Manager for a quote on any two-toned cabinet request. Important Note: Many of our finishes will be toned on the back of the door to more closely resemble the color on the front. In some instances there is a noticeable difference. Please be sure to make your customer aware of this by showing them a sample door representation of the color they have chosen. We will not glaze or age (distress) the backs of the doors, but rather tone them to resemble the front. Crackle & Fly Specking: These Artistic Processes are used on some packaged finishes. Crackle is a non-controllable finishing process that can range from very subtle to a very heavy and extreme cracking appearance. Custom Cupboards cannot guarantee the consistency of this process, therefore, inconsistency in the size, shape and amount of crackle is not cause for replacement. Fly Specking is used to create a paint spattered look. These processes are not applied to the backs of the doors and drawer fronts. Crackle & Fly Specking are not considered aging (distressing). If you wish to delete either of these from a packaged finish, you must specify “no crackle” or “no fly speck”. These processes can dramatically change the appearance of the finish when added or deleted.
w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014
- 20 -
Information Aging (Distressing) Ten types of aging (distressing) are available in a variety of combinations. If you wish to modify the aging (distressing) in any way you must contact your Account Manager for a quote. Aging (Distressing) is a hand-made, artistic process and, like any fine art, no two pieces will be identical. Not all levels of aging (distressing) are available on all wood species. Aging (distressing) #6, #7, #9, & #10 will not appear on the faceframe edges, finished ends or on 3/4” plywood.
#1 WORM HOLES: Random ice-pick marks in small clusters
#6 EASED EDGES/CORNERS: Worn edges, before stain
#2 CRACKS: Simulated cracks of varied lengths
#7 SCREWED EDGES: Simulated saw marks on edges
#3 WIRE BRUSH HOLES: Very tiny, lightly patterened holes
#8 WIRE BRUSH SCRATCHES: Tiny scratches in a tight pattern
#4 DENTS: Random placement of shallow dents
#9 BURN THRU: Wear through, after stain;before glaze/ topcoat
#5 GRAVEL: Random dents of various size; deeper; more widespread
#10 KNIFE OUTS: Tear outs along the edges
#11 ALL OF THE ABOVE DISTRESSINGS
Packaged & Aged Finishes Packaged finishes are priced by quote and are subject to approval by the Custom Cupboards Finish Department. On all packaged finishes, Custom Cupboards must have a copy of the customer-approved sample label before the order will be approved for production. Packaged finishes are denoted by a formulation number (A-001, etc.) This formula is specific to the wood species and number. Packaged finishes include all processes in the total finish upcharge.
••
Packaged finishes will require a photocopy of the label on the back of the sample. Due to liability, shipping, and field application issues, we will not supply some of our packaged finishes for field use.
••
Adding or removing the aging (distressing) will alter the hang-up of glazes on Aged finishes, therefore changing the appearance.
••
Custom Cupboards will not use customer-supplied finishing materials.
••
For every job that goes through our shop, a retained sample is generated. This retained sample is kept at the factory for any future rework or warranty issues. We hold these samples for 6-9 months. If you have a warranty or ESO job after this time period, you will be asked to send in a sample to match. •• Crackle and fly specking are not considered aging (distressing). These processes dramatically change the appearance of the door when added or deleted. Custom Cupboards will not match age if job exceeds 18 months. A current color must then be selected instead.
Touch-Up Kits These kits consist of a wax crayon and a felt-tipped marker containing matching stain or paint, a second marker containing matching glaze will be included on standard colors that include a glaze. One is available at no charge on orders consisting of 3 cabinets or more. Test finishing a similar scrap of material before completing touch-up or finishing large quantities of material is recommended. Touch-up kits are available for every color in the LOC, due to the uniqueness of packaged finishes some components may not be included. Check for availability on any other packaged or custom finishes.
w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014
- 21 -
Information Cabinet Box Construction 1 1/2” x 3/4” solid wood face frame
WALL
Back-band for superior strength
1/2” ceiling panel
1/2” Back Panel Polyurethane coated Maple print interior
3/4” thick x 10 3/8” wide adjustable shelves (formerly 10 5/8”)
1/2” end panel 1/2” floor panel
1/16” Floor to Faceframe Reveal
BASE
3” Wide I-Beams 1/2” Full Back Panel
1/2” End Panel
3/4” Thick x 15 1/2 Wide Adjustable Shelves 5/8” Solid Stock Dovetail Drawer with Undermount Guides
1 1/2” x 3/4” Solid Wood Faceframe
Bottom Dadoed into Sides & Faceframe 4 1/2” Toe Kick
1/16” Floor to Faceframe Reveal
w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014
1/2” Bottom Panel
- 22 -
Information Interior Box Specifications The interior box percentage will be applied to the Cabinet list price only.
HEARTLAND Features: Smooth, light beige, polyurethane coated maple print overlay interior surfaces. Sides: 1/2” plywood sides with a 1/4” reveal where the side meets the face frame. Unfinished ends will be “raw” plywood. Optional 3/4” plywood sides for flush finished ends. Face Frames: Solid hardwood 3/4” x 1 1/2” stiles & rails; pocket screwed & glued. Some cabinets will have 3” mid rails or stiles. Tops & Bottoms: 1/2” plywood core, let into sides & frame; glued & fastened. Shelves: Fully adjustable 3/4” MDF; edge-banded with matching material. Base & Vanity are 2/3 depth; Walls & Talls are full depth unless otherwise noted. Plywood shelves are available as an optional upgrade. Backs: 1/2” plywood back, glued & mechanically fastened, some corner cabinets have 1/4” MDF backs.
HEARTLAND WHITE PLY Features: Smooth, stark white polyurethane coated overlay interior surfaces. Sides: 1/2” plywood sides with a 1/4” reveal where the side meets the face frame. Unfinished ends will be “raw” plywood. Optional 3/4” plywood sides for flush finished ends. Face Frames: Solid hardwood 3/4” x 1 1/2” stiles & rails; pocket screwed & glued. Some cabinets will have 3” mid rails or stiles. Tops & Bottoms: 1/2” plywood core, let into sides & frame; glued & fastened. Shelves: Fully adjustable 3/4” MDF; edge-banded with matching material. Base & Vanity are 2/3 depth; Walls & Talls are full depth unless otherwise noted. Backs: 1/2” plywood back, glued & mechanically fastened, some corner cabinets have 1/4” MDF backs. CAUTION: Only available when the finish is a solid paint. (Wood Species, MDF Paint, Craftwood, Paintgrade ONLY)
w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014
- 23 -
Information Hinges and Overlays Standard Overlay (SO) Concealed: Doors & drawer fronts overlay the faceframe 1/2” in width & 3/8” in height. Overlay is determined by the hinge type.
CONCEALED (SO) Features: 105˚, 6-way adjustable concealed hinge; +/- 1/8” height, +/- 1/16” side, & +/- 3/32”-1/32” depth adjustment. Soft-close Option: Mechanism can be added to the cabinet for an additional charge per door. Choose CONCEALED SC in the hinge type. For loose doors hinged: add CONCEALED as a modification. Additional charge for each. Loose: add CONCEALED SS as an accessory. Additional charge for each.
FORMULAS FOR CALCULATING DOOR/DRAWER FRONT SIZES WITH STANDARD OVERLAY
11/8” 1/8”
11/8”
1”
1”
STANDARD OVERLAY - BUTT DOORS Concealed Overlay Opening Width + 7/8” / 2 = Door Size Width Opening Height + 3/4” = Door Size Height
Concealed
11 2 Face Frame
1”
2”
11/8”
WALL
End Panel
1”
11/8”
WALL
STANDARD OVERLAY - NO BUTT DOORS Concealed Overlay Opening Width + 1” = Door Size Width Opening Height + 3/4” = Door Size Height
1 8
Door or Drawer Front 1
11/8”
1/8”
1”
11/8”
11/8”
1”
1”
2”
11/8”
BASE
STANDARD OVERLAY - BUTT DRAWER FRONTS Opening Width + 7/8” / 2 = Drawer Front Size Width Opening Height + 3/4” = Drawer Front Size Height Vertical Reveals between stacked drawers are 3/4”
1”
BASE
STANDARD OVERLAY - NO BUTT DRAWER FRONTS STANDARD OVERLAY - NO BUTT DOORS CONCEALED OVERLAY Opening Width + 1” = Door / Drawer Size Width Opening Height + 3/4” = Door / Drawer Size Height
CONCEALED OVERLAY - BUTT DOORS Opening Width + 7/8” / 2 = Door Size Width Opening Height + 3/4” = Door Size Height IF A CABINET HAS AN OPEN AREA ABOVE OR BELOW THE DOORS / DRAWER FRONTS, THE OVERLAY WILL BE 3/8”.
w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014
- 24 -
Information Hinges and Overlays Designer Overlay: Doors & drawer fronts overlay the faceframe 1 5/16” in width, choice of 1 1/4” or 3/4” at top & 1 1/4” at bottom. 1/4” reveal between doors & drawers in height. An 1/8” fill is required next to a wall or deeper cabinet when #60 or #65 door edge is selected; this includes any door styles with #60 or #65 edge as standard. Overlay is determined by the hinge type.
DESIGNER OVERLAY Features: 107˚ 6-way adjustable concealed hinge; +/- 1/8” height, +/- 1/16” side, & +/- 3/32”-1/32” depth adjustment. Soft-close Option: Mechanism can be added to the cabinet for an additional charge per door. Choose DESIGNER SC in the hinge type. For loose doors hinged: add DESIGNER as a modification. Additional charge for each Loose: add DO HINGE SS as an accessory. Additional charge for each
Wall Cabinet 3/4 or 1/4
Designer Overlay Hinge with Single Door Opening Width + 2 5/8” = Door Size Width Opening Height + 2 1/2” = Door Size Height;1/4” reveal at top Opening Height + 2” = Door Size Height; 3/4” reveal at top
3/16
End Panel
FORMULAS FOR CALCULATING DOOR/DRAWER FRONT SIZES WITH DESIGNER OVERLAY Designer Overlay Full Overlay
11 2 Face Frame
1 8
1/8
3/16
1/4
Designer Overlay Hinge with Butt Door Opening Width + 2 1/2” / 2 = Door Size Width Opening Height + 2 1/2” = Door Size Height;1/4” reveal at top Opening Height + 2” = Door Size Height; 3/4” reveal at top
Door or Drawer Front 31 4 16
3/4 or 1/4 1/4
Designer Overlay - Butt Drawer Fronts Opening Width + 2 1/2” / 2 = Drawer Front Size Width Opening Height + 1 1/4” = Drawer Front Size Height;3/4” reveal at top Opening Height + 1 3/4” = Drawer Front Size Height;1/4” reveal at top
3/16
Designer Overlay Hinge - Butt Doors Opening Width + 2 1/2” / 2 = Door Size Width Opening Height + 2” = Door Size Height
1/8
1/4
3/16
B__ 3/4 or 1/4 1/4
3/16
*Choice of 1/4” or 3/4” at top of base, and/or walls/talls at no charge can be selected on the Order Info tab in the Pricing Program.
Designer Overlay - Top Drawer Opening Width + 2 5/8” = Drawer Front Size Width Opening Height + 1 1/4” = Drawer Front Size Height;3/4” reveal at top Opening Height + 1 3/4” = Drawer Front Size Height;1/4” reveal at top Designer Overlay - 2nd or 3rd Drawer Opening Width + 2 5/8” = Drawer Front Size Width Opening Height + 1 1/4” = Drawer Front Size Height
1/4
3/16 1/4
B__D3
Designer Overlay - Bottom Drawer Opening Width + 2 5/8” = Drawer Front Size Width Opening Height + 2” = Drawer Front Size Height
If a cabinet has an open area above the doors / drawer fronts, the overlay will be 3/4”. If a cabinet has an open area below the doors / drawer fronts, the overlay will be 1/2”. If ordering designer overlay without butt doors, the gap between the doors will be 3/8”.
w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014
- 25 -
Information Drawer Box & Guide Options Pull-Out Shelves are not specific to the drawer box or guide options that have been specified on the Order Info tab on the pricing program. POS will be added as a modification to the individual cabinet line item, therefore you can opt for a different guide or box.
BIRCH DRAWER BOX
Nomenclature STANDARD DOVETAIL
Features: • Made from 5/8” birch hardwood pre-finished material • 1/4” thick captured bottom recessed 1/2”, laminated wood grain MDF • Maximum depth is 21” • Dovetails are NOT sanded or finished • Comes in 4 standard heights: - 2 1/2” pull-outs - 4” all standard top drawers - 6” standard bottom drawers of a D4 Cabinet - 8” middle & bottom drawers of a D3 Cabinet • Oversized holes (5/16”) in drawer box to allow for adjustment to drawer front:
“YOUR LOGO”
Guide Type: Works with both Tandem Blumotion full extension and 3/4 Tandem Undermount drawer guides Pull-Out Shelves: POS STND (Solo undermount) or POS STND BM (Blumotion undermount)
BEECH DOVETAIL
LOGO ENGRAVING AVAILABLE Additional Cost
Nomenclature BEECH DOVETAIL
Features: • Dovetails are sanded and finished • 5/8” solid beech dovetail drawer box with a natural finish • 1/4” captive bottom recessed 1/2”, wood veneered MDF • Boxes over 23” in width will have reinforced bottoms • Maximum depth is 21” • Material can include pin knots, closed tight knots, and heavy mineral coloring • Comes in 6 standard heights: - 3” pullouts, - 4” All standard top drawers - 8 1/4” middle & bottom drawer on D3, - 6” standard bottom drawers of a D4 Cabinet - 10 1/4” file drawer, - 13” largest available. • Oversized holes (5/16”) in drawer box to allow for adjustment to drawer front: Guide Type: Works with both Tandem Blumotion full extension and Solo undermount drawer guides
“YOUR LOGO”
LOGO ENGRAVING AVAILABLE Additional Cost
Pull-Out Shelves: POS (3/4” Tandem) or POSTUFEBM (Blumotion undermount) The following guide options are available in our Heartland line. The minimum recommended opening width for all guides is 6” and the minimum cabinet depth is 11”. If cabinet depth is below 11” an apothecary type drawer will be used on wooden runners. Cabinets can be increased up to 32” deep but drawer box will not be more than 21” deep due to guide availability unless you upgrade to deeper guides. Call your account manager for availability. Each guide features a 75 lb. dynamic, in motion, capacity and a 100 lb. static, at rest, capacity. All references to the optional drawer guides also apply to optional pull-out shelves (POS). See POS upgrades and pricing in the Accessories & Modifications section of this catalog.
3/4 TANDEM UNDERMOUNT Features: 3/4” extension undermount drawer slide. Self-closing but not “Soft Close” Rated at 75 lbs. Loose: Price=list cost per set
TANDEM BLUMOTION Features: Zinc coated steel, full extension undermount guide. Smooth and silent, Blumotion engages when the drawer is two inches from closing & applies resistance to the self-closing mechanism on the runner. Loose: Price=list cost per set
w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014
- 26 -
Information Angles / Formulas
Angle
Sine
Cosine
0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 4.5 5.0 5.5 6.0 6.5 7.0 7.5 8.0 8.5 9.0 9.5 10.0 10.5 11.0 11.5 12.0 12.5 13.0 13.5 14.0 14.5 15.0 15.5 16.0 16.5 17.0 17.5 18.0
0.009 0.017 0.026 0.035 0.044 0.052 0.061 0.070 0.078 0.087 0.096 0.104 0.113 0.122 0.131 0.139 0.148 0.156 0.165 0.174 0.182 0.191 0.199 0.208 0.216 0.225 0.233 0.242 0.250 0.259 0.267 0.276 0.284 0.292 0.301 0.309
1.000 1.000 1.000 0.999 0.999 0.999 0.998 0.998 0.997 0.996 0.995 0.995 0.994 0.992 0.991 0.990 0.989 0.988 0.986 0.985 0.983 0.982 0.980 0.978 0.976 0.974 0.972 0.970 0.968 0.966 0.964 0.961 0.959 0.956 0.954 0.951
Tan gent 0.009 0.017 0.026 0.035 0.044 0.052 0.061 0.070 0.079 0.087 0.096 0.105 0.114 0.123 0.132 0.141 0.149 0.158 0.167 0.176 0.185 0.194 0.204 0.213 0.222 0.231 0.240 0.249 0.259 0.268 0.277 0.287 0.296 0.306 0.315 0.325
Angle
Sine
Cosine
18.5 19.0 19.5 20.0 20.5 21.0 21.5 22.0 22.5 23.0 23.5 24.0 24.5 25.0 25.5 26.0 26.5 27.0 27.5 28.0 28.5 29.0 29.5 30.0 30.5 31.0 31.5 32.0 32.5 33.0 33.5 34.0 34.5 35.0 35.5 36.0
0.317 0.326 0.334 0.342 0.350 0.358 0.366 0.375 0.383 0.391 0.399 0.407 0.415 0.423 0.431 0.438 0.446 0.454 0.462 0.470 0.477 0.485 0.492 0.500 0.508 0.515 0.522 0.530 0.537 0.545 0.552 0.559 0.556 0.574 0.581 0.588
0.948 0.946 0.943 0.940 0.937 0.934 0.930 0.927 0.924 0.921 0.917 0.914 0.910 0.906 0.903 0.899 0.895 0.891 0.887 0.883 0.879 0.875 0.870 0.866 0.862 0.857 0.853 0.848 0.843 0.839 0.834 0.829 0.824 0.819 0.814 0.890
w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014
Tan gent 0.335 0.344 0.354 0.364 0.374 0.384 0.394 0.404 0.414 0.424 0.435 0.445 0.456 0.466 0.477 0.488 0.499 0.510 0.521 0.532 0.543 0.554 0.566 0.577 0.589 0.601 0.613 0.625 0.637 0.649 0.662 0.674 0.687 0.700 0.713 0.726
Angle
Sine
Cosine
36.5 37.0 37.5 38.0 38.5 39.0 39.5 40.0 40.5 41.0 41.5 42.0 42.5 43.0 43.5 44.0 44.5 45.0 45.5 46.0 46.5 47.0 47.5 48.0 48.5 49.0 49.5 50.0 50.5 51.0 51.5 52.0 52.5 53.0 53.5 54.0
0.595 0.602 0.609 0.616 0.622 0.629 0.636 0.643 0.649 0.656 0.663 0.669 0.676 0.682 0.688 0.695 0.701 0.707 0.713 0.719 0.725 0.731 0.737 0.743 0.749 0.755 0.760 0.766 0.772 0.777 0.783 0.788 0.793 0.799 0.804 0.890
0.804 0.799 0.793 0.788 0.783 0.777 0.772 0.766 0.760 0.755 0.749 0.743 0.737 0.731 0.725 0.719 0.713 0.707 0.701 0.695 0.688 0.682 0.676 0.669 0.663 0.656 0.649 0.643 0.636 0.629 0.622 0.616 0.609 0.602 0.595 0.588
- 27 -
Tan gent 0.740 0.754 0.767 0.781 0.795 0.810 0.824 0.839 0.854 0.869 0.885 0.900 0.916 0.932 0.949 0.966 0.983 1.000 1.018 1.036 1.054 1.072 1.091 1.111 1.130 1.150 1.171 1.192 1.213 1.235 1.257 1.280 1.303 1.327 1.351 1.376
Angle
Sine
Cosine
54.5 55.0 55.5 56.0 56.5 57.0 57.5 58.0 58.5 59.0 59.5 60.0 60.5 61.0 61.5 62.0 62.5 63.0 63.5 64.0 64.5 65.0 65.5 66.0 66.5 67.0 67.5 68.0 68.5 69.0 69.5 70.0 70.5 71.0 71.5 72.0
0.814 0.819 0.824 0.829 0.834 0.839 0.843 0.848 0.853 0.857 0.862 0.866 0.870 0.875 0.879 0.883 0.887 0.891 0.895 0.899 0.903 0.906 0.910 0.914 0.917 0.921 0.924 0.927 0.930 0.934 0.937 0.940 0.943 0.946 0.948 0.951
0.581 0.574 0.566 0.559 0.552 0.545 0.537 0.530 0.522 0.515 0.508 0.500 0.492 0.485 0.477 0.470 0.462 0.454 0.446 0.438 0.431 0.423 0.415 0.407 0.399 0.391 0.383 0.375 0.366 0.358 0.350 0.342 0.334 0.326 0.317 0.309
Tan gent 1.402 1.428 1.455 1.483 1.511 1.540 1.570 1.600 1.632 1.664 1.698 1.732 1.767 1.804 1.842 1.881 1.921 1.963 2.006 2.050 2.097 2.145 2.194 2.246 2.300 2.356 2.414 2.475 2.539 2.605 2.675 2.747 2.824 2.904 2.983 3.078
Angle
Sine
Cosine
72.5 73.0 73.5 74.0 74.5 75.0 75.5 76.0 76.5 77.0 77.5 78.0 78.5 79.0 79.5 80.0 80.5 81.0 81.5 82.0 82.5 83.0 83.5 84.0 84.5 85.0 85.5 86.0 86.5 87.0 87.5 88.0 88.5 89.0 89.5 90.0
0.954 0.956 0.959 0.961 0.964 0.966 0.968 0.970 0.972 0.974 0.976 0.978 0.980 0.982 0.983 0.985 0.986 0.988 0.989 0.990 0.991 0.992 0.994 0.994 0.995 0.996 0.997 0.998 0.998 0.999 0.999 0.999 1.000 1.000 1.000 1.000
0.301 0.292 0.284 0.276 0.267 0.259 0.250 0.242 0.233 0.225 0.216 0.208 0.199 0.191 0.182 0.174 0.165 0.156 0.148 0.139 0.131 0.122 0.113 0.104 0.093 0.087 0.078 0.070 0.061 0.052 0.044 0.035 0.026 0.017 0.009 0.000
Tan gent 3.172 3.271 3.376 3.487 3.606 3.732 3.867 4.011 4.165 4.331 4.511 4.705 4.915 5.145 5.396 5.671 5.976 6.314 6.691 7.115 7.596 8.144 8.777 9.514 10.38 11.43 12.71 14.30 16.35 19.08 22.90 28.64 38.19 57.29 114.1 ****
Information Angles / Formulas 15° ANGLE CHART 30°
CABINET DEPTH
CABINET DEPTH
WALL
9.318" 12.424" 15.529" 18.635" 21.741" 2.412" 24.847" 3.216"
4.020"
24"
45° T SA GTH THS LEN EP LE ET D ANGCABIN /2° 22 1RIOUS VA
12" 15" 18" 21"
135°
AT S THS H LENG DEPT NGLE BINET 15° AIOUS CA VAR
WALL
9"
22 1/2° ANGLE CHART
LL WA
150°
15" 18" 21" 24"
12"
9"
9.741" 12.988" 16.235" 19.482" 22.729" 3.726"
25.975"
4.968" 6.210"
4.824"
7.452"
5.628"
8.694" 9.936"
6.432"
22 1/2°
15° 15° ANGLE SINE = 0.259 COSINE = 0.966 TANGENT = 0.268
22 1/2° ANGLE SINE = 0.383 COSINE = 0.924 TANGENT = 0.414
FORMULAS: SINE = DIVIDE SHORT LEG BY THIS # TO GET LENGTH OF ANGLE. COSINE = DIVIDE LONG LEG BY THIS # TO GET LENGTH OF ANGLE. TANGENT = DIVIDE SHORT LEG BY THIS # TO GET LENGTH OF OTHER LEG.
30° ANGLE CHART
CABINET DEPTHS
24"
9"
10.391" 13.854" 17.318" 20.781" 24.245" 5.193" 27.709" 6.924"
WALL CABINET DEPTH
AT HS HS EPT GT D EN ET E L BIN GL CA AN US 30° RIO VA
WALL
18" 21"
WALL
WA LL
90°
60°
24"
21"
12" 15" 18"
9"
21.213"
6" 9" 12"
24"
13.848" 30°
45° ANGLE SINE = 0.7071 COSINE = 0.7071 TANGENT = 1.00
- 28 -
33.941"
25.456"
21"
12.117"
AUGUST 2014
12.728"
18"
10.386"
w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m
16.971"
15"
8.655"
30° ANGLE SINE = 0.500 COSINE = 0.866 TANGENT = 0.577
6"
8.485"
S AT TH S EP TH D NG ET LE BIN LE CA NG US ° A IO 45 AR V
120°
12" 15"
45° ANGLE CHART
45°
29.698"
Information Angles / Formulas
TIME SAVING FORMULAS METRIC CONVERSION CHART (LINEAR MEASUREMENTS):
1 Millimeter (MM) = .03937" 12" = 304.8 MM 1" = 25.4 MM 1 Centimeter (CM) = .3937" 12" = 30.48 CM 1" = 2.54 CM 1 Meter (M) = 39.37" 12" = .3048 M 1" = .0254 M EXAMPLES; To convert 615.72 CM to inches, multiply by .3937 = 242.4" (242 13/32") To convert 151 3/8" (151.375") to CM, multiply by 2.54 = 384.5 CM.
REGULAR POLYGONS CIRCLES:
REGULAR OCTAGONS:
D
S
RIGHT TRIANGLES:
D
Any triangle with a 90° corner is called a RIGHT TRIANGLE. On right triangles, the short sides are customarily labelled "A" and "B"; the long side is "C" ON 30/60 RIGHT TRIANGLES:
ON ALL RIGHT TRIANGLES:
EXAMPLE: If the short sides of the A triangle are 17 and 23 1/2, multiply each by itself (17 x 17; 23.5 x 23.5), and add the results (841.25). Punch the square root key on the calculator, and the readout gives you the long side, in this case 29".
C
60°
B B = half of C C = twice B
~ = "Pi" = 3.143
ON 45/45 RIGHT TRIANGLES:
30°
A² plus B² = C²
Circumference = D times ~ D = circumference ~
D = 2.614 times S d = 2.414 times S D d S = 2.614 or 2.414
REGULAR HEXAGONS:
45° A
d
C
S
R D
45°
B A = B; B = A A or B = .7071 times C C = A or B ÷ by .7071
r
S = R; R = S D = 2 times S d = 1.732 times S S = 1.155 times r
d
Cabinet Front Measurements for Even Wall Dimensions Note: For dimensions more than noted add 41/4" to cabinet dimension for every 3" increments of wall dimensions.
Base Cabinets
w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014
D IM W EN AL S L IO N S
60 "
12 "
" 24
FRONT DIMENSIONS 12 3/4" 17" 21 1/4" 25 1/2" 29 3/4" 34" 38 1/4" 42 1/2" 46 3/4" 51" 55 1/4" 59 1/2" 63 3/4" 68"
" 33 " 36 " 39 " 4 2 5" 4 " 48 " 51 4" 5 " 57
S LL ION WAENS M DI
" 12
" 54 " 57 0" 6
21 24 " 27 " 30 " 33 " 36 " 39 " " 42 45 " 48 " 5 " 1"
DI W M A EN L 2 S L 24 1 " ION S 27 " 30 " 3 " 36 3 " 3 " 4 9" 45 2 " " 4 51 8 " 5 " 57 4 " 60 " "
Wall Cabinets
- 29 -
DI W M A EN LL SI ON S
21 "
2 1"
" 33
" 33
FRONT DIMENSIONS 12 3/4" 17" 21 1/4" 25 1/2" 29 3/4" 34" 38 1/4" 42 1/2" 46 3/4" 51"
" 33 " 36 " 39 " 42 " 45 " 48 " 51 " 54 " 57 " 60
" 24
Information Angles / Formulas Fraction to Decimal Conversion Chart
1/32
0.03125
17/32
0.53125
1/16
0.0625
9/16
0.5625
3/32
0.09375
19/32
0.59375
1/8
0.125
5/8
0.625
5/32
0.15625
21/32
0.65625
3/16
0.1875
11/16
0.6875
7/32
0.21875
23/32
0.71875
1/4
0.25
3/4
0.75
9/32
0.28125
25/32
0.78125
5/16
0.3125
13/16
0.8125
11/32
0.34375
27/32
0.84375
3/8
0.375
7/8
0.875
13/32
0.40625
29/32
0.90625
7/16
0.4375
15/16
0.9375
15/32
0.46875
31/32
0.96875
1/2
0.5
Formula for figuring cubes (for freight) W x H x D / 1728 w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014
- 30 -
Information Facets
IMAGES / DESIGNS • Patterns and textures - Shapes, artistic patterns, or repeatable elegant patterns. • Artwork - Fine art, art deco, modern, vintage, contemporary, etc. • Photography - images of people, landscapes, skylines, etc. • Typography - poems, names, logos, etc • Your Art - create your own custom piece using photos or custom drawings. FILE RESOLUTION AND SIZES The higher the resolution the better your Facets project will look. The optimum resolution for pixel based images is 150dpi at 100% of the final printed size, but it can be as low as 72dpi at 100%. Vector based files are resolution independent and can be resized without image quality being affected. NOMENCLATURE FACETS
Cabinets and paneling ( 1 image applied from Facets library) ( 1 sample included )
FACETS MS
Multiple images on a single cabinet
FACETS MM
Multiple images on multiple cabinets
FACETS SM
Single image on multiple cabinets
FACETS OI
User supplied image ( image evaluation and preparation ) *
FACETS DI
Custom design services ( 1 hr minimum )
FACETS SAMPLE Additional Samples ( Actual Size 11 3/4” X 11 3/4” ) Every cabinet or part with Facets will at minimum have the FACETS nomenclature entered as a point number. The product the customer is placing an image on will determine whether or not further nomenclatures are needed. For pricing questions, contact Custom Cupboards Customer Service.
COMPONENTS THAT CAN RECEIVE FACETS
• • •
Doors & Drawer Fronts – #50200 slab door Exterior Finished Backs Interior Finished Backs - A simple finished back - A 3/16” beadboard back - A finished “plank-cut” back - A 3/8” solid stock beadboard back
• • •
WOOD SPECIES
1/4” End Skins Loose Panels Solid Stock
Paints
Maple
Alder
Cherry
OTHER DETAILS
• • •
Only available with Revola frameless and Designer overlays on framed cabinets. Images can be color or black and white. Colors – the printing process is applied to the natural wood/paint veneers of a plywood panel or the solid stock piece the customer specifies. This means the printing is applied directly to the wood and to any paint…no stain, no primer, no sealer, just the wood/paint and the application of the image. Maximum single part size The maximum size that can receive Facets printing is 48” W X 96” L X 2” T. No exceptions! *Copyright Laws - We abide by all copyright laws and cannot use images without proof of release (or receipt if purchased from a stock image website) for user-supplied images. We cannot produce merchandise bearing the trademarks of collegiate institutions, professional sports teams, brand names, logos, slogans, celebrity images and other copyrighted or licensed images.
w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014
- 31 -
Information Artisan Collection STANDARD STAINS & PAINTS
ALDER BEECH CHERRY MAPLE OAK HICKORY QSO
Bark Butter Pecan Bittersweet CafĂŠ Calico Canyon Sunset Caramel Apple Cinnamon Cracked Pepper Cranbrook Early Autumn Espresso Bean French Press London Fog Mocha Natural Pitch Black River Rock Root Beer Sienna
Not available on wood species
Spiced Cider Spiced Rum Sweet Mist Tudor Brown Vermont White Wash
Chambray
French Silk
Sea Cliff Heights
Sandstone
Cotton
Soft Clay
Boulder
Potters Clay
Chalk White
Velour
Paint White
Antique White
Dolphin Grey
Havana Grey
Winter White
Charcoal Slate
Harbor Grey
Sea Salt Blue
Artisan Collection finishes come with FLAT TOPCOAT as standard. Satin topcoat available.
w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014
- 32 -
Information
BUTTER PECAN
◆ ◆ ◆ ◆ ◆ ◆ ◆
0%
CAFÉ
0%
QSO
0%
PITCH BLACK
◆ ◆
◆ ◆ ◆ ◆ ◆ ◆ ◆
0%
RIVER ROCK
◆ ◆ ◆ ◆ ◆ ◆ ◆
CALICO
◆ ◆ ◆ ◆ ◆ ◆ ◆
0%
ROOT BEER
◆
0%
CANYON SUNSET
◆ ◆ ◆
◆ ◆
0%
SIENNA
◆ ◆ ◆ ◆ ◆ ◆ ◆
0%
CARAMEL APPLE
◆
◆ ◆
0%
SPICED CIDER
◆ ◆ ◆ ◆ ◆ ◆ ◆
0%
CINNAMON
◆ ◆ ◆ ◆ ◆ ◆ ◆
0%
SPICED RUM
0%
CRACKED PEPPER
◆ ◆ ◆ ◆
0%
SWEET MIST
0%
CRANBROOK
◆ ◆ ◆ ◆ ◆ ◆ ◆
0%
TUDOR BROWN
0%
EARLY AUTUMN
◆ ◆ ◆ ◆ ◆ ◆ ◆
0%
VERMONT
◆
0%
ESPRESSO BEAN
◆ ◆ ◆ ◆ ◆ ◆ ◆
0%
WHITEWASH
◆
0%
FRENCH PRESS
◆
0%
LONDON FOG
◆ ◆ ◆
◆ ◆ ◆ ◆
◆ ◆ ◆
◆
◆ ◆ ◆
◆ ◆ ◆ ◆ ◆ ◆ ◆ ◆ ◆ ◆ ◆ ◆ ◆ ◆
◆ ◆ ◆
QSO
OAK
MAPLE
HICKORY
PAINTS
CHERRY RUSTIC CHERRY
ARTISAN
ALDER KNOTTY ALDER BEECH RUSTIC BEECH
UPCHARGE
CRAFTWOOD
PAINTGRADE
MDF PAINT
QSO
OAK
MAPLE
◆ ◆ ◆
HICKORY
PAINTS
◆ ◆
CHERRY RUSTIC CHERRY
ARTISAN
ALDER KNOTTY ALDER BEECH RUSTIC BEECH
◆ ◆ ◆ ◆ ◆ ◆ ◆
UPCHARGE
NATURAL
MDF PAINT
OAK
MAPLE
HICKORY
CHERRY RUSTIC CHERRY
ALDER KNOTTY ALDER BEECH RUSTIC BEECH
UPCHARGE
CRAFTWOOD
PAINTGRADE
QSO
-5%
◆ ◆ ◆ ◆ ◆ ◆ ◆
CRAFTWOOD
0%
MDF PAINT
◆ ◆ ◆ ◆ ◆
MOCHA
PAINTGRADE
BITTER SWEET
OAK
0%
CRAFTWOOD
0%
MAPLE
◆ ◆ ◆ ◆ ◆ ◆ ◆
STAINS
PAINTGRADE
BARK
ARTISAN
MDF PAINT
0%
HICKORY
STAINS
CHERRY RUSTIC CHERRY
UPCHARGE
ARTISAN
ALDER KNOTTY ALDER BEECH RUSTIC BEECH
Artisan Collection - Stain Pricing
10% BRIGHT WHITE
◆ ◆ ◆
20% DOLPHIN GREY
◆ ◆ ◆
10% COTTON
◆ ◆ ◆
20% HARBOR GREY
◆ ◆ ◆
◆ ◆ ◆
20% HAVANA CREAM
◆ ◆ ◆
10% VELOUR
◆ ◆ ◆
20% PAINT WHITE
◆ ◆ ◆
20% ANTIQUE WHITE
◆ ◆ ◆
20% POTTERS CLAY
◆ ◆ ◆
20% BOULDER
◆ ◆ ◆
20% SANDSTONE COVE
◆ ◆ ◆
20% CHALK WHITE
◆ ◆ ◆
20% SEA CLIFF HEIGHTS
◆ ◆ ◆
20% CHAMBRAY
◆ ◆ ◆
20% SEA SALT BLUE
◆ ◆ ◆
20% CHARCOAL SLATE
◆ ◆ ◆
20% SOFT CLAY
◆ ◆ ◆
20% FRENCH SILK
◆ ◆ ◆
20% WINTER WHITE
◆ ◆ ◆
10% PAINT BLACK
◆
ADDITIONAL FINISH OPTIONS CUSTOM FINISH MATCH CHARGE CUSTOM PAINT MATCH HAND WIPE GLAZE ( Van Dyke Brown, Midnight Frost, Burgundy, Pewter )
AUGUST 2014
$450 Net
SDS
$25 Net 10% 0%
FINISH SHEEN ( Flat, Satin)
w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m
SDCDF
- 33 -
Information PAINTGRADE
QSO
MDF PAINT
OAK
MAPLE
HICKORY
CHERRY RUSTIC CHERRY
ALDER KNOTTY ALDER BEECH RUSTIC BEECH
FINISH / COLOR
UPCHARGE
CRAFTWOOD
PAINTGRADE
QSO
MDF PAINT
OAK
MAPLE
HICKORY
CHERRY RUSTIC CHERRY
ALDER KNOTTY ALDER BEECH RUSTIC BEECH
FINISH / COLOR
UPCHARGE
Packaged Finishes / Alphabetical Order / Pricing
ADERONDAC
20% ◆
CAVIAR
15% ◆
ADOBE
32% ◆
CHABLIS
32% ◆
ALEGRE
20%
ALMOND
24%
◆ ◆
◆
CHARLESWORTH
ALPACA
28%
◆ ◆
◆
CHOCOLATE
AMBER
20% ◆
COASTAL GREEN
56% ◆
ANTIQUE YELLOW
36% ◆
COBBLE BROWN
32% ◆ ◆
ANTIQUITY
32% ◆
COFFEE BEAN
20% ◆
◆
APPLE BUTTER
20%
COUNTRY NIGHT
24%
◆
AUTUMN LEAF
20% ◆
CUCUMBER MELON
36% ◆
AVOCADO
44% ◆
DARK CHOCOLATE
20%
BAGEL
45%
DARK RYE
32% ◆
BARN YARD RED
40% ◆
DESERT CREAM
50%
◆
BASIL
32%
DESERT STORM
40%
◆
BASKET WEAVE
20%
DIVINITY
28%
◆
BISCUIT
36%
◆
DOC HOLLIDAY
24% ◆ ◆
BLACK FOREST
36%
◆
DOMINO
32% ◆
BLACK INK
40% ◆
DUSK
24% ◆
BLACK MAGIC
45% ◆
DUTCH BROWN
10% ◆
BONE
36% ◆
DUTCH COCOA
24%
◆
BRICK
55% ◆
EBONY
28%
◆
BUCKHORN
20% ◆
ENGLISH LEATHER
40% ◆
BUCKSKIN
44% ◆
FIRE BRICK
40% ◆
BURNISHED CREAM
32% ◆
FLOWER POT
36% ◆
BURNT OLIVE
32% ◆
FRENCH ROAST
36% ◆
BURNT TAUPE
60% ◆
FRENCH VANILLA
32%
BUSTER BROWN
15% ◆
FRONTIER
44% ◆
BUTTER
20%
GLAZED BISQUE
28%
CACTUS GREEN
44% ◆
GOLDEN HARVEST
10%
CANYON CLAY
32% ◆
GRAND CANYON
15% ◆
CAPPUCCINO
28% ◆
GUACAMOLE
36%
CASHMERE
15%
HEIRLOOM
40% ◆
w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014
◆
CHARDONNAY
◆
◆
◆
◆ ◆ ◆
◆ ◆
◆
◆ ◆
◆
◆
- 34 -
0% 25%
◆ ◆
5%
◆
◆
◆
◆ ◆
◆
◆ ◆
◆
◆
◆ ◆
Information
HOMESTEAD
20%
HONEY BLUSH
RED BERRY
20% ◆
24% ◆
RED VELVET
40% ◆
HURON
36% ◆
RENWICK
INK WELL
28% ◆
ROASTED MARSHMALLOW
32% ◆
ROCKY MOUNTAIN
20% ◆
RUGGED BROWN
40%
SADDLE BROWN
0%
JAMESTOWN
◆
0%
◆
JAVA
32% ◆
KANSAS HAY
15% ◆
LATTE
28% ◆
LEAPFROG
32% ◆
LEATHER
40% ◆
LINEN
60% ◆
MACADAMIA
32% ◆
MAIZE
32% ◆
MAYFLOWER
40%
MERINGUE
50%
MONTICELLO
40%
MOSS
32% ◆
MUSLIN
32%
MUSTARD SEED
36% ◆
NAVAJO WHITE
50% ◆
OATMEAL
24% ◆
OLD CANVAS
36% ◆
OLD ENGLISH
50% ◆
OLIVE
40% ◆
OYSTER SHELL
50%
PALE YELLOW
15%
◆
PALOMINO
20%
◆
PARCHMENT
20%
◆
PEANUTBUTTER FUDGE
28%
◆
PORTABELLO
40% ◆
PURE COUNTRY
50%
QUEENS LACE
44% ◆
w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014
◆ ◆ ◆ ◆
◆
◆
◆ ◆ ◆
◆
◆
0%
PAINTGRADE
QSO
MDF PAINT
OAK
MAPLE
HICKORY
CHERRY RUSTIC CHERRY
ALDER KNOTTY ALDER BEECH RUSTIC BEECH
FINISH / COLOR
cont.
UPCHARGE
CRAFTWOOD
PAINTGRADE
QSO
MDF PAINT
OAK
MAPLE
HICKORY
CHERRY RUSTIC CHERRY
ALDER KNOTTY ALDER BEECH RUSTIC BEECH
FINISH / COLOR
UPCHARGE
Packaged Finishes / Alphabetical Order / Pricing
◆
◆ ◆
SAGE
32% ◆
SANDALWOOD
20%
SANDSTONE
36% ◆
SAWDUST
28% ◆
SECRET GARDEN
32% ◆
SHALIMAR
32% ◆
SHELL
32% ◆
SLATE
40%
SMOKEHOUSE
35% ◆
SNICKERDOODLE
32% ◆
SOFT CLAY
20%
STURDY BROWN
45%
TATTERED FENCE
40% ◆
THISTLE
28% ◆
THYME
50% ◆
TIDAL WAVE
36%
◆
TRANQUILITY
32%
◆ ◆
TRUFFLE
15% ◆
VINTAGE CREAM
32% ◆
VINTAGE PHOTO
36%
◆
WHITE SAND
32%
◆
WHITE SUEDE
28%
◆ ◆
WILLIAMSBURG ◆
- 35 -
0%
◆
◆
◆ ◆
◆
◆ ◆
◆
◆
◆
Information
0% JAMESTOWN
24% COUNTRY NIGHT
◆ ◆
◆ ◆ ◆
◆
24% DUSK
0% WILLIAMSBURG
◆
24% DUTCH COCOA
10% DUTCH BROWN
◆ ◆
10% GOLDEN HARVEST 15% BUSTER BROWN
24% HONEY BLUSH
◆
24% OATMEAL
◆
15% CASHMERE
28% CAPPUCINO
◆
CRAFTWOOD
QSO
MDF PAINT
OAK
MAPLE
HICKORY
CHERRY RUSTIC CHERRY
◆
28% ALPACA
◆
◆
◆
25% CHARLESWORTH
◆
◆ ◆ ◆
24% DOC HOLLIDAY
0% SADDLE BROWN
5% CHOCOLATE
ALDER KNOTTY ALDER BEECH RUSTIC BEECH
UPCHARGE
CRAFTWOOD
PAINTGRADE
QSO
MDF PAINT
MAPLE
OAK
24% ALMOND
◆
0% RENWICK
FINISH / COLOR
PAINTGRADE
0% CHARDONNAY
HICKORY
CHERRY RUSTIC CHERRY
FINISH / COLOR
ALDER KNOTTY ALDER BEECH RUSTIC BEECH
UPCHARGE
Packaged Finishes / Price Order / Pricing
◆ ◆ ◆
15% CAVIAR
◆
28% DIVINITY
◆
15% GRAND CANYON
◆
28% EBONY
◆
15% KANSAS HAY
◆
28% GLAZED BISQUE
15% PALE YELLOW
◆
28% INK WELL
◆ ◆
15% TRUFFLE
◆
28% LATTE
20% ADERONDAC
◆
28% PEANUTBUTTER FUDGE
20% ALEGRE 20% AMBER
◆ ◆
20% APPLE BUTTER 20% AUTUMN LEAF
◆
◆
20% BASKET WEAVE 20% BUCKHORN
◆ ◆
20% BUTTER 20% COFFEE BEAN
◆ ◆ ◆
◆
◆
20% DARK CHOCOLATE
◆
20% HOMESTEAD
28% SAWDUST
◆
28% THISTLE
◆
32% ADOBE
◆
32% ANTIQUITY
◆
32% BASIL
◆
◆
32% BURNISHED CREAM
◆
32% BURNT OLIVE
◆
32% CANYON CLAY
◆
32% CHABLIS
◆
◆
32% DARK RYE
◆
20% PARCHMENT
◆
32% DOMINO
◆
20% RED BERRY
◆
32% FRENCH VANILLA
20% ROCKY MOUNTAIN
◆
32% COBBLE BROWN
◆ ◆
32% JAVA
◆
32% LEAPFROG
◆
20% SOFT CLAY
w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014
◆ ◆ ◆
◆
- 36 -
◆
◆ ◆
◆
◆ ◆
◆
◆
20% PALOMINO
20% SANDALWOOD
◆ ◆
◆
28% WHITE SUEDE
◆
◆
Information
32% MACADAMIA
◆
40% FIRE BRICK
◆
32% MAIZE
◆
40% HEIRLOOM
◆
32% MOSS
◆
40% LEATHER
◆
32% MUSLIN
◆ ◆
◆
40% MONTICELLO
32% SAGE
◆
40% OLIVE
◆
32% SECRET GARDEN
◆
40% RED VELVET
◆
32% SHALIMAR
◆
40% RUGGED BROWN
32% SHELL
◆
40% SLATE
32% SNICKERDOODLE
◆
40% PORTABELLO
◆
40% TATTERED FENCE
◆
44% AVOCADO
◆
44% BUCKSKIN
◆
32% VINTAGE CREAM
◆
32% WHITE SAND
◆
◆
◆
44% CACTUS GREEN
◆
36% ANTIQUE YELLOW
◆
44% FRONTIER
◆
44% QUEENS LACE
◆
36% BLACK FOREST
◆
◆
45% BAGEL
36% BONE
◆
45% BLACK MAGIC
36% CUCUMBER MELON
◆
45% STURDY BROWN
36% FLOWER POT
◆
50% DESERT CREAM
36% FRENCH ROAST
◆
50% MERINGUE
36% GUACAMOLE
◆
50% NAVAJO WHITE
◆
50% OLD ENGLISH
◆
36% OLD CANVAS
◆
50% PURE COUNTRY
36% SANDSTONE
◆
50% THYME
◆
◆
◆
55% BRICK
◆
36% VINTAGE PHOTO
◆
56% COASTAL GREEN
◆
40% BARN YARD RED
◆
60% BURNT TAUPE
◆
40% BLACK INK
◆
60% LINEN
◆
AUGUST 2014
◆
- 37 -
CRAFTWOOD
PAINTGRADE
◆
36% TIDAL WAVE
◆
QSO
◆ ◆
50% OYSTER SHELL
◆
MDF PAINT
◆
◆
w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m
◆
◆
36% MUSTARD SEED
◆
◆
◆
◆
40% ENGLISH LEATHER
◆
◆
36% HURON
40% DESERT STORM
OAK
◆
◆
◆
◆
◆
35% SMOKEHOUSE
36% BISCUIT
MAPLE
◆
◆
◆ ◆
◆
40% MAYFLOWER
32% ROASTED MARSHMALLOW
32% TRANQUILITY
HICKORY
FINISH / COLOR
CHERRY RUSTIC CHERRY
cont. ALDER KNOTTY ALDER BEECH RUSTIC BEECH
UPCHARGE
CRAFTWOOD
PAINTGRADE
QSO
MDF PAINT
OAK
MAPLE
HICKORY
CHERRY RUSTIC CHERRY
FINISH / COLOR
ALDER KNOTTY ALDER BEECH RUSTIC BEECH
UPCHARGE
Packaged Finishes / Price Order / Pricing
◆
Door and Drawer Styles
w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014
-1-
Index: Door & Drawer Style Section 1/4” Plywood Panel Door Guidelines....................................... 4 1/4” Plywood Panel Door Series.......................................35-36 Applied Molding Door Guidelines............................................. 4 Applied Molding Series.....................................................58-70 Applied Moldings.................................................................... 17 Beadboard Drawer Front Guidelines........................................ 3 Beadboard Panel Door Series...........................................37-40 Beaded Raised Panel Door Series....................................46-51 Butt Door Policy....................................................................... 3 Classic Raised Panel Door Series.....................................41-45 Door Edge Profiles................................................................. 16 Door and Drawer Front Style information & page location....6-9 Door Styles / Alphabetical Order - Pricing............................... 6 Door Styles / Price Order - Pricing........................................... 7 Door Styles / Stile/Rail Size - Pricing....................................... 7 Drawer Fronts / Style - Pricing................................................. 7 Drawer Front Information......................................................... 5 Drawer Front Rail & Stile Profiles............................................ 11 Five-Piece Applied Molding Drawer Fronts.......................78-79 Five-Piece Beadboard Panel Drawer Fronts.......................... 75 Five-Piece Beaded Raised Panel Drawer Fronts.................... 76
Five-Piece Flat Panel Drawer Fronts.................................73-74 Five-Piece Mitered Drawer Fronts.......................................... 77 Five-Piece Raised Panel Drawer Fronts................................. 76 Flat Panel Door Series.......................................................23-34 Maximum Door Size Guidelines............................................... 3 Minimum Door Size Guidelines................................................ 3 Mitered Door Guidelines........................................................... 4 Mitered Door Series...........................................................51-57 Mortise & Tenoned Door Guidelines......................................... 3 Narrow Rail 5-Piece Drawer Fronts.......................................... 3 One-Piece MDF Door & Drawer Front Guidelines.................... 4 One-Piece MDF Drawer Fronts.........................................72-73 One-Piece MDF Series......................................................19-23 Panel Profiles.......................................................................... 15 Solid Slab Drawer Fronts........................................................ 71 Specialty Door & Drawer Fronts............................................... 5 Stile & Rail Profiles............................................................10-11 Veneer Slab Door Series......................................................... 18 Veneer Slab Drawer Front Series............................................ 72 Warped Door Policy................................................................. 5
Door and Drawer Styles Mortise & Tenoned Doors Door, Drawer Front styles, and building techniques are subject to change without notice. Please read each door description for further details. Not all styles are available in all woods, finishes, heights or widths. Frame and panel doors are mortise & tenoned, glued & fastened. Panels are pinned and buffered to allow for normal expansion.
Maximum Door Sizes Width: Maximum single panel width is 24”. Doors over 24” will become double paneled in width (NA on arched doors). To override this size constraint, use SDPW (single door panel width). No warranty on doors over 24”. Single panel arched doors cannot be built wider than 24”. These include: #40000, #45000, #47500, etc. Height: Maximum single panel height is 42”. Doors over 42” tall will become double paneled in height, this includes glass, mullion, & lattice doors. To override this size constraint, use SDPH (single door panel height), this modification will void the warranty on the door. Double paneled doors over 57 3/4” tall will not be covered under warranty. Doors 39 3/4” & up will receive 3 hinges per door unless MBD, GD, or LDI, then 4 hinges per door. The largest standard wall cabinet with a single panel door is a 42” tall wall cabinet.
Minimum Door Sizes Minimum door sizes are listed on the page showing the door style. On many doors you will notice two minimum sizes listed, this feature is offered to take into consideration the tall, narrow cabinets such as the W1236 & the wide, short cabinets such as the W3612. Sizes that fall under the minimum width will have the stiles cut down if possible, otherwise they will be built as slab doors. Rails cannot be cut down to keep 5-piece door style. These substitutions will not be replaced under warranty. Doors and drawer fronts falling under the minimum will still be charged the door/drawer front upcharge. These minimums are designed to allow our employees to safely produce your products.
Butt Door Policy Butt Doors will have an 1/8” gap between the doors & no center stile. When selecting butt doors on the Order Info tab on the pricing program, butt doors & drawer fronts will be added to all base, wall, & vanity cabinets 27”- 45” wide. Butt doors will be standard on Tall Broom cabinets 27” – 39” wide. See individual cabinet descriptions for BD options on sizes beyond these standards. Butt drawer fronts will keep the center stile for drawer guide function. To order a full width drawer front and/or drawer add FF or SD to the end of the cabinet nomenclature. (Ex. SB36FF or B36SD) When ordering wall, base and vanity cabinets that are under 24” wide & need butt doors, order the cabinet as the 24” BD equivalent and reduce the wid th.
Beadboard Drawer Fronts 76, 703, 720, 920, 921, & 994 drawer fronts feature a 720-beadboard center panel with vertical beads & graining. We make no attempt to line the beads up between the doors and drawer fronts. When ordering, consider using the MFD (Multi-Drawer Front) option. Due to their extreme panel width, drawer fronts over 24” wide will not be covered under warranty for warping and split panels.
Narrow Rail 5-Piece Drawer Fronts Drawer fronts with narrow rails can be modified to increase the height of the top & bottom rail to 2 1/4”, 2 3/4” or 3 1/2” on larger drawer fronts by using the MDFSB, MDFSM or MDFST modification. Drawer fronts will be subject to the minimum door size when using these modifications. See the Accessories & Modifications section for more details. Drawer fronts with narrow 1 1/4” rails, such as the #80, cannot be used in conjunction with the #35, #66 or #67 edge profiles. Due to the size of the rail only one peg or nail per corner can be applied on this style.
w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014
-3-
Door and Drawer Styles One-Piece Door & Drawer Fronts Available in selected styles only; see the One-Piece MDF door & drawer front series sections. These doors and fronts are made of MDF and are available in the solid painted finishes only can also add glazes; shown in the LOC book. Not available with applied moldings or the #13, #60, #66 or #67 door edges. When using glass, mullion or lattice doors, the door frame will be built like its 5-piece counterpart. This will result in seams at the rail & stile joints.
1/4” Plywood Panel Doors #10000, #11100, & #17000 doors are not as stable as solid panel doors and may warp up to ¼”. Plywood panels also tend to stain differently than solid wood panels and the veneer seams may show through on painted finishes. The backs of the panels may have large unfilled knots. If these doors are ordered in Knotty or Rustic wood the center panels will not have the Knotty/ Rustic characteristics. These are not warrantable situations. 1/4” plywood paneled doors are NOT available in painted finishes, or unfinished on Paintgrade or MDF wood.
Mitered Doors Our mitered doors are available in all wood species with the exception of Hickory & Craftwood One-Piece MDF. These door styles come with a special edge that cannot be altered. Mitered doors are fastened using a doweled finger joint and panels are buffered to allow for expansion. Doors can be attached to a 3/4” panel substrate or finished cabinet end to be used in place of a loose or intergrated “wainscot” RPB panel.
Applied Molding Doors & Drawer Fronts ••
The applied molding upcharge is per door & drawer front and is included in the door & drawer front upcharge when using an applied molding style listed in the catalog such as the #30001 or #9303. Any doors or drawer fronts that fall below minimum will still incur the applied molding door charge.
••
The last two digits of the five digit door or four digit drawer front number signify the applied molding style. For example, the #30001 is the #30000 door including AM1 & #9303 is the #93 drawer front including AM3.
••
Applied moldings are not available on raised panel valances, or arched doors.
••
AM1, AM2, AM3, AM12 & AM14, which is applied to the face of the rails & stiles, making the door over 1” thick, will not work on pocket doors. If ordered, pocket doors will be built without the applied molding & the charges will still apply.
••
AM1, which is applied to the face of the rails & stiles, will not work when ordered with 5-piece style drawer fronts that have narrow 1 ¼” wide rails with a #15, #35, #66, #67 or #70 edge treatment.
••
AM2, which is applied to the face of the rails & stiles, will not work when ordered with 5-piece style drawer fronts that have narrow 1 ¼” wide rails with a #35, #66 or #67 edge treatment.
••
AM3, which is applied to the face of the rails & stiles, will not work when ordered with 5-piece style drawer fronts that have 2 1/4” wide rails with a #35 edge treatment.
••
AM2 is designed to be used with a raised panel door style.
••
AM4 includes nail pegs in corners of molding and knife cuts at joints of rails & stiles. See sample before ordering.
••
AM7 are soft maple. Due to their smaller size they tend to match most colors on most woods. Order at your discretion.
••
AM4, & AM7 or any applied molding that sits on a center panel and is prepped for glass or has MBDs will be shipped loose. The Applied Molding will be cut to size but will not be installed at the factory.
••
In some cases fillers should be used in conjunction with applied molding doors to ensure doors and/or drawers can clear adjacent cabinets or walls.
••
To add applied molding to doors not shown or listed, please call your Account Manager for availability.
w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014
-4-
Door and Drawer Styles Drawer Front Information All drawer fronts are 3/4” thick with the exception of some Applied Molding Series fronts and the #25 slab front.
Warped Door Policy Doors that are warped ¼” or less must be adjusted at the hinge. Doors that are warped over ¼” must be adjusted as much as possible and allowed to undergo one heating and cooling cycle before replacement will be considered. If cabinetry is delivered in cool weather, it must be given sufficient time to acclimate to a warm house, and vice versa. Over time, some cabinets will warp due to extremes in temperature and humidity. Custom Cupboards requires a relative humidity level of 25% to 55% be maintained in the residence to avoid these problems. In most situations, the door will return to its normal position after going through the heating/cooling cycle. When requesting a replacement, check to ensure that the door is warped instead of the cabinet being racked out of square during installation. In the interim, solid brass ball catches will be provided at no charge to pull the door tight against the cabinet. The catch has an adjustable tension feature, is easy to install, and is designed for use on all doors.
Specialty Doors & Drawer Fronts Specialty doors & fronts are available from outside sources with prior engineering approval. Call for pricing and availability. Expect extended lead times and limitations to the warranty of the doors.
w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014
-5-
Door and Drawer Styles Door Styles / Alphabetical Order Door Style Name
Door Style Nomenclature
Charge per Door
ALCOTT ALCOTT FLAT ARLINGTON BEADED ARLINGTON FLAT PANEL BEADBOARD SHAKER BEADBOARD SHAKER W/AM1 BEADBOARD SHAKER W/AM14 BEADBOARD SHAKER W/ AM4 BELMONT BELMONT W/AM4 BRADFORD BRENTWOOD CLASSIC BRIGHTON CAMBRIA CHARLESTON CHARLESTON W/ AM1 CHARLESTON W/ AM3 CHELMSFORD CHISHOLM BEADED CHISHOLM BEADED W/ AM1 CHISHOLM CLASSIC CHISHOLM CLASSIC 1PC
99100 99200 30600 30700 72000 72001 72014 72004 71400 71404 98100 47500 71200 90500 37400 37401 37403 99000 37500 37501 30000 300-1PC
$34 $34 $34 $34 $34 $163 $163 $191 $34 $157 $34 $23 $34 $34 $23 $151 $151 $71 $23 $151 $0 -$21
CHISHOLM CLASSIC W/AM1 CLAIRMONT CONCORD CONTEMPO I CONTEMPO II CONTEMPO III COUNTRY SHAKER COVINGTON CRAFTSMAN DELANO DELANO W/ AM1 GROOVED SHAKER HAMILTON, 1/4 PLYWOOD PANEL HARRISON, 1/4 PLYWOOD PANEL HERITAGE BEADED HERITAGE BEADED W/ AM2 HERITAGE CLASSIC HERITAGE CLASSIC W/ AM2 HUNTINGTON HUNTINGTON BEADBOARD LEXINGTON LEXINGTON 1PC LEXINGTON W/AM3 MESA BEADBOARD MESA FLAT MODESTO MISSION MODESTO MISSION 1PC PENBROOK PROVIDENCE RALSTON BEADBOARD
30001 98000 31300 50100 50200 50300 75000 31200 71600 38300 38301 70500 10000 11100 77600 77602 77800 77802 71100 72100 30100 301-1PC 30103 70300 70600 70800 708-1PC 71000 31000 99400
$128 $71 $34 $0 -$21 -$21 $34 $34 $11 $34 $163 $34 -$26 $0 $34 $163 $0 $163 $34 $34 $23 -$21 $151 $63 $29 $0 -$16 $34 $34 $69
w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014
Door Style Name
Door Style Nomenclature
RALSTON FLAT RICHMOND SALEM SALEM 1PC SALEM BEADBOARD SALEM W/ AM1 SALEM W/ AM3 SANTIAGO MISSION SAVOY SHAKER SHAKER 1PC SHAKER W/ AM1 SHAKER W/ AM3 SHAKER W/ AM4 SHAKER W/AM14 SOHO STAFFORD STAFFORD 1PC STAFFORD BEADBOARD STAFFORD W/ AM1 STANTON FLAT STANTON RAISED PANEL STERLING FLAT STERLING RAISED PANEL STERLING RAISED PANEL W/ AM7 STONEWALL TAOS TAOS TAOS TIMBERLINE TUSCAN TUSCAN FLAT VALLEJO MISSION VALLEJO MISSION 1PC VALLEY FORGE VALLEY FORGE BEADED VALLEY FORGE VALLEY FORGE BEADED W/ AM2 VALLEY FORGE RAISED VALLEY FORGE RAISED W/ AM2 VALLEY FORGE W/ AM12 VALLEY FORGE W/ AM14 VALLEY FORGE W/ AM4 VIENNA CLASSIC WASHINGTON, 1/4 PLYWOOD PANEL WILSON WINDSOR BEADBOARD WINDSOR BEADED WINDSOR CLASSIC WINDSOR FLAT
-6-
99300 31100 90100 901-1PC 92100 90101 90103 71700 31700 70000 700-1PC 70001 70003 70004 70014 98400 90000 900-1PC 92000 90001 95500 95000 94500 94000 94007 99500 73000 73100 73200 38100 38400 38500 70700 707-1PC 70100 30400 701-1PC 30402 30200 30202 70112 70114 70104 40000 17000 31600 46600 46000 45000 91500
Charge per Door $34 $34 $23 -$16 $46 $151 $151 $11 $11 $0 -$16 $128 $128 $157 $128 $34 $0 -$16 $34 $128 $34 $34 $34 $34 $163 $34 $0 $11 $23 $23 $34 $29 $0 -$16 $23 $34 -$16 $163 $34 $163 $251 $151 $180 $23 -$26 $11 $34 $34 $23 $23
Door and Drawer Styles Door Styles / Price Order Door Style Name
Door Style Nomenclature
Charge per Door
HAMILTON, 1/4 PLYWOOD PANEL WASHINGTON, 1/4 PLYWOOD PANEL CHISHOLM CLASSIC 1PC
10000 17000 300-1PC
-$26 -$26 -$21
CONTEMPO II CONTEMPO III LEXINGTON 1PC MODESTO MISSION 1PC SALEM 1PC SHAKER 1PC STAFFORD 1PC VALLEJO MISSION 1PC VALLEY FORGE CHISHOLM CLASSIC
50200 50300 301-1PC 708-1PC 901-1PC 700-1PC 900-1PC 707-1PC 701-1PC 30000
-$21 -$21 -$21 -$16 -$16 -$16 -$16 -$16 -$16 $0
CONTEMPO I HARRISON, 1/4 PLYWOOD PANEL HERITAGE CLASSIC MODESTO MISSION SHAKER STAFFORD TAOS VALLEJO MISSION
50100 11100 77800 70800 70000 90000 73000 70700
$0 $0 $0 $0 $0 $0 $0 $0
CRAFTSMAN SANTIAGO MISSION SAVOY TAOS WILSON BRENTWOOD CLASSIC CHARLESTON CHISHOLM BEADED
71600 71700 31700 73100 31600 47500 37400 37500
$11 $11 $11 $11 $11 $23 $23 $23
LEXINGTON SALEM TAOS TIMBERLINE VALLEY FORGE VIENNA CLASSIC WINDSOR CLASSIC WINDSOR FLAT MESA FLAT TUSCAN FLAT ALCOTT ALCOTT FLAT ARLINGTON BEADED ARLINGTON FLAT PANEL BEADBOARD SHAKER BELMONT BRADFORD BRIGHTON CAMBRIA
30100 90100 73200 38100 70100 40000 45000 91500 70600 38500 99100 99200 30600 30700 72000 71400 98100 71200 90500
$23 $23 $23 $23 $23 $23 $23 $23 $29 $29 $34 $34 $34 $34 $34 $34 $34 $34 $34
CONCORD COUNTRY SHAKER COVINGTON DELANO
31300 75000 31200 38300
$34 $34 $34 $34
w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014
-7-
Door Style Name
Door Style Nomenclature
Charge per Door
GROOVED SHAKER HERITAGE BEADED HUNTINGTON HUNTINGTON BEADBOARD PENBROOK PROVIDENCE RALSTON FLAT RICHMOND STANTON FLAT STANTON RAISED PANEL STERLING FLAT STERLING RAISED PANEL SOHO STAFFORD BEADBOARD STONEWALL TUSCAN VALLEY FORGE BEADED VALLEY FORGE RAISED WINDSOR BEADBOARD WINDSOR BEADED SALEM BEADBOARD MESA BEADBOARD RALSTON BEADBOARD CHELMSFORD
70500 77600 71100 72100 71000 31000 99300 31100 95500 95000 94500 94000 98400 92000 99500 38400 30400 30200 46600 46000 92100 70300 99400 99000
$34 $34 $34 $34 $34 $34 $34 $34 $34 $34 $34 $34 $34 $34 $34 $34 $34 $34 $34 $34 $46 $63 $69 $71
CLAIRMONT CHISHOLM CLASSIC W/AM1 SHAKER W/ AM1 SHAKER W/ AM3 SHAKER W/AM14 STAFFORD W/ AM1 CHARLESTON W/ AM1 CHARLESTON W/ AM3 CHISHOLM BEADED W/ AM1 LEXINGTON W/AM3 SALEM W/ AM1 SALEM W/ AM3 VALLEY FORGE W/ AM14 BELMONT W/AM4 SHAKER W/ AM4 BEADBOARD SHAKER W/AM1 BEADBOARD SHAKER W/AM14
98000 30001 70001 70003 70014 90001 37401 37403 37501 30103 90101 90103 70114 71404 70004 72001 72014
$71 $128 $128 $128 $128 $128 $151 $151 $151 $151 $151 $151 $151 $157 $157 $163 $163
DELANO W/ AM1 HERITAGE BEADED W/ AM2 HERITAGE CLASSIC W/ AM2 STERLING RAISED PANEL W/ AM7 VALLEY FORGE BEADED W/ AM2 VALLEY FORGE RAISED W/ AM2 VALLEY FORGE W/ AM4
38301 77602 77802 94007 30402 30202 70104
$163 $163 $163 $163 $163 $163 $180
BEADBOARD SHAKER W/ AM4
72004
$191
VALLEY FORGE W/ AM12
70112
$251
Door and Drawer Styles Door Styles / Stile/Rail Size VENEER SLAB
$0
Contempo 1
STILE / RAIL SIZE DOOR NAME
1-PC MDF
FLAT PANEL
2 1/4”
BEADED RAISED PANEL
2 3/4”
Multi Size
UPCHARGE
DOOR NAME
3 1/2”
UPCHARGE
-$21
-$16
1-PC VALLEY FORGE
-$16
1-PC VALLEJO MISSION
-$16
1-PC MODESTO MISSION
-$16
1-PC STAFFORD
-$16
1-PC SALEM
-$16
SHAKER
$0
SAVOY
$11
ARLINGTON FLAT
$34
VALLEY FORGE
$23
VALLEJO MISSION
$0
CRAFTSMAN
$11
HUNTINGTON
$34
MESA FLAT
$29
MODESTO MISSION
PENBROOK
$34
SANTIAGO MISSION
$11
BRIGHTON
$34
COUNTRY SHAKER
$34
TAOS 2 3/4”
$11
BELMONT
$34
$0
SALEM
$23
$0
CAMBRIA
$34
$0
TAOS 3 1/2
$23
TUSCAN FLAT
$29
WINDSOR FLAT
$23
HAMILTON
-$26
WASHINGTON
-$26
WINDSOR BEADBOARD
$34
GROOVED SHAKER
$34
BEADBOARD SHAKER
$34
STAFFORD BEADBOARD
$34 $0
VIENNA CLASSIC
$23
WINDSOR CLASSIC
$23
BRENTWOOD CLASSIC
$23
HARRISON
HUNTINGTON BEADBOARD
$34
$11
WILSON
$0
MESA BEADBOARD
$63
SALEM BEADBOARD
$46
PROVIDENCE
$34
LEXINGTON
$23
RICHMOND
$34
VALLEY FORGE RAISED
$34
HERITAGE CLASSIC
$0
CHISHOLM BEADED
$23
ARLINGTON BEADED
$34
VALLEY FORGE BEADED
$34
WINDSOR BEADED
$34
COVINGTON
$34
CHARLESTON
$23
HERITAGE BEADED
$34
CONCORD
$34
DELANO
$34
TIMBERLINE
$23
TUSCAN
$34
CHELMSFORD
$71
STERLING RAISED
$34
CLAIRMONT
$71
STONEWALL
$34
STERLING FLAT
$34
ALCOTT
$34
STANTON RAISED
$34
ALCOTT FLAT
$34
STANTON FLAT
$34
SOHO
$34
BRADFORD
$34
RALSTON FLAT
$34
RALSTON BEADBOARD CHISHOLM CLASSIC W/AM1
$128
CHISHOLM BEDED W/AM1
$151
STERLING W/AM7
$69 $163
BELMONT W/AM4
$157
LEXINGTON W/AM3
$151
VALLEY FORGE RAISED W/AM2
$163
SHAKER W/AM1
$128
VALLEY FORGE RAISED W/AM2
$163
SHAKER W/AM3
$128
CHARLESTON W/AM1
$151
SHAKER W/AM4
$157
CHARLESTON W/AM3
$151
SHAKER W/AM14
$128
DELANO W/AM1
$163
BEADBOARD SHAKER W/AM1
$163
VALLEY FORGE W/AM4
$180
BEADBOARD SHAKER W/AM4
$191
VALLEY FORGE W/AM12
$251
BEADBOARD SHAKER W/AM14 $163
VALLEY FORGE W/AM14
$151
HERITAGE BEADED W/AM2
$163
SALEM W/AM1
$151
HERITAGE CLASSIC W/AM2
$163
SALEM W/AM3
$151
STAFFORD W/AM1
$128
w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014
DOOR NAME
1-PC SHAKER
MITER DOOR
APPLIED MOLDING
UPCHARGE
1-PC LEXINGTON
CHISHOLM CLASSIC
CLASSIC RAISED PANEL
DOOR NAME
-$21
TAOS 2 1/4”
BEADBOARD PANEL
UPCHARGE
-$21
Contempo III
1-PC CHISHOLM CLASSIC
STAFFORD
1/4” PLYWOOD
-$21
Contempo II
-8-
Door and Drawer Styles
OGEE SLAB
$0 $0
12
CHELMSFORD SLAB
13
REVERSE BEAD SLAB
$0
14
SOHO SLAB
$0
15
BEADED SLAB
25
317
SAVOY FLAT
383
DELANO FLAT
384
TUSCAN FLAT
706
MESA FLAT CRAFTSMAN
$0
716 717
SANTIAGO MISSION
RAISED BEAD SLAB
$11
730
TAOS 2 1/4”
30
DOUBLE-CUT SLAB
$0
731
TAOS 2 3/4”
35
DESIGNER SLAB
$0
732
TAOS 3 1/2”
60
SQUARE SLAB
$0
62
CONTEMPO II HORIZONTAL GRAIN
$0
CONTEMPO I HORIZONTAL GRAIN
$0
89
SPECIAL SHAKER
63
90
SHAKER
65
1/8” ROUND-OVER SLAB
$0
91
SHAKER W/ COVE
66
DOUBLE-ROUND SLAB
$0
67
DECOR SLAB
$0
70
BEVELED SLAB
$0
77
VALLEJO MISSION
78
MODESTO MISSION
92
WIDE STILE SHAKER
93
WIDE STILE FLAT
94
MIXED FLAT
95
FLAT PANEL
96
NARROW RAIL SHAKER
$60 $60 $60 $66 $60 $60 $60 $60 $60 $60 $60 $60 $60 $60 $60 $60 $60 $60 $60
Charge per Drawer
316
WILSON RAISED
$60
80
CLASSIC RAISED
$60
82
MIXED CLASSIC RAISED
$60
86
SHAKER CLASSIC RAISED
$60
87
WIDE STILE CLASSIC RAISED
$60
98
COMBO CLASSIC RAISED
$60
5-PIECE BEADED RAISED 5-PIECE BEADED RAISED 81
BEADED RAISED
$60
83
MIXED BEADED RAISED
$60
84
SHAKER BEADED RAISED
$60
88
WIDE STILE BEADED RAISED
$60
99
COMBO BEADED RAISED
$60
MITER 5-PIECE5-PIECE MITER 5-PIECE APPLIED MOLDING 5-PIECE APPLIED MOLDING
74
3 1/2’ WITH MICRO BEVEL
$34
33
2 1/4”
$34
38301
DELANO FLAT W/ AM1
$188
34
3 1/2”
$34
8001
CLASSIC RAISED W/ AM1
$188
8101
BEADED RAISED W/ AM1
$188
8402
SHAKER BEADED RAISED W/ AM2 $188
8602
SHAKER CLASSIC RAISED W/ AM2 $188
VENEER SLAB VENEER SLAB 501
CONTEMPO I VERTICAL GRAIN
$0
8904
SPECIAL SHAKER W/ AM4
502
CONTEMPO II VERTICAL GRAIN
$0
8912
SPECIAL SHAKER W/ AM12 $288
1-PIECE MDF 1-PIECE MDF
$217
8914
SPECIAL SHAKER W/ AM14 $188
9003
SHAKER W/ AM3
$188
9201
WIDE STILE SHAKER W/ AM1
$188
77-1PC
1-PC VALLEJO MISSION
$11
9214
WIDE STILE SHAKER W/ AM14
$188
78-1PC
1-PC MODESTO MISSION
$11
9301
WIDE STILE FLAT W/ AM1
$188 $188
80-1PC
1-PC CLASSIC RAISED
$11
9303
WIDE STILE FLAT W/ AM3
87-1PC
1-PC WIDE STILE CLASSIC RAISED $11
94007
STERLING RAISED PANEL W/ AM7
$188
89-1PC
1-PC SPECIAL SHAKER
$11
9501
FLAT PANEL W/ AM1
$188
90-1PC
1-PC SHAKER
$11
9601
NARROW RAIL SHAKER W/ AM1 $188
92-1PC
1-PC WIDE STILE SHAKER
$11
9604
NARROW RAIL SHAKER W/ AM4 $217
93-1PC
1-PC WIDE STILE FLAT
$11
9614
NARROW RAIL SHAKER W/ AM14 $188
95-1PC
1-PC FLAT PANEL
$11
9802
COMBO CLASSIC RAISED
96-1PC
1-PC NARROW RAIL SHAKER
$11
9902
AUGUST 2014
Drawer Front Name
5-PIECE RAISED 5-PIECE RAISED PANELPANEL
3-PIECE SLAB 3-PIECE SLAB
w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m
Nomenclature
Charge per Drawer
Drawer Front Name
5-PIECE FLAT PANEL 5-PIECE FLAT PANEL
SOLID SLAB SOLID SLAB 10
Nomenclature
Drawer Front Name
Charge per Drawer
Nomenclature
Drawer Fronts / Style
STERLING RAISED PANEL
$60
945
STERLING FLAT PANEL
$60
950
STANTON RAISED PANEL
$86
955
STANTON FLAT PANEL
$60
980
CLAIRMONT
$106
981
BRADFORD
$60
940
$60
984
SOHO FLAT
990
CHELMSFORD
$106
992
ALCOTT FLAT
$60
993
RALSTON FLAT
$60
994
RALSTON BEADBOARD
995
STONEWALL
$120 $60
5-PIECE BEADBOARD 5-PIECE BEADBOARD 703
MESA BEADBOARD
$126
720
BEADBOARD SHAKER
$120
76
MIXED BEADBOARD
$120
$188
920
STAFFORD BEADBOARD
$120
COMBO BEADED RAISED W/ AM2 $188
921
SALEM BEADBOARD
$120
-9-
Door and Drawer Styles DOOR #
DOOR NAME
10000
Hamilton
PANEL
RAIL
100
300
STILE 300
1/4” Plywood Panel
DOOR SERIES
11100
Harrison
100
301
710C
1/4” Plywood Panel
17000
Washington
100
700
700
1/4” Plywood Panel
300-1pc
1-pc Chisholm Classic
300
300
300
One-Piece MDF
30000
Chisholm Classic
300
300
300
Classic Raised Panel
30001
Chisholm Classic w/ AM1
300
300
300
Applied Molding - Classic Raised Panel
301-1pc
1-pc Lexington
300
301
301
One-Piece MDF
30100
Lexington
300
301
301
Classic Raised Panel
30103
Lexington w/ AM3
300
301
301
Applied Molding - Classic Raised Panel
30200
Valley Forge Raised
300
701
701
Classic Raised Panel
30202
Valley Forge Raised w/ AM2
300
701
701
Applied Molding - Classic Raised Panel
30400
Valley Forge Beaded
375
701
701
Beaded Raised Panel
30402
Valley Forge Beaded w/ AM2
375
701
701
Applied Molding - Beaded Raised Panel
30600
Arlington Beaded
375
301
300
Beaded Raised Panel
30700
Arlington Flat
700
301
300
Flat Panel
31000
Providence
300
301
700
Classic Raised Panel
31100
Richmond
300
301
710C
Classic Raised Panel
31200
Covington
375
301
710C
Beaded Raised Panel
31300
Concord
375
301
700
Beaded Raised Panel
31600
Wilson
300
316
316
Classic Raised Panel
31700
Savoy
700
316
316
Flat Panel
37400
Charleston
375
301
301
Beaded Raised Panel
37401
Charleston w/ AM1
375
301
301
Applied Molding - Beaded Raised Panel
37403
Charleston w/ AM3
375
301
301
Applied Molding - Beaded Raised Panel
37500
Chisholm Beaded
375
300
300
Beaded Raised Panel
37501
Chisholm Beaded w/ AM1
375
300
300
Applied Molding - Beaded Raised Panel
38100
Timberline
380
301
710B
Beaded Raised Panel
38300
Delano
380
383
383
Beaded Raised Panel
38301
Delano w/ AM1
380
383
383
Applied Molding - Beaded Raised Panel
38400
Tuscan
384
384
384
Beaded Raised Panel
38500
Tuscan Flat
700
384
384
Flat Panel
40000
Vienna Classic
300
400/300
300
Classic Raised Panel
45000
Windsor Classic
300
450/300
300
Classic Raised Panel
46000
Windsor Beaded
375
450/300
300
Beaded Raised Panel
46600
Windsor Beadboard
720
450/300
300
Beadboard Panel
47500
Brentwood Classic
300
475/300
300
Classic Raised Panel
50100
Contempo I
NA
NA
NA
Veneer Slab
50200
Contempo II
NA
NA
NA
Veneer Slab
50300
Contempo III
NA
NA
NA
One-Piece MDF
700-1pc
1-pc Shaker
700
700
700
One-Piece MDF
70000
Shaker
700
700
700
Flat Panel
70001
Shaker w/ AM1
700
700
700
Applied Molding - Flat Panel
70003
Shaker w/ AM3
700
700
700
Applied Molding - Flat Panel
70004
Shaker w/ AM4
700
700
700
Applied Molding - Flat Panel
70014
Shaker w/ AM14
700
700
700
Applied Molding - Flat Panel
701-1pc
1-pc Valley Forge
700
701
701
One-Piece MDF
70100
Valley Forge
700
701
701
Flat Panel
70104
Valley Forge w/ AM4
700
701
701
Applied Molding - Flat Panel
70112
Valley Forge w/ AM12
700
701
701
Applied Molding - Flat Panel
70114
Valley Forge w/AM14
700
701
701
Applied Molding - Flat Panel
70300
Mesa Beadboard
720
706
706
Beadboard Panel
70500
Grooved Shaker
705
700
700
Beadboard Panel
70600
Mesa Flat
700
706
706
Flat Panel
w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014
- 10 -
Door and Drawer Styles DOOR #
DOOR NAME
PANEL
RAIL
STILE
707-1pc 70700
1-pc Vallejo Mission
700
707
707
One-Piece MDF
Vallejo Mission
700
707
707
Flat Panel
708-1pc
1-pc Modesto Mission
700
708
708
One-Piece MDF
70800
Modesto Mission
700
708
708
Flat Panel
71000
Penbrook
700
710C
710C
Flat Panel
71100
Huntington
700
301
710C
Flat Panel
71200
Brighton
700
301
700
Flat Panel
71400
Belmont
700
701
700
Flat Panel
71404
Belmont w/ AM4
700
701
700
Applied Molding - Flat Panel
71600
Craftsman
700
716
716
Flat Panel
71700
Santiago Mission
700
717
717
Flat Panel
72000
Beadboard Shaker
720
700
700
Beadboard Panel
72001
Beadboard Shaker w/ AM1
720
700
700
Applied Molding - Beadboard Panel
72004
Beadboard Shaker w/ AM4
720
700
700
Applied Molding - Beadboard Panel
72014
Beadboard Shaker w/ AM14
720
700
700
Applied Molding - Beadboard Panel
72100
Huntington Beadboard
720
301
710C
Beadboard Panel
75000
Country Shaker
700X2
700
700X3
Flat Panel
73000
Taos 2 1/4
700
730
700
Flat Panel
73100
Taos 2 3/4
700
731
716
Flat Panel
73200
Taos 3 1/2
700
732
701
Flat Panel
77600
Heritage Beaded
375
700
700
Beaded Raised Panel
77602
Heritage Beaded w/ AM2
375
700
700
Applied Molding - Beaded Raised Panel
77800
Heritage Classic
300
700
700
Classic Raised Panel
77802
Heritage Classic w/ AM2
300
700
700
Applied Molding - Classic Raised Panel
900-1pc
1-pc Stafford
700
300
300
One-Piece MDF
90000
Stafford
700
300
300
Flat Panel
90001
Stafford w/ AM1
700
300
300
Applied Molding - Flat Panel
901-1pc
1-pc Salem
700
301
301
One-Piece MDF
90100
Salem
700
301
301
Flat Panel
90101
Salem w/ AM1
700
301
301
Applied Molding - Flat Panel
90103
Salem w/ AM3
700
301
301
Applied Molding - Flat Panel
90500
Cambria
700
383
383
Flat Panel
91500
Windsor Flat
700
450/300
300
Flat Panel
92000
Stafford Beadboard
720
300
300
Beadboard Panel
92100
Salem Beadboard
720
301
301
Beadboard Panel
94000
Sterling Raised Panel
940
940
940
Mitered
94007
Sterling Raised Panel w/ AM7
940
940
940
Applied Molding - Mitered
94500
Sterling Flat Panel
700
940
940
Mitered
95000
Stanton Raised Panel
940
950
950
Mitered
95500
Stanton Flat Panel
700
950
950
Mitered
98000
Clairmont
980
980
980
Mitered
98100
Bradford
981
981
981
Mitered
98400
Soho
700
984
984
Mitered
99000
Chelmsford
990
990
990
Mitered
99100
Alcott
940
991
991
Mitered
99200
Alcott Flat
700
991
991
Mitered
99300
Ralston Flat
700
993
993
Mitered
99400
Ralston Beadboard
720
993
993
Mitered
99500
Stonewall
700
995
995
Mitered
w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014
- 11 -
DOOR SERIES
Door and Drawer Styles DRAWER DRAWER FRONT NAME FRONT # 10 Ogee Slab 12
Chelmsford Slab
PANEL
RAIL
STILE
DRAWER FRONT SERIES
NA
NA
NA
Solid Slab
NA
NA
NA
Solid Slab
13
Reverse Bead Slab
NA
NA
NA
Solid Slab
14
Soho Slab
NA
NA
NA
Solid Slab
15
Beaded Slab
NA
NA
NA
Solid Slab
25
Raised Bead Slab
NA
NA
NA
Solid Slab
30
Double-Cut Slab
NA
NA
NA
Solid Slab
33
3-Piece Front 33
NA
NA
NA
Solid Slab
34
3-Piece Front 34
NA
NA
NA
Solid Slab
316
Wilson Raised
300
80DF
316
Classic Raised Panel
317
Savoy Flat
700
300
316
Flat Panel Solid Slab
35
Designer Slab
NA
NA
NA
383
Delano Flat
700
383DF
383
Flat Panel
38301
Delano Flat w/ AM1
700
383DF
383
Applied Molding - Flat Panel
384
Tuscan Flat
384
384
384
Beaded Raised Panel
501
Contempo I Vertical Grain Slab
NA
NA
NA
Veneer Slab
502
Contempo II Vertical Grain Slab
NA
NA
NA
Veneer Slab
60
Square Slab
NA
NA
NA
Solid Slab
62
Contempo II Horizontal Grain Slab
NA
NA
NA
Veneer Slab
63
Contempo I Horizontal Grain Slab
NA
NA
NA
Veneer Slab
65
1/8” Round-Over Slab
NA
NA
NA
Solid Slab
66
Double-Round Slab
NA
NA
NA
Solid Slab
67
Decor Slab
NA
NA
NA
Solid Slab
70
Beveled Slab
NA
NA
NA
Solid Slab
703
Mesa Beadboard
720
706DF
706
Beadboard Panel
706
Mesa Flat
700
706DF
706
Flat Panel
716
Craftsman
700
700
716
Flat Panel
717
Santiago Mission
700
707
717
Flat Panel
720
Beadboard Shaker
720
700
700
Beadboard Panel
730
Taos 2 1/4”
700
730
700
Flat Panel
731
Taos 2 3/4”
700
731
716
Flat Panel
732
Taos 3 1/2”
700
732
701
Flat Panel
74
3-Piece Front 74
NA
NA
NA
Solid Slab
76
Mixed Beadboard
720
300
700
Beadboard Panel
77-1pc
1-pc Vallejo Mission
700
707
707
One-Piece MDF
77
Vallejo Mission
700
707
707
Flat Panel
78-1pc
1-pc Modesto Mission
700
707
708
One-Piece MDF
78
Modesto Mission
700
707
708
Flat Panel
80-1pc
1-pc Classic Raised
300
80DF
300
One-Piece MDF
80
Classic Raised
300
80DF
300
Classic Raised Panel
8001
Classic Raised w/ AM1
300
80DF
300
Applied Molding - Classic Raised Panel
81
Beaded Raised
375
80DF
300
Beaded Raised Panel
8101
Beaded Raised w/ AM1
375
80DF
300
Applied Molding - Beaded Raised Panel
82
Mixed Classic Raised
300
80DF
700
Classic Raised Panel
83
Mixed Beaded Raised
375
80DF
700
Beaded Raised Panel
84
Shaker Beaded Raised
375
84DF
700
Beaded Raised Panel
8402
Shaker Beaded Raised w/ AM2
375
84DF
700
Applied Molding - Beaded Raised Panel
86
Shaker Classic Raised
300
84DF
700
Classic Raised Panel
8602
Shaker Classic Raised w/ AM2
300
84DF
700
Applied Molding - Classic Raised Panel
w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014
- 12 -
Door and Drawer Styles DRAWER DRAWER FRONT NAME FRONT # 87-1pc 1-pc Wide Stile Classic Raised
PANEL
RAIL
STILE
DRAWER FRONT SERIES
300
80DF
301
One-Piece MDF
87
Wide Stile Classic Raised
300
80DF
301
Classic Raised Panel
88
Wide Stile Beaded Raised
375
80DF
301
Beaded Raised Panel
89-1pc
1-pc Special Shaker
700
84DF
701
One-Piece MDF
89
Special Shaker
700
84DF
701
Flat Panel
8904
Special Shaker w/ AM4
700
84DF
701
Applied Molding - Flat Panel
8912
Special Shaker w/ AM12
700
84DF
701
Applied Molding - Flat Panel
8914
Special Shaker w/ AM14
700
84DF
701
Applied Molding - Flat Panel
90-1pc
1-pc Shaker
700
700
700
One-Piece MDF
90
Shaker
700
700
700
Flat Panel
9003
Shaker w/ AM3
700
700
700
Applied Molding - Flat Panel
91
Shaker w/ Cove
700
710C
700
Flat Panel
92-1pc
1-pc Wide Stile Shaker
700
700
701
One-Piece MDF
92
Wide Stile Shaker
700
700
701
Flat Panel
920
Stafford Beadboard
720
300
300
Beadboard Panel
9201
Wide Stile Shaker w/ AM1
700
700
701
Applied Molding - Flat Panel
921
Salem Beadboard
720
300
301
Beadboard Panel
9214
Wide Stile Shaker w/ AM14
700
700
701
Applied Molding - Flat Panel
93-1pc
1-pc Wide Stile Flat
700
300
301
One-Piece MDF
93
Wide Stile Flat
700
300
301
Flat Panel
9301
Wide Stile Flat w/ AM1
700
300
301
Applied Molding - Flat Panel
9303
Wide Stile Flat w/ AM3
700
300
301
Applied Molding - Flat Panel
94
Mixed Flat
700
300
700
940
Sterling Raised Panel
940
940DF
940DF
Flat Panel Mitered
94007
Sterling Raised Panel w/ AM7
940
940DF
940DF
Applied Molding - Mitered
945
Sterling Flat Panel
700
940DF
940DF
Mitered
95-1pc
1-pc Flat Panel
700
300
300
One-Piece MDF
95
Flat Panel
700
300
300
Flat Panel
950
Stanton Raised Panel
940
950DF
950DF
9501
Flat Panel w/ AM1
700
300
300
955
Stanton Flat Panel
700
950DF
950DF
Mitered Applied Molding - Flat Panel Mitered
96-1pc
1-pc Narrow Rail Shaker
700
84DF
700
One-Piece MDF
96
Narrow Rail Shaker
700
84DF
700
Flat Panel
9601
Narrow Rail Shaker w/ AM1
700
84DF
700
Applied Molding - Flat Panel
9604
Narrow Rail Shaker w/ AM4
700
84DF
700
Applied Molding - Flat Panel
9606
Narrow Rail Shaker w/ AM6
700
84DF
700
Applied Molding - Flat Panel
9614
Narrow Rail Shaker w/ AM14
700
84DF
700
Applied Molding - Flat Panel
980
Clairmont
700
980DF
980DF
Mitered
98
Combo Classic Raised
300
84DF
701
Classic Raised Panel
9802
Combo Classic Raised
300
84DF
701
Classic Raised Panel
981
Bradford
700
981DF
981DF
Mitered
984
Soho Flat
700
984DF
984DF
Mitered
99
Combo Beaded Raised
375
84DF
701
990
Chelmsford
990
990DF
990DF
9902
Combo Beaded Raised w/ AM2
375
84DF
701
992
Alcott Flat
700
991DF
991DF
Beaded Raised Panel Mitered Applied Molding - Beaded Raised Panel Mitered
993
Ralston Flat
700
993DF
993DF
Mitered
994
Ralston Beadboard
720
993DF
993DF
Mitered
995
Stonewall
700
995
995
Mitered
w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014
- 13 -
Door and Drawer Styles Stile & Rail Profiles #301 #301
#300 #300
#316 #316
3 1/2 2 3/4 2 1/4
#384 #384
#383 #383
#700 #700
3 1/2
3 2 1/4
#706 #706
#701 #701
3 1/2
#707 #707
3 1/2 2 1/4
#716 #716
#710B #710B
#710C #710C
BEVEL
COVE
2 3/4 2 1/4
#730
2 1/4
#731
#732
#980
#981 #981
2 1/4
#950 #950
3 2 9/16
2 9/16
#990 #990
#984 #984
#991 #991
3
3 2 1/4
w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014
- 14 -
Door and Drawer Styles 2 1/4” at center
#995 #995
#993 #993
#450 #450 RAILS ONLY
2 1/2
2 1/4
4
Also applicable on 400 & 475
Drawer Front Rail & Stile Profiles 80DF
84DF 84DF
80DF
383DF 383DF
2 1/4
384DF 384DF
2 1/4
1 1/4
1 1/4
706DF
706DF
730DF
731DF
732DF
950DF 950DF
980DF 980DF
981DF 981DF
2 1/4
940DF
940DF
1 1/2
1 9/16
984DF
984DF
2 1/4
990DF 990DF
1 1/2
2 1/4
991DF 991DF
2 1/2
1 1/2
993DF 993DF
1 3/4
Panel Profiles 100 1/4"Plywood plywood 100 1/4”
384 Tuscan Beaded 384 Tuscan Beaded RaisedRaised
940940 Mitered Raised Mitered Raised
300 Classic Raised 300 Classic Raised
700700 7/16” Flat Panel 7/16" flat panel
980 981Clairmont Bradford
375 Beaded Raised 375 Beaded Raised
720 Beadboard 720 Beadboard
981 Bradford 981 Bradford
Grooves are 1-1/2" O.C.
380 Flat Raised Bead 380 Flat Raised Bead
705 V-groove 705 V-Groove
Grooves are 3" O.C.
w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014
- 15 -
990 990Chelmsford Chelmsford
Door and Drawer Styles Door Edge Profiles #10
#11
5/16
#12
9/32
3/16
The #11 edge profile is specific to the #99500 mitered door style & is not available for use on other doors or as a slab front.
#13
The #12 edge profile is specific to the #99000 mitered door style & is not available for use on other doors.
#14
5/16
#15
1 9/32
1/2
The #14 edge profile is specific to the #98400 mitered door style & is not available for use on other doors.
#35
#60
#65
3/16
On Designer Overlay, Overlay, doors doors with with the the#60 #60&&65 65edge edge profile will require requirean an1/8” 1/8” fill fillon oncabinets cabinetsthat thatbutt buttinto profile will into a wall or deeper cabinets. . a wall or deeper cabinets.
1
#66
#67
#70
25/32
5/8
25/32
Designer with #60 OR #65 Door Edge
! WALL OR DEEPER CABINET BOX
VERY IMPORTANT DESIGNERS NOTE
If using a #60 or #65 door edge, the customer must fill 1/8” in any situation where a cabinet with a hinged door butts into a wall or deeper cabinet box. Failure to fill will result in the door edge contacting the wall or deeper cabinet and may inhibit the door from opening.
1/8” FILLER The following mitered doors have a #60 or close derivative of a #65, therefore will need a 1/8” filler used as depicted.
5/16” OF SPACE FOR DOOR TO OPERATE.
w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014
- 16 -
#94000 #95000 #68000 #99300 #99500
Door and Drawer Styles Applied Moldings Applied to Doors & Drawer Fronts. The left side of the moldings face the outside edges of the doors. Some moldings are available loose, see accessories and modifications section.
AM1
AM2
AM3
1/2” wide X 1/4” tall All wood species available.
5/8” wide X 7/16” tall All wood species available.
1-1/16” wide X 5/8” tall All wood species available.
AM4
AM7
AM12
5/16” wide X 13/16” tall (with nail pegs in corners). All wood species available.
5/32” wide X 1/8” tall Available is soft maple only.
Stile Mold: 1/2” wide X 7/16” tall Rail Mold: 1/2” wide X 9/16” tall All wood species available
AM14 15/16” wide X 9/16” tall. All wood species except Craftwood.
w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014
- 17 -
Door and Drawer Styles Veneer Slab Door Series CONTEMPO I
#50100
CONTEMPO II
#50200 TOP SELLING DOOR
OPTION
AVAILABILITY
OPTION
AVAILABILITY
Minimum Size
3 3/8 x 7 -or- 7 x 3 3/8
Minimum Size
3 3/8 x 7 -or- 7 x 3 3/8
Stile / Rail Size
NA
Stile / Rail Size
NA
Wood Species
All but Craftwood, Paintgrade, MDF Paint, Knotty or Rustic
Wood Species
All but Craftwood, Paintgrade, MDF Paint, Knotty or Rustic
Slab Drawer Fronts
#63 or #501
Slab Drawer Fronts
#62 or #502
5 Pc. Drawer Front
None
5 Pc. Drawer Front
None
Edge Profile
#65 only
Edge Profile
#60 only
Mullions
Colonial or Prairie Style
Mullions
Colonial or Prairie Style
Prep for Glass
Yes
Prep for Glass
Yes
Lattice
Yes
Lattice
Yes
Raised Panel Ends
Door Plants; APE__ (Heartland/ Revola)
Raised Panel Ends
Door Plants; APE__ (Heartland/ Revola)
Applied Moldings
None
Applied Moldings
None
Pocket Doors
Yes (Heartland/Revola)
Pocket Doors
Yes (Heartland/Revola)
Notes / Cautions
• • • • • • • •
Notes / Cautions
• • • •
MDF core Solid Wood 3/16” edgebanding. Edgebanding will run through on the left & right side of the doors and drawer fronts. No Paints or Aging Aging (Distressing) Overlay fillers will be solid wood & will not include 3/16” edgebanding. Finger slots are not available on this door style. #70000 door will be used when ordering Glass, Mullion or Lattice. Grain direction & potential color difference may be an issue. An 1/8” fill must be used on any cabinet that butts into a wall or deeper cabinet with this door style in Designer Overlay.
w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014
• • • •
- 18 -
MDF core Standard veneer edgebanding. No Paints or Aging Aging (Distressing) Overlay fillers will be solid wood & will not include veneer edgebanding. Finger slots are not available on this door style. #70000 door will be used when ordering Glass, Mullion or Lattice. Grain direction & potential color difference may be an issue. An 1/8” fill must be used on any cabinet that butts into a wall or deeper cabinet with this door style in Designer Overlay. Top selling door.
Door and Drawer Styles One-Piece MDF Series 1-pc LEXINGTON
1-pc CHISHOLM CLASSIC #300-1pc
OPTION
AVAILABILITY
OPTION
AVAILABILITY
Minimum Size
7 1/2 x 10 1/2 -or- 10 1/2 x 7 1/2
Minimum Size
10 x 13 -or- 13 x 10
Stile / Rail Size
2 1/4 x 2 1/4
Stile / Rail Size
3 1/2 x 3 1/2
Wood Species
Craftwood
Slab Drawer Fronts All but #13, #60, #66 & #67
#301-1pc
Wood Species
Craftwood
Slab Drawer Fronts
All but #13, #60, #66 & #67 #87-1pc or #93-1pc
5 Pc. Drawer Front
#80-1pc
5 Pc. Drawer Front
Edge Profile
See below
Edge Profile
See below
Mullions
Colonial or Prairie Style
Mullions
Colonial or Prairie Style
Prep for Glass
Yes
Prep for Glass
Yes
Lattice
Yes
Lattice
Yes
Raised Panel Ends
Yes (Heartland), Door Plant; APE__ (Revola)
Raised Panel Ends
Yes (Heartland), Door Plant; APE__ (Revola)
Applied Moldings
None
Applied Moldings
None
Pocket Doors
Yes (Heartland/Revola)
Pocket Doors
Yes (Heartland/Revola)
Notes / Cautions
• • • • •
Notes / Cautions
• •
One-piece MDF construction. Available in any Painted finishes & glazing without Aging (Distressing) or Crackle. Finger slots are not available on this door style. Door edge #13, #60, #66 ,#67 & #35 on #80-1pc not available. #30000 door will be used when ordering Glass, Mullion or Lattice. This may result in “cracks” at the rail & stile joint.
w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014
• • • •
- 19 -
One-piece MDF construction. Available in any Painted finishes & glazing without Aging (Distressing) or Crackle. Finger slots are not available on this door style. Door edge #13, #60, #66 ,#67 & #35 on #87-1pc not available. #30100 door will be used when ordering Glass, Mullion or Lattice. This may result in “cracks” at the rail & stile joint. Watch out for door minimums.
Door and Drawer Styles One-Piece MDF Series CONTEMPO III
1-pc SHAKER
#50300
#700-1pc
OPTION
AVAILABILITY
OPTION
AVAILABILITY
Minimum Size
3 3/8 x 7 -or- 7 x 3 3/8
Minimum Size
7 1/2 x 10 1/2 -or- 10 1/2 x 7 1/2
Stile / Rail Size
NA
Stile / Rail Size
2 1/4 x 2 1/4
Wood Species
Craftwood & MDF Paint Only
Wood Species
Craftwood
Slab Drawer Fronts All but #13, #60, #66 & #67
Slab Drawer Fronts All but #13, #60, #66 & #67
5 Pc. Drawer Front
None
5 Pc. Drawer Front
Edge Profile
All but #13, #60, #66 & #67
Edge Profile
#90-1pc or #96-1pc All but #35, #66 & #67 on #96-1pc & #60
Mullions
Colonial or Prairie Style
Mullions
Colonial or Prairie Style
Prep for Glass
Yes
Prep for Glass
Yes
Lattice
Yes
Lattice
Yes
Raised Panel Ends
Door Plants; APE__ (Heartland/Revola)
Raised Panel Ends
Yes (Heartland), Door Plant; APE__ (Revola)
Applied Moldings
None
Applied Moldings
None
Pocket Doors
Yes (Heartland/Revola)
Pocket Doors
Yes (Heartland/Revola)
Notes / Cautions
Notes / Cautions
• • • •
• •
One-piece MDF construction. Available in any Painted finishes & glazing without Aging (Distressing) or Crackle. Finger slots are not available on this door style. #70000 door will be used when ordering Glass, Mullion or Lattice. This may result in “cracks” at the rail & stile joint.
w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014
• • •
- 20 -
One-piece MDF construction. Available in any Painted finishes & glazing without Aging (Distressing) or Crackle. Finger slots are not available on this door style. Door edge #13, #60, #66 ,#67 & #35 on #96-1pc not available. #70000 door will be used when ordering Glass, Mullion or Lattice. This may result in “cracks” at the rail & stile joint.
Door and Drawer Styles One-Piece MDF Series 1-pc VALLEY FORGE
#701-1pc
1-pc VALLEJO MISSION #707-1pc
OPTION
AVAILABILITY
OPTION
AVAILABILITY
Minimum Size
10 x 13 -or- 13 x 10
Minimum Size
7 1/2 x 10 1/2 -or- 10 1/2 x 7 1/2
Stile / Rail Size
3 1/2 x 3 1/2
Stile / Rail Size
2 1/4 x 2 1/4
Wood Species
Craftwood
Wood Species
Craftwood
Slab Drawer Fronts
All but #13, #60, #66 & #67 #77-1pc
Slab Drawer Fronts All but #13, #60, #66 & #67 5 Pc. Drawer Front
#89-1pc or #92-1pc
5 Pc. Drawer Front
Edge Profile
See below
Edge Profile
All but #13, #60, #66 & #67
Mullions
Colonial or Prairie Style
Mullions
Colonial or Prairie Style Inserts
Prep for Glass
Yes
Prep for Glass
Yes
Lattice
Yes
Lattice
Yes
Raised Panel Ends
Yes (Heartland), Door Plant; APE__ (Revola)
Raised Panel Ends
Yes (Heartland), Door Plant; APE__ (Revola)
Applied Moldings
None
Applied Moldings
None
Pocket Doors
Yes (Heartland/Revola)
Pocket Doors
Yes (Heartland/Revola)
Notes / Cautions
Notes / Cautions
• •
• •
• • • •
One-piece MDF construction. Available in any Painted finishes & glazing without Aging (Distressing) or Crackle. Finger slots are not available on this door style. Door edge #13, #60, #66 ,#67 & #35 on #89-1pc not available. #70100 door will be used when ordering Glass, Mullion or Lattice. This may result in “cracks” at the rail & stile joint. Watch out for door minimums.
w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014
• •
- 21 -
One-piece MDF construction. Available in any Painted finishes & glazing without Aging (Distressing) or Crackle. Finger slots are not available on this door style. #70700 door will be used when ordering Glass, Mullion or Lattice. This may result in “cracks” at the rail & stile joint.
Door and Drawer Styles One-Piece MDF Series 1-pc MODESTO MISSION #708-1pc
1-pc STAFFORD
#900-1pc
OPTION
AVAILABILITY
OPTION
AVAILABILITY
Minimum Size
10 x 13 -or- 13 x 10
Minimum Size
7 1/2 x 10 1/2 -or- 10 1/2 x 7 1/2
Stile / Rail Size
3 1/2 x 3 1/2
Stile / Rail Size
2 1/4 x 2 1/4
Wood Species
Craftwood
Wood Species
Craftwood
Slab Drawer Fronts
All but #13, #60, #66 & #67
Slab Drawer Fronts
All but #13, #60, #66 & #67
5 Pc. Drawer Front
#78-1pc
5 Pc. Drawer Front
#95-1pc
Edge Profile
All but #13, #60, #66 & #67
Edge Profile
All but #13, #60, #66 & #67
Mullions
Colonial or Prairie Style Inserts
Mullions
Colonial or Prairie Style
Prep for Glass
Yes
Prep for Glass
Yes
Lattice
Yes
Lattice
Yes
Raised Panel Ends
Yes (Heartland), Door Plant; APE__ (Revola)
Raised Panel Ends
Yes (Heartland), Door Plant; APE__ (Revola)
Applied Moldings
None
Applied Moldings
None
Pocket Doors
Yes (Heartland/Revola)
Pocket Doors
Yes (Heartland/Revola)
Notes / Cautions
Notes / Cautions
• • • • •
• •
One-piece MDF construction. Available in any Painted finishes & glazing without Aging (Distressing) or Crackle. Finger slots are not available on this door style. #70800 door will be used when ordering Glass, Mullion or Lattice. This may result in “cracks” at the rail & stile joint. Watch out for door minimums.
w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014
• •
- 22 -
One-piece MDF construction. Available in any Painted finishes & glazing without Aging (Distressing) or Crackle. Finger slots are not available on this door style. #90000 door will be used when ordering Glass, Mullion or Lattice. This may result in “cracks” at the rail & stile joint.
Door and Drawer Styles One-Piece MDF Series 1-pc SALEM
Flat Panel Door Series
#901-1pc
ARLINGTON FLAT
#30700
OPTION
AVAILABILITY
OPTION
AVAILABILITY
Minimum Size
10 x 13 -or- 13 x 10
Minimum Size
7 1/2 x 13 -or- 10 1/2 x 10
Stile / Rail Size
3 1/2 x 3 1/2
Stile / Rail Size
2 1/4 x 3 1/2
Wood Species
Craftwood
Wood Species
All but Craftwood
Slab Drawer Fronts
All but #13, #60, #66 & #67
Slab Drawer Fronts
All
5 Pc. Drawer Front
#93-1pc
5 Pc. Drawer Front
#95
Edge Profile
All but #13, #60, #66 & #67
Edge Profile
All
Mullions
Colonial or Prairie Style
Mullions
Colonial or Prairie Style
Prep for Glass
Yes
Prep for Glass
Yes
Lattice
Yes
Lattice
Yes
Raised Panel Ends
Yes (Heartland), Door Plant; APE__ (Revola)
Raised Panel Ends
Yes (Heartland), Door Plant; APE__ (Revola)
Applied Moldings
None
Applied Moldings
None
Pocket Doors
Yes (Heartland/Revola)
Pocket Doors
Yes (Heartland/Revola)
Notes / Cautions
• • • • •
Notes / Cautions
• •
One-piece MDF construction. Available in any Painted finishes & glazing without Aging (Distressing) or Crackle. Finger slots are not available on this door style. #90100 door will be used when ordering Glass, Mullion or Lattice. This may result in “cracks” at the rail & stile joint. Watch out for door minimums.
w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014
- 23 -
7/16” thick solid wood center panel. Watch out for door minimums.
Door and Drawer Styles Flat Panel Door Series TUSCAN FLAT #38500
SAVOY #31700
OPTION
AVAILABILITY
OPTION
AVAILABILITY 10 X 13 -or- 13 x 10
8 1/2 x 11 1/2 or 11 1/2 x 8 1/2
Minimum Size
Stile / Rail Size
2 3/4 rails and stiles
Stile / Rail Size
3x3
Wood Species
All but Craftwood
Wood Species
All but Craftwood
Slab Drawer Fronts
All
Slab Drawer Fronts
All
5 Pc. Drawer Front
#317
5 Pc. Drawer Front
#384
Edge Profile
All
Edge Profile
All
Mullions
Cononial or Prairie Style
Mullions
Colonial or Prairie Style Insert
Prep for Glass
Yes
Prep for Glass
Yes
Lattice
Yes
Lattice
Yes
Raised Panel Ends
Yes (Heartland) Door Plant: APE_ (Revola)
Raised Panel Ends
Yes (Heartland), Door Plant; APE__ (Revola)
Applied Moldings
None
Applied Moldings
None
Pocket Doors
Yes
Pocket Doors
Yes (Heartland/Revola)
Minimum Size
Notes / Cautions
Notes / Cautions
•
• •
7/16” thick solid wood center panel.
w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014
- 24 -
Watch out for door minimums. 7/16” thick solid wood center panel
Door and Drawer Styles Flat Panel Door Series SHAKER #70000 TOP SELLING DOOR
OPTION
AVAILABILITY
Minimum Size
7 1/2 x 10 1/2 -or- 10 1/2 x 7 1/2
Stile / Rail Size
2 1/4 x 2 1/4
Wood Species
All
Slab Drawer Fronts
All
5 Pc. Drawer Front
#90 or #96
Edge Profile
All but #35, #66 & #67 on #96
Mullions
Colonial or Prairie Style
Prep for Glass
Yes
Lattice
Yes
Raised Panel Ends
Yes (Heartland), Door Plant; APE__ (Revola)
Applied Moldings
AM1, AM3, AM4, AM6 & AM14
Pocket Doors
Yes (Heartland/Revola)
Notes / Cautions
• • • •
7/16” thick solid wood center panel. Exceptions on Pocket doors include AM1, AM3 & AM14 This door style available as a one-piece MDF. See #700-1pc. Top selling door.
w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014
- 25 -
Door and Drawer Styles Flat Panel Door Series VALLEY FORGE
#70100
MESA FLAT
#70600
TOP SELLING DOOR
OPTION
AVAILABILITY
OPTION
AVAILABILITY
Minimum Size
10 x 13 -or- 13 x 10
Minimum Size
10 x 13 -or- 13 x 10
Stile / Rail Size
3 1/2 x 3 1/2
Stile / Rail Size
3 1/2 x 3 1/2
Wood Species
All
Wood Species
All but Craftwood
Slab Drawer Fronts
All
Slab Drawer Fronts
#10, #13, #15, #60 & #65
5 Pc. Drawer Front
#89 or #92
5 Pc. Drawer Front
#706
Edge Profile
All but #35, #66 & #67 on #89
Edge Profile
#10, #13, #15, #60 & #65
Mullions
Colonial or Prairie Style
Mullions
Colonial or Prairie Style Insert
Prep for Glass
Yes
Prep for Glass
Yes
Lattice
Yes
Lattice
Yes
Raised Panel Ends
Yes (Heartland), Door Plant; APE__ (Revola)
Raised Panel Ends
Yes (Heartland), Door Plant; APE__ (Revola)
Applied Moldings
AM4, AM12 & AM14
Applied Moldings
None
Pocket Doors
Yes (Heartland/Revola)
Pocket Doors
Yes (Heartland/Revola)
Notes / Cautions
• • • • • •
Notes / Cautions
• •
7/16” thick solid wood center panel. Center panel may be MDF when ordering a painted finish w/out Aging (Distressing) #9 (burn thru). Exceptions on Pocket doors include AM12 & AM14 This door style available as a one-piece MDF. See #701-1pc. Watch out for door minimums. Top selling door
w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014
• •
- 26 -
7/16” thick solid wood center panel. Center panel may be MDF when ordering a painted finish w/out Aging (Distressing) #9 (burn thru). Micro-Bevel on rail & stile. Watch out for door minimums.
Door and Drawer Styles Flat Panel Door Series VALLEJO MISSION
#70700
MODESTO MISSION
#70800
TOP SELLING DOOR
OPTION
AVAILABILITY
OPTION
AVAILABILITY
Minimum Size
7 1/2 x 10 1/2 -or- 10 1/2 x 7 1/2
Minimum Size
10 x 13 -or- 13 x 10
Stile / Rail Size
2 1/4 x 2 1/4
Stile / Rail Size
3 1/2 x 3 1/2
Wood Species
All
Wood Species
All
Slab Drawer Fronts
All
Slab Drawer Fronts
All
5 Pc. Drawer Front
#77
5 Pc. Drawer Front
#78
Edge Profile
All
Edge Profile
All
Mullions
Colonial or Prairie Style Inserts
Mullions
Colonial or Prairie Style Inserts
Prep for Glass
Yes
Prep for Glass
Yes
Lattice
Yes
Lattice
Yes
Raised Panel Ends
Yes (Heartland), Door Plant; APE__ (Revola)
Raised Panel Ends
Yes (Heartland), Door Plant; APE__ (Revola)
Applied Moldings
None
Applied Moldings
None
Pocket Doors
Yes (Heartland/Revola)
Pocket Doors
Yes (Heartland/Revola)
Notes / Cautions
Notes / Cautions
• •
• •
•
7/16” thick solid wood center panel. This door style available as a one-piece MDF. See #707-1pc. Top selling door.
w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014
•
- 27 -
7/16” thick solid wood center panel. This door style available as a one-piece MDF. See #708-1pc. Watch our for door minimums.
Door and Drawer Styles Flat Panel Door Series PENBROOK #71000
HUNTINGTON #71100
OPTION
AVAILABILITY
OPTION
AVAILABILITY
Minimum Size
7 1/2 x 10 1/2 -or- 10 1/2 x 7 1/2
Minimum Size
7 1/2 x 13 -or- 10 1/2 x 10
Stile / Rail Size
2 1/4 x 2 1/4
Stile / Rail Size
2 1/4 x 3 1/2
Wood Species
All but Craftwood
Wood Species
All but Craftwood
Slab Drawer Fronts
All
Slab Drawer Fronts
All
5 Pc. Drawer Front
#91
5 Pc. Drawer Front
#91 or #94
Edge Profile
All
Edge Profile
All
Mullions
Colonial or Prairie Style Inserts
Mullions
Colonial or Prairie Style Inserts
Prep for Glass
Yes
Prep for Glass
Yes
Lattice
Yes
Lattice
Yes
Raised Panel Ends
Yes (Heartland), Door Plant; APE__ (Revola)
Raised Panel Ends
Yes (Heartland), Door Plant; APE__ (Revola)
Applied Moldings
None
Applied Moldings
None
Pocket Doors
Yes (Heartland/Revola)
Pocket Doors
Yes (Heartland/Revola)
Notes / Cautions
Notes / Cautions
•
• •
7/16” thick solid wood center panel.
w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014
- 28 -
7/16” thick solid wood center panel. Watch out for door minimums.
Door and Drawer Styles Flat Panel Door Series BRIGHTON #71200
BELMONT #71400
OPTION
AVAILABILITY
OPTION
AVAILABILITY
Minimum Size
7 1/2 x 13 -or- 10 1/2 x 10
Minimum Size
7 1/2 x 13 -or- 10 1/2 x 10
Stile / Rail Size
2 1/4 x 3 1/2
Stile / Rail Size
2 1/4 x 3 1/2
Wood Species
All but Craftwood
Wood Species
All but Craftwood
Slab Drawer Fronts
All
Slab Drawer Fronts
All
5 Pc. Drawer Front
#94
5 Pc. Drawer Front
#90 or #96
Edge Profile
All
Edge Profile
All but #35, #66 & #67 on #96
Mullions
Colonial or Prairie Style Inserts
Mullions
Colonial or Prairie Style
Prep for Glass
Yes
Prep for Glass
Yes
Lattice
Yes
Lattice
Yes
Raised Panel Ends
Yes (Heartland), Door Plant; APE__ (Revola)
Raised Panel Ends
Yes (Heartland), Door Plant; APE__ (Revola)
Applied Moldings
None
Applied Moldings
AM4
Pocket Doors
Yes (Heartland/Revola)
Pocket Doors
Yes (Heartland/Revola)
Notes / Cautions
Notes / Cautions
• •
• •
•
7/16” thick solid wood center panel. Center panel may be MDF when ordering a painted finish w/out Aging (Distressing) #9 (burn thru). Watch out for door minimums.
w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014
- 29 -
7/16” thick solid wood center panel. Watch out for door minimums.
Door and Drawer Styles Flat Panel Door Series CRAFTSMAN #71600
SANTIAGO MISSION
#71700
OPTION
AVAILABILITY
OPTION
AVAILABILITY 8 1/2 x 11 1/2 -or- 11 1/2 x 8 1/2
8 1/2 x 11 1/2 -or- 11 1/2 x 8 1/2
Minimum Size
Stile / Rail Size
2 3/4 x 2 3/4
Stile / Rail Size
2 3/4 x 2 3/4
Wood Species
All but Craftwood
Wood Species
All but Craftwood
Slab Drawer Fronts
All
Slab Drawer Fronts
All
5 Pc. Drawer Front
#716
5 Pc. Drawer Front
#717
Edge Profile
All
Edge Profile
All
Mullions
Colonial or Prairie Style
Mullions
Colonial or Prairie Style Inserts
Prep for Glass
Yes
Prep for Glass
Yes
Yes
Lattice
Yes
Minimum Size
Lattice Raised Panel Ends
Yes (Heartland), Door Plant; APE__ (Revola)
Raised Panel Ends
Yes (Heartland), Door Plant; APE__ (Revola)
Applied Moldings
None
Applied Moldings
None
Pocket Doors
Yes (Heartland/Revola)
Pocket Doors
Yes (Heartland/Revola)
Notes / Cautions
Notes / Cautions
• •
• •
7/16” thick solid wood center panel. Watch out for door minimums.
w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014
- 30 -
7/16” thick solid wood center panel. Watch out for door minimums.
Door and Drawer Styles Flat Panel Door Series TAOS 2 1/4
#73000
TAOS 2 3/4 #73100
OPTION
AVAILABILITY
OPTION
AVAILABILITY
Minimum Size
7 1/2 x 10 1/2 and 10 1/2 x 7 1/2
Minimum Size
8 1/2 x 11 1/2 and 11 1/2 x 8 1/2
Stile / Rail Size
2 1/4 rails and stiles
Stile / Rail Size
2 3/4 rails and stiles
Wood Species
ALL except Craftwood
Wood Species
ALL except Craftwood
Slab Drawer Fronts
All
Slab Drawer Fronts
All
5 Pc. Drawer Front
#730
5 Pc. Drawer Front
#731
Edge Profile
All door edges/slab fronts
Edge Profile
All door edges/slab fronts
Mullions
Colonial and Prairie Style
Mullions
Colonial and Prairie Style
Prep for Glass
Yes
Prep for Glass
Yes
Lattice
Yes
Lattice
Yes
Raised Panel Ends
Yes (Heartland), Door Plant; APE__ (Revola)
Raised Panel Ends
Yes (Heartland), Door Plant; APE__ (Revola)
Applied Moldings
None
Applied Moldings
None
Pocket Doors
Yes
Pocket Doors
Yes
Notes / Cautions
•
Notes / Cautions
•
7/16” thick solid wood center panel.
w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014
- 31 -
7/16” thick solid wood center panel.
Door and Drawer Styles Flat Panel Door Series TAOS 3 1/2
COUNTRY SHAKER
#73200
#75000
OPTION
AVAILABILITY
OPTION
AVAILABILITY
Minimum Size
10 x 13 and 13 x 10
Minimum Size
10 1/2 x 13 -or- 13 1/2 x 10
Stile / Rail Size
3 1/2 rails and stiles
Stile / Rail Size
2 1/4 x 2 1/4
Wood Species
ALL except Craftwood
Wood Species
All but Craftwood
Slab Drawer Fronts
All
Slab Drawer Fronts
All
5 Pc. Drawer Front
#730
5 Pc. Drawer Front
#90 or #96
Edge Profile
All door edges/slab fronts
Edge Profile
All but #35, #66 & #67 on #96
Mullions
Colonial and Prairie Style Inserts
Mullions
Use #70000 style door
Prep for Glass
Yes
Prep for Glass
Yes
Lattice
Yes
Lattice
Yes
Raised Panel Ends
Yes (Heartland), No (Discovery) Door Plant; APE__ (Revola)
Raised Panel Ends
Yes (Heartland), Door Plant; APE__ (Revola)
Applied Moldings
None
Applied Moldings
None
Pocket Doors
Yes
Pocket Doors
Yes (Heartland/Revola)
Notes / Cautions
Notes / Cautions
•
• • •
7/16” thick solid wood center panel.
w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014
- 32 -
7/16” thick solid wood center panel. Watch out for door minimums. If below minimum, this door will revert to #70000 door style and minimum.
Door and Drawer Styles Flat Panel Door Series STAFFORD #90000
SALEM #90100 TOP SELLING DOOR
TOP SELLING DOOR
OPTION
AVAILABILITY
OPTION
AVAILABILITY
Minimum Size
7 1/2 x 10 1/2 -or- 10 1/2 x 7 1/2
Minimum Size
10 x 13 -or- 13 x 10
Stile / Rail Size
2 1/4 x 2 1/4
Stile / Rail Size
3 1/2 x 3 1/2
Wood Species
All
Wood Species
All
Slab Drawer Fronts
All
Slab Drawer Fronts
All
5 Pc. Drawer Front
#95
5 Pc. Drawer Front
#93
Edge Profile
All
Edge Profile
All
Mullions
Colonial or Prairie Style
Mullions
Colonial or Prairie Style
Prep for Glass
Yes
Prep for Glass
Yes
Lattice
Yes
Lattice
Yes
Raised Panel Ends
Yes (Heartland), Door Plant; APE__ (Revola)
Raised Panel Ends
Yes (Heartland), Door Plant; APE__ (Revola)
Applied Moldings
AM1
Applied Moldings
AM1 & AM3
Pocket Doors
Yes (Heartland/Revola)
Pocket Doors
Yes (Heartland/Revola)
Notes / Cautions
• • • •
Notes / Cautions
• • •
7/16” thick solid wood center panel. Exceptions on Pocket doors include AM1. This door style available as a one-piece MDF. See #900-1pc. Top selling door.
w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014
• •
- 33 -
7/16” thick solid wood center panel. Exceptions on Pocket doors include AM1 & AM3. This door style available as a one-piece MDF. See #901-1pc. Watch out for door minimums. Top selling door.
Door and Drawer Styles Flat Panel Door Series CAMBRIA #90500
WINDSOR FLAT
#91500
OPTION
AVAILABILITY
OPTION
AVAILABILITY
Minimum Size
10 x 13 -or- 13 x 10
Minimum Size
10 x 9 1/4 -or- 7 x 12 1/4
Stile / Rail Size
3 1/2 x 3 1/2
Stile / Rail Size
2 1/4 x 2 1/4 (top rail 2 1/4 at center)
Wood Species
All but Craftwood
Wood Species
All but Craftwood
Slab Drawer Fronts
All
Slab Drawer Fronts
All
5 Pc. Drawer Front
#383
5 Pc. Drawer Front
#95
Edge Profile
All
Edge Profile
All
Mullions
Colonial or Prairie Style Inserts
Mullions
Colonial
Prep for Glass
Yes
Prep for Glass
Yes
Lattice
Yes
Lattice
Yes
Raised Panel Ends
Yes (Heartland), Door Plant; APE__ (Revola)
Raised Panel Ends
Yes (Heartland), Door Plant; APE__ (Revola)
Applied Moldings
None
Applied Moldings
None
Pocket Doors
Yes (Heartland/Revola)
Pocket Doors
Yes (Heartland/Revola)
Notes / Cautions
• •
Notes / Cautions
• • • •
7/16” thick solid wood center panel. Watch out for door minimums.
w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014
- 34 -
7/16” thick solid wood center panel. Maximum door width is 24” The lower door style to compliment this is #90000. Watch out for door minimums.
Door and Drawer Styles 1/4” Plywood Panel Door Series HAMILTON #10000
HARRISON #11100
1/4” Ply
1/4” Ply 1/4" Ply
OPTION
AVAILABILITY
OPTION
AVAILABILITY
Minimum Size
7 x 10 -or- 10 x 7
Minimum Size
7 1/2 x 13 -or- 10 1/2 x 10
Stile / Rail Size
2 1/4 x 2 1/4
Stile / Rail Size
2 1/4 x 3 1/2
Wood Species
All but Craftwood, MDF or Paintgrade
Wood Species
All but Craftwood
Slab Drawer Fronts
All
Slab Drawer Fronts
All
5 Pc. Drawer Front
None
5 Pc. Drawer Front
None
Edge Profile
All
Edge Profile
All
Mullions
Colonial or Prairie Style
Mullions
Colonial or Prairie Style Inserts
Prep for Glass
Yes
Prep for Glass
Yes
Lattice
Yes
Lattice
Yes
Raised Panel Ends
Door Plants; APE__ (Heartland/ Revola) Yes for raised panels
Raised Panel Ends
Door Plants; APE__ (Heartland/ Revola) Yes for raised panels
Applied Moldings
None
Applied Moldings
None
Pocket Doors
Yes (Heartland/Revola)
Pocket Doors
Yes (Heartland/Revola)
Notes / Cautions
Notes / Cautions
• • • • •
• • •
1/4” plywood center panel. See #90000 door style for a solid wood center panel. Not available in Painted finishes, or Paintgrade/MDF Paint (even when ordered unfinished). If knotty or rustic wood is ordered, the center panels will not have knots, but may contain mineral streaks. See door information at the beginning of this section for more details.
w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014
• •
- 35 -
1/4” plywood center panel. See #71100 door style for a solid wood center panel. Not available in Painted finishes, or Paintgrade/MDF Paint (even when ordered unfinished). If knotty or rustic wood is ordered, the center panels will not have knots, but may contain mineral streaks. See door information at the beginning of this section for more details.
Door and Drawer Styles 1/4” Plywood Panel Door Series WASHINGTON
#17000
1/4” Ply
OPTION
AVAILABILITY
Minimum Size
7 x 10 -or- 10 x 7
Stile / Rail Size
2 1/4 x 2 1/4
Wood Species
All but Craftwood, MDF or Paintgrade
Slab Drawer Fronts
All
5 Pc. Drawer Front
None
Edge Profile
All
Mullions
Colonial or Prairie Style
Prep for Glass
Yes
Lattice
Yes
Raised Panel Ends
Door Plants; APE__ (Heartland/ Revola)
Applied Moldings Pocket Doors
None Yes (Heartland/Revola)
Notes / Cautions
• • • • •
1/4” plywood center panel. See #70000 door style for a solid wood center panel. Not available in Painted finishes, or Paintgrade/MDF Paint (even when ordered unfinished). If knotty or rustic wood is ordered, the center panels will not have knots, but may contain mineral streaks. See door information at the beginning of this section for more details.
w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014
- 36 -
Door and Drawer Styles Beadboard Panel Door Series WINDSOR BEADBOARD #46600
MESA BEADBOARD
OPTION
AVAILABILITY
OPTION
AVAILABILITY
Minimum Size
10 x 9 1/4 -or- 7 x 12 1/4
Minimum Size
10 x 13 -or- 13 x 10
#70300
Stile / Rail Size
2 1/4 x 2 1/4 (top rail 2 1/4 at center)
Stile / Rail Size
3 1/2 x 3 1/2
Wood Species
All but Craftwood
Wood Species
All but Craftwood
Slab Drawer Fronts
All
Slab Drawer Fronts
#10, #13, #15, #60 & #65
5 Pc. Drawer Front
#920 or #95
5 Pc. Drawer Front
#703
Edge Profile
All
Edge Profile
#10, #13, #15, #60 & #65
Mullions
Colonial
Mullions
Colonial or Prairie Style Insert
Prep for Glass
Yes
Prep for Glass
Yes
Lattice
Yes
Lattice
Yes
Raised Panel Ends
Yes (Heartland), Door Plant; APE__ (Revola)
Raised Panel Ends
Yes (Heartland), Door Plant; APE__ (Revola)
Applied Moldings
None
Applied Moldings
None
Pocket Doors
Yes (Heartland/Revola)
Pocket Doors
Yes (Heartland/Revola)
Notes / Cautions
Notes / Cautions
• • • •
• • •
Grooves are 1 1/2” on center. The lower door style to compliment this is #92000. Maximum door width is 24” Watch out for door minimums.
w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014
- 37 -
Grooves are 1 1/2” on center. Micro-Bevel on rail & stile. Watch out for door minimums.
Door and Drawer Styles Beadboard Panel Door Series GROOVED SHAKER
BEADBOARD SHAKER #72000
#70500
AVAILABILITY
OPTION
AVAILABILITY
Minimum Size
7 1/2 x 10 1/2 -or- 10 1/2 x 7 1/2
Minimum Size
7 1/2 x 10 1/2 -or- 10 1/2 x 7 1/2
Stile / Rail Size
2 1/4 x 2 1/4
Stile / Rail Size
2 1/4 x 2 1/4
Wood Species
All but Craftwood
Wood Species
All but Craftwood
Slab Drawer Fronts
All
Slab Drawer Fronts
All
5 Pc. Drawer Front
#90 or #96
5 Pc. Drawer Front
#720, #90 or #96
Edge Profile
All but #35, #66 & #67 on #96
Edge Profile
All but #35, #66 & #67 on #96
Mullions
Colonial or Prairie Style
Mullions
Colonial or Prairie Style
Prep for Glass
Yes
Prep for Glass
Yes
Lattice
Yes
Lattice
Yes
Raised Panel Ends
Yes (Heartland), Door Plant; APE__ (Revola)
Raised Panel Ends
Yes (Heartland), Door Plant; APE__ (Revola)
Applied Moldings
None
Applied Moldings
AM1, AM4 & AM14
Pocket Doors
Yes (Heartland/Revola)
Pocket Doors
Yes (Heartland/Revola)
OPTION
Notes / Cautions
Notes / Cautions
•
• •
Grooves are 3” on center.
w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014
- 38 -
Grooves are 1 1/2” on center. Exceptions on Pocket doors include AM1& AM14
Door and Drawer Styles Beadboard Panel Door Series HUNTINGTON BEADBOARD #72100
STAFFORD BEADBOARD #92000
OPTION
AVAILABILITY
OPTION
AVAILABILITY
Minimum Size
7 1/2 x 13 -or- 10 1/2 x 10
Minimum Size
7 1/2 x 10 1/2 -or- 10 1/2 x 7 1/2
Stile / Rail Size
2 1/4 x 3 1/2
Stile / Rail Size
2 1/4 x 2 1/4
Wood Species
All but Craftwood
Wood Species
All but Craftwood
Slab Drawer Fronts
All
Slab Drawer Fronts
All
5 Pc. Drawer Front
#76, #91 or #94
5 Pc. Drawer Front
#920 or #95
Edge Profile
All
Edge Profile
All
Mullions
Colonial or Prairie Style Inserts
Mullions
Colonial or Prairie Style
Prep for Glass
Yes
Prep for Glass
Yes
Lattice
Yes
Lattice
Yes
Raised Panel Ends
Yes (Heartland), Door Plant; APE__ (Revola)
Raised Panel Ends
Yes (Heartland), Door Plant; APE__ (Revola)
Applied Moldings
None
Applied Moldings
None
Pocket Doors
Yes (Heartland/Revola)
Pocket Doors
Yes (Heartland/Revola)
Notes / Cautions
• •
Notes / Cautions
•
Grooves are 1 1/2” on center. Watch out for door minimums.
w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014
- 39 -
Grooves are 1 1/2” on center.
Door and Drawer Styles Beadboard Panel Door Series SALEM BEADBOARD
OPTION
AVAILABILITY
Minimum Size
10 x 13 -or- 13 x 10
Stile / Rail Size
3 1/2 x 3 1/2
Wood Species
All but Craftwood
#92100
Slab Drawer Fronts
All
5 Pc. Drawer Front
#921 or #93
Edge Profile
All
Mullions
Colonial or Prairie Style
Prep for Glass
Yes
Lattice
Yes
Raised Panel Ends
Yes (Heartland), Door Plant; APE__ (Revola)
Applied Moldings
None
Pocket Doors
Yes (Heartland/Revola)
Notes / Cautions
• •
Grooves are 1 1/2” on center. Watch out for door minimums.
w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014
- 40 -
Door and Drawer Styles Classic Raised Panel Door Series CHISHOLM CLASSIC
LEXINGTON #30100
#30000 TOP SELLING DOOR
OPTION
AVAILABILITY
OPTION
AVAILABILITY
Minimum Size
7 1/2 x 10 1/2 -or- 10 1/2 x 7 1/2
Minimum Size
10 x 13 -or- 13 x 10 3 1/2 x 3 1/2
Stile / Rail Size
2 1/4 x 2 1/4
Stile / Rail Size
Wood Species
All
Wood Species
All
Slab Drawer Fronts
All
Slab Drawer Fronts
All
5 Pc. Drawer Front
#80
5 Pc. Drawer Front
#87 or #93
Edge Profile
All but #35, #66 & #67 on #80
Edge Profile
All but #35, #66 & #67 on #87
Mullions
Colonial or Prairie Style
Mullions
Colonial or Prairie Style
Prep for Glass
Yes
Prep for Glass
Yes
Lattice
Yes
Lattice
Yes
Raised Panel Ends
Yes (Heartland), Door Plant; APE__ (Revola)
Raised Panel Ends
Yes (Heartland), Door Plant; APE__ (Revola)
Applied Moldings
AM1
Applied Moldings
AM3
Pocket Doors
Yes (Heartland/Revola)
Pocket Doors
Yes (Heartland/Revola)
Notes / Cautions
Notes / Cautions
• •
• •
•
Exceptions on Pocket doors include AM1. This door style available as a one-piece MDF. See #300-1pc. Top selling door.
w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014
•
- 41 -
Exceptions on Pocket doors include AM3 This door style available as a one-piece MDF. See #301-1pc. Watch out for door minimums.
Door and Drawer Styles Classic Raised Panel Door Series PROVIDENCE #31000
VALLEY FORGE RAISED #30200
OPTION
AVAILABILITY
OPTION
AVAILABILITY
Minimum Size
10 x 13 -or- 13 x 10
Minimum Size
7 1/2 x 13 -or- 10 1/2 x 10
Stile / Rail Size
3 1/2 x 3 1/2
Stile / Rail Size
2 1/4 x 3 1/2
Wood Species
All but Craftwood
Wood Species
All but Craftwood
Slab Drawer Fronts
All
Slab Drawer Fronts
All
5 Pc. Drawer Front
#89, #92 or #98
5 Pc. Drawer Front
#82 or #94
Edge Profile
All but #35, #66 & #67 on #89 & #98
Edge Profile
All but #35, #66 & #67 on #82
Mullions
Colonial or Prairie Style
Mullions
Colonial or Prairie Style Inserts
Prep for Glass
Yes
Prep for Glass
Yes
Lattice
Yes
Lattice
Yes
Raised Panel Ends
Yes (Heartland), Door Plant; APE__ (Revola)
Raised Panel Ends
Yes (Heartland), Door Plant; APE__ (Revola)
Applied Moldings
AM2
Applied Moldings
None
Pocket Doors
Yes (Heartland/Revola)
Pocket Doors
Yes (Heartland/Revola)
Notes / Cautions
Notes / Cautions
• •
•
Exceptions on Pocket doors include AM2. Watch out for door minimums.
w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014
- 42 -
Watch out for door minimums.
Door and Drawer Styles Classic Raised Panel Door Series VIENNA CLASSIC
RICHMOND #31100
#40000
OPTION
AVAILABILITY
OPTION
AVAILABILITY
Minimum Size
7 1/2 x 13 -or- 10 1/2 x 10
Minimum Size
10 1/2 x 9 1/4 -or- 7 1/2 x 12 1/4
Stile / Rail Size
2 1/4 x 3 1/2
Stile / Rail Size
2 1/4 x 2 1/4 (top rail 2 1/4 at center)
Wood Species
All but Craftwood
Wood Species
All but Craftwood
Slab Drawer Fronts
All
Slab Drawer Fronts
All
5 Pc. Drawer Front
#82 or #94
5 Pc. Drawer Front
#80
Edge Profile
All but #35, #66 & #67 on #82
Edge Profile
All but #35, #66 & #67 on #80
Mullions
Colonial or Prairie Style Inserts
Mullions
Colonial
Prep for Glass
Yes
Prep for Glass
Yes
Lattice
Yes
Lattice
Yes
Raised Panel Ends
Yes (Heartland), Door Plant; APE__ (Revola)
Raised Panel Ends
Yes (Heartland), Door Plant; APE__ (Revola)
Applied Moldings
None
Applied Moldings
None
Pocket Doors
Yes (Heartland/Revola)
Pocket Doors
Yes (Heartland/Revola)
Notes / Cautions
•
Notes / Cautions
• • •
Watch out for door minimums.
w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014
- 43 -
The lower door style to compliment this is #30000. Maximum door width is 24” Watch out for door minimums.
Door and Drawer Styles Classic Raised Panel Door Series WINDSOR CLASSIC
BRENTWOOD CLASSIC
#45000
#47500
OPTION
AVAILABILITY
OPTION
AVAILABILITY
Minimum Size
10 1/2 x 9 1/4 -or- 7 1/2 x 12 1/4
Minimum Size
10 1/2 x 9 1/4 -or- 7 1/2 x 12 1/4
Stile / Rail Size
2 1/4 x 2 1/4 (top rail 2 1/4 at center)
Stile / Rail Size
2 1/4 x 2 1/4 (top rail 2 1/4 at center)
Wood Species
All but Craftwood
Wood Species
All but Craftwood
Slab Drawer Fronts
All
Slab Drawer Fronts
All
5 Pc. Drawer Front
#80
5 Pc. Drawer Front
#80
Edge Profile
All but #35, #66 & #67 on #80
Edge Profile
All but #35, #66 & #67 on #80 Colonial
Mullions
Colonial
Mullions
Prep for Glass
Yes
Prep for Glass
Yes
Lattice
Yes
Lattice
Yes
Raised Panel Ends
Yes (Heartland), Door Plant; APE__ (Revola)
Raised Panel Ends
Yes (Heartland), Door Plant; APE__ (Revola)
Applied Moldings
None
Applied Moldings
None
Pocket Doors
Yes (Heartland/Revola)
Pocket Doors
Yes (Heartland/Revola)
Notes / Cautions
Notes / Cautions
• • •
• • • •
The lower door style to compliment this is #30000. Maximum door width is 24” Watch out for door minimums.
w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014
- 44 -
The lower door style to compliment this is #30000. Maximum door width is 24” Doors below 12” wide will resemble the #40000 door. Watch out for door minimums.
Door and Drawer Styles Classic Raised Panel Door Series HERITAGE CLASSIC
#77800
WILSON #31600
OPTION
AVAILABILITY
OPTION
AVAILABILITY
Minimum Size
7 1/2 x 10 1/2 -or- 10 1/2 x 7 1/2
Minimum Size
8 1/2 x 11 1/2 -or- 11 1/2 x 8 1/2
Stile / Rail Size
2 1/4 x 2 1/4
Stile / Rail Size
2 3/4 rail and stiles
Wood Species
All but Craftwood
Wood Species
All but Craftwood
Slab Drawer Fronts
All
Slab Drawer Fronts
All
5 Pc. Drawer Front
#86, #90 or #96
5 Pc. Drawer Front
#316
Edge Profile
All but #35, #66 & #67 on #86 & #96
Edge Profile
All but #35, #66, #67 or #316
Mullions
Colonial or Prairie Style
Mullions
Yes
Prep for Glass
Yes
Prep for Glass
Yes
Lattice
Yes
Lattice
Yes
Raised Panel Ends
Yes (Heartland), Door Plant; APE__ (Revola)
Raised Panel Ends
Yes (Heartland), Door plant; APE_ (Revola)
Applied Moldings
AM2 & AM6
Applied Moldings
None
Pocket Doors
Yes (Heartland/Revola)
Pocket Doors
Yes
Notes / Cautions
Notes / Cautions
•
•
•
Center panel may be MDF when ordering a painted finish w/out Aging (Distressing) #9 (burn thru). Exceptions on Pocket doors include AM2
w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014
•
- 45 -
Center panel may be MDF when ordering a painted finish w/out Aging (Distressing) #9 (burn thru). Exceptions on Pocket doors include AM2
Door and Drawer Styles Beaded Raised Panel Door Series VALLEY FORGE BEADED #30400
ARLINGTON BEADED
#30600
OPTION
AVAILABILITY
OPTION
AVAILABILITY
Minimum Size
10 x 13 -or- 13 x 10
Minimum Size
7 1/2 x 13 -or- 10 1/2 x 10
Stile / Rail Size
3 1/2 x 3 1/2
Stile / Rail Size
2 1/4 x 3 1/2
Wood Species
All but Craftwood
Wood Species
All but Craftwood
Slab Drawer Fronts
All
Slab Drawer Fronts
All
5 Pc. Drawer Front
#92 or #99
5 Pc. Drawer Front
#81
Edge Profile
All but #35, #66 & #67 on #99
Edge Profile
All but #35, #66 & #67 on #81
Mullions
Colonial or Prairie Style
Mullions
Colonial or Prairie Style
Prep for Glass
Yes
Prep for Glass
Yes
Lattice
Yes
Lattice
Yes
Raised Panel Ends
Yes (Heartland), Door Plant; APE__ (Revola)
Raised Panel Ends
Yes (Heartland), Door Plant; APE__ (Revola)
Applied Moldings
AM2
Applied Moldings
None
Pocket Doors
Yes (Heartland/Revola)
Pocket Doors
Yes (Heartland/Revola)
Notes / Cautions
• •
Notes / Cautions
•
Exceptions on Pocket doors include AM2 Watch out for door minimums.
w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014
- 46 -
Watch out for door minimums.
Door and Drawer Styles Beaded Raised Panel Door Series COVINGTON #31200
CONCORD #31300
OPTION
AVAILABILITY
OPTION
AVAILABILITY
Minimum Size
7 1/2 x 13 -or- 10 1/2 x 10
Minimum Size
7 1/2 x 13 -or- 10 1/2 x 10 2 1/4 x 3 1/2
Stile / Rail Size
2 1/4 x 3 1/2
Stile / Rail Size
Wood Species
All but Craftwood
Wood Species
All but Craftwood
Slab Drawer Fronts
All
Slab Drawer Fronts
All
5 Pc. Drawer Front
#83
5 Pc. Drawer Front
#83
Edge Profile
All but #35, #66 & #67 on #83
Edge Profile
All but #35, #66 & #67 on #83
Mullions
Colonial or Prairie Style Insert
Mullions
Colonial or Prairie Style Insert
Prep for Glass
Yes
Prep for Glass
Yes
Lattice
Yes
Lattice
Yes
Raised Panel Ends
Yes (Heartland), Door Plant; APE__ (Revola)
Raised Panel Ends
Yes (Heartland), Door Plant; APE__ (Revola)
Applied Moldings
None
Applied Moldings
None
Pocket Doors
Yes (Heartland/Revola)
Pocket Doors
Yes (Heartland/Revola)
Notes / Cautions
•
Notes / Cautions
•
Watch out for door minimums.
w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014
- 47 -
Watch out for door minimums.
Door and Drawer Styles Beaded Raised Panel Door Series CHARLESTON #37400
CHISHOLM BEADED
#37500
TOP SELLING DOOR
TOP SELLING DOOR
OPTION
AVAILABILITY
OPTION
AVAILABILITY
Minimum Size
10 x 13 -or- 13 x 10
Minimum Size
7 1/2 x 10 1/2 -or- 10 1/2 x 7 1/2
Stile / Rail Size
3 1/2 x 3 1/2
Stile / Rail Size
2 1/4 x 2 1/4
Wood Species
All but Craftwood
Wood Species
All but Craftwood
Slab Drawer Fronts
All
Slab Drawer Fronts
All
5 Pc. Drawer Front
#88 or #93
5 Pc. Drawer Front
#81
Edge Profile
All but #35, #66 & #67 on #88
Edge Profile
All but #35, #66 & #67 on #81
Mullions
Colonial or Prairie Style
Mullions
Colonial or Prairie Style
Prep for Glass
Yes
Prep for Glass
Yes
Lattice
Yes
Lattice
Yes
Raised Panel Ends
Yes (Heartland), Door Plant; APE__ (Revola)
Raised Panel Ends
Yes (Heartland), Door Plant; APE__ (Revola)
Applied Moldings
AM1 & AM3
Applied Moldings
AM1
Pocket Doors
Yes (Heartland/Revola)
Pocket Doors
Yes (Heartland/Revola)
Notes / Cautions
• • •
Notes / Cautions
• •
Exceptions on Pocket doors include AM1 & AM3 Watch out for door minimums. Top selling door.
w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014
- 48 -
Exceptions on Pocket doors include AM1. Top selling door.
Door and Drawer Styles Beaded Raised Panel Door Series TIMBERLINE #38100
DELANO #38300
OPTION
AVAILABILITY
OPTION
AVAILABILITY
Minimum Size
11 3/4 x 11 1/4 -or- 8 3/4 x 14 1/4
Minimum Size
11 1/4 x 14 1/4 -or- 14 1/4 x 11 1/4 3 1/2 x 3 1/2
Stile / Rail Size
2 1/4 x 3 1/2
Stile / Rail Size
Wood Species
All but Craftwood
Wood Species
All but Craftwood
Slab Drawer Fronts
All
Slab Drawer Fronts
All
5 Pc. Drawer Front
#94
5 Pc. Drawer Front
#383
Edge Profile
All
Edge Profile
All
Mullions
Colonial or Prairie Style Insert
Mullions
Colonial or Prairie Style Insert
Prep for Glass
Yes
Prep for Glass
Yes
Lattice
Yes
Lattice
Yes
Raised Panel Ends
Yes (Heartland), Door Plant; APE__ (Revola)
Raised Panel Ends
Yes (Heartland), Door Plant; APE__ (Revola)
Applied Moldings
None
Applied Moldings
None
Pocket Doors
Yes (Heartland/Revola)
Pocket Doors
Yes (Heartland/Revola)
Notes / Cautions
• •
Notes / Cautions
• •
#65 door edge recommended when using the #25 drawer front with this door. Watch out for door minimums.
w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014
- 49 -
Watch out for door minimums. If below minimum, door will revert to the #90500 style and minimums.
Door and Drawer Styles Beaded Raised Panel Door Series WINDSOR BEADED
TUSCAN #38400
#46000
OPTION
AVAILABILITY
OPTION
AVAILABILITY
Minimum Size
10 x 13 -or- 13 x 10
Minimum Size
10 1/2 x 9 1/4 -or- 7 1/2 x 12 1/4
Stile / Rail Size
3x3
Stile / Rail Size
2 1/4 x 2 1/4 (top rail 2 1/4 at center)
Wood Species
All but Craftwood
Wood Species
All but Craftwood
Slab Drawer Fronts
All
Slab Drawer Fronts
All
5 Pc. Drawer Front
#384
5 Pc. Drawer Front
#81
Edge Profile
All
Edge Profile
All but #35, #66 & #67 on #81
Mullions
Colonial or Prairie Style Insert
Mullions
Colonial
Prep for Glass
Yes
Prep for Glass
Yes
Lattice
Yes
Lattice
Yes
Raised Panel Ends
Yes (Heartland), Door Plant; APE__ (Revola)
Raised Panel Ends
Yes (Heartland), Door Plant; APE__ (Revola)
Applied Moldings
None
Applied Moldings
None
Pocket Doors
Yes (Heartland/Revola)
Pocket Doors
Yes (Heartland/Revola)
Notes / Cautions
• •
Notes / Cautions
• • •
Watch out for door minimums. On BLS, BLSS 33” cabinets, this door will revert to slab doors.
w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014
- 50 -
The lower door style to compliment this is #37500. Maximum door width is 24” Watch out for door minimums.
Door and Drawer Styles Beaded Raised Panel Door Series HERITAGE BEADED
#77600
Mitered Door Series SOHO #98400
OPTION
AVAILABILITY
OPTION
AVAILABILITY
Minimum Size
7 1/2 x 10 1/2 -or- 10 1/2 x 7 1/2
Minimum Size
7 1/2 x 11 1/2 -or- 11 1/2 x 7 1/2
Stile / Rail Size
2 1/4 x 2 1/4
Stile / Rail Size
3” rail and stiles
Wood Species
All but Craftwood
Wood Species
All except Hickory and Craftwood
Slab Drawer Fronts
All
Slab Drawer Fronts
#14
5 Pc. Drawer Front
#84
5 Pc. Drawer Front
#984
Edge Profile
All but #35, #66 & #67 on #84
Edge Profile
#14
Mullions
Colonial or Prairie Style
Mullions
Colonial or Prairie Insert
Prep for Glass
Yes
Prep for Glass
Yes
Lattice
Yes
Lattice
Yes
Raised Panel Ends
Yes (Heartland), Door Plant; APE__ (Revola)
Raised Panel Ends
Yes (Heartland), Door Plant; APE__ (Revola)
Applied Moldings
AM2 & AM6
Applied Moldings
None
Pocket Doors
Yes
Pocket Doors
Yes (Heartland/Revola)
Notes / Cautions
• •
Notes / Cautions
• •
Center panel may be MDF when ordering a painted finish w/out Aging (Distressing) #9 (burn thru). Exceptions on Pocket doors include AM2
w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014
• •
- 51 -
7/16” Thick solid wood center panels Center panel may be MDF when ordering a painted finish w/out Aging (Distressing) #9 (burn thru). Exceptions on Pocket doors include AM2 An 1/8” fill must be used on any cabinet that butts into a wall or deeper cabinet with this door style in Design Overlay
Door and Drawer Styles Mitered Door Series STERLING RAISED
#94000
STERLING FLAT
#94500
7/16" Solid Wood
OPTION
AVAILABILITY
OPTION
AVAILABILITY
Minimum Size
7 1/2 x 10 1/2 -or- 10 1/2 x 7 1/2
Minimum Size
7 1/2 x 10 1/2 -or- 10 1/2 x 7 1/2
Stile / Rail Size
2 9/16 x 2 9/16
Stile / Rail Size
2 9/16 x 2 9/16
Wood Species
All but Hickory & Craftwood
Wood Species
All but Hickory & Craftwood
Slab Drawer Fronts
#65
Slab Drawer Fronts
#65
5 Pc. Drawer Front
#940
5 Pc. Drawer Front
#945
Edge Profile
#65
Edge Profile
#65
Mullions
Colonial or Prairie Style Inserts
Mullions
Colonial or Prairie Style Inserts
Prep for Glass
Yes
Prep for Glass
Yes
Lattice
Yes
Lattice
Yes
Raised Panel Ends
Door Plants; APE__ (Heartland/ Revola)
Raised Panel Ends
Door Plants; APE__ (Heartland/ Revola)
Applied Moldings
AM7
Applied Moldings
None
Pocket Doors
Yes (Heartland/Revola)
Pocket Doors
Yes (Heartland/Revola)
Notes / Cautions
• •
Notes / Cautions
• •
Center panel may be MDF when ordering a painted finish w/out Aging (Distressing) #9 (burn thru). An 1/8” fill must be used on any cabinet that butts into a wall or deeper cabinet with this door style in Designer Overlay.
w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014
- 52 -
7/16” thick solid wood center panel. An 1/8” fill must be used on any cabinet that butts into a wall or deeper cabinet with this door style in Designer Overlay.
Door and Drawer Styles Mitered Door Series STANTON RAISED
#95000
STANTON FLAT
#95500
OPTION
AVAILABILITY
OPTION
AVAILABILITY
Minimum Size
7 1/2 x 10 1/2 -or- 10 1/2 x 7 1/2
Minimum Size
7 1/2 x 10 1/2 -or- 10 1/2 x 7 1/2 2 9/16 x 2 9/16
Stile / Rail Size
2 9/16 x 2 9/16
Stile / Rail Size
Wood Species
All but Hickory & Craftwood
Wood Species
All but Hickory & Craftwood
Slab Drawer Fronts
#65
Slab Drawer Fronts
#65
5 Pc. Drawer Front
#950
5 Pc. Drawer Front
#955
Edge Profile
#65
Edge Profile
#65
Mullions
Colonial or Prairie Style Inserts
Mullions
Colonial or Prairie Style Inserts
Prep for Glass
Yes
Prep for Glass
Yes
Lattice
Yes
Lattice
Yes
Raised Panel Ends
Door Plants; APE__ (Heartland/ Revola)
Raised Panel Ends
Door Plants; APE__ (Heartland/ Revola)
Applied Moldings
AM7
Applied Moldings
AM7
Pocket Doors
Yes (Heartland/Revola)
Pocket Doors
Yes (Heartland/Revola)
Notes / Cautions
•
Notes / Cautions
• •
An 1/8” fill must be used on any cabinet that butts into a wall or deeper cabinet with this door style in Designer Overlay.
w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014
- 53 -
7/16” thick solid wood center panel. An 1/8” fill must be used on any cabinet that butts into a wall or deeper cabinet with this door style in Designer Overlay.
Door and Drawer Styles Mitered Door Series CLAIRMONT #98000
BRADFORD #98100
OPTION
AVAILABILITY
OPTION
AVAILABILITY
Minimum Size
10 11/16 x 13 -or- 13 x 10 11/16
Minimum Size
10 11/16 x 13 -or- 13 x 10 11/16
Stile / Rail Size
3x3
Stile / Rail Size
2 9/16 x 2 9/16
Wood Species
All but Hickory & Craftwood
Wood Species
All but Hickory & Craftwood
Slab Drawer Fronts
#65
Slab Drawer Fronts
#65
5 Pc. Drawer Front
#980
5 Pc. Drawer Front
#981
Edge Profile
#65
Edge Profile
#65
Mullions
Colonial or Prairie Style Inserts
Mullions
Colonial or Prairie Style Inserts
Prep for Glass
Yes
Prep for Glass
Yes
Lattice
Yes
Lattice
Yes
Raised Panel Ends
Door Plants; APE__ (Heartland/ Revola)
Raised Panel Ends
Door Plants; APE__ (Heartland/ Revola)
Applied Moldings
None
Applied Moldings
None
Pocket Doors
No
Pocket Doors
Notes / Cautions
• • • •
Notes / Cautions
•
Center panel may be MDF when ordering a painted finish w/out Aging (Distressing) #9 (burn thru). Pocket doors not available on this door style due to panel rise. Watch out for door minimums. An 1/8” fill must be used on any cabinet that butts into a wall or deeper cabinet with this door style in Designer Overlay.
w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014
Yes (Heartland/Revola)
• • •
- 54 -
Center panel may be MDF when ordering a painted finish w/out Aging (Distressing) #9 (burn thru). Watch out for door minimums. An 1/8” fill must be used on any cabinet that butts into a wall or deeper cabinet with this door style in Designer Overlay. WARNING: Should be sold with glaze packages only.
Door and Drawer Styles Mitered Door Series CHELMSFORD #99000
ALCOTT #99100
OPTION
AVAILABILITY
OPTION
AVAILABILITY
Minimum Size
8 3/4 x 11 3/4 -or- 11 3/4 x 8 3/4
Minimum Size
10 11/16 x 13 -or- 13 x 10 11/16 3x3
Stile / Rail Size
2 1/4 x 2 1/4
Stile / Rail Size
Wood Species
All but Hickory & Craftwood
Wood Species
All but Hickory & Craftwood
Slab Drawer Fronts
#12
Slab Drawer Fronts
#13
5 Pc. Drawer Front
#990
5 Pc. Drawer Front
#992
Edge Profile
#12 only available on this door
Edge Profile
#13
Mullions
Colonial or Prairie Style Inserts
Mullions
Colonial or Prairie Style Inserts
Prep for Glass
Yes
Prep for Glass
Yes
Lattice
Yes
Lattice
Yes
Raised Panel Ends
Door Plants; APE__ (Heartland/ Revola)
Raised Panel Ends
Door Plants; APE__ (Heartland/ Revola)
Applied Moldings
None
Applied Moldings
None
Yes (Heartland/Revola)
Pocket Doors
Yes (Heartland/Revola)
Pocket Doors
Notes / Cautions
Notes / Cautions
• • •
• •
#990 drawer front will not work on standard overlay top drawers due to 6 1/4” minimum height. Watch out for door minimums. An 1/8” fill must be used on any cabinet that butts into a wall or deeper cabinet with this door style in Designer Overlay.
w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014
- 55 -
Watch out for door minimums. An 1/8” fill must be used on any cabinet that butts into a wall or deeper cabinet with this door style in Designer Overlay.
Door and Drawer Styles Mitered Door Series ALCOTT FLAT
#99200
RALSTON FLAT
#99300
OPTION
AVAILABILITY
OPTION
AVAILABILITY
Minimum Size
10 11/16 x 13 -or- 13 x 10 11/16
Minimum Size
8 x 10 1/2 -or- 10 1/2 x 8
Stile / Rail Size
3x3
Stile / Rail Size
2 1/2 x 2 1/2
Wood Species
All but Hickory & Craftwood
Wood Species
All but Hickory & Craftwood
Slab Drawer Fronts
#13
Slab Drawer Fronts
#60
5 Pc. Drawer Front
#992
5 Pc. Drawer Front
#993
Edge Profile
#13
Edge Profile
#60
Mullions
Colonial or Prairie Style Inserts
Mullions
Colonial or Prairie Style Inserts
Prep for Glass
Yes
Prep for Glass
Yes
Lattice
Yes
Lattice
Yes
Raised Panel Ends
Door Plants; APE__ (Heartland/ Revola)
Raised Panel Ends
Door Plants; APE__ (Heartland/ Revola)
Applied Moldings
None
Applied Moldings
None
Pocket Doors
Yes (Heartland/Revola)
Pocket Doors
Yes (Heartland/Revola)
Notes / Cautions
Notes / Cautions
• • •
• • •
7/16” thick solid wood center panel. Watch out for door minimums. An 1/8” fill must be used on any cabinet that butts into a wall or deeper cabinet with this door style in Designer Overlay.
w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014
- 56 -
7/16” thick solid wood center panel. Watch out for door minimums. An 1/8” fill must be used on any cabinet that butts into a wall or deeper cabinet with this door style in Designer Overlay.
Door and Drawer Styles Mitered Door Series RALSTON BEADBOARD #99400
STONEWALL #99500
OPTION
AVAILABILITY
OPTION
AVAILABILITY
Minimum Size
8 x 10 1/2 -or- 10 1/2 x 8
Minimum Size
7 1/2 x 10 1/2 -or- 10 1/2 x 7 1/2
Stile / Rail Size
2 1/2 x 2 1/2
Stile / Rail Size
2 1/4 x 2 1/4
Wood Species
All but Hickory & Craftwood
Wood Species
All but Hickory & Craftwood
Slab Drawer Fronts
#60
Slab Drawer Fronts
None
5 Pc. Drawer Front
#994
5 Pc. Drawer Front
#995
Edge Profile
#60
Edge Profile
#11 only available on this door
Mullions
Colonial or Prairie Style Inserts
Mullions
Colonial or Prairie Style Inserts
Prep for Glass
Yes
Prep for Glass
Yes
Lattice
Yes
Lattice
Yes
Raised Panel Ends
Door Plants; APE__ (Heartland/ Revola)
Raised Panel Ends
Door Plants; APE__ (Heartland/ Revola)
Applied Moldings
None
Applied Moldings
None
Pocket Doors
Yes (Heartland/Revola)
Pocket Doors
Yes (Heartland/Revola)
Notes / Cautions
Notes / Cautions
• •
• •
Grooves are 1 1/2” on center. An 1/8” fill must be used on any cabinet that butts into a wall or deeper cabinet with this door style in Designer Overlay.
w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014
•
- 57 -
7/16” thick solid wood center panel. This door will be available with a 5-piece drawer front. Any fronts that fall below minimum will be slab with a 3/16” 45º bevel. An 1/8” fill must be used on any cabinet that butts into a wall or deeper cabinet with this door style in Designer Overlay.
Door and Drawer Styles Applied Molding Series CHISHOLM CLASSIC w/ AM1
#30001
LEXINGTON #30103 w/ AM3
OPTION
AVAILABILITY
OPTION
AVAILABILITY
Minimum Size
7 1/2 x 10 1/2 -or- 10 1/2 x 7 1/2
Minimum Size
10 x 13 -or- 13 x 10
Stile / Rail Size
2 1/4 x 2 1/4
Stile / Rail Size
3 1/2 x 3 1/2
Wood Species
All but Craftwood
Wood Species
All but Craftwood
Slab Drawer Fronts
All
Slab Drawer Fronts
All
5 Pc. Drawer Front
#8001
5 Pc. Drawer Front
#9303
Edge Profile
All w/ exceptions on #8001
Edge Profile
All w/ exceptions on #9303
Mullions
Colonial or Prairie Style
Mullions
Colonial or Prairie Style
Prep for Glass
Yes
Prep for Glass
Yes
Lattice
Yes
Lattice
Yes
Raised Panel Ends
Yes (Heartland), Door Plant; APE__ (Revola)
Raised Panel Ends
Yes (Heartland), Door Plant; APE__ (Revola)
Applied Moldings
Comes w/ AM1
Applied Moldings
Comes w/ AM3
Pocket Doors
No
Pocket Doors
No
Notes / Cautions
• •
Notes / Cautions
• • •
#15, #35, #66, #67, & #70 edge profiles not available on the #8001 front. Pocket doors are not available due to applied molding.
w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014
- 58 -
#35 edge profile not available on #9303 front. Pocket doors are not available due to applied molding. Watch out for door minimums.
Door and Drawer Styles Applied Molding Series VALLEY FORGE RAISED #30202 w/ AM2
VALLEY FORGE BEADED #30402 w/ AM2
OPTION
AVAILABILITY
OPTION
AVAILABILITY
Minimum Size
10 x 13 -or- 13 x 10
Minimum Size
10 x 13 -or- 13 x 10
Stile / Rail Size
3 1/2 x 3 1/2
Stile / Rail Size
3 1/2 x 3 1/2
Wood Species
All but Craftwood
Wood Species
All but Craftwood
Slab Drawer Fronts
All
Slab Drawer Fronts
All
5 Pc. Drawer Front
#9802
5 Pc. Drawer Front
#9902
Edge Profile
All w/ exceptions on #9802
Edge Profile
All w/ exceptions on #9902
Mullions
Colonial or Prairie Style Insert
Mullions
Colonial or Prairie Style Insert
Prep for Glass
Yes
Prep for Glass
Yes
Lattice
Yes
Lattice
Yes
Raised Panel Ends
Yes (Heartland), Door Plant; APE__ (Revola)
Raised Panel Ends
Yes (Heartland), Door Plant; APE__ (Revola)
Applied Moldings
Comes w/ AM2
Applied Moldings
Comes w/ AM2
Pocket Doors
No
Pocket Doors
No
Notes / Cautions
• • •
Notes / Cautions
•
#35, #66, & #67 edge profiles not available on #9802 front. Pocket doors are not available due to applied molding. Watch out for door minimums.
w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014
• •
- 59 -
#35, #66, & #67 edge profiles not available on #9902 front. Pocket doors are not available due to applied molding. Watch out for door minimums.
Door and Drawer Styles Applied Molding Series CHARLESTON w/ AM1
#37401
CHARLESTON #37403 w/ AM3
OPTION
AVAILABILITY
OPTION
AVAILABILITY
Minimum Size
10 x 13 -or- 13 x 10
Minimum Size
10 x 13 -or- 13 x10
Stile / Rail Size
3 1/2 x 3 1/2
Stile / Rail Size
3 1/2 x 3 1/2
Wood Species
All but Craftwood
Wood Species
All but Craftwood
Slab Drawer Fronts
All
Slab Drawer Fronts
All
5 Pc. Drawer Front
#9301
5 Pc. Drawer Front
#9303
Edge Profile
All
Edge Profile
All w/ exceptions on #9303
Mullions
Colonial or Prairie Style
Mullions
Colonial or Prairie Style
Prep for Glass
Yes
Prep for Glass
Yes
Lattice
Yes
Lattice
Yes
Raised Panel Ends
Yes (Heartland), Door Plant; APE__ (Revola)
Raised Panel Ends
Yes (Heartland), Door Plant; APE__ (Revola)
Applied Moldings
Comes w/ AM1
Applied Moldings
Comes w/ AM3
Pocket Doors
No
Pocket Doors
No
Notes / Cautions
• •
Notes / Cautions
• • •
Pocket doors are not available due to applied molding. Watch out for door minimums.
w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014
- 60 -
#35 edge profile not available on #9303 front. Pocket doors are not available due to applied molding. Watch out for door minimums.
Door and Drawer Styles Applied Molding Series CHISHOLM BEADED w/ AM1
#37501
DELANO w/ AM1
#38301
OPTION
AVAILABILITY
OPTION
AVAILABILITY
Minimum Size
7 1/2 x 10 1/2 -or- 10 1/2 x 7 1/2
Minimum Size
11 1/4 x 14 1/4 -or- 14 1/4 x 11 1/4 3 1/2 x 3 1/2
Stile / Rail Size
2 1/4 x 2 1/4
Stile / Rail Size
Wood Species
All but Craftwood
Wood Species
All but Craftwood
Slab Drawer Fronts
All
Slab Drawer Fronts
All
5 Pc. Drawer Front
#8101
5 Pc. Drawer Front
#38301
Edge Profile
All w/ exceptions on #8101
Edge Profile
All Colonial or Prairie Style Insert
Colonial or Prairie Style
Mullions
Prep for Glass
Yes
Prep for Glass
Yes
Lattice
Yes
Lattice
Yes
Raised Panel Ends
Yes (Heartland), No (Discovery) Door Plant; APE__ (Revola)
Raised Panel Ends
Yes (Heartland), Door Plant; APE__ (Revola)
Applied Moldings
Comes w/ AM1
Pocket Doors
No
Applied Moldings
Comes w/ AM1
Pocket Doors
No
Mullions
Notes / Cautions
• •
Notes / Cautions
#15, #35, #66, #67, & #70 edge profiles not available on the #8101 front. Pocket doors are not available due to applied molding.
w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014
• •
- 61 -
Watch out for door minimums. If below minimum, door will revert to the #90500 style and minimums.
Door and Drawer Styles Applied Molding Series SHAKER #70003 w/ AM3
SHAKER #70001 w/ AM1
OPTION
AVAILABILITY
OPTION
AVAILABILITY
Minimum Size
7 1/2 x 10 1/2 -or- 10 1/2 x 7 1/2
Minimum Size
7 1/2 x 10 1/2 -or- 10 1/2 x 7 1/2
Stile / Rail Size
2 1/4 x 2 1/4
Stile / Rail Size
2 1/4 x 2 1/4
Wood Species
All but Craftwood
Wood Species
All but Craftwood
Slab Drawer Fronts
All
Slab Drawer Fronts
All
5 Pc. Drawer Front
#9601
5 Pc. Drawer Front
#9003
Edge Profile
All w/ exceptions on #9601
Edge Profile
All w/ exceptions
Mullions
Colonial or Prairie Style
Mullions
Colonial or Prairie Style
Prep for Glass
Yes
Prep for Glass
Yes
Lattice
Yes
Lattice
Yes
Raised Panel Ends
Yes (Heartland), Door Plant; APE__ (Revola)
Raised Panel Ends
Yes (Heartland), Door Plant; APE__ (Revola)
Applied Moldings
Comes w/ AM1
Pocket Doors
No
Applied Moldings
Comes w/ AM3
Pocket Doors
No
Notes / Cautions
• •
Notes / Cautions
#15, #35, #66, #67, & #70 edge profiles not available on the #9601 front. Pocket doors are not available due to applied molding.
• • •
w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014
- 62 -
#35 edge profile not available on #9003 front & #70003 door. This door style has 2 1/4” rails & stiles, the AM3 molding is 1 1/16” wide which leaves only 1 3/16” exposed; larger door edges may not be pleasing to the overall appearance. Pocket doors are not available due to applied molding.
Door and Drawer Styles Applied Molding Series SHAKER #70014 w/ AM14
SHAKER #70004 w/ AM4
OPTION
AVAILABILITY
OPTION
AVAILABILITY
Minimum Size
7 1/2 x 10 1/2 -or- 10 1/2 x 7 1/2
Minimum Size
7 1/2 x 10 1/2 -or- 10 1/2 x 7 1/2
Stile / Rail Size
2 1/4 x 2 1/4
Stile / Rail Size
2 1/4 x 2 1/4
Wood Species
All but Craftwood
Wood Species
All but Craftwood
Slab Drawer Fronts
All
Slab Drawer Fronts
All
5 Pc. Drawer Front
#9604
5 Pc. Drawer Front
#9614
Edge Profile
All w/ exceptions on #9604
Edge Profile
All w/ exceptions on #9614
Mullions
Colonial or Prairie Style Insert
Mullions
Colonial or Prairie Style Insert
Prep for Glass
Yes
Prep for Glass
Yes
Lattice
Yes
Lattice
Yes
Raised Panel Ends
Yes (Heartland), Door Plant; APE__ (Revola)
Raised Panel Ends
Yes (Heartland), Door Plant; APE__ (Revola)
Applied Moldings
Comes w/ AM4
Applied Moldings
Comes w/ AM14
Pocket Doors
Yes (Heartland/Revola)
Pocket Doors
No
Notes / Cautions
• •
Notes / Cautions
•
#35, #66, & #67 edge profiles not available on #9604 front. Micro bevel on rails and stiles
w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014
•
- 63 -
#35, #66, & #67 edge profiles not available on the #9614 front. Pocket doors are not available due to applied molding.
Door and Drawer Styles Applied Molding Series VALLEY FORGE w/ AM4
#70104
VALLEY FORGE w/ AM12
#70112
OPTION
AVAILABILITY
OPTION
AVAILABILITY
Minimum Size
10 x 13 -or- 13 x10
Minimum Size
10 x 13 -or- 13 x10
Stile / Rail Size
3 1/2 x 3 1/2
Stile / Rail Size
3 1/2 x 3 1/2
Wood Species
All but Craftwood
Wood Species
All but Craftwood
Slab Drawer Fronts
All
Slab Drawer Fronts
All
5 Pc. Drawer Front
#8904
5 Pc. Drawer Front
#8912
Edge Profile
All w/ exceptions on #8904
Edge Profile
All w/ exceptions on #8912
Mullions
Colonial or Prairie Style Insert
Mullions
Colonial or Prairie Style Insert
Prep for Glass
Yes
Prep for Glass
Yes
Lattice
Yes
Lattice
Yes
Raised Panel Ends
Yes (Heartland), Door Plant; APE__ (Revola)
Raised Panel Ends
Yes (Heartland), Door Plant; APE__ (Revola)
Applied Moldings
Comes w/ AM4
Applied Moldings
Comes w/ AM12
Pocket Doors
Yes (Heartland/Revola)
Pocket Doors
No
Notes / Cautions
Notes / Cautions
• • •
•
#35, #66, & #67 edge profiles not available on #8904 front. Watch out for door minimums. Micro bevel on rails and stiles.
w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014
• •
- 64 -
#35, #66, & #67 edge profiles not available on #8912 front. Pocket doors are not available due to applied molding. Watch out for door minimums.
Door and Drawer Styles Applied Molding Series VALLEY FORGE w/ AM14
#70114
BELMONT #71404 w/ AM4
OPTION
AVAILABILITY
OPTION
AVAILABILITY
Minimum Size
10 x 13 -or- 13 x10
Minimum Size
7 1/2 x 13 -or- 10 1/2 x 10
Stile / Rail Size
3 1/2 x 3 1/2
Stile / Rail Size
2 1/4 x 3 1/2
Wood Species
All but Craftwood
Wood Species
All but Craftwood
Slab Drawer Fronts
All
Slab Drawer Fronts
All
5 Pc. Drawer Front
#8914 & #9214
5 Pc. Drawer Front
#9604
Edge Profile
All w/ exceptions on #8914
Edge Profile
All w/ exceptions on #9604
Mullions
Colonial or Prairie Style Insert
Mullions
Colonial or Prairie Style Insert
Prep for Glass
Yes
Prep for Glass
Yes
Lattice
Yes
Lattice
Yes
Raised Panel Ends
Yes (Heartland), Door Plant; APE__ (Revola)
Applied Moldings
Comes w/ AM4
Pocket Doors
Yes (Heartland/Revola)
Raised Panel Ends
Yes (Heartland), Door Plant; APE__ (Revola)
Applied Moldings
Comes w/ AM14
Pocket Doors
No
Notes / Cautions
Notes / Cautions
• • • •
•
#35, #66, & #67 edge profiles not available on #8914 front. The minimum size on the #9214 front is 6 1/4” x 11 1/2”, fronts below minimum will revert to the #8914. Pocket doors are not available due to applied molding. Watch out for door minimums.
w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014
• •
- 65 -
#35, #66, & #67 edge profiles not available on #9604 front. Watch out for door minimums. Micro bevel on rails and stiles.
Door and Drawer Styles Applied Molding Series BEADBOARD SHAKER w/ AM1
BEADBOARD SHAKER w/ AM4
#72001
#72004
OPTION
AVAILABILITY
OPTION
Minimum Size
7 1/2 x 10 1/2 -or- 10 1/2 x 7 1/2
Minimum Size
7 1/2 x 10 1/2 -or- 10 1/2 x 7 1/2
Stile / Rail Size
2 1/4 x 2 1/4
Stile / Rail Size
2 1/4 x 2 1/4
Wood Species
All but Craftwood
Wood Species
All but Craftwood
Slab Drawer Fronts
All
Slab Drawer Fronts
All
5 Pc. Drawer Front
#9601
5 Pc. Drawer Front
#9604
Edge Profile
All w/ exceptions on #9601
Edge Profile
All w/ exceptions on #9604
Mullions
Colonial or Prairie Style
Mullions
Colonial or Prairie Style Insert
Prep for Glass
Yes
Prep for Glass
Yes
Lattice
Yes
Lattice
Yes
Raised Panel Ends
Yes (Heartland), Door Plant; APE__ (Revola)
Raised Panel Ends
Yes (Heartland), Door Plant; APE__ (Revola)
Applied Moldings
Comes w/ AM1
Applied Moldings
Comes w/ AM4
Pocket Doors
No
Pocket Doors
Yes (Heartland/Revola)
Notes / Cautions
• •
Notes / Cautions
#15, #35, #66, #67, & #70 edge profiles not available on the #9601 front. Pocket doors are not available due to applied molding.
w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014
AVAILABILITY
• •
- 66 -
#35, #66, & #67 edge profiles not available on #9604 front. Micro bevel on rails and stiles.
Door and Drawer Styles Applied Molding Series BEADBOARD SHAKER w/ AM14
#72014
HERITAGE BEADED w/ AM2
#77602
OPTION
AVAILABILITY
OPTION
AVAILABILITY
Minimum Size
7 1/2 x 10 1/2 -or- 10 1/2 x 7 1/2
Minimum Size
7 1/2 x 10 1/2 -or- 10 1/2 x 7 1/2
Stile / Rail Size
2 1/4 x 2 1/4
Stile / Rail Size
2 1/4 x 2 1/4
Wood Species
All but Craftwood
Wood Species
All but Craftwood
Slab Drawer Fronts
All
Slab Drawer Fronts
All
5 Pc. Drawer Front
#9614
5 Pc. Drawer Front
#8402
Edge Profile
All w/ exceptions on #9614
Edge Profile
All w/ exceptions on #8402
Mullions
Colonial or Prairie Style Insert
Mullions
Colonial or Prairie Style Insert
Prep for Glass
Yes
Prep for Glass
Yes
Lattice
Yes
Lattice
Yes
Raised Panel Ends
Yes (Heartland), Door Plant; APE__ (Revola)
Raised Panel Ends
Yes (Heartland), Door Plant; APE__ (Revola)
Applied Moldings
Comes w/ AM14
Applied Moldings
Comes w/ AM2
Pocket Doors
No
Pocket Doors
No
Notes / Cautions
• •
Notes / Cautions
•
#35, #66, & #67 edge profiles not available on #9614 front. Pocket doors are not available due to applied molding.
w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014
•
- 67 -
#35, #66, & #67 edge profiles not available on #8402 front. Pocket doors are not available due to applied molding.
Door and Drawer Styles Applied Molding Series HERITAGE CLASSIC w/ AM2
STAFFORD #90001 w/ AM1
#77802
OPTION
AVAILABILITY
OPTION
AVAILABILITY
Minimum Size
7 1/2 x 10 1/2 -or- 10 1/2 x 7 1/2
Minimum Size
7 1/2 x 10 1/2 -or- 10 1/2 x 7 1/2
Stile / Rail Size
2 1/4 x 2 1/4
Stile / Rail Size
2 1/4 x 2 1/4
Wood Species
All but Craftwood
Wood Species
All but Craftwood
Slab Drawer Fronts
All
Slab Drawer Fronts
All
5 Pc. Drawer Front
#8602
5 Pc. Drawer Front
#9501
Edge Profile
All w/ exceptions on #8602
Edge Profile
All
Mullions
Colonial or Prairie Style Insert
Mullions
Colonial or Prairie Style
Prep for Glass
Yes
Prep for Glass
Yes
Lattice
Yes
Lattice
Yes
Raised Panel Ends
Yes (Heartland), Door Plant; APE__ (Revola)
Raised Panel Ends
Yes (Heartland), Door Plant; APE__ (Revola)
Applied Moldings
Comes w/ AM2
Applied Moldings
Comes w/ AM1
Pocket Doors
No
Pocket Doors
No
Notes / Cautions
Notes / Cautions
• •
•
#35, #66, & #67 edge profiles not available on #8602 front. Pocket doors are not available due to applied molding.
w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014
- 68 -
Pocket doors are not available due to applied molding.
Door and Drawer Styles Applied Molding Series SALEM w/ AM1
SALEM #90103 w/ AM3
#90101
OPTION
AVAILABILITY
OPTION
AVAILABILITY
Minimum Size
10 x 13 -or- 13 x 10
Minimum Size
10 x 13 -or- 13 x 10
3 1/2 x 3 1/2
Stile / Rail Size
3 1/2 x 3 1/2
Wood Species
All but Craftwood
Wood Species
All but Craftwood
Slab Drawer Fronts
All
Slab Drawer Fronts
All
#9301
5 Pc. Drawer Front
#9303
Edge Profile
All
Edge Profile
All w/ exceptions on #9303
Mullions
Colonial or Prairie Style
Mullions
Colonial or Prairie Style
Prep for Glass
Yes
Prep for Glass
Yes
Lattice
Yes
Lattice
Yes
Raised Panel Ends
Yes (Heartland), Door Plant; APE__ (Revola)
Raised Panel Ends
Yes (Heartland), Door Plant; APE__ (Revola)
Applied Moldings
Comes w/ AM1
Applied Moldings
Comes w/ AM3
No
Pocket Doors
No
Stile / Rail Size
5 Pc. Drawer Front
Pocket Doors
Notes / Cautions
Notes / Cautions
• •
• •
Pocket doors are not available due to applied molding. Watch out for door minimums.
w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014
- 69 -
#35 edge profile not available on #9303 front. Pocket doors are not available due to applied molding.
Door and Drawer Styles Applied Molding Series STERLING #94007 w/ AM7
OPTION
AVAILABILITY
Minimum Size
7 1/2 x 10 1/2 -or- 10 1/2 x 7 1/2
Stile / Rail Size
2 1/2 x 2 1/2
Wood Species
All but Hickory & Craftwood
Slab Drawer Fronts
#65
5 Pc. Drawer Front
#94007
Edge Profile
#65
Mullions
Colonial or Prairie Style Insert
Prep for Glass
Yes
Lattice
Yes
Raised Panel Ends
Door Plants; APE__ (Heartland/ Revola)
Applied Moldings
Comes w/ AM7
Pocket Doors
Yes (Heartland/Revola)
Notes / Cautions
• •
AM7 is available in soft maple only An 1/8” fill must be used on any cabinet that butts into a wall or deeper cabinet with this door style in Designer Overlay.
w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014
- 70 -
ALL DRAWER FRONTS ARE 3/4” THICK*
Door and Drawer Styles
Solid Slab Drawer Fronts
OGEE SLAB
#10
Minimum Size: 2 1/2 x 7
CHELMSFORD SLAB
#12
Minimum Size: 2 1/2 x 7
REVERSED BEAD SLAB
#13
Minimum Size: 2 1/2 x 7
ONLY AVAILABLE WITH THE #99000 DOOR
SOHO SLAB
#14
Minimum Size: 4 3/4 X 7
BEADED SLAB
#15
Minimum Size: 2 1/2 x 7
DOUBLE-CUT SLAB
#30
DESIGNER SLAB Minimum Size: 4 3/4 x 7
RECOMMENDED W/ RAISED PANEL DOOR W/ #10 EDGE. REVERTS TO #10 EDGE IF BELOW MINIMUM.
RECOMMENDED W/ WIDE RAIL & STILE DOORS. REVERTS TO #10 EDGE IF BELOW MINIMUM.
1/8” ROUND-OVER SLAB
#65
Minimum Size: 2 1/2 x 7
BEVELED SLAB
DOUBLE-ROUND SLAB
w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014
#35
SQUARE SLAB
#66
DECOR SLAB Minimum Size: 4 x 7
REVERTS TO #10 EDGE IF BELOW MINIMUM.
REVERTS TO #65 EDGE IF BELOW MINIMUM.
#70
- 71 -
#60
Minimum Size: 2 1/2 X 7
Minimum Size: 4 x 7
Minimum Size: 3 X 7
#25
RECOMMENDED W/ THE #38100 DOOR W/ #65 EDGE. REVERTS TO #65 EDGE IF BELOW MINIMUM. *7/8” THICK
ONLY AVAILABLE WITH THE #98400 DOOR. REVERTS TO #65 EDGE IF BELOW MINIMUM.
Minimum Size: 4 3/4 X 7
RAISED BEAD SLAB Minimum Size: 4 3/4 x 7
#67
ALL DRAWER FRONTS ARE 3/4” THICK*
Door and Drawer Styles
Veneer Slab Drawer Fronts
CONTEMPO II HOR. GRAIN
#62
Minimum Size: 3 3/8 X 7
CONTEMPO II VER. GRAIN
#502
Minimum Size: 4 3/4 X 7
3-PIECE FRONT
#74
Minimum Size: 4 x 9 3/4 Stiles: 3 1/2” with micro-bevel
CONTEMPO I HOR. GRAIN
#63
CONTEMPO I VER. GRAIN
#501
Minimum Size: 3 3/8 X 7
Minimum Size: 3 3/8 X 7
3/16” EDGEBANDING TO MATCH #50100 DOOR
3/16” EDGEBANDING TO MATCH #50100 DOOR
ALL 3 OF THESE DRAWER FRONTS ARE AVAILABLE AS TOP DRAWER FRONTS ONLY. PLEASE NOTE SOMEWHERE, NEED TO ORDER DFSM/B ON DEEPER DRAWERS
3-PIECE FRONT
#33
Minimum Size: 4 x 7 Stiles: 2 1/4”
3-PIECE FRONT
#34
Minimum Size: 4 X 9 3/4 Stiles: 3 1/2”
One-Piece MDF Drawer Fronts
1-PC VALLEJO MISSION
#77-1PC
• Minimum Size: 5 3/4 x 10 • Min. Cab Width: SO:12” 1/2” DO: 10 3/8” • Rails & Stiles: 2 ¼” R, 2 ¼” S
1-PC WIDE STILE CLASSIC RAISED #87-1PC • Minimum Size: 5 3/4 x 14 • Min. Cab Width: SO:16” 1/2” DO: 14 3/8” • Rails & Stiles: 1 ¼” R, 3 ½” S w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014
1-PC MODESTO MISSION
#78-1PC
• Minimum Size: 5 3/4 x 11 1/2 • Min. Cab Width: SO:13 1/2” DO:11 7/8” • Rails & Stiles: 2 ¼” R, 3 ½” S
1-PC SPECIAL SHAKER
#89-1PC
• Minimum Size: 5 3/4 x 11 1/2 • Min. Cab Width: SO:13 1/2” DO:11 7/8” • Rails & Stiles: 1 ¼” R, 3 ½” S
- 72 -
1-PC CLASSIC RAISED
#80-1PC
• Minimum Size: 5 3/4 x 11 1/2 • Min. Cab Width: SO:13 1/2” DO:11 7/8” • Rails & Stiles: 1 ¼” R, 2 ¼” S
1-PC SHAKER
#90-1PC
• Minimum Size: 5 3/4 x 10 • Min. Cab Width: SO:12” 1/2” DO: 10 3/8” • Rails & Stiles: 2 ¼” R, 2 ¼” S
ALL DRAWER FRONTS ARE 3/4” THICK*
Door and Drawer Styles
One-Piece MDF Drawer Fronts
1-PC WIDE STILE SHAKER #92-1PC • Minimum Size: 5 3/4 x 11 1/2 • Min. Cab Width: SO:13 1/2” DO:11 7/8” • Rails & Stiles: 2 ¼” R, 3 ½” S
1-PC WIDE STILE SHAKER #93-1PC • Minimum Size: 5 3/4 x 11 1/2 • Min. Cab Width: SO:13 1/2” DO:11 7/8” • Rails & Stiles: 2 ¼” R, 3 ½” S
1-PC FLAT PANEL
#95-1PC
• Minimum Size: 5 3/4 x 10 • Min. Cab Width: SO:12” 1/2” DO: 10 3/8” • Rails & Stiles: 2 ¼” R, 2 ¼” S
1-PC NARROW RAIL SHAKER #96-1PC • Minimum Size: 5 3/4 x 10 • Min. Cab Width: SO:12” 1/2” DO: 10 3/8” • Rails & Stiles: 1 ¼” R, 2 ¼” S
Five-Piece Flat Panel Drawer Fronts
SAVOY FLAT
#317
• Minimum Size: 5 3/4 x 11 • Min. Cab Width: SO:13” 1/2” DO:11 3/8 • Rails & Stiles: 2 ¼” R, 2 ¾” S
MESA FLAT
#706
• Minimum Size: 5 3/4 x 11 1/2 • Min. Cab Width: SO:13 1/2” DO:11 7/8” • Rails & Stiles: 2 ¼” R, 3 ½” S
DELANO FLAT
#383
• Minimum Size: 5 3/4 x 11 1/2 • Min. Cab Width: SO:13 1/2” DO:11 7/8” • Rails & Stiles: 2 ¼” R, 3 ½” S
CRAFTSMAN FLAT • Minimum Size: 5 3/4 x 11 • Min. Cab Width: SO:13” 1/2” DO:11 3/8 • Rails & Stiles: 2 ¼” R, 2 ¾” S
TUSCAN FLAT
#716
SANTIAGO MISSION • Minimum Size: 5 3/4 x 11 • Min. Cab Width: SO:13” 1/2” DO:11 3/8 • Rails & Stiles: 2 ¼” R, 2 ¾” S
See Narrow Rail 5-pc Drawer Front Section at the beginning of the Door Section. w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014
- 73 -
#384
• Minimum Size: 5 3/4 x 11 • Min. Cab Width: SO:13” 1/2” DO:11 3/8 • Rails & Stiles: 2 ¼” R, 3” S
#717
ALL DRAWER FRONTS ARE 3/4” THICK*
Door and Drawer Styles
Five-Piece Flat Panel Drawer Fronts
VALLEJO MISSION
#77
• Minimum Size: 5 3/4 x 10 • Min. Cab Width: SO:12” 1/2” DO: 10 3/8” • Rails & Stiles: 2 ¼” R, 2 ¼” S
MODESTO MISSION
#78
• Minimum Size: 5 3/4 x 11 1/2 • Min. Cab Width: SO:13 1/2” DO:11 7/8” • Rails & Stiles: 2 ¼” R, 3 ½” S
SHAKER #90 • Minimum Size: 5 ¾ x 10 • Min. Cab Width: SO:12” DO: 10 3/8” • Rails & Stiles: 2 ¼” R, 2 ¼” S
SHAKER WITH COVE
#91
• Minimum Size: 5 3/4 x 10 • Min. Cab Width: SO:12” DO: 10 3/8” • Rails & Stiles: 2 ¼” R, 2 ¼” S
WIDE STILE FLAT
#93
• Minimum Size: 5 3/4 x 11 1/2 • Min. Cab Width: SO:13 1/2” FO:12” DO:11 7/8” • Rails & Stiles: 2 ¼” R, 3 ½” S
NARROW RAIL SHAKER
#96
• Minimum Size: 5 3/4 x 10 • Min. Cab Width: SO:12” DO: 10 3/8” • Rails & Stiles: 1 ¼” R, 2 ¼” S
MIXED FLAT
#94
TAOS 2 1/4
#730
TAOS 3 1/2
WIDE STILE SHAKER
FLAT PANEL
TAOS 2 3/4 • Minimum Size: 5 3/4 x 11 • Min. Cab Width: SO:13” 1/2” DO:11 3/8” • Rails & Stiles: 2 ¼” R, 2 ¾” S
See Narrow Rail 5-pc Drawer Front Section at the beginning of the Door Section.
w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014
- 74 -
#92
#95
• Minimum Size: 5 3/4 x 10 • Min. Cab Width: SO:12” DO: 10 3/8” • Rails & Stiles: 2 ¼” R, 2 ¼” S
#732
• Minimum Size: 5 3/4 x 11 • Min. Cab Width: SO:13” 1/2” DO: 11 3/8” • Rails & Stiles: 2 ¼” R, 3 ½” S
#89
• Minimum Size: 5 3/4 x 11 1/2 • Min. Cab Width: SO:13 1/2” DO:11 7/8” • Rails & Stiles: 2 ¼” R, 3 ½” S
• Minimum Size: 5 3/4 x 10 • Min. Cab Width: SO:12” FO:10 1/2” DO: 10 3/8” • Rails & Stiles: 2 ¼” R, 2 ¼” S
• Minimum Size: 5 3/4 x 11 • Min. Cab Width: SO:13” 1/2” DO: 11 3/8” • Rails & Stiles: 2 ¼” R, 2 ¼” S
SPECIAL SHAKER • Minimum Size: 5 3/4 x 11 1/2 • Min. Cab Width: SO:13 1/2” DO:11 7/8” • Rails & Stiles: 1 ¼” R, 3 ½” S
#731
ALL DRAWER FRONTS ARE 3/4” THICK*
Door and Drawer Styles
Five-Piece Beadboard Panel Drawer Fronts
MIXED BEADBOARD
#76
• Minimum Size: 5 3/4 x 10 • Min. Cab Width: SO:12” DO: 10 3/8” • Rails & Stiles: 2 ¼” R, 2 ¼” S
STAFFORD BEADBOARD • Minimum Size: 5 3/4 x 10 • Min. Cab Width: SO:12” DO: 10 3/8” • Rails & Stiles: 2 ¼” R, 2 ¼” S
MESA BEADBOARD
#703
• Minimum Size: 5 3/4 x 11 1/2 • Min. Cab Width: SO:13 1/2” DO:11 7/8” • Rails & Stiles: 2 ¼” R, 3 ½” S
#920
SALEM BEADBOARD
SHAKER BEADBOARD • Minimum Size: 5 3/4 x 10 • Min. Cab Width: SO:12” DO: 10 3/8” • Rails & Stiles: 2 ¼” R, 2 ¼” S
#921
• Minimum Size: 5 3/4 X 11 1/2 • Min. Cab Width: SO:13 1/2” DO:11 7/8” • Rails & Stiles: 2 ¼” R, 3 ½” S
Beadboard drawer fronts will not line up w/ beadboord doors when used with a super drawer
See Narrow Rail 5-pc Drawer Front Section at the beginning of the Door Section. w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014
- 75 -
#720
ALL DRAWER FRONTS ARE 3/4” THICK*
Door and Drawer Styles
Five-Piece Raised Panel Drawer Fronts
CLASSIC RAISED
#80
• Minimum Size: 5 3/4 x 11 1/2 • Min. Cab Width: SO:13 1/2” DO:11 7/8” • Rails & Stiles: 1 ¼” R, 2 ¼” S
WIDE STILE CLASSIC RAISED
MIXED CLASSIC RAISED
#82
• Minimum Size: 5 3/4 x 11 1/2 • Min. Cab Width: SO:13 1/2” DO:11 7/8” • Rails & Stiles: 1 ¼” R, 2 ¼” S
#87
• Minimum Size: 5 3/4 x 14 • Min. Cab Width: SO:16” DO: 14 3/8” • Rails & Stiles: 1 ¼” R, 3 ½” S
COMBO CLASSIC RAISED
SHAKER CLASSIC RAISED
#86
• Minimum Size: 5 3/4 x 11 1/2 • Min. Cab Width: SO:13 1/2” DO:11 7/8” • Rails & Stiles: 1 ¼” R, 2 ¼” S
#98
• Minimum Size: 5 3/4 x 14 • Min. Cab Width: SO:16” DO: 14 3/8” • Rails & Stiles: 1 ¼” R, 3 ½” S
WILSON RAISED
#316
• Minimum Size: 5 3/4 x 12 1/2 • Min. Cab Width: SO:14 1/2” DO:12 7/8” • Rails & Stiles: 1 ¼” R, 2 ¾” S
Five-Piece Beaded Raised Panel Drawer Fronts
BEADED RAISED
#81
• Minimum Size: 5 3/4 x 11 1/2 • Min. Cab Width: SO:13 1/2” DO:11 7/8” • Rails & Stiles: 1 ¼” R, 2 ¼” S
WIDE STILE BEADED RAISED • Minimum Size: 5 3/4 x 14 • Min. Cab Width: SO:16” DO: 14 3/8” • Rails & Stiles: 1 ¼” R, 3 ½” S
MIXED BEADED RAISED
#83
• Minimum Size: 5 3/4 x 11 1/2 • Min. Cab Width: SO:13 1/2” DO:11 7/8” • Rails & Stiles: 1 ¼” R, 2 ¼” S
#88
COMBO BEADED RAISED
SHAKER BEADED RAISED • Minimum Size: 5 3/4 x 11 1/2 • Min. Cab Width: SO:13 1/2” DO:11 7/8” • Rails & Stiles: 1 ¼” R, 2 ¼” S
#99
• Minimum Size: 5 3/4 x 14 • Min. Cab Width: SO:16” DO: 14 3/8” • Rails & Stiles: 1 ¼” R, 3 ½” S
See Narrow Rail 5-pc Drawer Front Section at the beginning of the Door Section. w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014
- 76 -
#84
ALL DRAWER FRONTS ARE 3/4” THICK*
Door and Drawer Styles
Five-Piece Mitered Drawer Fronts
STERLING RAISED
#940
• Minimum Size: 5 3/4 x 7 • Min. Cab Width: SO: 9” DO: 9” • Rails & Stiles: 1 9/16” R, 1 9/16” S
STANTON FLAT
#955
• Minimum Size: 5 3/4 x 7 • Min. Cab Width: SO: 9” DO: 9” • Rails & Stiles: 1 9/16” R, 1 9/16” S
SOHO FLAT
RALSTON FLAT
#945
#984
CLAIRMONT #980
CHELMSFORD #990
USE CAUTION WHEN ORDERING THE #990 FRONT, DUE TO LARGER MINIMUM REQUIREMENT TOP & SOME MIDDLE FRONTS MAY RESULT IN SLABS.
RALSTON BEADBOARD • Minimum Size: 5 3/4 x 9 • Min. Cab Width: SO:11” DO: 9 3/8” • Rails & Stiles: 1 ¾” R, 1 ¾” S
BRADFORD #981
#994
BEADBOARD DF WILL NOT LINE UP W/ BEADBOARD DOORS.
ALCOTT FLAT
AUGUST 2014
- 77 -
#992
• Minimum Size: 5 3/4 x 10 • Min. Cab Width: SO:12” DO: 10 3/8” • Rails & Stiles: 2 ¼” R, 2 ¼” S
STONEWALL #995 • Minimum Size: 5 3/4 x 10 • Min. Cab Width: SO:12” DO: 10 3/8” • Rails & Stiles: 2 ¼” R, 2 ¼” S
See Narrow Rail 5-pc Drawer Front Section at the beginning of the Door Section. w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m
#950
• Minimum Size: 5 3/4 x 7 • Min. Cab Width: SO: 9” DO: 9” • Rails & Stiles: 1 ½” R, 1 ½” S
• Minimum Size: 6 1/4 x 10 • Min. Cab Width: SO:12” DO: 10 3/8” • Rails & Stiles: 2 ¼” R, 2 ¼” S
#993
STANTON RAISED • Minimum Size: 5 3/4 x 7 • Min. Cab Width: SO: 9” DO: 9” • Rails & Stiles: 1 9/16” R, 1 9/16” S
• Minimum Size: 5 3/4 x 10 • Min. Cab Width: SO:12” DO: 10 3/8” • Rails & Stiles: 2 ¼” R, 2 ¼” S
• Minimum Size: 5 3/4 x 10 • Min. Cab Width: SO:12” DO:10 3/8 • Rails & Stiles: 2 ¼” R, 2 ¼” S
• Minimum Size: 5 3/4 x 9 • Min. Cab Width: SO:11” DO: 9 3/8” • Rails & Stiles: 1 ¾” R, 1 ¾” S
STERLING FLAT • Minimum Size: 5 3/4 x 7 • Min. Cab Width: SO: 9” DO: 9” • Rails & Stiles: 1 9/16” R, 1 9/16” S
ALL DRAWER FRONTS ARE 3/4” THICK*
Door and Drawer Styles
Five-Piece Applied Molding Drawer Fronts
DELANO FLAT W/AM1
#38301
• Minimum Size: 5 3/4 x 11 1/2 • Min. Cab Width: SO:13 1/2” DO:11 7/8 • Rails & Stiles: 2 ¼” R, 3 ½” S
SHAKER BEADED RAISED W/AM2 #8402 • Minimum Size: 5 3/4 x 11 1/2 • Min. Cab Width: SO:13 1/2” DO:11 7/8” • Rails & Stiles: 1 ¼” R, 2 ¼” S
SPECIAL SHAKER W/AM12
#8912
WIDE STILE SHAKER W/AM1 #9201
w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014
#8001
SHAKER CLASSIC RAISED W/AM2 #8602
SPECIAL SHAKER W/AM14
#8914
WIDE STILE SHAKER W/AM14 #9214
USE CAUTION WHEN ORDERING THE #9214 FRONT, DUE TO LARGER MINIMUM REQUIREMENT TOP & SOME MIDDLE FRONTS MAY REVERT TO THE #8914 OR SLAB FRONT.
- 78 -
#8101
SPECIAL SHAKER W/AM4
#8904
• Minimum Size: 5 3/4 x 11 1/2 • Min. Cab Width: SO:13 1/2” DO:11 7/8” • Rails & Stiles: 1 ¼” R, 2 ¼” S
• Minimum Size: 5 3/4 x 11 1/2 • Min. Cab Width: SO:13 1/2” DO:11 7/8” • Rails & Stiles: 1 ¼” R, 2 ¼” S
• Minimum Size: 6 1/4 x 11 1/2 • Min. Cab Width: SO:13 1/2” DO:11 7/8” • Rails & Stiles: 2 ¼” R, 3 ½” S
BEADED RAISED W/AM1 • Minimum Size: 5 3/4 x 11 1/2 • Min. Cab Width: SO:13 1/2” DO:11 7/8” • Rails & Stiles: 1 ¼” R, 2 ¼” S
• Minimum Size: 5 3/4 x 11 1/2 • Min. Cab Width: SO:13 1/2” DO:11 7/8” • Rails & Stiles: 1 ¼” R, 2 ¼” S
• Minimum Size: 5 3/4 x 11 1/2 • Min. Cab Width: SO:13 1/2” DO:11 7/8” • Rails & Stiles: 1 ¼” R, 2 ¼” S
• Minimum Size: 5 3/4 x 11 1/2 • Min. Cab Width: SO:13 1/2” DO:11 7/8” • Rails & Stiles: 2 ¼” R, 3 ½” S
CLASSIC RAISED W/AM1 • Minimum Size: 5 3/4 x 11 1/2 • Min. Cab Width: SO:13 1/2” DO:11 7/8” • Rails & Stiles: 1 ¼” R, 2 ¼” S
SHAKER W/AM3
#9003
• Minimum Size: 5 3/4 x 10 • Min. Cab Width: SO:12” DO: 10 3/8” • Rails & Stiles: 2 ¼” R, 2 ¼” S
WIDE STILE FLAT W/AM1 • Minimum Size: 5 3/4 x 11 1/2 • Min. Cab Width: SO:13 1/2” DO:11 7/8” • Rails & Stiles: 2 ¼” R, 3 ½” S
#9301
ALL DRAWER FRONTS ARE 3/4” THICK*
Door and Drawer Styles
Five-Piece Applied Molding Drawer Fronts
WIDE STILE FLAT W/AM3
#9303
• Minimum Size: 5 3/4 x 11 1/2 • Min. Cab Width: SO:13 1/2” DO:11 7/8” • Rails & Stiles: 2 ¼” R, 3 ½” S
NARROW RAIL SHAKER W/AM1 #9601 • Minimum Size: 5 3/4 x 10 • Min. Cab Width: SO:12” 1/2” DO: 10 3/8” • Rails & Stiles: 1 ¼” R, 2 ¼” S
COMBO CLASSIC RAISED W/AM2 #9802 • Minimum Size: 5 3/4 x 14 • Min. Cab Width: SO:16” 1/2” DO: 14 3/8” • Rails & Stiles: 1 ¼” R, 3 ½” S
STERLING RAISED W/AM7
#94007
• Minimum Size: 5 3/4 x 7 • Min. Cabinet Width: SO:9” DO:9” • Rails & Stiles: 1 9/16” R, 1 9/16” S
NARROW RAIL SHAKER W/AM4 #9604 • Minimum Size: 5 3/4 x 10 • Min. Cab Width: SO:12” 1/2” DO: 10 3/8” • Rails & Stiles: 1 ¼” R, 2 ¼” S
FLAT PANEL W/AM1
NARROW RAIL SHAKER W/AM14 #9614 • Minimum Size: 5 3/4 x 10 • Min. Cab Width: SO:12” 1/2” DO: 10 3/8” • Rails & Stiles: 1 ¼” R, 2 ¼” S
COMBO BEADED RAISED W/AM2 #9902 • Minimum Size: 5 3/4 x 14 • Min. Cab Width: SO:16” 1/2” DO: 14 3/8” • Rails & Stiles: 1 ¼” R, 3 ½” S
See Narrow Rail 5-pc Drawer Front Section at the beginning of the Door Section. w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014
- 79 -
#9501
• Minimum Size: 5 3/4 x 10 • Min. Cab Width: SO:12” DO: 10 3/8” • Rails & Stiles: 2 ¼” R, 2 ¼” S
Wall Cabinets Index: Wall Section Wall Cabinet Information..................................................... 2 Cabinet Construction.................................................... 3 – 4 Blind Info............................................................................ 25 Angled Walls Wall Angle...................................................................... 27 Extended Wall Angle...................................................... 27 Angle End Wall............................................................... 28 Appliance Garage Appliance Garage Diagonal (tambour or door)............... 20 Microwave Built –In w/ Appliance Garage...................... 18 Appliance Garage (tambour or door).............................. 15 Wall w/ Appliance Garage (tambour or door)................. 14 Microwave Built –In w/ Appliance Garage...................... 18 Wall Corner Diagonal w/ Appliance Garage................... 21 Wall Lazy Susan Cabinets w/ APG................................. 23 Blind Cabinets Blind Corner Walls......................................................... 25 Blind Corner Wall Peninsula........................................... 26 Combined Walls Combination Wall Cabinets............................................ 13 Wall w/ Appliance Garage (tambour or door)................. 14 Wall Corner Diagonal w/ Appliance Garage................... 21 Microwave Built –In w/ Appliance Garage...................... 18 Wall Lazy Susan Cabinets w/ APG................................. 23 Wall Plate Rack.............................................................. 35 Corner Cabinets Wall Easy Reach............................................................. 24 Countertop Tall Wall Cabinets Combination Wall Cabinets............................................ 13 Wall Drawer Cabinets........................................................ 11 Wall w/ Appliance Garage (tambour or door)................. 14 Microwave Built –In w/ Appliance Garage...................... 18 Microwave Countertop................................................... 19 Appliance Garage (tambour or door).............................. 15 Appliance Garage Diagonal........................................... 20 Wall Corner Diagonal w/ Appliance Garage................... 21 Wall Lazy Susan Cabinets w/ APG................................. 23 Cubby Cabinets Wall Cubby Unit............................................................. 30 Wall Cubby Organizer.................................................... 34 Diagonal Corner Cabinets Wall Corner Diagonal..................................................... 19 Appliance Garage Diagonal........................................... 20 Wall Corner Diagonal w/ Appliance Garage................... 21 Wall Lazy Susan............................................................. 21 Corner Microwave.......................................................... 22 Wall Lazy Susan Cabinets w/ APG................................. 23 Fillers Wall Panel Filler.............................................................. 43 Wall Box Filler................................................................ 44 Hoods Basic Wood Hoods........................................................ 36 Flaired Wood Hoods...................................................... 36 Valance Hood................................................................. 37 Hood w/ Mantel.............................................................. 37
w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014
Curved Hood.................................................................. 38 Wood Hood Fascia......................................................... 39 Custom Hood 1.............................................................. 40 Custom Hood 2.............................................................. 41 Wood Hood Platform..................................................... 42 Medicine Cabinets Recessed Medicine Cabinet.......................................... 29 Surface Mount Medicine Cabinet................................... 29 Tri-View Medicine Cabinet............................................. 29 Microwave Cabinets Microwave wall.............................................................. 17 Microwave Built-In......................................................... 18 Microwave Built –In w/ Appliance Garage...................... 18 Microwave Countertop................................................... 19 Corner Microwave.......................................................... 22 Open Shelf (finished interior) Wall Top Open Shelf Cabinet......................................... 12 Wall Bottom Open Shelf Cabinet................................... 12 Microwave Wall.............................................................. 17 Corner Microwave.......................................................... 22 Wall Bath Open Shelf – 10” Deep.................................. 28 Wall Cubby Unit............................................................. 30 Wall Plate Rack.............................................................. 35 What-Not Wall Shelf....................................................... 43 Peninsula Walls Wall Peninsula........................................................ 15 – 16 Blind Corner Wall Peninsula........................................... 26 Specialty Cabinets Wall Wine Holder............................................................ 36 Standard Walls Wall 12” – 18” tall............................................................. 5 Wall 21”-27” tall............................................................... 6 Wall 30” – 36” tall............................................................. 7 Wall 39” – 48” tall............................................................. 8 Wall 54” – 60” tall............................................................. 9 Three-Door Wall Cabinet................................................ 10 Wall Peninsula........................................................ 15 – 16 Wall Bath Cabinets -10” Deep....................................... 28 Storage Cabinets Wall Lazy Susan............................................................. 21 Wall Lazy Susan Cabinets w/ APG................................. 23 Wall Spice Pull-Out Cabinet........................................... 30 Refrigerator Wall 24” Deep refrigerator Wall.............................................. 10 Wall w/ Drawers Wall Drawer Cabinet...................................................... 11 Microwave Countertop................................................... 19 Wall Apothecary Unit – Standard Drawers..................... 31 Wall Apothecary w/ Exposed Dovetails.......................... 32 Wall Apothecary Unit – Exposed Dovetails.................... 31 Wall Apothecary w/ Standard Drawers.......................... 33 Wine Storage Wall Wine Holder............................................................ 36
-1-
Wall Cabinets Wall Cabinet Information Helpful Notes About the Wall Cabinet Section
• • • • • • • •
All wall cabinets are 12” deep unless stated otherwise. Minimum depth reduction is 4" deep as final size, otherwise custom quote is required. All wall cabinets have full depth adjustable shelves. All wood hood cabinets will have edgebanding on the bottom of the plywood side end panels You cannot reduce the height on a wall cabinet to less than ll” due to hinging problems, unless using the HDT modification. Selected wall cabinets will have base shoe molding added under the cabinet to help support the floor. This mainly affects the Wall Easy Reach and Walls with an Extended Bottom Rail. Flip-up pocket door is available on a single door appliance garage. This requires a minimum 18” deep cabinet and the cabinet must be entered as a CUSTOMWALL then add PD & HDT as a modification. HDT is available on the lower portion of the appliance garage cabinet; the door will not retract like it would on a pocket door. The cabinet must be entered as a CUSTOMWALL then add HDT as a modification. When adding finished interior, entire cabinet will be finished interior.
Oven Cabinet Cut-Outs In order to make the cabinet more stable during production and shipping, Custom Cupboards does not make a complete cut-out that is larger than 3” less than the overall cabinet width. We score the stile of the cabinet, starting and stopping 1 ½” from the top and bottom of the opening. Your trim carpenter will then finalize the cut on-site. The maximum cut-out for cabinets with: • Standard or Flush ends is 1 1/2” less than the overall cabinet width • One or both RPE is 2 1/2” less than the overall cabinet width • One or both BBE (3/8") is 2” less than the overall cabinet width These do not apply to corner cabinets requiring a cutout.
Minimum Door Sizes Every effort will be made to provide the 5-piece door style. Mortise & Tenoned doors are programmed to have the stile trimmed down. Mitered doors below minimum will be slab. Minimum Cabinet Sizes for Wide Rail & Stile Doors (Stile not trimmed down); Minimum Door Size 13” W x 10” T • 28 1/8” W x 12 ¼” T for a standard overlay butt door cabinet • 15” W x 12 ¼” T for a standard overlay single door cabinet • 26 1/2” W x 10 1/2” T (1/4” top reveal) or 11” T (3/4” top reveal) for a designer overlay butt door cabinet • 13 3/8” W x 10 1/2” T (1/4” top reveal) or 11” T (3/4” top reveal) for a designer overlay single door cabinet Minimum Cabinet Sizes for Wide Rail & Stile Doors (Stile not trimmed down); Minimum Door Size 10”W X 13” T • 22 1/8” W x 15 ¼” T for a standard overlay butt door cabinet • 12” W x 15 ¼” T for a standard overlay single door cabinet • 20 1/2” W x 13 1/2” T (1/4” top reveal) or 14” T (3/4” top reveal) for a designer overlay butt door cabinet • 10 3/8” W x 13 1/2” T (1/4” top reveal) or 14” T (3/4” top reveal) for a designer overlay single door cabinet
w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014
-2-
Wall Cabinets Cabinet Construction Wall Cabinets: 12" D and 1 1/2" W rails & stiles unless otherwise stated. Refer to cabinet descriptions for more information about individual cabinets.
18" on 21" 15" on 18" 12" on 15" 9" on 12"
21
W_12-21
33" on 36" 30" on 33" 27" on 30" 24" on 27"
39" on 42" 36" on 39"
57" on 60" 51" on 54" 45" on 48"
27
39
33
W_24 W_27-36
3 3 W_39-42
3
5 W_48-60
W_48AG & WCD_48AG
5
WD_48
5
WD_54
W_54AG & WCD_54AG
NOTE: 34" TALL VARIES DOOR
10
10
VARIES DOOR
16
33
34
22
16
40
3
46
18
33
AGONALS DIAGONALS 45
MWCD_40
36
10 36
45
39
42
WBC_30
WBC_30OS
27
22
20
2
24
227
2
WMCSM_30
WMC_30
17
WMC_24
45
42 39 24
3 29 4 *
WCD24__ WLS24__ WLSS24
12
27
65° 15 open 9
AEW
15 WA12_ AEB24 WCD24_ / WLS24_ / W WLSS24_ BA24_ A12_
65° 65°
12
15 open 12
1 21 4 *
24 1 25 2 *
12 12
17
12 15
24
w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m 3 AUGUST 2014 29 4 *
12
BTC12L_
15 12
12
WCD24_ WER 24_ / WLS24_ / WLSS24_
WCD27_ / WLS27_ / WLSS27_
17
-312
WER24_
17
6 open
3 12123/4 4
27 24
12 12
WCD24_ / WLS24_ / WLSS24_ 17 *
65° 65°
WER27__
17
15
24
27 24
3 12 3/4 12 4
24 24
24
6 open
12 12
15
12
17 12
AEW12_
WER24__
ions across the front of Dimensions base corner across diagonals. the front of base corner diagonals. 36 17 inch. up to the nearest quarter inch. sions quarter dimensions rounded 39 rounded up to the * 42 TOP VIEW nearest
12
12
WCD24_ / WLS24_ / WLSS24_ AEB24 AEW12_
24 24
WCD27__ WLS27__ WLSS27
17
65°
WCD27_ / WLS27_ / WLSS27_
3 29 4 *
12
12
65°
24
12
27
12
MWC T_60
12
1224
1217
WA12
BA24_
1 25 2 *
24
24
17 12
2
21 4 *
24
12
12
24 12
WCD27_ 1 / WLS27_ / WLSS27_
1 25 2 *
3 5
MWC T_54
65°
24
TOP VIEW
1 21 4 *
24
5
24 12
12
15
DIAGONALS
15
12 24
24
* 17 * Note:17 These cabinets will have 1/4" backs to maximize interior space
WLSS27_
MWC T_48
15
26
27
TVMC_
3
2
1 1/2"
36
24
27
18
5
1 1/2"
27
TOP VIEW
15
3
MWB_46
42 39
36
39
2
45
39
36
27
3 18
MW_46
42
18
VARIES MICRO C.O.
MWB_40
28
3
18
MWCD_34 MW_40
22
3 3
3 VARIES MICRO C.O.
MWB_34
16
VARIES DOOR
3
VARIES MICRO C.O.
MW_34
NOTE: 46" TALL
NOTE: 40" TALL
APG_17 & APGD_17
W_60AG & WCD_60AG
WD_60
BTC12L_
Wall Cabinets Cabinet Construction Wall Cabinets: 12" D and 1 1/2" W rails & stiles unless otherwise stated. Refer to cabinet descriptions for more information about individual cabinets.
25 1/2"
6
W1236WC
6
W3336WC W3036WC
W3936WC
W3636WC
W3336WC
201/2
25 1/2" 201/2
4
4
33/4
54
6
W1830AD
33/4 5
5
201/2
51/4 5
51/4
441/8
41/8
441/8
441/8
33/44 W2730AD 33/4 4 5 4W2130AD
5 51/4
W4536WC
W1530AD
VALANCE 201/2 1/2 20
5 W2430AD 51/4
413/16
201/2
14
33/4 4 W3330AD 5 51/4 33/4
3/16 453/16 4 1/4 14 541/4 1/441/4
W3630AD 3/16 4 551/4 4 5541/4 4 43/16 5W1530AD
W3030AD 4 5 51/4W1230AD 4 33/4 51/433/4 5
PRC_30 D W1230AD W1230AD W2130AD W1530AD W1830ADW1530AD W1830AD W3030AD W1230AD W1830AD VALANCE
VALANCE VALANCE
8
VALANCE VALANCE
14 20
201/2
14 4 1/4
45/16
201/2
5
W4836WC
W2430AD W1830AD
5 47/8
41/4W1830AD 5 41/8443/16 541/84 W3330AD 4 1/8 443/16 14
W2430AD W1830AD W2130AD W2430AD
PRC_36
20 1/2
20 1/2
20
14
PRC_42
26 1/2
13 1/2
13 1/2 19 1/2
W_42AD 19 1/2
25 1/2
43/4 47/8 43/447/8 4 3/4 4 7/8 43/4 4 7/8 43/4 1314 1/2"
VALANCE VALANCE VALANCE WBO_36
8
8 88
WTO_30 WTO_30 W3930AD W3630AD
12 VALANCE VALANCE VALANCE VALANCE
VALANCE VALANCE VALANCE
WBO_42 8 88
12
14
14
W3330ADPRC_36 W3030ADPRC_36 W3630ADW_36AD W3330AD W3030AD W3330AD W4230AD
PRC_42
PRC_42
W3930AD W3630AD W3630AD W4530AD W4230AD WBO_36 W_36AD 5 5
W_42AD
W_42AD
201/2
w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m 201/2
AUGUST 2014
-4-
14
PRC_30 PRC_30 PRC_36 20 1/2
1920 1/2"
14
41/4 45/16
41/4 45/16
1920 1/2" 20 45/16 45/16 43/4 45/16 43/4 45/16 4 3/4
2614
26 1/2 45/16 43/4
5/16 443/4 14 2526 1/2"
12
12
WBO_42
WBO_42
W3930AD WBO_36
W3930AD W4830AD W4530AD WTO_36 WTO_36 PRC_36 WTO_36 PRC_36
WTO_42
43/4
26 1
5
5
44W_30AD 3/4 443/4 5/16 45/16 45/1645/16W_30AD 5/16 411/16 43/4 45/16 45/16 5 14 14
PRC_36
PRC_ 32 1/2
25 1/2 1414
4
14
WTO_42
20 1/2
14
43/4
W3930AD
VALANCE WTO_36
8
1314 1/2"
13/16 413/16 43/4 443/4 4 11/16 3/16 3/16 1/4 41/4 43/4 441/4 3/4 41/4 43/4 41/4 443/4 4 1/4413/16 4W4830AD 5/16 1/4 441/4 45/16 41/4 11/16 43/4 4 1/4 441/4 45/16 45/16 11/16 41/4 4413/16 443/4 13/16 3/4 4 3/4 43/4 1/4 43/445/1643/4 4 3/445/16 43/4 3/4 413/16441/4 413/16 41/4 41/4 43/4 3/4 41/44411/16 3/4 PRC_30 45/16 41/4 43/441/4 45/16 11/1641/4 41/4 3/4 41/4 43/4 45/16 411/16 W4530AD W4830AD 45/16 444 1/4 4 5/16 11/16PRC_30 3/4 W3330AD W3630AD W3930AD W4830AD 413/16 4 4513/16 4W_30AD 45/16 W4230AD41/4 WTO_30 WBO_30 W_30AD WTO_30 5 54 1/45 WBO_30
43/16 W4530AD 413/16 3/443/164413/16 3/16 43/16 W4230AD W3030AD 413/16 41/4 443/16 5PRC_30 5 43/16 43/16 PRC_30
43/4
20 447/8 43/4 41/4 4 3/4 41/443/4 41/443/4 41/4 43/441/4 43/4 1/4 2614
W2730AD
VALANCE
14
11/16 13/16 411/16 41/4 45/1641/4 45/1641/4 45/1641/4 1/4411/16 5/16 43/44 1/4 4411/16 45/16 411/16 43/4 443/16 5/16 1/4 5/1643/4 443/16 411/16 43/4 413/16 45/16 43/445/1643/4 13/1645/164411/16 45/16 43/445/16441/4 511/16 443/16 13/16 54 5 443/16 5 14 14 12 12
8 14
20
32 1/2 12
5
78 8 1/2"
VALAN
25 1/2
WBO_30 W2430AD W2730AD W3630AD W3330AD W3630AD
W_36AD
32 1/2 201/2 26 1/2
5
VALANCE VALANCE
20
32 1/2
W_30AD W2130AD W2730AD W2430AD W3330AD W3030AD W3030AD
47/8
47/8
W2730AD
VALANCE VALANCE
8
19 1/2
20 1/2
41/8
W2730AD W2430AD
W2130AD
447/8 4 1/4 7/8 4W2430AD 13/16 451/84513/16 4 7/8 1/847/8 41/8 447/8 41/4 41/44 7/8 1/4 43/16 4 3/16 41/8 5W3930AD 5 41/8 7/84 5441/8 47/8413/16 44 13/16 443/4 13/16 41/4441/8 1/4 4W2730AD W3630AD W3930AD 13/16 3/4 413/16 W2130AD 457/8 43/16 1/8 47/8 1/8 47/8 4 1/4 4 3/16 4413/16 12
14
41/84 7/8 41/84 7/8 41/8
47/8
VALANCE
3/441/4 41/8 41/4 41/4 413/16 5 413/16 3/4 41/4 441/8 41/4413/16 43/4 5 4 3/4 5 4 1/443/4 41/4443/4 4 41/4 4413/1641/4 4 43/4 1/8 41/4 41/8 26 1/2 12
8 201/2 1/214 20
1/2
VALANCE
41/8 541/8 441/8W2730AD
41/8
4
4 7/8
4 7/8
47/8
47/8
13 1/2
201/2
413/16343/4 3/16413/1641/4 43/4 3/16 55 43/4 3
41/8
VALANCE
20 413/16
5
8
201/2
16
41/8
41/8
W2130AD W1530AD
W1830AD W1230AD
VALANCE
4 7/8 41/8
457/8
457/8
457/8
33/4 W2430AD W2130AD 5W1530AD 33/4 W1230AD W1830AD 51/4 51/4
W4236WC W1230AD
1/2
1/2
W2736WC
W2436WC
W2136WC
25 1/2"
1/4
16
W1836WC
W1536WC
W4830AD W_36AD
PRC_42 PRC_42 WTO_42 PRC_42 WTO_42
45/16 5
W_36 5
W_42A
Wall Cabinets Standard Wall Cabinets 12”-18” Tall 12” TALL WALL CABINETS
•• •• ••
Specify hinge direction on single door cabinets. No shelf included on 12”-18” tall. Hinge placement on 12" tall wall cabinet doors will be 2 1/2" from the end to the center. 48” wide two-door cabinets will always come with a center stile unless BD (butt doors) is added as a modification. This will not be covered under warranty. The 48” wide four-door cabinets will come standard with two sets of butt doors. Watch out for door minimums on smaller width & height cabinets.
$188
0
1
1
$200
0
1
2
W1812
$217
0
1
2
W2112
$231
0
1
2
W2412
$245
0
1
3
W2412BD
$245
0
2
3
W2712
$317
0
2
3
W3012
$331
0
2
3
W3312
$343
0
2
3
W3612
$360
0
2
4
W3912
$377
0
2
4
W4212
$385
0
2
4
W4512
$402
0
2
4
W4812
$414
0
2
5
0
4
AUGUST 2014
-5-
$485 PRICE
SHELVES DOORS
5 CUBES
W1215
$200
0
1
2
W1515
$217
0
1
2
W1815
$234
0
1
2
W2115
$248
0
1
3
W2415
$265
0
1
3
W2415BD
$265
0
2
3
W2715
$334
0
2
3
W3015
$351
0
2
4
W3315
$368
0
2
4
W3615
$382
0
2
4
W3915
$400
0
2
5
W4215
$411
0
2
5
W4515
$431
0
2
5
W4815
$445
0
2
6
W48154D
$517
0
4
6
18” TALL WALL CABINETS
w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m
CUBES
W1512
15” TALL WALL CABINETS
•• •• ••
SHELVES DOORS
W1212
W48124D
Shown with butt doors
PRICE
PRICE
SHELVES DOORS
CUBES
W1218
$214
0
1
2
W1518
$225
0
1
2
W1818
$248
0
1
3
W2118
$265
0
1
3
W2418
$283
0
1
4
W2418BD
$283
0
2
4
W2718
$374
0
2
4
W3018
$385
0
2
4
W3318
$394
0
2
5
W3618
$408
0
2
5
W3918
$425
0
2
6
W4218
$442
0
2
6
W4518
$460
0
2
6
W4818
$477
0
2
7
W48184D
$548
0
4
7
Wall Cabinets Standard Wall Cabinets 21”-27” Tall 21” TALL WALL CABINETS
W1524L shown
•• •• ••
Specify hinge direction on single door cabinets. No shelf included on 21” tall; one adjustable shelf on 24” tall & two adjustable shelves on 27” tall. 48” wide two-door cabinets will always come with a center stile unless BD (butt doors) is added as a modification. This will not be covered under warranty. The 48” wide four-door cabinets will come standard with two sets of butt doors. Watch out for door minimums on smaller width cabinets.
w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014
-6-
DOORS
CUBES
$254
0
1
2
W1521
$280
0
1
3
W1821
$303
0
1
3
W2121
$328
0
1
4
W2421
$348
0
1
4
W2421BD
$348
0
2
4
W2721
$434
0
2
5
W3021
$457
0
2
6
W3321
$480
0
2
6
W3621
$505
0
2
6
W3921
$531
0
2
6
W4221
$548
0
2
7
W4521
$577
0
2
7
W4821
$594
0
2
7
W48214D
•• ••
SHELVES
W1221
24” TALL WALL CABINETS
W2727 shown with butt doors
PRICE
W924 W1224 W1524 W1824 W2124 W2424 W2424BD W2724 W3024 W3324 W3624 W3924 W4224 W4524 W4824 W48244D 27” TALL WALL CABINETS
W927 W1227 W1527 W1827 W2127 W2427 W2427BD W2727 W3027 W3327 W3627 W3927 W4227 W4527 W4827 W48274D
$665 PRICE
$254 $254 $280 $303 $328 $348 $348 $434 $457 $480 $505 $531 $548 $577 $594 $665 PRICE
$280 $308 $337 $365 $397 $428 $428 $522 $548 $577 $608 $639 $668 $699 $728 $799
0
4
9
SHELVES
DOORS
CUBES
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 4
2 2 3 4 4 5 5 5 6 6 7 7 8 9 9 9
SHELVES
DOORS
CUBES
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 4
2 3 3 4 5 5 5 6 6 7 7 8 8 9 9 12
Wall Cabinets Standard Wall Cabinets 30”-36” Tall 30” TALL WALL CABINETS
W930 W1230 W1530 W1830 W2130 W2430 W2430BD W2730 W3030 W3330 W3630 W3930 W4230 W4530 W4830 W48304D 33” TALL WALL CABINETS
Shown with butt doors
W933 W1233 W1533 W1833 W2133 W2433 W2433BD W2733 W3033 W3333 W3633 W3933 W4233 W4533 W4833 W48334D 36” TALL WALL CABINETS
•• •• •• •• ••
Specify hinge direction on single door cabinets. Comes with two adjustable shelves on 30”-36” tall. 48” wide two-door cabinets will always come with a center stile unless BD (butt doors) is added as a modification. This will not be covered under warranty. The 48” wide four-door cabinets will come standard with two sets of butt doors. Watch out for door minimums on smaller width cabinets.
w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014
-7-
W936 W1236 W1536 W1836 W2136 W2436 W2436BD W2736 W3036 W3336 W3636 W3936 W4236 W4536 W4836 W48364D
PRICE
$280 $308 $337 $365 $397 $428 $428 $522 $548 $577 $608 $639 $668 $699 $728 $799 PRICE
$414 $442 $471 $500 $531 $562 $562 $654 $679 $708 $739 $768 $796 $828 $856 $928 PRICE
$414 $442 $471 $500 $531 $562 $562 $654 $679 $708 $739 $768 $796 $828 $856 $928
SHELVES
DOORS
CUBES
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 4
2 3 4 4 5 6 6 6 7 8 9 9 10 11 11 11
SHELVES
DOORS
CUBES
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 4
3 4 4 5 6 7 7 7 8 9 9 9 11 12 13 13
SHELVES
DOORS
CUBES
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 4
3 4 4 5 6 7 7 7 8 9 10 10 11 12 13 13
Wall Cabinets Standard Wall Cabinets 39”-48” Tall 39” TALL WALL CABINETS
W939 W1239 W1539 W1839 W2139 W2439 W2439BD W2739 W3039 W3339 W3639 W3939 W4239 W4539 W4839 W48394D
W2739 shown with butt doors
42” TALL WALL CABINETS
W2748 shown with butt doors Notice doors become double panel in height
•• •• •• •• •• •• •• ••
Specify hinge direction on single door cabinets. Comes with three adjustable shelves on 39”-42” tall; Four adjustable shelves on 48” tall. Doors 39 3/4” T & up come with 3 hinges per door unless mullion, glass or lattice door inserts are used, then 4 hinges per door. Standard Wall cabinets over 42” tall will receive double panel doors. 48” wide two-door cabinets will always come with a center stile unless BD (butt doors) is added as a modification. This will not be covered under warranty. The 48” wide four-door cabinets will come standard with two sets of butt doors. Watch out for door minimums on smaller width cabinets. If mullions are ordered, on the 48” tall wall cabinet will have 8 lights. As a result, 1 adj. shelf is deleted from 48” tall wall cabinets. This results in the most pleasing spacing for mullion grids.
w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014
-8-
W942 W1242 W1542 W1842 W2142 W2442 W2442BD W2742 W3042 W3342 W3642 W3942 W4242 W4542 W4842 W48424D
PRICE
$471 $500 $528 $557 $588 $619 $619 $711 $736 $765 $796 $825 $853 $885 $913 $985 PRICE
$471 $500 $528 $557 $588 $619 $619 $711 $736 $765 $796 $825 $853 $885 $913 $985
SHELVES
DOORS
CUBES
3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 4
3 4 5 6 7 7 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 13 15
SHELVES
DOORS
CUBES
3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 4
3 4 5 6 7 8 8 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 15
48” TALL WALL CABINETS
PRICE
SHELVES
DOORS
CUBES
W948 W1248 W1548 W1848 W2148 W2448 W2448BD W2748 W3048 W3348 W3648 W3948 W4248 W4548 W4848 W48484D
$756 $785 $813 $842 $873 $905 $905 $996 $1,022 $1,050 $1,082 $1,110 $1,139 $1,170 $1,199 $1,270
4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4
1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 4
3 5 5 6 7 8 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 16
Wall Cabinets Standard Wall Cabinets 54"-60" Tall
Shown with butt doors NOTICE DOORS BECOME DOUBLE PANEL IN HEIGHT
Single Door Cabinet Shown NOTICE DOOR BECOMES DOUBLE PANEL IN HEIGHT
•• •• •• •• •• •• ••
Specify hinge direction on single door cabinets. Comes with four adjustable shelves on 54”-60” tall. Comes with 3 hinges per door on 54”-60” tall unless mullion, glass or lattice door inserts are used, then 4 hinges per door. Standard Wall cabinets over 42” tall will receive double panel doors. 48” wide two-door cabinets will always come with a center stile unless BD (butt doors) is added as a modification. This will not be covered under warranty. The 48” wide four-door cabinets will come standard with two sets of butt doors. Watch out for door minimums on smaller width cabinets.
w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014
-9-
54” TALL WALL CABINETS
PRICE
SHELVES
DOORS
CUBES
W954 W1254 W1554 W1854 W2154 W2454 W2454BD W2754 W3054 W3354 W3654 W3954 W4254 W4554 W4854 W48544D
$899 $928 $956 $985 $1,016 $1,048 $1,048 $1,139 $1,165 $1,193 $1,225 $1,253 $1,282 $1,313 $1,342 $1,413
4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4
1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 4
4 5 6 7 8 9 9 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 18
60” TALL WALL CABINETS
PRICE
SHELVES
DOORS
CUBES
W960 W1260 W1560 W1860 W2160 W2460 W2460BD W2760 W3060 W3360 W3660 W3960 W4260 W4560 W4860 W48604D
$1,042 $1,070 $1,099 $1,127 $1,159 $1,190 $1,190 $1,282 $1,307 $1,336 $1,367 $1,396 $1,424 $1,456 $1,484 $1,556
4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4
1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 4
4 5 7 8 9 10 10 12 13 14 15 17 18 19 20 20
Wall Cabinets 24” Deep Refrigerator Wall CABINET
W331824 shown as standard with middle stile
•• •• ••
Additional wall cabinets are available in the 24” deep configuration by adding a CD (change depth) modification charge to those cabinets. No shelf unless opening is 21” tall or greater. Watch out for door minimums on smaller height cabinets.
W331224 W361224 W391224 W331524 W361524 W391524 W331824 W361824 W391824 W332124 W362124 W392124 W332424 W362424 W392424 W332724 W362724 W392724
PRICE
SHELVES
DOORS
CUBES
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 2 2 2
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
6 6 7 7 8 9 9 9 10 10 11 12 11 12 13 13 14 15
PRICE
SHELVES
DOORS
CUBES
$629 $764 $892 $949 $647 $792 $921 $1,006 $669 $821 $949 $1,035
1 2 2 3 1 2 2 3 1 2 2 3
3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
9 11 13 15 9 11 13 15 10 12 14 16
$485 $502 $519 $511 $525 $542 $537 $551 $568 $622 $648 $674 $622 $648 $674 $719 $751 $782
Three-Door Wall Cabinet CABINET
W48243D W48303D W48363D W48423D W51243D W51303D W51363D W51423D W54243D W54303D W54363D W54423D WALL3DL SHOWN WITH BUTT DOORS ON RIGHT
•• •• •• •• ••
Cabinet consists of a single door and a pair of doors. (Width-9)/3=opening to calculate single door opening. Hinge direction notates single door side. 3/4” partition is between the single & double doors. Butt doors are optional on the 2 door opening, standard on butt door jobs. No shelf unless opening is 21” tall or greater.
w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014
- 10 -
Wall Cabinets Wall Drawer Cabinets 48” TALL (RECOMMENDED FOR 84” TALL APPLICATIONS)
WD1248 WD1548 WD1848 WD2148 WD2448 WD2448BD WD2748 WD3048 WD3348 WD3648 54” TALL (RECOMMENDED FOR 90” TALL APPLICATIONS)
WD1254 WD1554 WD1854 WD2154 WD2454 WD2454BD WD2754 WD3054 WD3354 WD3654 60” TALL (RECOMMENDED FOR 96” TALL APPLICATIONS)
Shown as standard with middle stile. Notice door becomes double panel in height.
•• •• •• •• •• ••
One full width drawer in a 5” tall opening. Additional drawers may be ordered and will reduce the door opening height. To order additional drawers use WD DRAWER QTY. Please state the total number of drawers using WD DRAWER QTY. If you want drawers side by side, cabinet must be entered as CUSTOMWALL then add DRAWER as a modification. Door height is over 42” on the 54” & 60” tall units. Door will become double panel in height, split equally. If depth is less than 11”, cabinet will not have drawer guides.
w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014
- 11 -
WD1260 WD1560 WD1860 WD2160 WD2460 WD2460BD WD2760 WD3060 WD3360 WD3660
PRICE
SHELVES
DOORS
CUBES
$996 $1,075 $1,155 $1,236 $1,318 $1,410 $1,506 $1,591 $1,671 $1,755
3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2
4 5 6 7 8 8 9 10 11 12
PRICE
SHELVES
DOORS
CUBES
$1,055 $1,141 $1,228 $1,316 $1,406 $1,515 $1,618 $1,710 $1,797 $1,889
3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2
5 6 7 8 9 9 11 11 13 14
PRICE
SHELVES
DOORS
CUBES
$1,095 $1,188 $1,283 $1,377 $1,475 $1,583 $1,694 $1,793 $1,886 $1,986
3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2
5 7 8 9 10 10 12 13 14 15
To figure door height: Designer Overlay: Cabinet Height - 7 3/4” for 1/4” top reveal Cabinet Height - 8 1/4” for 3/4” top reveal Std.Overlay: Cabinet Height - 8 3/4"
Wall Cabinets Wall Top Open Shelf Cabinet CABINET
WTO4530 Shown Above Shown as standard with middle stile
•• •• •• •• •• ••
Entire cabinet has a finished interior. Opening is 8” from bottom of valance to top of center rail; 6” tall valance. Center face frame rail is 1 ½” wide. RH (reduce height) will affect the door opening. WTO comes with a standard valance; others can be specified. Add WTO MODIFY as a modification to change the top opening height (Bottom of valance to top of center rail).
WTO2730 WTO3030 WTO3330 WTO3630 WTO3930 WTO4230 WTO4530 WTO4830 WTO2736 WTO3036 WTO3336 WTO3636 WTO3936 WTO4236 WTO4536 WTO4836 WTO2742 WTO3042 WTO3342 WTO3642 WTO3942 WTO4242 WTO4542 WTO4842
PRICE
SHELVES
DOORS
CUBES
$665 $691 $719 $751 $782 $811 $842 $871 $796 $822 $851 $882 $911 $928 $939 $999 $853 $879 $908 $939 $968 $996 $1,028 $1,056
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
7 7 8 9 9 10 10 11 7 8 9 10 10 11 12 13 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
PRICE
SHELVES
DOORS
CUBES
$629 $655 $684 $715 $746 $775 $806 $835 $761 $786 $815 $846 $875 $892 $946 $963 $818 $843 $872 $903 $932 $960 $992 $1,020
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
7 7 8 9 9 10 10 11 7 8 9 10 10 11 12 13 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
Wall Bottom Open Shelf Cabinet CABINET
WBO2730 WBO3030 WBO3330 WBO3630 WBO3930 WBO4230 WBO4530 WBO4830 WBO2736 WBO3036 WBO3336 WBO3636 WBO3936 WBO4236 WBO4536 WBO4836 WBO2742 WBO3042 WBO3342 WBO3642 WBO3942 WBO4242 WBO4542 WBO4842
WBO4530 Shown Above Shown as standard with middle stile
•• •• •• •• ••
Entire cabinet has a finished interior. Open section on WBO is 12” tall. Center face frame rail is 1 ½” wide. RH (reduce height) will affect the door opening. Add WBO MODIFY as a modification to change bottom opening height.
w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014
- 12 -
Wall Cabinets Combination Wall Cabinets 48" TALL CABINET
CWC1D948 CWC1D1248 CWC1D1548 CWC1D1848 CWC1D2148 CWC1D2448 CWC2D2748 CWC2D3048 CWC2D3348 CWC2D3648 CWC2D3948 CWC2D4248 CWC2D4548 54" TALL CABINET
CWCID1242L Shown
•• •• •• •• •• •• ••
Changes in height will affect the bottom opening. 3” rail between top & bottom openings Top opening is 9”, bottom opening is 27” on 42" tall. Top opening is 12", bottom opening is 30" on 48" tall. Top opening is 15", bottom opening is 33" on 54" tall. Top opening is 18", bottom opening is 36" on 60" tall. CWC MODIFY can be added as a modification to change the top opening of this cabinet.
STOP Watch out for door minimums on upper section & smaller width cabinets; most wide rail & still doors will be slab on standard overlay.
42" TALL CABINET
CWC1D942 CWC1D1242 CWC1D1542 CWC1D1842 CWC1D2142 CWC1D2442 CWC2D2742 CWC2D3042 CWC2D3342 CWC2D3642 CWC2D3942 CWC2D4242 CWC2D4542
PRICE
SHELVES
DOORS
CUBES
$682 $711 $751 $796 $842 $888 $1,053 $1,093 $1,133 $1,182 $1,230 $1,267 $1,316
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
2 2 2 2 2 2 4 4 4 4 4 4 4
3 4 5 6 7 8 8 9 10 11 12 13 14
w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014
- 13 -
CWC1D954 CWC1D1254 CWC1D1554 CWC1D1854 CWC1D2154 CWC1D2454 CWC2D2754 CWC2D3054 CWC2D3354 CWC2D3654 CWC2D3954 CWC2D4254 CWC2D4554 60" TALLCABINET
CWC1D960 CWC1D1260 CWC1D1560 CWC1D1860 CWC1D2160 CWC1D2460 CWC2D2760 CWC2D3060 CWC2D3360 CWC2D3660 CWC2D3960 CWC2D4260 CWC2D4560
PRICE
SHELVES
DOORS
CUBES
$758 $789 $833 $885 $936 $988 $1,172 $1,216 $1,260 $1,314 $1,369 $1,410 $1,464
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
2 2 2 2 2 2 4 4 4 4 4 4 4
3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
PRICE
SHELVES
DOORS
CUBES
$835 $869 $918 $973 $1,029 $1,085 $1,287 $1,336 $1,384 $1,444 $1,504 $1,550 $1,610
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
2 2 2 2 2 2 4 4 4 4 4 4 4
4 5 6 7 8 9 11 12 13 14 15 16 17
PRICE
SHELVES
DOORS
CUBES
$909 $948 $1,000 $1,062 $1,123 $1,185 $1,406 $1,459 $1,511 $1,576 $1,640 $1,690 $1,754
3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
2 2 2 2 2 2 4 4 4 4 4 4 4
4 5 7 8 9 10 12 13 14 15 17 18 19
Wall Cabinets Wall with Appliance Garage •• •• •• •• •• •• •• ••
STOP
Specify hinge direction on 18"-24" wide single door cabinets. Cabinet available with tambour or hinged doors. Finished ends must be specified Appliance garage opening 16 ½” tall. Use APGOH to modify the appliance garage opening height. Allow 1 ½” clearance for tambour handle. To modify to single door in appliance opening, use APG ONE DOOR as a modification. See the ACCESSORIES & MODIFICATIONS section for notes about the tambour material. 3” middle rail. Watch out for door minimums in lower section on smaller width cabinets. See Wall Cabinet Information page at the beginning of this section for information regarding optional flip up pocket door.
W2754AG Shown
W3054AGD Shown
To figure upper door height:
Lower door height:
Designer Overlay: Opening + 2" for 3/4" top reveal Opening + 2 1/2" for 1/4" top reveal Std.Overlay: Opening + 3/4"
Designer Overlay: 17 7/8" Std.Overlay: 16 3/4"
w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014
- 14 -
APPLIANCE GARAGE W/ TAMBOUR
PRICE
SHELVES
DOORS
CUBES
$851 $882 $913 $913 $1,093 $1,119 $1,147 $1,179 $985 $1,016 $1,048 $1,048 $1,225 $1,250 $1,279 $1,310 $1,042 $1,073 $1,105 $1,105 $1,282 $1,307 $1,336 $1,367
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2
9 11 12 12 13 13 14 15 11 12 13 13 13 14 15 15 11 13 14 14 14 15 16 17
APPLIANCE GARAGE W/DOORS
PRICE
SHELVES
DOORS
CUBES
W1848_AGD W2148_AGD W2448_AGD W2448AGDBD W2748AGD W3048AGD W3348AGD W3648AGD W1854_AGD W2154_AGD W2454_AGD W2454AGDBD W2754AGD W3054AGD W3354AGD W3654AGD W1860_AGD W2160_AGD W2460_AGD W2460AGDBD W2760AGD W3060AGD W3360AGD W3660AGD
$851 $882 $913 $913 $1,093 $1,119 $1,147 $1,179 $985 $1,016 $1,048 $1,048 $1,225 $1,250 $1,279 $1,310 $1,042 $1,073 $1,105 $1,105 $1,282 $1,307 $1,336 $1,367
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
3 3 3 4 4 4 4 4 3 3 3 4 4 4 4 4 3 3 3 4 4 4 4 4
9 11 12 12 13 13 15 15 11 12 13 13 13 14 15 15 11 13 14 14 14 15 16 17
W1848_AG W2148_AG W2448_AG W2448AGBD W2748AG W3048AG W3348AG W3648AG W1854_AG W2154_AG W2454_AG W2454AGBD W2754AG W3054AG W3354AG W3654AG W1860_AG W2160_AG W2460_AG W2460AGBD W2760AG W3060AG W3360AG W3660AG
Wall Cabinets Appliance Garage WITH TAMBOUR
APG1517 APG1817 APG2117 APG2417 APG2717 APG3017 APG3317 APG3617 WITH DOORS
APG1517D APG1817D APG2117D APG2417D APG2717D APG3017D APG3317D APG3617D WITH 1 DOOR
APG1517DL/R APG1817DL/R APG2117DL/R APG2417DL/R
•• •• •• •• ••
17 ¾” high by 11” deep. Fits under wall cabinet. 5 ft. of APGM trim (CTE1) included - must be entered as the next line after the cabinet. Both ends always finished. See the ACCESSORIES & MODIFICATIONS section for notes about the tambour material.
•• •• •• STOP
PRICE
$485 $485 $485 $485 $571 $571 $571 $571 PRICE
$485 $485 $485 $485 $571 $571 $571 $571 PRICE
$485 $485 $485 $485
SHELVES
DOORS
CUBES
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
5 5 6 6 6 6 6 6
SHELVES
DOORS
CUBES
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
5 5 5 6 6 6 6 6
SHELVES
DOORS
CUBES
0 0 0 0
1 1 1 1
5 5 6 6
Change height up to 18” at no charge by entering CHNC or the depth to 12” at no charge by entering CDNC. APG has a 2 1/2” top rail. Watch out for door minimums on smaller cabinets. See Wall Cabinet Information page at the beginning of this section for information regarding optional flip up pocket door.
Wall Peninsula CABINET
•• •• •• •• ••
Specify hinge direction on 12"-24" wide cabinets. Single door cabinets always hinged on same side. 24" wide is available with butt doors front and back. 48" wide unit is available with 2 sets of butt doors. No shelf included on 21" tall
w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014
- 15 -
SHELVES
DOORS
CUBES
WP1221
PRICE
$394
0
2
3
WP1521
$434
0
2
3
WP1821 WP2121 WP2421 WP2721 WP3021 WP3321 WP3621 WP3921 WP4221 WP4521 WP4821
$468 $508 $539 $674 $708 $742 $782 $822 $851 $893 $919
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
2 2 2 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4
4 4 5 5 6 6 7 7 8 8 9
Wall Cabinets Wall Peninsula Continued... •• •• •• •• •• ••
Specify hinge direction on 12"-24" wide cabinets. Single door cabinets always hinged on same side. 24" wide is available with butt doors front and back. 48" wide unit is available with 2 sets of butt doors. Also available in 27", 33" & 39" heights. Comes with one shelf in 24" tall; two shelves in 30" & 36" tall; three shelves in 42" tall.
WP2724 Shown Here
WP2730 Shown Here
WP2742 Shown Here
w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014
- 16 -
CABINET
WP1224 WP1524 WP1824 WP2124 WP2424 WP2724 WP3024 WP3324 WP3624 WP3924 WP4224 WP4524 WP4824 WP1230 WP1530 WP1830 WP2130 WP2430 WP2730 WP3030 WP3330 WP3630 WP3930 WP4230 WP4530 WP4830 WP1236 WP1536 WP1836 WP2136 WP2436 WP2736 WP3036 WP3336 WP3636 WP3936 WP4236 WP4536 WP4836 WP1242 WP1542 WP1842 WP2142 WP2442 WP2742 WP3042 WP3342 WP3642 WP3942 WP4242 WP4542 WP4842
PRICE
SHELVES
DOORS
CUBES
$394 $434 $468 $508 $539 $674 $708 $742 $782 $822 $851 $893 $919 $465 $508 $554 $602 $651 $791 $831 $876 $925 $968 $1,013 $1,062 $1,107 $685 $731 $775 $822 $871 $1,013 $1,053 $1,099 $1,145 $1,190 $1,233 $1,284 $1,327 $748 $791 $833 $882 $928 $1,065 $1,105 $1,147 $1,193 $1,236 $1,279 $1,327 $1,370
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
2 2 2 2 2 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 2 2 2 2 2 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 2 2 2 2 2 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 2 2 2 2 2 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4
3 3 4 4 5 5 6 6 7 7 8 8 9 3 4 4 5 6 6 7 7 8 9 9 10 10 4 4 5 6 7 7 8 9 10 10 11 12 13 4 5 6 7 8 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
Wall Cabinets Microwave Wall CABINET
MW2734 MW3034 MW3334 MW2740 MW3040 MW3340 MW2746 MW3046 MW3346
Shown as standard With middle stile.
•• •• •• •• ••
12” deep with an 18 ¾” deep protruding shelf (constructed of 3/4” material with CTE2 edge). Cut-outs can be provided using the form in the Forms section or using the cut-out dimension nomenclatures as modifications. Microwave opening width is 3” less than the cabinet x 17 1/4" high unless otherwise specified. If specifying frame cut-out, allow 3/4” in height for the thickness of the protruding shelf. Cutout nomenclatures for this cabinet are TOHW & TOHH
••
PRICE
SHELVES
DOORS
CUBES
$811 $836 $908 $911 $936 $1,008 $1,010 $1,036 $1,107
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
7 8 10 8 9 10 9 10 11
••
Entire cabinet will have a finished interior and has a 1/2” back. Door overlaps mid-rail ½” on designer overlay and 3/8” on standard overlay. If you change the depth to 21” or deeper you will not get a protruding shelf. 3” middle rail.
STOP
See Wall Cabinet Information page at the beginning of this section for information regarding cutouts.
••
Wide rail & stile doors may not meet minimum height STOP requirements. Call your Account Manager for options to keep the 5 piece door.
w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014
- 17 -
Wall Cabinets Microwave Built-In CABINET
MWB2734 MWB3034 MWB3334 MWB3634 MWB2740 MWB3040 MWB3340 MWB3640 MWB2746 MWB3046 MWB3346 MWB3646
Shown as standard With middle stile.
•• •• •• ••
•• ••
Cabinet is 21” deep but you can change depth to 24” for no charge by adding CDNC as a modification. Cut-outs must be provided using the form in the Forms section or using the cut-out dimension nomenclatures as modifications. Cutout nomenclatures for this cabinet are TOHW & TOHH Does not come with a finished interior, has a ½” continuous back and requires the use of a trim kit. Door overlaps mid-rail ½” on designer overlay and 3/8” on standard overlay. Finished interior can be added for additional charges. (FI) Entire cabinet would then be finished. Will receive an adjustable shelf in the upper section only if the opening height is 21” or greater.
•• STOP STOP
STOP
PRICE
SHELVES
DOORS
CUBES
$989 $1,015 $1,086 $1,112 $1,089 $1,115 $1,186 $1,212 $1,189 $1,215 $1,286 $1,312
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
12 13 14 16 14 15 17 18 16 17 19 20
3” middle rail.
See Wall Cabinet Information page at the beginning of this section for information regarding cutouts. Wide rail & stile doors may not meet minimum height requirements. Call your Account Manager for options to keep the 5 piece door. Watch out when using RH (reduced height) Upper door opening must be no less than 8" tall to receive doors.
Microwave Built-In w/ Appliance Garage
Shown as standard with middle stile.
•• •• •• •• •• •• ••
Cabinet is 21” deep x 60" tall; change depth to 24” for no charge by adding CDNC as a modification. Cut-outs must be provided using the form in the Forms section or using the cut-out dimension nomenclatures as modifications. Cutout nomenclatures for this cabinet are TOHW & TOHH Does not come with a finished interior, has a ½” continuous back and requires the use of a trim kit. Door overlaps mid-rail ½” on designer overlay & 3/8” on standard overlay. Will receive an adjustable shelf in the upper section only if the opening height is 21” or greater. 16 ½” tall Appliance Garage opening; adjustable by using APGOH as a modification. Allow 1½" clearance for tambour handle.
w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014
•• •• ••
STOP
CABINET WITH TAMBOUR
PRICE
SHELVES
DOORS
CUBES
MWB2760AG MWB3060AG MWB3660AG
$1,760 $1,785 $1,882
0 0 0
2 2 2
20 19 27
WITH DOORS
PRICE
SHELVES
DOORS
CUBES
MWB2760AGD MWB3060AGD MWB3660AGD
$1,760 $1,785 $1,882
0 0 0
4 4 4
20 22 27
Finished interior can be added for additional charges. (FI) Entire cabinet would then be finished. To modify to single door in appliance opening, use APG ONE DOOR Top Rail is 1 ½”, 2 Middle Rails are 3”. See the ACCESSORIES & MODIFICATIONS section for notes about the tambour material. See Wall Cabinet Information page at the beginning of this section for information regarding cutouts & optional flip up pocket door.
STOP Wide rail & stile doors may not meet minimum height requirements. Call your Account Manager for options to keep the 5 piece door.
- 18 -
Wall Cabinets Microwave Countertop CABINET
PRICE
DRAWERS
DOORS
CUBES
MWCT2748 MWCT3048 MWCT2754 MWCT3054 MWCT2760 MWCT3060
$2,126 $2,240 $2,342 $2,471 $2,507 $2,644
1 1 1 1 1 1
2 2 2 2 2 2
16 15 18 20 20 22
Shown as standard With middle stile.
•• •• •• •• •• ••
Cabinet is 21” deep but you can change depth to 24” for •• no charge by adding CDNC as a modification. Cut-outs can be provided using the form in the Forms •• section or using the cut-out dimension nomenclatures as modifications. STOP Microwave opening width is 3” less than the cabinet x 18" high unless otherwise specified. Cutout nomenclatures for this cabinet are TOHW & TOHH STOP Drawer opening is 5" tall. Entire cabinet has a finished interior & has a 1/2” continuous back. Door overlaps mid-rail ½” on designer overlay and 3/8” on standard overlay.
Will receive an adjustable shelf in the upper section only if the opening height is 21” or greater. 3” middle rails. See Wall Cabinet Information page at the beginning of this section for information regarding cutouts. Wide rail & stile doors may not meet minimum height requirements. Call your Account Manager for options to keep the 5 piece door.
Wall Corner Diagonal
•• •• •• WCD2430 Shown
•• •• ••
w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014
24”W X 24”D WITH 12” SIDES
PRICE
SHELVES
DOORS
CUBES
WCD2424 WCD2430 WCD2436 WCD2442
$796 $825 $939 $1,025
0 2 2 3
1 1 1 1
8 11 15 15
27”W X 27”D WITH 15” SIDES
PRICE
SHELVES
DOORS
CUBES
WCD2724 WCD2730 WCD2736 WCD2742
$939 $968 $1,082 $1,167
0 2 2 3
1 1 1 1
11 13 17 18
Specify hinge direction. Add WCD TWO DOOR as a modification to modify to butt doors. Cabinet must maintain the 45˚ angle when modifying width or depth, otherwise the cabinet becomes custom and must be entered as CUSTOMWALL. If not modified, the opening is always 14” wide with a 15” wide door or standard overlay in width. 24" wide has 12" deep sides; 27" wide has 15" deep sides. 1/4" backs to maximize interior space.
- 19 -
Wall Cabinets Appliance Garage Diagonal APGD WITH TAMBOUR
APGD2417 APGD2717 APGD3313 APGD WITH DOORS
APGD2417D APGD2717D APGD3313D
TO IED AL PPL ON 1 A IAG CTEAGE D F E O AR CTE1 MPL E G EXAPLIANC AP
•• •• •• •• ••
APGD2417 is 23” wide with molding by 17 ¾” tall. Fits under a WCD, WLS, or WLSS. APG2717 is 26” wide with molding by 17 ¾” tall. Fits under a corner cabinet 27”W x 15”D. APGD33 is 32” wide by 13 ¼” tall. Fits under the MWCD33__ diagonal microwave cabinet. APGM (5 feet of CTE1) is furnished to scribe appliance garage to above cabinet (see drawing above) - must be entered as the next line item after the cabinet. 2 1/2" top rail.
w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014
••
PRICE
$571 $714 $856 PRICE
$571 $714 $856
DOORS
CLEARANCE
CUBES
0 0 0
13 ¾” tall 13 ¾” tall 9 ¼” tall
6 7 8
DOORS
CLEARANCE
CUBES
2 2 2
15 ¼” tall 15 ¼” tall 10 ¾” tall
6 7 8
•• ••
To modify to single door in appliance opening, use APG ONE DOOR as a modification. See the ACCESSORIES & MODIFICATIONS section for notes about the tambour material. Both ends are always finished. No back in cabinet. Watch out for door minimums on smaller cabinets.
STOP
See Wall Cabinet Information page at the beginning up pocket door.
••
- 20 -
Wall Cabinets Wall Corner Diagonal w/ Appliance Garage WITH TAMBOUR
PRICE
SHELVES
DOORS
CUBES
$1,396 $1,510 $1,596 $1,539 $1,653 $1,738
2 2 3 2 2 3
1 1 1 1 1 1
17 18 21 20 23 26
WITH DOORS
PRICE
SHELVES
DOORS
CUBES
WCD2448_AGD WCD2454_AGD WCD2460_AGD WCD2748_AGD WCD2754_AGD WCD2760_AGD
$1,396 $1,510 $1,596 $1,539 $1,653 $1,738
2 2 3 2 2 3
3 3 3 3 3 3
17 17 21 20 20 24
WCD2448_AG WCD2454_AG WCD2460_AG WCD2748_AG WCD2754_AG WCD2760_AG 48” unit used in 84” tall applications 54” unit used in 90” tall applications 60” unit used in 96” tall applications WCD2448RAG Shown
•• •• •• •• •• •• ••
Specify hinge direction. •• 16 ½” tall Appliance Garage opening; adjustable by using APGOH as a modification. Allow 1 1/2" clearance for tambour handle. •• Change height will affect the upper opening •• Cabinet must maintain the 45˚ angle when modifying width or depth, otherwise the cabinet becomes custom •• and must be entered as CUSTOMWALL •• Both ends are always finished. •• Add WCD TWO DOOR as a modification to modify to butt doors. To modify to single door in appliance opening, use APG STOP ONE DOOR as a modification.
See the ACCESSORIES & MODIFICATIONS section for notes about the tambour material. 3” middle rail. If not modified, the door opening will be 14” wide with a 15” wide door. 24" wide has 12" deep sides; 27" wide has 15" deep sides. Watch out for door minimums in lower section. 1/4" back to maximize interior space. See Wall Cabinet Information page at the beginning of this section for information regarding optional flip up pocket door.
Wall Lazy Susan 24”W X 24”D WITH 12” SIDES
WLS2424 WLS2430 WLS2436 WLS2442 WLSS2424 WLSS2430 WLSS2436 WLSS2442
WLS2424R Shown
27”W X 27”D WITH 15” SIDES
•• •• •• •• •• •• ••
PRICE
# TURNS
DOORS
CUBES
$796 $825 $939 $1,025 $1,225 $1,253 $1,367 $1,453
2 3 3 4 2 3 3 4
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
8 11 15 15 8 16 15 15
PRICE
# TURNS
DOORS
CUBES
Specify hinge direction. WLS2724 $939 2 1 10 Lazy Susans (WLS __ __) use 20” diameter revolving plastic WLS2730 $968 3 1 13 trays with a center post WLS2736 $1,082 3 1 17 Super Susans (WLSS __ __) use 20” diameter revolving WLS2742 $1,167 4 1 18 wooden trays attached to adjustable shelves (no center WLSS2724 $1,367 2 1 10 post) Cabinet must maintain the 45˚ angle when modifying width WLSS2730 $1,396 3 1 13 or depth, otherwise the cabinet becomes custom and must WLSS2736 $1,510 3 1 17 be entered as CUSTOMWALL WLSS2742 $1,596 4 1 17 If not modified, the door opening will be 14” wide with a If width or depth reductions, finished back or RPB back 15” wide door. STOP are needed use the WCD cabinet as these modifications 24" wide has 12" deep sides; 27" wide has 15" deep sides. may eliminate the rounds. 1/4" back to maximize interior space.
w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014
- 21 -
Wall Cabinets Corner Microwave
•• •• •• •• •• •• •• ••
STOP
CABINET
PRICE
SHELVES
DOORS
CUBES
MWCD3334 MWCD3340 MWCD3346
$1,225 $1,324 $1,424
0 0 0
2 2 2
22 26 29
Cut-outs can be provided using the form in the Forms section or using the cut-out dimension nomenclatures as modifications. Microwave opening width is 26 3/4” wide x 18" high unless otherwise specified. Cutout nomenclatures for this cabinet are TOHW & TOHH Entire cabinet has a finished interior & has a 1/4” backs to maximize interior space. Use of a trim kit is optional. Cabinet must maintain the 45˚ angle when modifying width or depth, otherwise the cabinet becomes custom and must be entered as CUSTOMWALL This cabinet has butt doors Cabinet is 33” x 33” with 12” sides 3” middle rail. See Wall Cabinet Information page at the beginning of this section for information regarding cutouts.
Wide rail & stile doors may not meet minimum height requirements. Call your Account Manager for options STOP to keep the 5 piece door.
w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014
- 22 -
Wall Cabinets Wall Lazy Susan Cabinets w/ APG
WLS2454RAG Shown
•• •• •• •• •• •• •• •• •• •• •• •• •• •• ••
STOP
STOP
WLS2454RAGD Shown
Specify hinge direction. 16 ½” tall Appliance Garage opening; adjustable by using APGOH as a modification. Allow 1 1/2" clearance for tambour handle. Change height will affect the upper opening Cabinet must maintain the 45˚ angle when modifying width or depth, otherwise the cabinet becomes custom and must be entered as CUSTOMWALL Both ends are always finished. Add WCD TWO DOOR as a modification to modify to butt doors. To modify to single door in appliance opening, use APG ONE DOOR as a modification. Lazy Susans (WLS __ __) use 20” diameter revolving plastic trays with a center post Super Susans (WLSS __ __) use 20” diameter revolving wooden trays attached to adjustable shelves (no center post) If not modified, the door opening will be 14” wide with a 15” wide door. 24" wide has 12" deep sides; 27" wide has 15" deep sides. 3” middle rail. See the ACCESSORIES & MODIFICATIONS section for notes about the tambour material. Watch out for door minimums on lower section. 1/4" back to maximize interior space.
See Wall Cabinet Information page at the beginning of this section for information regarding optional flip up pocket door. If width or depth reductions, finished back or RPB back are needed use the WCD w/ APG cabinet as these modifications may eliminate the rounds.
w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014
- 23 -
24”W X 24”D W/12” SIDES W/ TAMBOUR
PRICE
# TURNS
DOORS
CUBES
WLS2448_AG WLS2454_AG WLS2460_AG WLSS2448_AG WLSS2454_AG WLSS2460_AG
$1,396 $1,510 $1,596 $1,824 $1,938 $2,024
3 3 4 3 3 4
1 1 1 1 1 1
17 17 21 17 17 21
24”W X 24”D WITH 12” SIDES W/ DOORS
PRICE
#TURNS
DOORS
CUBES
WLS2448_AGD WLS2454_AGD WLS2460_AGD WLSS2448_AGD WLSS2454_AGD WLSS2460_AGD
$1,396 $1,510 $1,596 $1,824 $1,938 $2,024
3 3 4 3 3 4
3 3 3 3 3 3
17 17 21 17 17 21
27”W X 27”D W/15” SIDES W/ TAMBOUR
PRICE
#TURNS
DOORS
CUBES
WLS2748_AG WLS2754_AG WLS2760_AG WLSS2748_AG WLSS2754_AG WLSS2760_AG
$1,539 $1,653 $1,738 $1,967 $2,081 $2,166
3 3 4 3 3 4
1 1 1 1 1 1
20 20 24 20 20 24
27”W X 27”D WITH 15” SIDES W/ DOORS
PRICE
#TURNS
DOORS
CUBES
WLS2748_AGD WLS2754_AGD WLS2760_AGD WLSS2748_AGD WLSS2754_AGD WLSS2760_AGD
$1,539 $1,653 $1,738 $1,967 $2,081 $2,166
3 3 4 3 3 4
3 3 3 3 3 3
20 20 24 20 20 24
48” unit used in 84” tall applications 54” unit used in 90” tall applications 60” unit used in 96” tall applications
Wall Cabinets Wall Easy Reach
Pie-cut hinge shown
•• •• •• •• ••
Specify hinge direction Standard overlay doors come with a 45˚ piano hinge in center, pie-cut hinge can be added as a modification. Designer overlay & mitered doors come with pie-cut hinge in center. 27” x 27” should be considered the maximum and is the limit under the warranty. To change the width on one back leg, use CWL, CWR, RWL, RWL To change both back legs equally, add 1 CW charge.
•• •• ••
24”W X 24”D W/ 12” SIDES
PRICE
SHELVES
DOORS
CUBES
WER2424 WER2430 WER2436 WER2442
$796 $825 $939 $1,025
1 2 2 3
2 2 2 2
8 10 12 14
27”W X 27”D W/ 15” SIDES
PRICE
SHELVES
DOORS
CUBES
WER2724 WER2730 WER2736 WER2742
$1,082 $1,110 $1,225 $1,310
1 2 2 3
2 2 2 2
9 13 13 18
May change depth of one side only by using RDL, RDR, or CDL, CDR. 24" wide has 12" deep sides; 27" wide has 15" deep sides. 1/4" back to maximize interior space.
Information you should know about Wall Blind Cabinets BLIND CORNER WALL CABINETS - 12” DEEP
••
3”
12” 3”
7.5”
••
42”
6”
30”
27”
•• ••
4.5”
1.5”
30”
•• ••
24” 42”
3”
18”
19.5” 6” 15” 1.5” 4.5”
34.5”
24”
3” Filler, Ear or 4.5” Custom Wide Stile
w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014
Door opening width = stated dimension minus 27” (19 1/2” + 6” + 1 1/2”) See Base section
Due to decorative hardware on blind base drawers, a 3” pull from wall is recommended. (Especially with designer overlay). To create a built in pull use MODIFY BLIND as a modification. Standard, Designer Overlay fillers for use on adjacent cabinet can be found in the Accessories & Modifications section.
3”
12”
Single or Butt Door opening width = stated dimension minus 15” (7 1/2” + 6” + 1 1/2”) Standard Double Door opening width = stated dimension minus 18” (7 1/2” + 6” + 3” + 1 1/2”) See previous page BLIND CORNER BASE CABINETS - 24” DEEP
- 24 -
Wall Cabinets Blind Corner Walls CABINET
XW3030L Shown here
•• •• •• •• •• •• •• •• •• ••
Specify L for blind left and R for blind right Full blind has a 6” finished intermediate stile with 7 ½” unfinished blind panel. 36" wide available with butt doors by adding BD after the product nomenclature. (Ex. XW3630LBD) Blind cabinets must be pulled a minimum of 1 ½”; maximum pull is 4”. A 3” pull is recommended, especially with designer overlay. To create a built in pull use MODIFY BLIND as a modification. Adjacent cabinet should also have a filler or ear the same width as the pull. Adjust accordingly for any knobs or hardware added to the doors and/or drawer fronts. On single or butt door cabinets, 24” – 36” wide, the opening width equals the stated width minus 15” On double door (no BD) cabinets, 39” – 48” wide, the opening width equals the stated width minus 18” divided by 2 To finish the blind add FBLIND as a modification to the cabinet. To modify door opening, add MODIFY BLIND as a modification & specify the opening. Reductions in width will affect the opening.
w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014
- 25 -
XW2424 XW2724 XW3024 XW3324 XW3624 XW3924 XW4224 XW4524 XW4824 XW2430 XW2730 XW3030 XW3330 XW3630 XW3930 XW4230 XW4530 XW4830 XW2436 XW2736 XW3036 XW3336 XW3636 XW3936 XW4236 XW4536 XW4836 XW2442 XW2742 XW3042 XW3342 XW3642 XW3942 XW4242 XW4542 XW4842
PRICE
$334 $420 $442 $465 $491 $517 $534 $562 $579 $405 $497 $522 $551 $582 $611 $639 $671 $699 $605 $696 $722 $751 $782 $811 $839 $871 $899 $605 $696 $722 $751 $782 $811 $839 $871 $899
SHELVES
DOORS
CUBES
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2
5 5 6 6 7 8 8 9 9 6 7 7 8 9 9 10 10 11 8 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 8 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
Wall Cabinets Blind Corner Wall Peninsula Specify 12, 15 or 18 as the second dimension for these heights.
15” OR 18” TALL CABINET
XWP24__ XWP27__ XWP30__ XWP33__ XWP36__ XWP39__ XWP42__ XWP45__ XWP48__ 24” TALL CABINET
Plywood
6" Stile
Shown as standard with middle stile
Specify 27 or 30 as the second dimension for these heights.
XWP2424 XWP2724 XWP3024 XWP3324 XWP3624 XWP3924 XWP4224 XWP4524 XWP4824
•• •• •• •• •• •• ••
Specify L for blind left and R for blind right. Corner cabinets can be pulled up to 4” from the wall. Blind cabinets must be pulled a minimum of 1 ½”; maximum pull is 4”. A 3” pull is recommended, especially with designer overlay. To create a built in pull use MODIFY BLIND as a modification. Adjacent cabinet must have a filler equal to the width of the pull. Adjust accordingly for any knobs or hardware added to the doors and/or drawer fronts. Full blind has a 6” finished intermediate stile with 7 ½” unfinished blind panel. Single or butt door (on blind side) cabinets, 24” to 36” wide, the opening width equals the stated width minus 15”. Double (no BD) door (on blind side) cabinets, 39” to 48” wide, the opening width equals the stated width minus 18” divided by 2 To finish the blind add FBLIND as a modification to the cabinet. To modify the door opening, add MODIFY BLIND as a modification and specify door opening width. 2” wide stile on back, same side as blind.
w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014
- 26 -
$525 $659 $694 $728 $768 $808 $836 $879 $905 PRICE
$525 $659 $694 $728 $768 $808 $836 $879 $905
SHELVES
DOORS
CUBES
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
2 3 3 3 3 4 4 4 4
5 5 6 6 7 8 8 9 9
SHELVES
DOORS
CUBES
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
2 3 3 3 3 4 4 4 4
5 5 6 6 7 8 8 9 9
27” OR 30” TALL CABINET
PRICE
SHELVES
DOORS
CUBES
XWP24__ XWP27__ XWP30__ XWP33__ XWP36__ XWP39__ XWP42__ XWP45__ XWP48__
$637 $719 $816 $862 $911 $953 $999 $1,048 $1,093
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
2 3 3 3 3 4 4 4 4
7 7 7 8 9 9 9 10 10
PRICE
SHELVES
DOORS
CUBES
$836 $919 $1,016 $1,062 $1,110 $1,153 $1,199 $1,247 $1,293
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
2 3 3 3 3 4 4 4 4
8 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
PRICE
SHELVES
DOORS
CUBES
$836 $919 $1,016 $1,062 $1,110 $1,153 $1,199 $1,247 $1,293
3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
2 3 3 3 3 4 4 4 4
8 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
36” TALL CABINET
•• •• ••
PRICE
XWP2436 XWP2736 XWP3036 XWP3336 XWP3636 XWP3936 XWP4236 XWP4536 XWP4836 42” TALL CABINET
XWP2442 XWP2742 XWP3042 XWP3342 XWP3642 XWP3942 XWP4242 XWP4542 XWP4842
Wall Cabinets Wall Angle CABINET
WA1230 WA1236 WA1242
Width
TOP VIEW Depth 12"
•• •• •• •• •• ••
1-1/2"
12"
1-1/2"
PRICE
$565 $705 $765
SHELVES
DOORS
CUBES
2 2 3
1 1 1
3 3 4
Diagonal end is 45˚. Door opening is 11 13/16” wide. Specify hinge direction. Finished ends are not available. When modifying dimensions: L= width; R=depth. Use SP RETURN to modify the returns equally, up to 8”.
Approximate measurement across the front: 12” = 14 7/8”
Extended Wall Angle CABINET
EWA2430 EWA2436 EWA2442
24" 65
12"
EWA2436R R=Angleon Right 15 3/8"
10 1/4"
•• •• •• ••
Door widths for EWA Designer Overlay = 18” W & 12 7/8” W Std. Overlay = 16 3/8” W & 11 1/4” W
w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014
••
- 27 -
PRICE
$642 $776 $833
SHELVES
DOORS
CUBES
2 2 3
2 2 2
5 6 7
65˚ angle matches the AEB24. Cabinet will maintain 65˚ angle when changing width or depth. 24” wide x 12” deep. Butt doors are not available. Angled opening is 10 ¼” wide and front opening is 15 3/8” wide. To hinge both doors the same direction add BDHL or BDHR as a modification.
Wall Cabinets Angle End Wall CABINET TOP VIEW
AEW1230 AEW1236 AEW1242
9" 6 5
PRICE
$679 $819 $879
SHELVES
DOORS
CUBES
2 2 3
2 2 2
3 3 4
SHELVES
DOORS
CUBES
2 2 2 2 2 2
2 2 2 2 2 2
5 5 6 6 7 7
140
•• •• •• ••
9" 65
9 0
Door openings are 6” wide. Finished ends are not available. Butt doors are not available. Watch out for door minimums.
Door widths for AEW Designer Overlay = 2) 8 5/8” W Std. Overlay = 2) 7” W
Wall Bath Cabinets - 10" Deep CABINET
WBC2430 WBC2730 WBC3030 WBC3330 WBC3630 WBC3930
•• •• ••
PRICE
$420 $511 $537 $565 $597 $625
Designed to fit over bathroom stool for storage 10” deep with butt doors Both ends are always finished
Wall Bath Open Shelf - 10" Deep CABINET
WBC2430OS WBC2730OS WBC3030OS WBC3330OS WBC3630OS WBC3930OS
•• •• •• •• •• To figure door height: Designer Overlay: Cabinet height - 13 1/4” for 3/4" top reveal Designer Overlay: Cabinet height - 12 3/4” for 1/4" top reveal Standard Overlay: Cabinet height - 13 3/4”
w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014
- 28 -
PRICE
$608 $699 $725 $754 $785 $813
SHELVES
DOORS
CUBES
1 1 1 1 1 1
2 2 2 2 2 2
5 5 6 6 7 7
Designed to fit over bathroom stool for storage 10” deep with butt doors Both ends are always finished Bottom opening is 10” tall Entire cabinet will have a finished interior
Wall Cabinets Recessed Medicine Cabinet CABINET
COMMENT
PRICE
WMC1624 WMC1630 WMC1830
14” x 22” wall opening 14” x 28” wall opening 16” x 28” wall opening
$314 $371 $428
•• ••
4 4 4
CUBES
1 1 1
2 2 2
Specify hinge direction Allow 2” less than the stated frame dimensions for wall openings. Box will be 2 7/8" smaller than frame in width & height. Overall cabinet depth is 4 3/4” 2” wide rails and stiles on frame Designer overlay do not affect this cabinet. Doors will be standard overlay size. To order prepped for mirror, add GD (glass doors) as a modification. Mirror is not included.
•• •• ••
To figure door size: Width: Cabinet width - 3” Depth: Cabinet height - 3 1/4”
SHELVES DOORS
••
Surface-Mount Medicine Cabinet CABINET
WMCSM1230 WMCSM1530 WMCSM1830 WMCSM2130
•• •• •• •• ••
PRICE
$308 $337 $365 $397
SHELVES
DOORS
CUBES
3 3 3 3
1 1 1 1
2 2 2 2
Specify hinge direction Overall cabinet depth is 4” Designed for surface mounting Both ends finished Top & Bottom not finished as standard. Order FFT to finish the top & FBTMF to finish the bottom. To order prepped for mirror, add GD (glass doors) as a modification. Mirror is not included.
••
Tri-View Medicine Cabinet CABINET
COMMENT
28” x 26” wall opening 3) 8 5/8” x 23 7/8” mirrors 34” x 26” wall opening 3) 10 5/8” x 23 7/8” mirrors 46” x 26” wall opening 3) 14 5/8” x 23 7/8” mirrors
TVMC30 TVMC36 TVMC48
•• •• •• ••
Depth is 4 ¼” x 28” tall frame height Cabinet designed for surface mounting Finished on both sides, top, & bottom Can also be recessed into wall opening
w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014
••
PRICE
SHELVES DOORS
CUBES
$1,170
3
NA
3
$1,250
3
NA
3
$1,521
3
NA
4
Three ¼” mirrors with pivot hinges and spring loaded magnetic catches. Hinged right, right, left •• Comes with silver hinges. Gold hinges available upon request. •• No modifications available. STOP
- 29 -
Wall Cabinets Wall Cubby Unit FRAMELESS
WCU630 WCU636 WCU642 WCU648 WCU654 WCU660 FACEFRAME
WCU930 WCU936 WCU942 WCU948 WCU954 WCU960
•• ••
WCU630 Shown
WCU930 Shown
•• •• •• ••
PRICE
$388 $440 $491 $542 $594 $645 PRICE
$431 $482 $534 $585 $637 $688
OPENINGS
CUBES
5 6 7 8 9 10
2 2 2 2 3 3
OPENINGS
CUBES
5 6 7 8 9 10
3 3 4 4 4 4
6" wide unit is frameless; ¾” plywood construction with ¼” thick edgebanding. Finished ends are only available on frameless unit with the understanding that pin nails may be visible Faceframe unit has 1 ½” rails & stiles Vertical unit is standard, but can be modified into a horizontal unit upon request for no charge. This does create a custom drawing. Finished Interior is standard. Reduce width is not available on the 9” unit due to faceframe. Order 6" wide frameless unit & change width if needed.
Wall Spice Pull-Out Cabinet
•• •• •• •• •• •• ••
w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014
- 30 -
CABINET
PRICE
DOORS
CUBES
WSPO930 WSPO936 WSPO942 WSPO1230 WSPO1236 WSPO1242
$965 $1,079 $1,136 $993 $1,107 $1,165
1 1 1 1 1 1
2 3 3 3 3 4
Three shelf spice rack mounts to door and pulls out on full extension drawer guides. Soft close guides are not available. Rack is 1” less than opening. Chrome Rails. NO modifications to this cabinet without prior authorization Shelf placement can be changed by adding an OM-SP as a modification. Watch out for door minimums.
Wall Cabinets Wall Apothecary Unit - Standard Drawers FRAMELESS
WAU630S WAU636S WAU642S WAU648S WAU654S WAU660S FACEFRAME
WAU930S WAU936S WAU942S WAU948S WAU954S WAU960S
WAU930 Shown
•• •• •• ••
Frameless unit is ¾” plywood construction with ¼” thick •• edgebanding. Finished ends are only available on frameless unit with the understanding that pin nails may be visible. Faceframe unit has 1 ½” wide rails & stiles STOP Vertical unit is standard, but can be modified into horizontal unit upon request for no charge. This does create a custom drawing.
PRICE
OPENINGS
CUBES
$928 $1,113 $1,299 $1,484 $1,670 $1,855
5 6 7 8 9 10
2 2 2 2 3 3
PRICE
OPENINGS
CUBES
$970 $1,156 $1,342 $1,527 $1,713 $1,898
5 6 7 8 9 10
2 3 3 3 4 4
Reduce width is not available on the 9” unit due to faceframe Order 6" wide frameless unit & change width if needed. This cabinet always comes with 1/4" reveals on both sides, top, bottom & between fronts.
Wall Apothecary Unit - Exposed Dovetails FRAMELESS
WAU630D WAU636D WAU642D WAU648D WAU654D WAU660D FACEFRAME
WAU930D WAU936D WAU942D WAU948D WAU954D WAU960D
WAU930D Shown
•• •• •• ••
Frameless unit is ¾” plywood construction with ¼” thick edgebanding. Finished ends are only available on frameless unit with the •• understanding that pin nails may be visible. •• Faceframe unit has 1 ½” wide rails & stiles. Vertical unit is standard, but can be modified into
w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014
- 31 -
PRICE
OPENINGS
CUBES
$928 $1,113 $1,299 $1,484 $1,670 $1,855
5 6 7 8 9 10
2 2 2 2 3 3
PRICE
OPENINGS
CUBES
$970 $1,156 $1,342 $1,527 $1,713 $1,898
5 6 7 8 9 10
2 3 3 3 4 5
horizontal unit upon request for no charge. This does create a custom drawing. Exposed dovetails are stained to match the exterior. Reduce width is not available on the 9” unit due to faceframe. Order 6" wide frameless unit & change width if needed.
Wall Cabinets Wall Apothecary w/ Exposed Dovetails To figure door height: Designer Overlay: Cabinet height – 8 ¼” for 3/4" top reveal Cabinet height – 7 ¾” for 1/4" top reveal Std.Overlay: Cabinet height – 8 ¾”
W3036AD shown standard with middle stile
CABINET
W1230AD W1830AD W2430AD W2430ADBD W3030AD W3630AD W4230AD W4830AD W4830AD4D W1236AD W1836AD W2436AD W2436ADBD W3036AD W3636AD W4236AD W4836AD W4836AD4D W1242AD W1842AD W2442AD W2442ADBD W3042AD W3642AD W4242AD W4842AD W4842AD4D
•• •• ••
PRICE
DOORS
DRWRS
SHELVES
CUBES
CABINET
PRICE
DOORS
DRWRS
SHELVES
CUBES
W1248AD W1848AD W2448AD W2448ADBD W3048AD W3648AD W4248AD W4848AD W4848AD4D W1254AD W1854AD W2454AD W2454ADBD W3054AD W3654AD W4254AD W4854AD W4854AD4D W1260AD W1860AD W2460AD W2460ADBD W3060AD W3660AD W4260AD W4860AD W4860AD4D
$928 $1,092 $1,262 $1,262 $1,486 $1,653 $1,795 $1,941 $1,941 $985 $1,149 $1,319 $1,319 $1,543 $1,710 $1,852 $1,998 $1,998 $1,042 $1,206 $1,376 $1,376 $1,600 $1,767 $1,910 $2,055 $2,055
1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 4 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 4 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 4
2 3 4 4 5 6 7 8 8 2 3 4 4 5 6 7 8 8 2 3 4 4 5 6 7 8 8
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
5 7 9 9 10 13 15 17 17 5 7 9 9 11 13 16 18 18 5 7 10 10 13 15 18 20 20
$679
1
2
0
3
$843 $1,013 $1,013 $1,240 $1,407 $1,553 $1,698 $1,698 $813 $978 $1,147 $1,147 $1,372 $1,539 $1,681 $1,741 $1,741 $871 $1,035 $1,205 $1,205 $1,429 $1,596 $1,738 $1,884 $1,884
1 1 2 2 2 2 2 4 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 4 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 4
3 4 4 5 6 7 8 8 2 3 4 4 5 6 7 8 8 2 3 4 4 5 6 7 8 8
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
4 6 6 7 9 10 11 11 4 5 7 7 8 10 11 13 13 4 6 8 8 9 11 13 15 15
Drawer slides on wooden slides. •• Exposed dovetail boxes with scooped front will be stained to match the exterior. •• Apothecary openings are 5” tall.
w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014
- 32 -
Stiles between apothecary drawers are 1 ½” wide. Mid rail is 1 ½” wide. Change in height will affect the door opening.
Wall Cabinets Wall Apothecary w/ Standard Drawers To figure door height: Designer Overlay: Cabinet height – 8 ¼” for 3/4" top reveal Cabinet height – 7 ¾” for 1/4" top reveal Std.Overlay: Cabinet height – 8 ¾”
Knobs not included. W2736AS shown standard with middle stile
CABINET
W1230AS W1830AS W2430AS W2430ASBD W3030AS W3630AS W4230AS W4830AS W4830AS4D W1236AS W1836AS W2436AS W2436ASBD W3036AS W3636AS W4236AS W4836AS W4836AS4D W1242AS W1842AS W2442AS W2442ASBD W3042AS W3642AS W4242AS W4842AS W4842AS4D
•• •• •• ••
PRICE
DOORS
DRWRS
SHELVES
CUBES
$679 $843 $1,013 $1,013 $1,240 $1,407 $1,553 $1,698 $1,698 $813 $978 $1,147 $1,147 $1,372 $1,539 $1,681 $1,741 $1,741 $871 $1,035 $1,205 $1,205 $1,429 $1,596 $1,738 $1,884 $1,884
1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 4 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 4 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 4
2 3 4 4 5 6 7 8 8 2 3 4 4 5 6 7 8 8 2 3 4 4 5 6 7 8 8
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
3 4 6 6 7 9 10 11 11 4 5 7 7 8 10 11 13 13 4 6 8 8 9 11 13 15 15
Drawer slides on wooden slides. Drawer fronts cover apothecary drawers. Apothecary openings are 5” tall. Stiles between apothecary drawers are 1 ½” wide. Mid rail is 1 ½” wide.
w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014
CABINET
W1248AS W1848AS W2448AS W2448ASBD W3048AS W3648AS W4248AS W4848AS W4848AS4D W1254AS W1854AS W2454AS W2454ASBD W3054AS W3654AS W4254AS W4854AS W4854AS4D W1260AS W1860AS W2460AS W2460ASBD W3060AS W3660AS W4260AS W4860AS W4860AS4D
PRICE
DOORS
DRWRS
SHELVES
CUBES
$928 $1,092 $1,262 $1,262 $1,486 $1,653 $1,795 $1,941 $1,941 $985 $1,149 $1,319 $1,319 $1,543 $1,710 $1,852 $1,998 $1,998 $1,042 $1,206 $1,376 $1,376 $1,600 $1,767 $1,910 $2,055 $2,055
1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 4 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 4 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 4
2 3 4 4 5 6 7 8 8 2 3 4 4 5 6 7 8 8 2 3 4 4 5 6 7 8 8
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
5 7 9 9 10 13 15 17 17 5 7 9 9 11 13 16 18 18 5 7 10 10 13 15 18 20 20
•• Change in height will affect the door opening. •• Drawer fronts do not come with knobs •• When ordering designer overlay, the drawer fronts will STOP not be equal. The two end fronts will be larger than the middle fronts.
- 33 -
Wall Cabinets Wall Cubby Organizer
W2736WC Shown as standard with middle stile
W2748WC Shown as standard with middle stile
•• •• •• •• •• •• •• •• ••
Entire cabinet has a finished interior. Cabinets 21” wide and up have a 12” horizontal phone book holder/divider in center. RH will affect the upper opening. The total number of vertical dividers includes the two vertical dividers attached to the horizontal phone book holder, if applicable. The opening height of the cubbies can be changed for no charge by adding WC HEIGHT as a modification. The cubby quantity &/or configuration can be changed by entering as a CUSTOMWALL. Add EXT DOORS as a modification to extend the door down over the cubbies. On double door cabinets must be butt doors. To place a hinged drawer front over the cubbies, the cabinet must be entered as a CUSTOMWALL, and specify. Cubby section is 6” tall inside the frame opening.
w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014
36” TALL
PRICE
DOORS
SHELVES
DIVIDERS
CUBES
W1236WC W1536WC W1836WC W2136WC W2436WC W2436WCBD W2736WC W3036WC W3336WC W3636WC W3936WC W4236WC W4536WC W4836WC W4836WC4D
$588 $617 $642 $696 $754 $754 $868 $919 $970 $1,028 $1,079 $1,130 $1,187 $1,239 $1,239
1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 4
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
2 3 3 2 2 2 4 4 6 6 6 8 8 10 10
4 4 5 6 7 7 7 8 9 10 10 11 12 13 13
42” TALL
PRICE
DOORS
SHELVES
DIVIDERS
CUBES
W1242WC W1542WC W1842WC W2142WC W2442WC W2442WCBD W2742WC W3042WC W3342WC W3642WC W3942WC W4242WC W4542WC W4842WC W4842WC4D
$602 $631 $657 $711 $768 $768 $882 $933 $985 $1,042 $1,093 $1,145 $1,202 $1,253 $1,253
1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 4
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
2 3 3 2 2 2 4 4 6 6 6 8 8 10 10
4 5 6 7 8 8 8 9 10 13 12 13 14 15 15
48” TALL
PRICE
DOORS
SHELVES
DIVIDERS
CUBES
W1248WC W1548WC W1848WC W2148WC W2448WC W2448WCBD W2748WC W3048WC W3348WC W3648WC W3948WC W4248WC W4548WC W4848WC W4848WC4D
$617 $645 $671 $725 $782 $782 $896 $948 $999 $1,056 $1,107 $1,159 $1,216 $1,267 $1,267
1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 4
3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
2 3 3 2 2 2 4 4 6 6 6 8 8 10 10
5 6 7 8 9 9 10 10 12 13 14 15 16 17 17
- 34 -
Standard Valan ce
Wall Cabinets 14 Wall Plate Rack WITH STANDARD ARCHED VALANCE
PRC _ _ (with standard valance) Standard Valan ce
CABINET
PRC _ _ CR (Country Routed Valance)
Shown with standard arched valance, Other valance options can be specified.
14 14
PRC _ _ CR (Country Routed Valance)
PRC _ _ WD (With Doors)
PRC2430 PRC2730 PRC3030 PRC3330 PRC3630 PRC2436 PRC2736 PRC3036 PRC3336 PRC3636 PRC2442 PRC2742 PRC3042 PRC3342 PRC3642
PRICE
$925 $965 $1,002 $1,042 $1,079 $1,088 $1,133 $1,179 $1,225 $1,267 $1,250 $1,299 $1,353 $1,404 $1,459
# OF PLATES
CUBES
10 12 14 16 16 10 12 14 16 16 10 12 14 16 16
6 7 7 8 9 7 7 8 9 10 8 8 9 10 11
14 WITH DOORS (NO VALANCE)
14 1 4
CABINET
PRC _ _ WD (With Doors)
•• •• ••
12” deep. Both openings have finished interior, including the PRC__WD. The lower portion has wooden dowel (3/8") plate racks spaced on 2” centers. Lower opening is 14” tall. •• Wooden dowels are removable for cleaning. •• RH will affect the upper opening. •1 • 4 To add plate racks to other cabinets, see the Accessories and Modifications section. To figure door height: Designer Overlay: Cabinet height – 17 ¼” for 3/4" top reveal Cabinet height – 16 ¾” for 1/4" top reveal Standard Overlay: Cabinet height - 17 3/4”
w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014
- 35 -
PRC2430WD(BD) PRC2730WD PRC3030WD PRC3330WD PRC3630WD PRC2436WD(BD) PRC2736WD PRC3036WD PRC3336WD PRC3636WD PRC2442WD(BD) PRC2742WD PRC3042WD PRC3342WD PRC3642WD
PRICE
# OF PLATES/ DOORS
CUBES
$1,088 $1,127 $1,165 $1,205 $1,242 $1,250 $1,296 $1,342 $1,387 $1,430 $1,413 $1,461 $1,516 $1,567 $1,621
10/1(2) 12/2 14/2 16/2 16/2 10/1(2) 12/2 14/2 16/2 16/2 10/1(2) 12/2 14/2 16/2 16/2
6 7 8 9 10 7 7 8 9 10 8 8 9 10 11
Wall Cabinets Wall Wine Holder CABINET
WWH2730 WWH3030 WWH3330 WWH3630
•• •• •• ••
PRICE
SHELVES
DOORS
CUBES
$1,093 $1,119 $1,147 $1,179
0 0 0 0
2 2 2 2
7 8 9 10
Entire cabinet is finished interior. Upper opening is 13 ½” tall; Lower opening is 12” tall Change height will affect lower opening. No changes in width allowed over 36" without prior approval. Reductions in depth are not allowed. Clipped Corners and Wide Stiles are not available on this cabinet
•• ••
Basic Wood Hoods 12"
Wood Hood w/ Doors
Side View
WOOD HOOD W/ DOORS
WH3024 WH3624 BEADBOARD WOOD HOOD
6
WHB3024 WHB3624
30 or 36
Beadboard Wood Hood
PRICE
DOORS
CUBES
$1,142 $1,713
2 2
8 10
PRICE
DOORS
CUBES
$1,142 $1,713
0 0
8 10
133/4" Side View
•• •• •• •• ••
30” outside, 28 ½” inside. 36” outside, 34 ½” inside. Cabinet sides are flush and made of 3/4” material. The doors are functional on Wood Hood with doors. A metal liner and blower unit are sold separately (See Accessories & Modifications section).
6 30 or 36
Flaired Wood Hoods 16"
12" 5"
36"
•• •• ••
9" 30" WHP3009MCRTM 36" WHP3609MCRTM Add 4 1/8" to width for MCRTM molding
w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014
19" 21 1/16"
- 36 -
••
FLAIRED WOOD HOOD
PRICE
CUBES
FWH3036 FWH3636
$3,597 $4,110
16 18
Available in 30" & 36" wide. Units are 19” deep, not including molding, and 36” tall Add 4 1/8” to width and 2 5/8” to depth for standard MCRTM crown on wall mount. A metal liner and blower unit sold separately (See Accessories & Modifications section)
Wall Cabinets Valance Hood 18"
10"
12"
36"
WOOD HOOD W/ DOORS
PRICE
WHRPVAL3036 WHRPVAL3048 WHRPVAL3636 WHRPVAL3648
$3,597 $4,316 $4,110 $4,932
DOORS CUBES
0 0 0 0
12 16 15 19
36"
12"
12"
18"
••
Not all door styles are available. This is very important and •• a STAGE 1 design consideration. No mitered doors, no applied moldings. •• Raised Panel Valance on this hood will have a 2 ¼” top and bottom rail & a 3" rise. •• 19” deep with an 18 ¼” internal clearance. 7 1/8” to bottom shelf.
•• •• ••
MCRTS used as standard. Bead molding is used at the seam. Overall width of cabinet is 30” or 36”; MCRTS adds an additional 2 3/4” to the width. A metal liner and blower unit are sold separately. See Accessories & Modifications section.
Hood with Mantel
30"
81/2"
19" 3" Rise
•• •• •• •• ••
Mantel shelf is 4” deep and 2 ¼” tall. Box is 19” deep with an 18 ¼: internal clearance. Doors are functional. Roman valance is standard, others can be specified in the cabinet comments. Country French and Country Routed are not available. Corbels are Enkeboll CBL TXO minis (only available in Oak, Maple, Alder, & Cherry – Oak corbels are substituted on Hickory jobs; Maple corbels are substituted on Beech jobs so slight variation is possible).
w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014
•• ••
- 37 -
HOOD W/ MANTEL
PRICE
CUBES
WHM3030 WHM3630 WHM4230 WHM3036 WHM3636 WHM4236 WHM3042 WHM3642 WHM4242 WHM4830 WHM4836 WHM4842
$1,763 $1,823 $1,882 $1,894 $1,954 $2,014 $1,951 $2,011 $2,071 $1,967 $2,098 $2,155
10 12 14 12 15 17 14 17 20 15 19 22
A metal liner and blower unit sold separately, See Accessories & Modifications section. 48" wide unit will have a 3" mid-stile, no butt doors. If you would like butt doors, add BD as a modification.
Wall Cabinets Curved Hood 31 5/8", 37 5/8" or 43 5/8" 10", 16" or 22"
12"
48"
MCRTM
8"
30", 36" or 42"
34 1/8", 40 1/8" or 46 1/8"
12" 10", 16" or 22"
CURVED HOOD
PRICE
DOORS
CUBES
CWH3048 CWH3648 CWH4248
$6,812 $7,032 $7,253
0 0 0
22 26 29
21 1/16"
1" Wide Batten Molding
•• •• ••
MCRTM, MUC and MBT moldings used, moldings had additional width of 4 1/8" to stated size. No modifications allowed or dimension changes. Cabinet is 48" tall x 19" deep, moldings will increase the overall depth.
w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014
••
- 38 -
A metal liner and blower unit sold separately, see Accessories & Modifications section.
Wall Cabinets Wood Hood Fascia Wood Hood Fascia - Flat
Wood Hood Fascia - Flat w/ Batton
16 7/8"
16 7/8"
24"
24"
5 5/8" 30" or 36"
5 5/8" 71/4"
30" or 36"
71/4"
HOOD
PRICE
DOORS
CUBES
HOOD
PRICE
DOORS
CUBES
WHFFL3024 WHFFL3624
$1,070 $1,284
0 0
4 4
WHFFB3024 WHFFB3624
$1,142 $1,356
0 0
4 4
Wood Hood Fascia - Applied Doors
Wood Hood Fascia - Beaded
16 7/8"
16 7/8"
24"
24"
5 5/8"
5 5/8"
30" or 36"
30" or 36"
71/4"
71/4"
HOOD
PRICE
DOORS
CUBES
HOOD
PRICE
DOORS
CUBES
WHFBE3024 WHFBE3624
$1,320 $1,534
0 0
4 4
WHFAD3024 WHFAD3624
$1,370 $1,570
0 0
4 4
Wood Hood Fascia - Raised Panel •• •• •• ••
16 7/8"
••
24"
5 5/8"
30" or 36"
71/4"
HOOD
PRICE
DOORS
CUBES
WHFRP3024 WHFRP3624
$1,370 $1,570
0 0
4 4
w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014
- 39 -
Available in 30" & 36" wide and 5 configurations. Fascia units are 7 ¼” deep and 24” tall Designed to be placed between two wall cabinets. A special notched metal liner and blower unit is sold separately. See Accessories & Modifications section. ICM is used on the lower portion of the fascias.
Wall Cabinets Custom Hood - Hood 1 REMOVEABLE DOORS - USE UNINCONNECTORS - DESIGNER OVERLAY SHOWN
A 3/4" OR 1/4" R
3/16" R
3/16" R
3/8" R
3/8" R
B 1/4" R
MINIMUM C
KEYSTONE
iI
DIMENSION
C
CORBEL
CORBEL
13" FOR CORBEL
J
TO FIT
J
MCRTM
H
TOP OF MANTEL SHELF
K
SPICE PULLOUT
SPICE PULLOUT
D
3/4" R
G
F
E
MAKE SURE YOUR DIMENSIONS ADD UP!
CABINET
HOOD1
•• •• •• •• ••
Please use the forms found in the FORMS section to fill in the missing dimensions when placing your order. The corbels on these hoods are the CBL A01 (4 ¾” wide x 9 ½” tall x 3 ¾” deep) from Enkeboll. They will be supplied by Custom Cupboards. If the middle panel is over 23 ½” wide and your customer wants a single panel, there will be no warranty on the panel. SDPW must be added as a modification. The left & right sides will be flush. Bottom of hood & inside ends of the Spice Pull-outs will be finished.
w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014
PRICE
CUBES
$8,422
0
•• •• ••
MCRTM Crown used on mantel shelf. Any modifications will require pre-approval and will affect the price. Cabinet has 1/4" backs.
•STOP • Cubes will NOT calculate due to the flexibility in size.
- 40 -
You will have to figure the cubes and put them in using CUBES__ as a modification to insure your freight will add up correctly. The formula for figuring cubes is W x H x D ÷ 1728.
Wall Cabinets Custom Hood - Hood 2 DESIGNER OVERLAY SHOWN
A 3/4" OR 1/4" R
3/16" R 3/8" R
3/16" R 3/8" R
FIXED
REMOVEABLE - USE UNIVONNECTORS
1 1/2" THICK WOOD TOP FOR MANTEL SHELF
F IXED
DESIGNER OVERLAY SHOWN 1/4" R
F
MCRTM
B
CORBEL
G
CORBEL
MINIMUM B DIMENSION IS 15 3/4" FOR CORBEL TO FIT
MAKE SURE YOUR DIMENSIONS ADD UP!
E
D
C
MINIMUM E AND C DIMENSION IS 9 1/2" FOR CORBEL TO FIT
CABINET
HOOD2
•• •• •• •• ••
Please use the forms found in the FORMS section to fill in the missing dimensions when placing your order. The corbels on these hoods are the CBL A01 (4 ¾” wide x 9 ½” tall x 3 ¾” deep) from Enkeboll. They will be supplied by Custom Cupboards. If the middle panel is over 23 ½” wide and your customer wants a single panel, there will be no warranty on the panel. SDPW must be added as a modification. Left & Right sides will be flush. Bottom of hood & inside ends of the legs will be finished.
w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014
PRICE
CUBES
$6,073
0
•• •• ••
MCRTM Crown used on mantel shelf. Any modifications will require pre-approval and will affect the price. Cabinet has 1/4" backs.
•• Cubes will NOT calculate due to the flexibility in size. STOP You will have to figure the cubes and put them in using CUBES__ as a modification to insure your freight will add up correctly. The formula for figuring cubes is W x H x D ÷ 1728.
- 41 -
Wall Cabinets Wood Hood Platform WOOD HOOD PLATFORM W/ MCRTS
PRICE
CUBES
WHP3009CR1 WHP3609CR1
$1,052 $1,230
5 5
WOOD HOOD PLATFORM W/ MCRTM
PRICE
CUBES
WHP3009CR2 WHP3609CR2
$1,072 $1,250
5 5
WOOD HOOD PLATFORM W/ MCRTL
PRICE
CUBES
WHP3009CR3 WHP3609CR3
$1,112 $1,290
5 5
WOOD HOOD PLATFORM W/ MCRTL
PRICE
CUBES
WHP3009CR4 WHP3609CR4
$1,152 $1,330
5 5
9"
30" WHP3009CR1
19"
36" WHP3609CR1 Add 2 3/4" to width for MCRTS molding
20 3/8"
9"
30" WHP3009CR2
19"
36" WHP3609CR2 Add 4 1/8" to width for MCRTM molding
21 1/16"
9"
30" WHP3009CR3
19"
36" WHP3609CR3 Add 51/2" to width for MCRTL molding
213/4"
30" WHP3009CR4
19"
36" WHP3609CR4 Add 5 5/8" to width for MCRTNL molding
•• •• ••
21 13/16"
Available in 30" & 36" wide with 4 different molding options. Units are 19” deep, not including molding, and 9” tall. Molding will increase the overall width and depth. See details above.
w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014
•• •• ••
A metal liner and blower unit is sold separately. See Accessories & Modifications section. Top is flush; Bottom is inset 4 1/8” The shelf is ½” material; the front and sides are ¾” material
- 42 -
Wall Cabinets What-Not Wall Shelf 3 x 3 clip
STYLE A
•• •• •• •• ••
STYLE B
CABINET
PRICE
CUBES
WNWS_630 WNWS_636
$414 $471
2 2
WNWS_642
$528
2
WNWS_1230 WNWS_1236 WNWS_1242
$621 $706 $799
3 3 4
STYLE C
12” deep, designed to fit on the end of a wall cabinet. Style A available in 12" width. Style B & C are available in 6” or 12” widths. Four ¾” solid wood shelves equally spaced in height. There is a cove route on the exposed edges of each shelf. Choose style in nomenclature (Ex. WNWSB630)
••
90˚ top & bottom shelf is available on all styles for no charge by specifying in the cabinet notes.
Wall Panel Filler 1 ½” WIDE PANEL FILLERS
Top View 1 1/2"
WPF1.5 30 WPF1.5 36 WPF1.5 42 WPF1.5 48 WPF1.5 54 WPF1.5 60
12
3"
Top View
12
3” WIDE PANEL FILLERS 6"
Top View
12
•• •• •• ••
••
½” plywood panel with 1 ½”, 3”, or 6” stile attached. Indicate ¼” reveal left or right; this will automatically finish the end. Can be increased up to 16” deep at no charge by using CDNC. Change dimensions are available at Half of the Standard Charge (width, height, and depth over 16"). Use MISC as a modification to enter the cost and specify the dimension change. Flutes and other decorative details can be added see Accessories & Modifications section.
w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014
- 43 -
WPF3 30 WPF3 36 WPF3 42 WPF3 48 WPF3 54 WPF3 60 6” WIDE PANEL FILLERS
WPF6 30 WPF6 36 WPF6 42 WPF6 48 WPF6 54 WPF6 60
PRICE
$183 $183 $183 $218 $254 $290 PRICE
$194 $194 $194 $230 $265 $301 PRICE
$223 $223 $223 $258 $294 $330
CUBES
1 1 1 1 1 1 CUBES
1 1 1 2 2 2 CUBES
1 1 1 2 2 2
Wall Cabinets Wall Box Filler 3” WALL BOX FILLERS
Wall Box Filler
WBF330 WBF336 WBF342 WBF348 WBF354 WBF360
Top View
3
12
6” WALL BOX FILLERS
WBF630 WBF636 WBF642 WBF648 WBF654 WBF660
Peninsula Box Filler
Top View
3
WBFP330 WBFP336 WBFP342 WBFP348 WBFP354 WBFP360
Angled Box Filler
6” PENINSULA BOX FILLERS
TOP VIEW
3
•• •• •• •• •• •• •• ••
3” or 6” wide x 12" deep. Both ends are always finished. Box filler has a ¼” reveal on the sides and a flush toe kick. Can be increased up to 16” deep at no charge by using CDNC. Peninsula Box Filler has a stile on the front and back. Must specify left or right on the angled fillers Change dimensions are available at Half of the Standard Charge (width, height, and depth over 16"). Use MISC as a modification to enter the cost and specify the dimension change. Flutes and other decorative details can be added see Accessories & Modifications section.
w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014
$257 $264 $271 $314 $357 $400 PRICE
$285 $293 $300 $343 $385 $428
CUBES
1 1 1 2 2 2 CUBES
2 2 2 2 3 3
PENINSULA BOX FILLER
3
3” PENINSULA BOX FILLERS
3
PRICE
- 44 -
WBFP630 WBFP636 WBFP642 WBFP648 WBFP654 WBFP660
PRICE
$364 $371 $378 $421 $464 $507 PRICE
$392 $400 $407 $450 $492 $535
CUBES
1 1 1 1 2 2 CUBES
2 2 2 2 3 3
ANGLED BOX FILLER 3” ANGLED WALL BOX FILLERS
WBFA330 WBFA336 WBFA342 WBFA348 WBFA354 WBFA360
PRICE
$364 $371 $378 $421 $464 $507
CUBES
1 1 1 2 2 2
Base Cabinets Index: Base Cabinets Base Cabinet Information................................................... 2 Cabinet Construction.......................................................... 3 Blind Information............................................................... 27 Angled Cabinets Base Angle 12"-24" deep............................................... 29 Base End Angle - 24" deep............................................ 29 Base Transition Cabinet - 24" deep .............................. 29 Base Cabinet (door and drawer) Base Cabinet- 24” Deep.................................................. 5 Inverted Base Cabinet...................................................... 5 Three Drawer Base - 24” Deep........................................ 6 Base Peninsula - 24” Deep............................................ 23 Base Organizer - 24” Deep............................................ 10 Base Full Door Base Full Door Peninsula - 24” Deep............................. 23 Base Full Door – 12” Deep............................................... 4 Base Full Door – 24” Deep............................................... 4 Sink Base Full Door - 24” Deep..................................... 13 Three-Door Base w/ Full Height Doors - 24” Deep.......... 6 Blind Cabinets Blind Corner Base - 24” Deep........................................ 28 Blind Corner Peninsula - 24” Deep................................ 28 Cook Top Base CookTop Vent.......................................................... 9 2 Drawer Cooktop Cabinet.............................................. 9 Corner Cabinets Corner Recycle Bin........................................................ 24 Base Easy Reach........................................................... 24 Base Lazy Susan............................................................ 24 Diagonal Corner Cabinets Diagonal Sink Front........................................................ 23 Base Lazy Susan Diagonal............................................. 25 Base Lazy Susan Diagonal w/ Drawer........................... 25 Base Diagonal Corner.................................................... 25 Sink Base Diagonal........................................................ 26 Recessed Sink Base Diagonal....................................... 26 Drawer Banks 2 Drawer Base - 24” Deep............................................. 14 3 Drawer Base - 24” Deep............................................. 14 3 Drawer Base w/ Equal Fronts - 24” Deep................... 14 4 Drawer Base - 24” Deep............................................. 15 4 Drawer Base w/ Equal Fronts - 24” Deep................... 15 Base Apothecary Unit - 24” Deep.................................. 21 Split 4 Drawer Base - 24” Deep..................................... 16 Split 5 Drawer Base - 24” Deep..................................... 16 Fillers Base Panel Filler............................................................ 30 Base Box Filler............................................................... 30
w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014
Microwave and Oven Cabinets Base Microwave Built-In - 24” Deep.............................. 10 Base Oven Cabinet - 24” Deep...................................... 11 Peninsula Cabinets Base Full Door Peninsula - 24” Deep ............................ 23 Base Peninsula - 24” Deep............................................ 23 Blind Corner Peninsula - 24” Deep................................ 28 Range Base Range Base - 24” Deep................................................... 8 Range Base Drawer Stack............................................... 8 Recycle / Trash Bin Cabinets Recycle Bin Center - 24" deep....................................... 18 Recycle Bin Deluxe........................................................ 18 Corner Recycle Bin........................................................ 24 Mid Line Trash Bin......................................................... 18 Base Trash Bin............................................................... 19 Servo-Drive Trash Bin - 24” Deep.................................. 20 Trash Bin Bottom Mount - 24” Deep.............................. 19 Sink Base Farm Sink Base - 24” Deep............................................ 12 Sink Base - 24” Deep..................................................... 12 Sink Base Full door - 24” Deep...................................... 13 Clipped Corner Sink Base – 27” Deep........................... 13 Diagonal Sink Front........................................................ 23 Sink Base Diagonal........................................................ 26 Recessed Sink Base Diagonal....................................... 26 Storage Cabinets Dispensa Base Pull-Out - 24” Deep............................... 16 Spice Base Cabinet - 24” Deep..................................... 17 Spice Base Frameless Cabinet - 24” Deep.................... 17 Clipped Spice Base Cabinet - 24” Deep........................ 17 Base Lazy Susan............................................................ 24 Base Lazy Susan Diagonal............................................. 25 Base Lazy Susan Diagonal w/ Drawer........................... 25 Shelf (open) Base Cubby Unit - 24” Deep.......................................... 22 Base End Shelf - 24” Deep............................................ 22 Base Bookcase – 12” deep............................................ 22 Specialty Base Apothecary Unit - 24” Deep.................................. 21 Base Cubby Unit - 24” Deep.......................................... 21 Base Organizer - 24” Deep............................................ 10 Warming Drawer Drawer Stack w/ Warming Drawer - 24” Deep................. 7 Drawer Stack w/ Warming drawer in Middle - 24” Deep .7 Warming Drawer Cabinet w/ Doors - 24” Deep............... 8 Wine Rack Base Wine Rack - 12” deep........................................... 20 Base Wine Holder - 24” deep........................................ 21 Base Wine Cubby - 24” deep......................................... 21
-1-
Base Cabinets Base Cabinet Information Helpful Notes About Base Cabinet Section •• Bases are 34 1/2” tall x 24” deep, unless otherwise stated. •• On designer overlay, choice of 1/4” or 3/4” reveal at tops of base & vanity cabinets must be specified in the field below hinge type.
Oven Cabinet Cut-Outs In order to make the cabinet more stable during production and shipping, Custom Cupboards does not make a complete cutout that is larger than 3” less than the overall cabinet width. We score the stile of the cabinet, starting and stopping 1 ½” from the top and bottom of the opening. Your trim carpenter will then finalize the cut on-site. The maximum cut-out for cabinets with: •• Standard or Flush ends is 1 1/2” less than the overall cabinet width •• One or both RPE is 2 1/2” less than the overall cabinet width •• One or both BBE (3/8”) is 2” less than the overall cabinet width
Entering a Faceframe and Door Only •• For a full door cabinet, enter a 12” deep base cabinet, then enter FFDO as a modification. •• For a cabinet with doors and drawer fronts, enter a sink base cabinet, then enter FFDO as a modification. Minimum Door Sizes Every effort will be made to provide the 5-piece door style. Mortise & Tenoned doors are programmed to have the stile trimmed down. Mitered doors below minimum will be slab.
w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014
-2-
Base Cabinets Cabinet Construction Base Cabinets: 34 1/2” H x 24” D and 1 1/2” W rails & stiles unless otherwise stated. Refer to cabinet descriptions for more information about individual cabinets. Toe kick is 4 1/2” T x 3 1/4” D without toe board.
5
5
5
5
5
27
5
5
3
9 1/2
20 1/2
20 1/2 34 1/2
30
5
Equal
7 1/2
Equal
20 1/2
14
12 3/4
9 1/2 5
4 1/2
Specify Cutout
12 3/4
SB_
B_
BFD_
B_D2
B_INVERT
B_2D
BWD_
B_D4
B_D3
12 5
5 11 1/2
3
3
Varies Micro C.O. 34 1/2
11 1/2
5
12 6
30
20 1/2 A
3 Varies
B WB_
4 1/2
24
A = XB36=9" XB39=12" XB42=15" XB45=18" XB48=21"
14
17
B_
B _
BT 12 _
36
24
42, 45, or 48
T
65˚
VIEW 17 1/4" 24 3/8
23 1/4
24
24
42, 45, or 48
24 7/16
65˚
36
2 1/4
35 Frame Opening: RSBD42 = 20-5/16 RSBD45 = 24-9/16 RSBD48 = 28-13/16
24
3 12 4
15 open
in
g
4 1/2 O pe n
1 1/2
EB24 12
18 3/4
RSB _
2 1/4 4 1/2
Note: 1/4” backs. Wall side backs to maximize space
24 1 1/2
B S3
/ BER3
/
RB3
24
DI
N
S
36
45
12
24
42 39 36
39 45 42
17 1/4" 24
12
36
T
VIEW
36
B 12_
24 17 * 21 1/4 25 1/2 29 3/4
17
B 24_ 24
B SD3
Dimensions across the front of base corner diagonals. * dimensions rounded up to the nearest quarter inch.
w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014
-3-
/ SBD3
Base Cabinets Base Full Door - 12” Deep CABINET
Shown without BD option
•• •• ••
Specify hinge direction on single door cabinets. 12” deep cabinet comes with two full-depth adjustable shelves. 48” wide two-door cabinets will always come with a center stile unless BD (butt doors) is added as a modification. This will not be covered under warranty.
•• ••
BFD912 BFD1212 BFD1512 BFD1812 BFD2112 BFD2412 BFD2412BD BFD2712 BFD3012 BFD3312 BFD3612 BFD3912 BFD4212 BFD4512 BFD4812 BFD48124D
PRICE
$303 $331 $360 $388 $422 $448 $448 $531 $562 $591 $602 $648 $676 $705 $734 $734
DOORS
CUBES
1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 4
3 4 4 5 6 7 7 8 8 9 10 10 11 12 13 13
The 48” wide four-door cabinets will come standard with two sets of butt doors. Watch out for door minimums on smaller width cabinets.
Base Full Door - 24” Deep CABINET
Shown without BD option
•• •• ••
Specify hinge direction on single door cabinets. Comes with one 15 ½” deep adjustable shelf. 48” wide two-door cabinets will always come with a center stile unless BD (butt doors) is added as a modification. This will not be covered under warranty.
w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014
•• ••
-4-
BFD9 BFD12 BFD15 BFD18 BFD21 BFD24 BFD24BD BFD27 BFD30 BFD33 BFD36 BFD39 BFD42 BFD45 BFD48 BFD484D
PRICE
$394 $428 $465 $500 $537 $574 $574 $679 $716 $754 $791 $828 $871 $908 $945 $945
DOORS
CUBES
1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 4
5 7 8 10 11 13 13 15 16 18 19 21 22 24 26 26
The 48” wide four-door cabinets will come standard with two sets of butt doors. Watch out for door minimums on smaller width cabinets.
Base Cabinets Base Cabinet - 24” Deep CABINET
B12 B15 B18 B21 B24 B24BD B27 B30 B33 B36 B39 B42 B45 B48 B484D
•• •• ••
Specify hinge direction on single door cabinets. Comes with one 15 ½” deep adjustable shelf. 48” wide two-door cabinets will always come with a center stile unless BD (butt doors) is added as a modification. This will not be covered under warranty. The 48” wide four-door cabinets will come standard with two sets of butt doors.
••
•• •• •• ••
PRICE
DOORS
DRW
CUBES
$591 $625 $660 $696 $732 $794 $839 $973 $1,017 $1,044 $1,092 $1,131 $1,181 $1,204 $1,382
1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 4
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
7 8 10 11 13 13 15 16 18 19 21 22 24 26 26
Super drawers (full width) are available on 30”– 36” cabinets by adding “SD” to the end of the product nomenclature. (Ex. B36SD) Watch out for door & drawer front minimums on smaller width cabinets. 20 ½” tall door opening. Use FMS to add fixed mid shelf in between door & drawer opening behind rail.
Inverted Base Cabinet - 24” Deep
•• •• ••
Specify hinge direction on single door cabinets. Comes with one 15 ½” deep adjustable shelf. Super drawers (full width) are available on 30”– 36” cabinets by adding “SD” to the end of the product nomenclature. (Ex. B36SD INVERT)
w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014
•• ••
-5-
CABINET
PRICE
DOORS
DRW
CUBES
B12 INVERT B15 INVERT B18 INVERT B21 INVERT B24 INVERT B24BD INVERT B27 INVERT B30 INVERT B33 INVERT B36 INVERT
$670 $712 $755 $799 $843 $912 $965 $1,117 $1,170 $1,204
1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2
7 8 10 11 13 13 15 16 18 19
Watch out for door & drawer front minimums on smaller width cabinets. Use BTM opening if you want to adjust bottom drawer opening to something taller.
Base Cabinets Three-Door Base - 24” Deep CABINET
B483DL/R B513DL/R B543DL/R
•• •• •• ••
••
Hinge direction notates single door side. Comes with two 15 ½” depth adjustable shelves; one on each side of the partition. Three equal openings if no butt doors. Butt doors standard on double door side if entered on order info tab.
PRICE
$1,438 $1,476 $1,500
DRS
DRW
OPENINGS
CUBES
3 3 3
3 3 3
13” 14” 15”
26 26 27
Super drawer (full width) is available over the double doors by adding “SD” to the end of the product nomenclature. (Ex. B483DLSD).
Three-Door Base w/ Full Height Doors - 24” Deep CABINET
BFD483DL/R BFD513DL/R BFD543DL/R
•• Hinge direction notates single door side. •• Comes with two 15 ½” depth adjustable shelves; one on each side of the partition.
w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014
PRICE
$1,180 $1,216 $1,252
DRS
OPENINGS
CUBES
3 3 3
13” 14” 15”
23 25 26
•• Three equal openings if no butt doors. •• Butt doors standard on double door side if entered on
-6-
order info tab.
Base Cabinets Base 2 Drawer / Door Cabinet - 24” Deep CABINET
•• •• •• ••
B12_2D B15_2D B18_2D B21_2D B24_2D B24BD2D B272D B302D B332D B362D
Specify hinge direction on single door cabinet. No shelves included. Drawer openings are 5” tall & 14” door opening. Changes in height will affect door opening.
PRICE
$758 $791 $830 $869 $832 $977 $1,035 $1,077 $1,118 $1,160
DOORS
DRW
CUBES
1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
7 8 10 11 13 13 13 15 16 18
Drawer Stack w/ Warming Drawer - 24” Deep CABINET
in Warm
••
•• ••
gD
BWD27 BWD30 BWD33 BWD36
rawer
Cut-outs must be provided using the form in the Forms section or using the cut-out dimension nomenclatures as modifications. Failure to supply all relevant information will affect the lead time. Cut-out nomenclatures for this cabinet are TOHW & TOHH. No back in cutout section.
PRICE
DOORS
DRW
CUBES
0 0 0 0
2 2 2 2
15 16 18 18
$1,145 $1,197 $1,248 $1,299
•• ••
3” rail and a fixed shelf below the cut-out. Two equal height openings below.
STOP
See Base Cabinet Information page at the beginning of this section for information regarding cutouts.
Drawer Stack w/ Warming Drawer in Middle - 24” Deep CABINET
in Warm
••
••
g Dra
BWDM27 BWDM30 BWDM33 BWDM36
wer
Cut-outs must be provided using the form in the Forms •• section or using the cut-out dimension nomenclatures as •• modifications. Failure to supply all relevant information will affect the lead time. •• Cut-out nomenclatures for this cabinet are TOHW & TOHH
•• STOP
w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014
-7-
PRICE
$1,184 $1,241 $1,297 $1,353
DOORS
DRW
CUBES
0 0 0 0
2 2 2 2
15 16 18 18
No back in cutout section. 3” rails above and below cut-out. Fixed shelves above and below warming drawer cut-out opening. Top drawer opening is 5” tall; bottom drawer opening will vary based on cut-out height. See Base Cabinet Information page at the beginning of this section for information regarding cutouts.
Base Cabinets Warming Drawer Cabinet w/ Doors - 24” Deep •• WARMING DRAWER
•• •• •• •• •• STOP
Cut-outs must be provided using the form in the Forms section or using the cut-out dimension nomenclatures as modifications. Failure to supply all relevant information will affect the lead time. Cutout nomenclatures for this cabinet are TOHW & TOHH No back in cutout section. No adjustable shelf included. 3” mid rail and fixed shelf below the cut-out. See Base Cabinet Information page at the beginning of this section for information regarding cutouts.
CABINET
BWD27WD BWD30WD BWD33WD BWD36WD
PRICE
DOORS
CUBES
2 2 2 2
15 16 18 18
$962 $1,005 $1,042 $1,079
OPEN
Back view
Range Base - 24” Deep CABINET
RB27 RB30 RB33 RB36 RB39 RB42 RB45 RB48
•• ••
Full width false fronts are available on 30”– 36” cabinets at no charge by adding “FF” to the end of the product nomenclature. (Ex. RB33FF) Comes with one 15 ½” depth shelf.
••
PRICE
$648 $676 $736 $751 $782 $813 $851 $876
DOORS
FRONTS
CUBES
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
15 16 18 19 21 22 24 26
48” wide two-door cabinets will always come with a center stile unless BD (butt doors) is added as a modification. This will not be covered under warranty.
Range Base Drawer Stack - 24” Deep CABINET
RBDB27 RBDB30 RBDB33 RBDB36
•• •• •• ••
w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014
-8-
PRICE
$1,236 $1,293 $1,347 $1,403
FRONTS
DRW
CUBES
1 1 1 1
2 2 2 2
15 16 18 19
Full width false front at top. Middle and bottom openings are 9 ½” high. Drawer boxes are 18” deep to allow for ducting and power supplies. Change height will affect the lower openings equally
Base Cabinets Base Cooktop Vent - 24” Deep DOORS
DRW
CUBES
CT36 CT39
CABINET
$1,318 $1,538
PRICE
2 2
1 2
19 21
CT42 CT45 CT48 CT484D
$1,608 $1,660 $1,712 $1,937
2 2 2 4
2 2 2 2
22 24 26 26
CT36 Shown w/ BD option Other widths have 2 drawers
•• •• ••
12” deep top drawer with scoop leaving a 2 ½” tall drawer •• box. Shelf is 10 3/8” deep; cabinet has a ¾” partition used as a removable, false back at 12” deep. •• POS not available in this cabinet.
48” wide two-door cabinets will always come with a center stile unless BD (butt doors) is added as a modification. This will not be covered under warranty. The 48” wide four-door cabinets will come standard with two sets of butt doors.
2 Drawer Cooktop Cabinet - 24” Deep CABINET
CT2D27 CT2D30 CT2D33 CT2D36
••
••
Cut-outs must be provided using the form in the Forms section or using the cut-out dimension nomenclatures as modifications. Failure to supply all relevant information will affect the lead time. Top rail width can be specified; 1 ½” is standard. Use TRW (cook-top top rail width) to modify.
w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014
PRICE
$1,042 $1,090 $1,135 $1,182
DRW
CUBES
2 2 2 2
15 16 17 19
•• Cutout nomenclatures for this cabinet are OW & OH. •• No web frame at top. •• See Base Cabinet Information page at the beginning of STOP
-9-
this section for information regarding cutouts.
Base Cabinets Base Organizer - 24” Deep CABINET
BO39 BO42
••
•• ••
PRICE
$1,876 $1,947
DOORS
DRW
CUBES
2 2
4 4
19 21
Includes two deep drawers that can accommodate bread drawer modification and two drawers in center that can accommodate cutlery or utility trays. (Accesories not included) Two full width dovetail pull-out shelves behind butt doors. (Butt doors are standard on this cabinet) Change height will affect door openings. Change width will equally affect drawer openings.
Base Microwave Built-In - 24” Deep CABINET
BMWB27 BMWB30 BMWB33 BMWB36
PRICE
$961 $1,009 $1,054 $1,100
DOORS
DRW
0 0 0 0
1 1 1 1
CUBES
15 16 18 18
To figure drawer front height: Designer Overlay: Add 2” to drawer opening Standard Overlay: Add 3/4” to drawer opening
••
•• •• ••
Cut-outs must be provided using the form in the Forms section or using the cut-out dimension nomenclatures as modifications. Failure to supply all relevant information will affect the lead time. Cutout nomenclatures for this cabinet are TOHW & TOHH A finished interior may be ordered. If added, entire cabinet will be finished. Cabinet has a ½” back. Top & bottom rails are 1 ½” wide. Middle rail is 3” wide. Cabinet becomes custom when modifying rail width & must be entered as CUSTOMBASE.
w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014
•• ••
One drawer in lower opening. Height of drawer varies with the cut-out size. Use of a trim kit is required.
STOP See Base Cabinet Information page at the beginning of this section for information regarding cutouts. STOP Maximum cut-out height to keep drawer is 20”
- 10 -
Base Cabinets Base Oven Cabinet - 24” Deep CABINET
BOC27 BOC30 BOC33 BOC36 BOC39
•• ••
••
Designed to accept oven in an under-the-counter application. Cut-outs must be provided using the form in the Forms section or using the cut-out dimension nomenclatures as modifications. Failure to supply all relevant information will affect the lead time. Cutout nomenclatures for this cabinet are TOHW & TOHH
w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014
•• ••
PRICE
$510 $538 $565 $594 $622
CUBES
15 16 18 19 21
Rails are equal size. If you need your rails to be unequal use BOCTR to specify top rail. Inside cutout depth is 23 1/4” with back.
STOP The maximum cut-out height is 28” STOP See Base Cabinet Information page at the beginning of this section for information regarding cutouts.
- 11 -
Base Cabinets Farm Sink Base - 24” Deep CABINET
FSB27 FSB30 FSB33 FSB36 FSB39 FSB42 FSB45 FSB48
To figure door height: Designer Overlay: Add 2” to door opening Standard Overlay: Add ¾” to door opening
PRICE
$599 $622 $648 $685 $708 $736 $762 $796
DOORS
CUBES
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
15 16 18 19 21 22 24 26
Shown with BD option
••
•• ••
Cut-outs must be provided using the form in the Forms section or using the cut-out dimension nomenclatures as modifications. Failure to supply all relevant information will affect the lead time. Cut-out nomenclatures for this cabinet are FSOH & FSOW. Top rail width can be specified; 1 ½” is standard.
••
Solid top rail, to be cut on-site, can be specified using FSTRW. Use FSOH of 0 in addition to FSTRW. •• Door overlaps top rail ¾” on designer and 3/8” on standard overlay. •• No web frame. •STOP • See Base Cabinet Information page at the beginning of this section for information regarding cutouts.
Sink Base - 24” Deep CABINET
SB18 SB21 SB24 SB24BD SB27 SB30 SB33 SB36 SB39 SB42 SB45 SB48 SB484D
•• •• ••
Specify hinge direction on single door cabinets. •• No Shelf included 48” wide two-door cabinets will always come with a cen- •• ter stile unless BD (butt doors) is added as a modification. This will not be covered under warranty.
w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014
- 12 -
PRICE
$505 $505 $505 $505 $599 $622 $648 $685 $708 $736 $762 $796 $796
DOORS
FRONTS
CUBES
1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 4
1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
10 11 13 13 15 16 18 19 21 22 24 26 26
The 48” wide four-door cabinets will come standard with two sets of butt doors. Full width false fronts are available on 30”-36” cabinets at no charge by adding “FF” to the end of the product nomenclature. (Ex. SB36FF)
Base Cabinets Sink Base Full Door - 24” Deep CABINET
SBFD18 SBFD21 SBFD24 SBFD24BD SBFD27 SBFD30 SBFD33 SBFD36 SBFD39 SBFD42 SBFD45 SBFD48
•• •• ••
Specify hinge direction on single door cabinets No shelf included 8” top rail sits behind the doors; special hinge placement
••
PRICE
DOORS
CUBES
$672 $709 $746 $746 $852 $889 $926 $963 $1,000 $1,043 $1,080 $1,117
1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
10 11 13 13 15 16 18 19 21 22 24 26
48” wide two-door cabinets will always come with a center stile unless BD (butt doors) is added as a modification. This will not be covered under warranty.
Clipped Corner Sink Base - 27” Deep CABINET
SB30CCFF SB33CCFF SB36CC SB39CC SB42CC
•• •• •• •• ••
Sink base with 3”x 3” clipped corners. No shelf included. Overall cabinet width is the size stated. Overall cabinet depth is 27”. Flutes and other decorative details can be added see MODIFICATIONS section.
w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014
••
- 13 -
PRICE
DOORS
RONTS
CUBES
$1,122 $1,147 $1,185 $1,207 $1,236
2 2 2 2 2
1 1 2 2 2
17 19 20 22 23
Full width false fronts are available on 36”– 42” cabinets at no charge by adding “FF” to the end of the product nomenclature. (Ex. SB36CCFF)
Base Cabinets 2 Drawer Base - 24” Deep Drawer Front Heights: Designer Overlay: Top = 14” w/ ¾” top reveal Top = 14 ½” w/ ¼” top reveal Bottom = 14 ¾” Std.Overlay: Both = 13 ½”
• • •
•
Maximum height is 34 ½”. Two equal sized openings. Opening are at 12 ¾”. Reduced height will affect both openings equally.
•
CABINET
B12D2 B15D2 B18D2 B21D2 B24D2 B27D2 B30D2 B33D2 B36D2
PRICE
DRW
CUBES
$695 $737 $778 $822 $865 $906 $949 $990 $1,032
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
7 8 10 11 13 15 16 18 19
36” wide cabinet is the maximum covered under warranty. Watch out for drawer front minimums on smaller width cabinets.
3 Drawer Base - 24” Deep Drawer Front Heights: Designer Overlay: Top = 6 ¼” w/ ¾” top reveal Top = 6 ¾” w/ ¼” top reveal Middle = 10 ¾” Bottom = 11 ½” Std.Overlay: Top = 5 ¾” Middle & Bottom = 10 ¼”
•• •• ••
Frame Openings: Top = 5” tall; •• Middle & Lower = 9 ½” tall. Change height will affect the lower openings equally. 36” wide cabinet is the maximum covered under warranty.
CABINET
B12D3 B15D3 B18D3 B21D3 B24D3 B27D3 B30D3 B33D3 B36D3
PRICE
DRW
CUBES
$816 $858 $902 $949 $994 $1,047 $1,095 $1,140 $1,187
3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
7 8 10 11 13 15 16 18 19
Watch out for drawer front minimums on smaller width cabinets.
3 Drawer Base w/ Equal Fronts - 24” Deep Drawer Front Heights: Designer Overlay: All = 9 ½” w/ ¾” top reveal All = 9 21/32” w/ ¼” top reveal Std.Overlay: All = 8 ¾”
•• •• •• ••
w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014
CABINET
B12D3E B15D3E B18D3E B21D3E B24D3E B27D3E B30D3E B33D3E B36D3E
PRICE
DRW
CUBES
$816 $858 $902 $949 $994 $1,047 $1,095 $1,140 $1,187
3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
7 8 10 11 12 15 16 18 19
Frame openings are not necessarily equal. Change height will affect drawer fronts equally. 36” wide cabinet is the maximum covered under warranty. Watch out for drawer front minimums on smaller width cabinets.
- 14 -
Base Cabinets 4 Drawer Base - 24” Deep CABINET
Drawer Front Heights: Designer Overlay: Top = 6 ¼” w/ ¾” top reveal Top = 6 ¾” w/ ¼” top reveal Middle = 6 ¼” Bottom = 9 ½”
Std.Overlay: Top 3 = 5 ¾” Bottom = 8 ¼”
•• •• •• ••
B12D4 B15D4 B18D4 B21D4 B24D4 B27D4 B30D4 B33D4 B36D4
PRICE
DRW
CUBES
$892 $928 $972 $1,016 $1,060 $1,129 $1,176 $1,223 $1,271
4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4
7 8 10 11 13 15 16 18 19
Frame Openings: Top three = 5” tall; Bottom = 7 ½” tall. •• On ¼” top reveal top front will be 6 ¾” and the middle fronts will be 6”. Consider using a D3 cabinet. Change height will affect bottom opening. 36” wide cabinet is the maximum covered under warranty. Watch out for drawer front minimums on smaller width •STOP • Cannot reduce the height to less than 31” cabinets.
4 Drawer Base w/ Equal Fronts - 24” Deep CABINET
Drawer Front Heights: Designer Overlay: All = 7 1/16” w/ ¾” top reveal All = 7 3/16” w/ ¼” top reveal
Std.Overlay: All = 6 ⅜”
•• •• •• ••
Frame openings are not necessarily equal. Change height will affect drawer fronts equally. 36” wide cabinet is the maximum covered under warranty. Watch out for drawer front minimums on smaller width cabinets.
w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014
- 15 -
B12D4E B15D4E B18D4E B21D4E B24D4E B27D4E B30D4E B33D4E B36D4E
PRICE
DRW
CUBES
$892 $928 $972 $1,016 $1,060 $1,129 $1,176 $1,223 $1,271
4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4
7 8 10 11 13 15 16 18 19
Change height to 48” to use this cabinet in a walk-in closet
Base Cabinets Split 4 Drawer Base - 24” Deep Drawer Front Heights: Designer Overlay: Top = 6 ¼” w/ ¾” top reveal Top = 6 ¾” w/ ¼” top reveal Middle = 10 ¾” Bottom = 11 ½”
CABINET
B30SD4 B33SD4 B36SD4
PRICE
DRW
CUBES
$1,301 $1,359 $1,399
4 4 4
16 18 19
Std.Overlay: Top = 5 ¾” Middle & Bottom = 10 ¼”
•• •• ••
Frame Openings: Top = 5” tall; Middle & Lower = 9 ½” tall. Change height will affect the lower openings equally. 36” wide cabinet is the maximum covered under warranty.
Split 5 Drawer Base - 24” Deep Drawer Front Heights: Designer Overlay: Top = 6 ¼” w/ ¾” top reveal Top = 6 ¾” w/ ¼” top reveal Middle = 6 ¼” Bottom = 9 ½”
CABINET
B30SD5 B33SD5 B36SD5
PRICE
DRW
CUBES
$1,390 $1,450 $1,490
5 5 5
16 18 19
Std.Overlay: Top 4 = 5 ¾” Bottom = 8 ¼”
•• •• •• ••
Frame Openings: Top three = 5” tall; Bottom = 7 ½” tall. Changed height will affect bottom opening. 36” wide cabinet is the maximum covered under warranty. On ¼” top reveal top front will be 6 ¾” and the middle fronts will be 6”. Consider using a B__SD4 cabinet. •STOP • Cannot reduce the height to less than 31”
Dispensa Base Pull-Out - 24” Deep CABINET
DBPO12 DBPO15 DBPO18 DBPO21
•• •• •• •• •• •• ••
w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014
- 16 -
PRICE
DOORS
CUBES
$1,613 $1,674 $1,733 $1,892
1 1 1 1
6 8 9 11
No Reduce Heights No Change Depths No Reduce Widths on the 12” Comes with 2 trays Always door mount Champagne; non-slip finish Watch out for door minimums on smaller width cabinets.
Base Cabinets Spice Base Cabinet - 24” Deep CABINET
SBC9 SBC12 SBC6L/R
•• •• •• •• •• SBC12
••
SBC6R
•• ••
PRICE
DOORS
CUBES
$1,079 $1,113 $1,293
1 1 1
5 7 5
Three shelf spice rack mounts to door and pulls out on two full extension drawer guides. Not available with soft close guides. Rack is 1” less than opening on framed 9" & 12": 3/4" on semi-framed 6" wide. Chrome rails. Insert is accessible on both sides on 9" & 12"; one side only on 6" wide units. NO modifications to this cabinet without prior authorization. Shelf placement can be changed but it becomes a Custom. Watch out for door minimums on smaller width cabinets.
Spice Base Frameless Cabinet - 24” Deep SBCFF6 Shown
•• •• •• •• •• •• •• •• ••
CABINET
PRICE
DOORS
CUBES
SBCFF6L/R
$1,293
1
5
Door is slab must add overlay to flush out with doors. Filler Face will be flush with cabinet frame. Three shelf spice rack mounts to door and pulls out on two full extension drawer guides. 24" deep overall, including filler front. Rack is ¾” less than opening. Chrome rails. Specify left or right to designate which side the shelves are accessible on. NO modifications to this cabinet without prior authorization. Shelf placement can be changed but it becomes a Custom. SBCFF6 comes with an FTK, ⅛” reveal top & bottom & ¼” reveal left & right. It should be used with decorative attachments, i.e. table legs. See Clipped Spice Base cabinet for details on attaching table legs.
Clipped Spice Base Cabinet - 24” Deep CABINET 20 23
1/8
1/8
6"
"
CCSBC6L CCSBC6R
PRICE
CUBES
$1,329 $1,329
5 5
"
24"
1½”
••
”
4¼ 1½”
•• •• •• •• •• ••
CCSBC6R Shown
w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014
- 17 -
Three shelf spice rack mounts to 3” clip and pulls out on two full extension drawer guides. Chrome rails. A 3” clip sits flush to adjacent cabinet frame with an ⅛” reveal on both sides and top. Shelves are accessible from the deepest side. Specify L or R to designate the shortest side. (Ex: CCSBC6R) 24” on the deepest side. NO modifications to this cabinet without prior authorization. If ordering one CCSBC6 with a table leg attached, charge for one leg + SPLIT LEG as a modification to split the leg. If ordering a pair, there will only be one leg charge and one fee to split. To attach table leg to clip add OM-ATT as a modification.
Base Cabinets Recycle Bin Center - 24” Deep CABINET
RBC18-2 RBC30-4
•• •• •• •• •• •• ••
PRICE
$1,380 $2,236
DOORS
DRWRS
BINS
CUBES
1 2
1 2
2 4
10 16
Available in 2 and 4 bin units. Each plastic bin has a 27 qt. capacity. Door mounted units are available by adding RBMD as a modification. The 30” unit has 2 independent pairs of bins so the left & right sides will pull out separately. No depth changes available on these units. Width changes are available: minimum opening for 2 bin = 12” / 4 bin = 23 ½” Weight capacity: 150 lbs. Butt doors are standard on RBC30-4.
Recycle Bin Deluxe CABINET
PRICE
RBC24DLX
•• •• •• •• •• ••
$2,628
BINS
CUBES
2
12
Unit consists of a heavy duty brushed aluminum frame w/ epoxy covered wire cage. Recycle bins pull out on full extension soft close guides. Only available as door mount. Unit comes with three 25qt.polymer bins for glass, plastic, and aluminum in blue, yellow & green. A forth section is occupied by a canvas bag for recycleable paper. Weight capacity: 100 lbs No dimension changes.
Mid-Line Trash Bin BEST VALUE
WITH FULL DOOR
PRICE
BTB15M BTB18M
$1,100 $1,169
WITH DRAWER
BTB15MWD BTB18MWD
•• •• SOFT-CLOSE
•• •• •• ••
High quality bottom mount bin. Only available as a door mount. 15" wide unit has one 36 qt. Trash Bin and small storage space at back for trash liner storage. 18" wide units will have (2) 36 qt. bins. w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014
•• •• ••
- 18 -
PRICE
$1,290 $1,363
DOORS
DRWRS
BINS
CUBES
1 1
0 0
1 2
8 9
DOORS
DRWRS
BINS
CUBES
1 1
1 1
1 2
8 9
Full extension drawer slides with 110 lbs weight capacity with soft-close. Trash bins are white polymer plastic. Guides are also white. No dimension changes. Lids available for trash bins. See LID TB SS in the accessories & Modifications section. Use FMS to add fixed mid shelf in between door & drawer opening behind rail.
Base Cabinets Base Trash Bin - 24” Deep WITH FULL DOOR
BTB15 BTB18 BTB21 BTB24 WITH DRAWER
BTB15WD BTB18WD BTB21WD BTB24WD
•• •• •• ••
STOP
Not available with Soft-close guides
•• •• •• •• •• ••
PRICE
DOORS
DRWRS
BINS
CUBES
$820 $868 $979 $1,144
1 1 1 1
0 0 0 0
1 2 2 2
8 9 11 12
PRICE
DOORS
DRWRS
BINS
CUBES
$978 $1,028 $1,143 $1,310
1 1 1 1
1 1 1 1
1 2 2 2
8 9 11 12
Unit is made of UV coated maple material. Trash bins pull-out on white epoxy coated full extension side mount guides & are not self closing. Only available as door mount. 15” wide unit has one 35 qt. trash bin & small storage space at back for trash liner storage. 18”, 21” & 24” wide units have two 35 qt. trash bins. Trash bins are 35 quart white polymer plastic Weight capacity: 150 lbs. No dimension changes. Lids available for trash bins. See LID TB SS in the Accessories & Modifications section. Use FMS to add fixed mid shelf in between door & drawer opening behind rail.
Trash Bin Bottom Mount - 24” Deep WITH FULL DOOR
BTB15BM BTB18BM BTB21BM WITH DRAWER
BTB15BMWD BTB18BMWD BTB21BMWD
•• •• •• ••
SOFT-CLOSE
•• •• •• •• •• ••
w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014
- 19 -
PRICE
DOORS
DRWRS
BINS
CUBES
$1,567 $1,657 $1,693
1 1 1
0 0 0
1 2 2
8 9 11
PRICE
DOORS
DRWRS
BINS
CUBES
$1,756 $1,850 $1,890
1 1 1
1 1 1
1 2 2
8 9 11
Unit consists of a bottom mount off white wire cage. Trash bins pull-out on full extension soft closed guides. Door mount is standard. 15” wide unit has one 35 qt. trash bin & small storage basket at back for trash liner storage. 18” & 21” wide units have two 35 qt. trash bins. Trash bins are 35 quart white polymer plastic Weight capacity: 100 lbs. No dimension changes. Lids available for trash bins. See LID TB SS in the Accessories & Modifications section. Use FMS to add fixed mid shelf in between door & drawer opening behind rail.
Base Cabinets Servo-Drive Trash Bin CABINET
PRICE
DOOR/ DRAWER
BTB15WDSDR BTB18WDSDR BTB21WDSDR BTB15SDR BTB18SDR BTB21SDR
$2,935 $3,045 $3,081 $2,809 $2,917 $2,953
1/1 1/1 1/1
FULL DOOR
CUBES
1 1 1
9 10 11 9 10 11
Electronic Servo-Drive mechanism will not allow for ANY cabinet depth modifications.
•• •• •• ••
High-end electronically assisted single and double 35 quart trash receptacle available in various cabinet sizes. Single or Double bin maple dovetail drawer box for housing the trash containers. To close, it will behave the same as all Blum soft close equipped drawers. This amazing feature is based on an electrical drive that, when activated, opens the door for you providing the highest quality of motion in the kitchen.
•• ••
Unit comes with a 6' lead. You may order an extension kit which it includes the 26' cable with caps, cable connector, and cable clips.† Servo-Drive will not allow for ANY cabinet depth modifications or other dimension changes.
NOMENCLATURE
† Servo drive extension kit 26'
15" single 35-quart units have space for trash bags storage behind the 35-quart trash receptacle.
SRVOEX KIT
Base Wine Rack - 12” Deep •• •• •• ••
••
w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014
Wine grid on 4” spacing; the number of holes depends on the cabinet size. The number of bottle openings listed is an estimate; actual number may vary. This cabinet comes with a finished interior, a ½” back, and a full top. Wine racks are available in other cabinets by adding WWR as a modification which may make the cabinet custom. See Accessory & Modification section for this option. Recessed toe kick is standard
- 20 -
CABINET
BWR1212 BWR1512 BWR1812 BWR2112 BWR2412 BWR2712 BWR3012 BWR3312 BWR3612
PRICE
$464 $504 $544 $591 $628 $744 $788 $828 $843
OPENINGS
CUBES
3 11 11 17 17 25 25 25 31
4 4 5 6 7 7 8 8 9
Base Cabinets Base Wine Holder - 24” Deep CABINET
BWH27 BWH30 BWH33 BWH36
•• •• •• •• •• ••
PRICE
CUBES
$1,422 $1,506 $1,585 $1,664
15 16 18 19
Comes with a standard base depth, full width drawer. Finished interior is standard. A ¾” false back set at 12” deep in the lower opening. Bottom opening is 20 ½” tall. No dimension changes or modifications without approval. Recessed toe kick is standard
Base Wine Cubby - 24” Deep CABINET
BWC6 BWC9
•• •• •• ••
PRICE
$669 $669
# OPENINGS
CUBES
5 5
3 5
6” wide unit is frameless; ¾” construction. Finished ends only available with the understanding that pin nails may be visible. 9” wide unit is framed; 1 ½” wide stiles & rails. Finished interior is standard. Reduce width is not available on the 9” unit due to faceframe. Order 6” wide frameless unit & change width if needed.
BWC9 Shown
Base Apothecary Unit - 24” Deep W/ DRAWER FRONT
BAU65S BAU95S EXPOSED DOVETAIL
BAU65D BAU95D
•• •• •• •• •• ••
w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014
PRICE
DRW
CUBES
$1,130 $1,159
5 5
3 5
PRICE
DRW
CUBES
$1,130 $1,159
5 5
3 5
6” wide unit is frameless; ¾” plywood construction with edgebanding. Finished ends are only available on frameless unit with the understanding that pin nails may be visible 9” wide unit is framed; 1 ½” wide stiles & rails. Exposed dovetails are finished to match the exterior. Fronts may not be equal in height. Reduce width is not available on the 9” unit due to faceframe. Order 6” wide frameless unit & change width if needed.
- 21 -
Base Cabinets Base Cubby Unit - 24” Deep CABINET
•• •• •• •• ••
PRICE
# OPENINGS
CUBES
BCU6
$384
5
3
BCU9 BCU15 2ROWS BCU18 2ROWS
$424 $768 $839
5 10 10
5 5 5
6” wide unit is frameless; ¾” plywood construction with edgebanding. Finished ends are only available on frameless unit with the understanding that pin nails may be visible 9”, 15”, & 18” units are framed; 1 ½” wide stiles & rails. Finished interior is standard. Reduce width is not available on the 9” unit due to faceframe. Order 6” wide frameless unit & change width if needed.
Base End Shelf - 24” Deep CABINET
BES
•• 24"
••
TOP VIEW
•• •• •• •• ••
PRICE
CUBES
$674
7
12” wide x 24” deep; designed to fit at the end of a base cabinet. Specify left or right to indicate which side the shelves are open on. Standard with an 8” radius; optional with a 3” x 3” clip by specifying in the cabinet notes. Cove route on exposed edges of shelves. Shelves are secured with screws. 9 ½” between shelves Sides constructed of ¾” material.
12"
Base Bookcase - 12” Deep Shown with Standard valance
CABINET
BBC2412 BBC2712 BBC3012 BBC3312 BBC3612
•• •• •• •• ••
w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014
PRICE
$751 $838 $869 $899 $913
CUBES
13 14 16 17 19
Finished interior is standard. Comes with Standard Valance as top rail; can be changed by specifying in the cabinet notes. See Accessories & Modifications section for valance options. Shelves come standard with CTE2. Shelves constructed of ¾” material. Recessed toe kick is standard
- 22 -
Base Cabinets Base Full Door Peninsula - 24” Deep CABINET
•• •• ••
Full-height doors & recessed toe kick on both sides. One full depth adjustable shelf. 48” wide cabinet will always come with a center stile unless BD (butt doors) is added as a modification. This will not be covered under warranty.
BFDP24 BFDP24BD BFDP27 BFDP30 BFDP33 BFDP36 BFDP39 BFDP42 BFDP45 BFDP48
PRICE
DOORS
CUBES
$916 $916 $1,085 $1,145 $1,205 $1,264 $1,324 $1,393 $1,453 $1,513
2 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4
13 13 14 16 17 19 20 22 23 25
BFDP24L Shown
Base Peninsula - 24” Deep CABINET
•• •• ••
Base cabinets with doors & recessed toe kick on both sides. Drawers on the kitchen side & false fronts on the other. One full depth adjustable shelf. •• Super drawers (full width) are available on 30”– 36” cabinets by adding “SD” to the end of the product nomenclature. (Ex: BP36SD)
BP24 BP24BD BP27 BP30 BP33 BP36 BP39 BP42 BP45 BP48
PRICE
DOORS
DRWRS
FRONTS
CUBES
$1,178 $1,328 $1,403 $1,630 $1,702 $1,756 $1,834 $1,881 $1,963 $2,011
2 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4
1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
13 13 15 16 18 19 21 22 24 26
48” wide cabinet will always come with a center stile unless BD (butt doors) is added as a modification. This will not be covered under warranty.
Diagonal Sink Front 42" 39" 36"
CABINETS
DSF36 DSF39 DSF42
PRICE
$400 $414 $428
DOORS
FRONTS
CUBES
1 1 2
1 1 1
18 19 21
2 17 25 1 1/ " 1/ 4" 2"
42"39"36"
•• •• •• ••
Specify hinge direction on single door cabinets. Frame is mitered at 45º. Stiles are 1 ½” wide at face. Size denotes wall requirements. Toe kick shipped attached.
w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014
•• ••
- 23 -
Bottom is not included. Order loose ¾” NTO paneling to be fit on site. 1” reveal on each side on both standard, full and designer overlay jobs.
Base Cabinets Corner Recycle Bin COMES WITH A FULL TOP
CABINET
CRB36
•• •• •• •• •• CRB36 with hardware
STOP
PRICE
DOORS
CUBES
$1,437
2
26
Three removable, 32 qt. bins; pole mounted. Specify hinge direction. Bi-pass doors available upon request. Grain can run horizontal or vertical. 1/8" Curved backs are standard to maximize interior space. Toe-kick comes standard attached or recessed.
When placing this cabinet next to an appliance, a PIE-CUT hinge is recommended and is standard on designer overlay jobs.
Base Easy Reach CABINET
COMES WITH A FULL TOP
BER33 BER36
•• •• •• •• •• ••
Specify hinge direction. Bi-pass doors available upon request and recommended when you have requested a change in width. 33” x 33” and 36” x 36” with one ½” thick fixed shelf. Cabinets may be built with a back dimension longer than 36”, but it is not recommended. Grain can run horizontal or vertical.
•• •• •• • STOP•
PRICE
DOORS
CUBES
$1,130 $1,130
2 2
22 26
To change the legs to different dimensions use CWL, CWR, RWL, RWR, CDL, CDR, RDL, RDR. The Super Susan cabinet is deeper overall than the regular Susan and Base Easy Reach cabinets, therefore, Super Susan shelves cannot be retrofit later in the BER or BLS cabinets. This cabinet must be entered as a CUSTOMBASE if you opt to delete the fixed shelf. 1/8” Curved Back is standard to maximize interior space. Toe-kick comes standard attached or recessed.
When placing this cabinet next to an appliance, a PIE-CUT hinge is recommended and is standard on designer overlay jobs.
Base Lazy Susan PLASTIC TRAYS
COMES WITH A FULL TOP
BLS33 BLS36 WOOD TRAYS
BLSS33 BLSS36
PRICE
DOORS
TRAYS
CUBES
$1,130 $1,130
2 2
2) 28” dia. 2) 28” dia.
22 26
PRICE
DOORS
TRAYS
CUBES
$1,558 $1,558
2 2
2) 28” dia. 2) 32” dia.
22 26
BLS36
•• •• •• •• •• ••
Specify hinge direction. Bi-pass doors available upon request. 33” x 33” and 36” x 36”, changes in width & depth are not recommended. May eliminate rounds. To change the legs to different dimensions you need to charge 1 ½ CW charges. The standard susan, BLS, comes with plastic trays attached to a center pole, due to the pole RH (reduced height) is not allowed. If needed you should order as a BLSS instead. Grain can run horizontal or vertical. BLS33, BLS36, BLSS33 will have a toe-kick attached and recessed as standard.
w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014
•• ••
The Super Susan, BLSS, comes with wooden revolving shelves attached to fixed shelves (no center pole). 1/8” Curved Back is standard to maximize interior space.
Removable, recessed toe kick on 36" Super Susan cabinet. Recessed on all sides. Any finished end will not include the toe kick portion. •• When placing this cabinet next to an appliance, a STOP PIE-CUT hinge is recommended and is standard on designer overlay jobs.
STOP
- 24 -
Base Cabinets Base Lazy Susan Diagonal COMES WITH A FULL TOP
PLASTIC TRAYS
BLSD33 BLSD36
PRICE
DOORS
TRAYS
CUBES
$1,207 $1,207
1 1
2) 28” dia. 2) 28” dia.
28 28
PRICE
DOORS
TRAYS
CUBES
$1,636 $1,636
1 1
2) 28” dia. 2) 32” dia.
28 28
WOOD TRAYS
BLSSD33 BLSSD36
BLSD36
•• •• •• ••
Specify hinge direction. 33” x 33” and 36” x 36”, changes in width & depth are not recommended. May eliminate rounds. 30" frame to clip except for the BLSSD36 which is 34" frame to clip. The standard susan, BLSD, comes with plastic trays attached to a center pole, due to the pole RH (reduced height) is not allowed. If needed you should order as a BLSSD instead.
••
The Super Susan, BLSSD, comes with wooden revolving shelves attached to fixed shelves (no center pole). The BLSSD36 can be reduced to a minimum of 35” to keep the standard tray size. 1/8" Curved Backs are standard to maximize interior space.
••
•• •• Removable, recessed toe kick on 36" Super Susan STOP
cabinet. Recessed on all sides. Any finished end will not include the toe kick portion.
Base Lazy Susan Diagonal w/ Drawer WOOD TRAYS
PRICE
DOORS
RWRS
TRAYS
CUBES
BLSSD33WD BLSSD36WD
$1,717 $1,875
1 1
1 1
2) 28” dia. 2) 32” dia.
28 28
•• •• ••
•• ••
Specify hinge direction. 33” x 33” and 36” x 36”, changes in width & depth are not recommended. May eliminate rounds.
•• •• •• STOP
One drawer; 5” tall opening. 34” frame to clip on BLSS. The Super Susan, BLSSD__WD comes with wooden revolving shelves attached to fixed shelves (no center pole). ¼” backs are standard to maximize interior space. STK is standard on Super Susans. Removable, recessed toe kick on super susan cabinet. Recessed on all sides. Any finished end will not include the toe kick portion.
Base Diagonal Corner WITH DRAWER
BDC36 BDC39 BDC42 BDC45
PRICE
DOORS
DRWRS
CUBES
$1,309 $1,385 $1,556 $1,633
1 1 2 2
1 1 1 1
28 32 37 43
PRICE
DOORS
DRWRS
CUBES
$1,136 $1,190 $1,264 $1,322
1 1 2 2
0 0 0 0
28 32 37 43
BDC42 BDC36
FULL DOOR
BDCFD36 BDCFD39 BDCFD42 BDCFD45
BDCFD42 BDCFD36
•• •• ••
Specify hinge direction on single door cabinets. One drawer (on BDC only); one ½” thick fixed shelf centered in door opening. Butt doors on 42” - 45” cabinets is standard.
w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014
•• •• ••
- 25 -
30” frame to clip. This cabinet must be entered as a CUSTOMBASE if you opt to delete the fixed shelf. ¼” backs are standard to maximize interior space.
Base Cabinets Sink Base Diagonal WITH DRAWER
SBD36 SBD39 SBD42 SBD45 SBD48 FULL DOOR
SBD42 SBD36
SBDFD36 SBDFD39 SBDFD42 SBDFD45 SBDFD48
•• •• •• •• •• •• ••
SBDFD42 SBDFD36
PRICE
DOORS
RONTS
CUBES
$999 $1,050 $1,150 $1,207 $1,264
1 1 2 2 2
1 1 1 1 1
28 32 37 43 49
PRICE
DOORS
RONTS
CUBES
$999 $1,050 $1,150 $1,207 $1,264
1 1 2 2 2
0 0 0 0 0
28 30 37 43 49
Will have a shipping strut. Specify hinge direction on single door cabinets. Butt doors on 42” – 48” cabinets is standard. False front on SBD. 30” frame to clip. No shelf ¼” backs are standard to maximize interior space.
Recessed Sink Base Diagonal 42, 45, or 48
CABINET
RSBD42 RSBD45 RSBD48
TOP VIEW TOP VIEW
PRICE
DOORS
RONTS
CUBES
$1,379 $1,436 $1,493
1 2 2
1 1 1
37 43 49
24
24
w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014
TOP VIEW Top View
5
41 2
21 4
1 1/2 X 18 1/8
1 12
41 2
3
11 2
Front FRONT View VIEW 21
1 1/2 X 18 1/8 18 1/8
3 X 30 1/2
g
1 1/2 X 18 1/8
3 X 30 1/2
18 3/4”
21 4
1 24
Op en in
42, 45, or 48
24 7 16
Door Opening: Frame=Opening: RSBD42 20 5/16” RSBD42 = 20-5/16 RSBD45 = 24= 9/16” RSBD45 24-9/16 RSBD48 = 28= 13/16” RSBD48 28-13/16
30 1 2
41 2
11 2
3
24 1/8
•• •• •• •• ••
- 26 -
21 4
Opening
Specify hinge direction on single door cabinets. Frame is recessed 4 ½”. False front. 24 7/16” frame to clip. FFDO not available for this cabinet.
1 42
1 12
Base Cabinets Information you should know about Blind Cabinets 3”
12” 3”
7.5” 42”
6”
30”
27” 4.5”
1.5”
30”
3”
12”
24” 42”
3”
18”
19.5” 6” 15” 1.5” 4.5”
34.5”
24”
•• •• ••
3” Filler, Ear or 4.5” Custom Wide Stile
BLIND CORNER WALL CABINETS - 12” DEEP Single or Butt Door opening width = stated dimension minus 15” (7 1/2” + 6” + 1 1/2”) Standard Double Door opening width = stated dimension minus 18” (7 1/2” + 6” + 3” + 1 1/2”) See Wall section
•• ••
BLIND CORNER BASE CABINETS - 24” DEEP Door opening width = stated dimension minus 27” (19 1/2” + 6” + 1 1/2”) See next page
Due to decorative hardware on blind base drawers, a 3” pull from wall is recommended. (Especially with designer overlay). To create a built in pull use MODIFY BLIND as a modification. Standard, Designer Overlay fillers for use on adjacent cabinet can be found in the Accessories & Modifications section.
w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014
- 27 -
Base Cabinets Blind Corner Base - 24” Deep WITH DRAWER
XB36 XB39 XB42 XB45 XB48 XB48BD FULL DOOR
XBFD36 XBFD39 XBFD42 XBFD45 XBFD48 XBFD48BD
PRICE
DOORS
DRWRS
OPENING
CUBES
$796 $832 $888 $927 $967 $1,063
1 1 1 1 1 2
1 1 1 1 1 1
9” 12” 15” 18” 21” 21”
18 19 21 22 26 26
PRICE
DOORS
DRWRS
OPENING
CUBES
1 1 1 1 1 2
0 0 0 0 0 0
9” 12” 15” 18” 21” 21”
18 19 21 22 26 26
$736 $759 $788 $851 $876 $876
WALL
BFD9R
XB36
WALL
ACTUAL CABINET WIDTH IS 36"
•• •• 24"
•• ••
Door is hinged on the blind side; specify blind left or right. Full blind has a 6” finished intermediate stile with 19 ½” unfinished blind panel. One 15 ½” depth adjustable shelf. Blind cabinets must be pulled a minimum of 1 ½”; maximum pull is 4”. A 3” pull is recommended, especially with full or designer overlay. To create a built in pull use MODIFY BLIND as a modification. Adjacent cabinet should also have a filler or ear the same width as the pull. Adjust accordingly for any knobs or hardware added to the doors and/or drawer fronts. Opening width is stated dimension minus 27”. To modify door opening, add MODIFY BLIND as a modification & specify the opening. To finish the blind add FBLIND as a modification to the cabinet. Reductions in width will affect the opening.
STOP
Blind corner Accessory Hardware will not work on 36” or 39”
•• ••
PULLED 1 1/2" FROM WALL
•• BFD9R
1 1/2" FILLER OR EAR
101/2"
•• ••
36"
Blind Corner Peninsula - 24” Deep CABINET
XBP36 XBP39 XBP42 XBP45 XBP48
•• •• ••
FRONT
•• •• ••
••
Two doors on the back and one on the front, hinged on the blind side. Specify left or right. Full blind has a 6” finished intermediate stile with 19 ½” unfinished blind panel. Two working drawers and one full depth shelf. w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014
•• ••
- 28 -
PRICE
DOORS
DRWRS/ FRTS
OPENING
CUBES
$1,384 $1,442 $1,504 $1,566 $1,627
3 3 3 3 3
2/1 2/1 2/1 2/1 2/1
9” 12” 15” 18” 21”
13 16 21 22 26
Opening width is stated dimension minus 27”. Corner base cabinets can be pulled up to 4”. Blind cabinets must be pulled a minimum of 1 ½”; maximum pull is 4”. A 3” pull is recommended, especially with designer overlay. To create a built in pull use MODIFY BLIND as a modification. Adjacent cabinet must have a filler equal to the width of the pull. Adjust accordingly for any knobs or hardware added to the doors and/or drawer fronts. To finish the blind add FBLIND as a modification to the cabinet. 2” wide stile on back, same side as blind.
Base Cabinets Base Angle - 12” or 24” Deep 12”X 12” UNIT
TOP VIEW
BA12
24"
PRICE
DOORS
CUBES
1
7
DOORS
CUBES
2
13
$838
24" 24”X 24” UNIT
BA24
1-1/2"
24" 24"
1-1/2"
11/2"
PRICE
$959
•• •• •• •• •• ••
Comes with a full top. Diagonal end is 45º. 1 ½” finished return to wall. One full depth adjustable shelf. Finished ends are not available. When modifying dimensions: L=width, R=depth. Use SP RETURN as a modification to modify the returns equally. Quantity of doors will not change!
STOP
A center stile is standard unless ordering butt doors on a 24" cabinet
Approximate measurement across the front: 12” = 14 13/16” 24” = 31 13/16”
Base End Angle - 24" Deep CABINET
AEB24 O
90
65
DOORS
CUBES
2
13
DOORS
CUBES
1 1
7 7
$959
O
•• ••
O
140
65
PRICE
•• ••
O
One adjustable shelf. 140˚ between frames; 65˚ to adjacent cabinet. Approx. 18” wide frames. Butt doors are not available. Comes with a full top.
Door Width Sizes: DESIGNER OVERLAY: 17 5/8” STD.OVERLAY: 16 1/16”
Base Transition Cabinet - 24” Deep CABINET 12"
BTC12R BTC12L
24"
12"
•• •• ••
"
15 7/8”
w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014
••
17
Door Width Sizes: DESIGNER OVERLAY: 14”
$749 $749
12"12"
17"
24"
PRICE
••
- 29 -
Single door base cabinet with one full depth adjustable shelf. Cabinet is always hinged on the short side. Changes in depth will maintain a 45˚ angle; both sides will change the same amount in depth. Changes in width will maintain a 45˚ angle which will affect the short depth side. Comes with a full top.
Base Cabinets Base Panel Filler CABINET
BPF1.5 BPF3 BPF6
24"
Top View Top View
11/2" 1 1/2" 1 1/2"
45° ANGLE ON FRONT
BPFA3 BPFA6
24 24
•• ••
½” Plywood panel with 1 ½”, 3”, or 6” stile. •• Indicate ¼” reveal left or right; this will automatically finish
the end. Flush toe kick is available at no charge by adding FTK as a modification. Can be increased up to 30” deep by using CDNC.
•• ••
••
PRICE
$171 $191 $211 PRICE
$298 $318
CUBES
1 2 4 CUBES
2 3
Change width & height available. Change depth over 30” available. Use MISC as a modification to enter the cost & specify the dimension change. Flutes and other decorative details can be added see Accessories & Modifications section.
Base Box Filler CABINET
3"
BBF3 BBF6
TOP VIEW
24"
WITH 45° ANGLE
BBF3
BBFA3 BBFA6 PENINSULA
BBFP3 BBFP6
•• •• •• •• ••
TOP VIEW TOP VIEW
3"
BBFA3
•• •• •• 3" 3
Top VIEW View TOP
3
BBFP3
w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014
- 30 -
PRICE
$285 $314 PRICE
$392 $421 PRICE
$392 $421
CUBES
2 4 CUBES
4 4 CUBES
2 4
3” or 6” wide Both ends are always finished. Box filler has a ¼” reveal on the sides and a flush toe kick. Can be increased up to 30” deep by using CDNC. Change width and height available. Change depth over 30” available. Use MISC as a modification to enter the cost & specify the dimension change. Peninsula Box Filler has a stile on the front and back. Must specify left or right on the angled fillers Flutes and other decorative details can be added see Accessories & Modifications section.
Vanity Cabinets Index: Vanity Section Vanity Cabinet Information................................................. 2 Vanity Cabinet Construction............................................... 3 Angled Cabinets Vanity Angle................................................................... 10 Combo Cabinets Vanity Special w/ Drawers................................................ 7 Vanity Sink w/ Double Stack............................................ 8 Vanity Sink Base w/ Drawers........................................... 8 Vanity Sink Base Combo.................................................. 9 Desk Cabinets Pencil Drawer................................................................. 10 Vanity Drawer................................................................. 10 Vanity File Drawer.......................................................... 12 Desk Panel Leg.............................................................. 13 Diagonals Vanity Corner Diagonal.................................................... 9 Drawer Banks Vanity 3 Drawer................................................................ 6 Vanity 4 Drawer................................................................ 6 Vanity Special w/ Drawers................................................ 7 Vanity Sink w/ Double Stack............................................ 8 Vanity Sink Base Combo.................................................. 9 Vanity File Drawer.......................................................... 12
w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014
Fillers Vanity Panel Filler........................................................... 13 Vanity Box Filler............................................................. 13 Full Door Cabinets Vanity Full Door – 12” deep.............................................. 4 Vanity Full Door – 21” deep.............................................. 4 Medicine Cabinets Recessed Medicine Cabinet.......................................... 11 Surface-Mount Medicine Cabinet.................................. 12 Tri-View Medicine Cabinet............................................. 12 Sink Base Vanity Sink Base.............................................................. 5 Vanity Special w/ Drawers................................................ 7 Vanity Sink w/ Double Stack............................................ 8 Vanity Sink Base w/ Drawers........................................... 8 Vanity Sink Base Combo.................................................. 9 Vanity Base Vanity Base...................................................................... 5 Walls Wall Bath Cabinets – 10” deep...................................... 11 Wall Bath Open Shelf – 10” deep................................... 11
-1-
Vanity Cabinets Vanity Cabinet Information Helpful Notes About Vanity Cabinet Section Vanities are 31 1/4”” tall x 21” deep, unless otherwise stated. Vanities are available at base height, 34 ½” tall. To order Base Height Vanities, add a “B” (base height) in front of the “V”. (Ex. BV24) – The only exceptions to this are the VFDC, VSF, and VBF cabinets. •• On designer overlay, choice of 1/4” or 3/4” reveal at tops of base & vanity cabinets must be specified in the field below hinge type. •• Vanity sink base units with drawers may not be large enough to receive 5-piece drawer fronts. Check drawer front minimums and notes on each cabinet. •• To figure drawer front sizes on vanity combo cabinets, add 2 5/8” for designer overlay or 1” for standard overlay. •• Mirror Frames to match the cabinetry are available. These can be found in the Accessories & Modifications section.
•• ••
Minimum Door Sizes Every effort will be made to provide the 5-piece door style. Mortise & Tenoned doors are programmed to have the stile trimmed down. Mitered doors below minimum will be slab. Entering a Faceframe and Door Only •• For a full door cabinet, enter a 12” deep base cabinet, then enter FFDO as a modification. •• For a cabinet with doors and drawer fronts, enter a sink base cabinet, then enter FFDO as a modification.
w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014
-2-
HEARTLAND VANITY CABINET CONSTRUCTION Vanity Cabinets Vanity Cabinet Construction Vanity Cabinets: 31 1/4” H x 21" D and 1 1/2" W rails & stiles unless otherwise stated. Refer to cabinet descriptions for more information about individual cabinets. Toe kick is 4 1/2” Tall x 3 1/4” without toe board.
5
5
5
3 1/4 5 3/4
5
4 1/2
3
PD
VD 23 3/4 5
7 7/8
26 3/4 31 1/4
17 1/4
23 3/4
26 3/4 31 1/4
5
17 1/4 7 7/8
4 3/4
VFD
4 1/2
B
VSB/VSF
V
3
5
C
V_D3
V_D4
VFDC
5
B
5
5
7 7/8 26 3/4 31 1/4
3
A
VSB__D (36" - 45")
4 1/2
RW pulls from the drawer openings.
3
17 1/4
VSBC__ (60" - 72")
17 1/4
A
7 7/8 B
A
A
7 7/8
3
17 1/4
4 1/2
7 7/8
A
RW pulls from the door openings.
VBSP__L
B
RW pulls from both openings equally.
Vanity Cabinet Opening Widths 5
3
26 3/4 31 1/4
5
3
3
3
17 1/4
A
B
4 1/2
VSB__D (48" - 60")
17 1/4
B
VSB__DB (45" - 60")
1-7/8"
7 7/8 B
A
B
RW pulls from the left & right (center remains the same).
RW pulls from the drawer banks.
2"
1-7/8" 2" 15 1/2
26 1/4
27
7 7/8
27
26
2"
2" 2"
20
2"
Cabinet VSB36D VSB39D VSB42D VSB45D VSB48D VSB51D VSB54D VSB57D VSB60D
A 15 16 1/2 18 19 1/2 20 20 24 24 24
B 6 7 1/2 9 10 1/2 9 1/2 11 10 1/2 12 13 1/2
Cabinet VSBC60 VSBC63 VSBC66 VSBC69 VSBC72
A 21 21 24 24 24
B 9 12 9 12 15
Cabinet VBSP24 VBSP27 VBSP30 VBSP33 VBSP36 VBSP39 VBSP42 VBSP45 VBSP48
A 10 1/2 12 13 1/2 15 16 1/2 18 21 24 27
B 7 1/2 9 10 1/2 12 13 1/2 15 15 15 15
A 20 20 20 24 24 24
B 8 9 1/2 11 10 1/2 12 13 1/2
10 2"
1-7/8"
WBC_30
WBC_30OS
TVMC_
WMCSM_30
2"
WMC_30
WMC_24
24 1 1/2 12 1 1/2
24
VA18
12 VA12
1 1/2
w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014
1 1/2
-3-
Cabinet VSB45DB VSB48DB VSB51DB VSB54DB VSB57DB VSB60DB
C 15 15 15 15
Vanity Cabinets Vanity Full Door - 12” Deep CABINET
VFD912 VFD1212 VFD1512 VFD1812 VFD2112 VFD2412 VFD2412BD VFD2712 VFD3012 VFD3312 VFD3612 VFD3912 VFD4212 VFD4512 VFD4812 VFD48124D
•• •• ••
Specify hinge direction on single door cabinets. •• 12” deep cabinet comes with one full depth adjustable shelf. •• 48” wide two-door cabinets will always come with a center stile unless BD (butt doors) is added as a modification. This will not be covered under warranty.
PRICE
$274 $300 $323 $348 $371 $445 $445 $474 $497 $522 $542 $565 $591 $614 $662 $734
DOORS
CUBES
1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 4
3 3 4 5 5 6 6 7 7 8 9 9 10 11 11 11
The 48” wide four-door cabinets will come standard with two sets of butt doors. Watch out for door minimums on smaller width cabinets.
Vanity Full Door CABINET
VFD9 VFD12 VFD15 VFD18 VFD21 VFD24 VFD24BD VFD27 VFD30 VFD33 VFD36 VFD39 VFD42 VFD45 VFD48 VFD484D
•• •• ••
Specify hinge direction on single door cabinets. •• Comes with one 15 ½” adjustable shelf. 48” wide two-door cabinets will always come with a cen- •• ter stile unless BD (butt doors) is added as a modification. This will not be covered under warranty.
w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014
-4-
PRICE
$328 $354 $380 $405 $428 $497 $497 $525 $554 $579 $605 $631 $657 $682 $714 $785
DOORS
CUBES
1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 4
4 5 6 8 9 10 10 11 12 13 15 16 17 18 19 19
The 48” wide four-door cabinets will come standard with two sets of butt doors. Watch out for door minimums on smaller width cabinets.
Vanity Cabinets Vanity Base CABINET
V12 V15 V18 V21 V24 V24BD V27 V30 V33 V36 V39 V42 V45 V48 V484D
•• •• •• ••
Specify hinge direction on single door cabinets. Comes with one 15 ½” deep adjustable shelf. 48” wide two-door cabinets will always come with a center stile unless BD (butt doors) is added as a modification. This will not be covered under warranty. The 48” wide four-door cabinets will come standard with two sets of butt doors.
•• ••
PRICE
DOORS
DRWRS
CUBES
$568 $600 $635 $670 $705 $767 $812 $937 $980 $1,006 $1,053 $1,091 $1,141 $1,164 $1,341
1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 4
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
5 6 8 9 10 10 11 12 13 15 16 17 18 19 19
Super drawers (full width) are available on 30” – 36” cabinets by adding “SD” to the end of the product nomenclature. (Ex. V36SD) Watch out for door & drawer front minimums on smaller width cabinets.
Vanity Sink Base CABINET
VSB18 VSB21 VSB24 VSB24BD VSB27 VSB30 VSB33 VSB36 VSB39 VSB42 VSB45 VSB48 VSB484D
•• •• ••
Specify hinge direction on single door cabinets. •• No Shelf included. 48” wide two-door cabinets will always come with a cen- •• ter stile unless BD (butt doors) is added as a modification. This will not be covered under warranty.
w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014
-5-
PRICE
$400 $422 $442 $442 $537 $557 $579 $611 $634 $657 $676 $734 $734
DOORS
FRONTS
CUBES
1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 4
1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
8 9 10 10 11 12 13 15 16 17 18 19 19
The 48” wide four-door cabinets will come standard with two sets of butt doors. Full width false fronts are available on 30”-36” cabinets by adding “FF” to the end of the product nomenclature. (Ex. VSB30FF)
Vanity Cabinets Vanity 3 Drawer CABINET
DRAWER FRONT HEIGHTS: Designer Overlay: Top = 6 1/4” w/ 3/4” top reveal Top = 6 3/4” w/ 1/4” top reveal Middle = 9 1/8” Bottom = 9 7/8” Std.Overlay: Top = 5 3/4” Middle & Bottom = 8 5/8”
•• •• ••
Frame Openings: Top = 5” tall; Middle & Lower = 7 7/8” tall. Change height will affect the lower openings equally. 36” wide cabinet is the maximum covered under warranty.
••
V12D3 V15D3 V18D3 V21D3 V24D3 V27D3 V30D3 V33D3 V36D3
PRICE
DRAWERS
CUBES
$779 $821 $864 $909 $954 $1,006 $1,052 $1,096 $1,142
3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
5 6 8 9 10 11 12 13 15
Watch out for drawer front minimums on smaller width cabinets.
Vanity 4 Drawer CABINET
DRAWER FRONT HEIGHTS: Designer Overlay: Top = 6 1/4” w/ 3/4” top reveal Top = 6 3/4” w/ 1/4” top reveal Middle = 6” Bottom = 6 3/4” Std.Overlay: Top = 5 3/4” Bottom 3 = 5 1/2”
•• •• •• ••
Frame Openings: Top = 5” tall; Bottom three = 4 3/4” tall. Change height will affect bottom three openings. 36” wide cabinet is the maximum covered under warranty. Watch out for drawer front minimums on smaller width cabinets.
w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014
•• •• •• STOP
-6-
V12D4 V15D4 V18D4 V21D4 V24D4 V27D4 V30D4 V33D4 V36D4
PRICE
DRAWERS
CUBES
$846 $881 $923 $966 $1,008 $1,076 $1,123 $1,168 $1,214
4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4
5 6 8 9 10 11 12 13 15
Top drawer front will be slightly bigger than middle fronts. Consider using a D3 instead if concerned. Reductions in height are not allowed. Bottom 3 fronts will be slab on standard overlay jobs when five-piece drawer fronts are ordered.
Vanity Cabinets Vanity Special w/ Drawers CABINET
PRICE
DOORS
WORKING DRAWERS
DOOR OPENING
DRAWER OPENING
CUBES
VBSP24 VBSP27 VBSP30 VBSP33 VBSP36 VBSP39 VBSP42 VBSP45 VBSP48
$875 $909 $980 $1,016 $1,051 $1,165 $1,210 $1,301 $1,331
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2
2 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 3
10 1/2 12 13 1/2 15 16 1/2 18 21 24 27
7 1/2 9 10 1/2 12 13 1/2 15 15 15 15
10 11 12 13 15 16 17 18 19
DRAWER FRONT HEIGHTS: Designer Overlay: Top = 6 1/4” w/ 3/4” top reveal Top = 6 3/4” w/ 1/4” top reveal Middle = 9 1/8” Bottom = 9 7/8” Std.Overlay: Top = 5 3/4” Middle & Bottom = 8 5/8”
VBSP36R Shown
•• •• •• •• ••
Specify drawers right or left (Ex. Drawers left would be VBSP24L) All drawers in bank are functional on 39” W and larger. One false drawer front over door opening. Full width false fronts standard on VBSP24 & VBSP27. Two false fronts on 30” - 36” cabinets, for full width false front add “FF” to the end of the product nomenclature. (Ex. VBSP36LFF) Single doors hinge on opposite side of drawer stack. 45”48” comes with butt doors.
w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014
•• •• ••
Butt doors available on the 42” by adding BD to the end of the product nomenclature. (Ex. VBSP42LBD) Change height will affect the lower drawer openings equally. Change width will affect both openings equally.
STOP Watch out for door & drawer front minimums when ordering five-piece doors & fronts. See Vanity Information page at the beginning of this section.
-7-
Vanity Cabinets Vanity Sink w/ Double Stack CABINET
PRICE
DOORS
DRWRS
DOOR OPENING
DRAWER OPENING
CUBES
VSB45DB VSB48DB VSB51DB VSB54DB VSB57DB VSB60DB
$1,671 $1,716 $1,766 $1,787 $1,827 $1,881
2 2 2 2 2 2
6 6 6 6 6 6
20 20 20 24 24 24
8 9 1/2 11 10 1/2 12 13 1/2
18 19 20 22 23 24
•• •• •• •• DRAWER FRONT HEIGHTS: Designer Overlay: Top = 6 1/4” w/ 3/4” top reveal Top = 6 3/4” w/ 1/4” top reveal Middle = 9 1/8” Bottom = 9 7/8”
Std.Overlay: Top = 5 3/4” Middle & Bottom = 8 5/8”
STOP
Sink in the middle of two drawer banks. Center opening has butt doors. Change height will affect the lower drawer openings equally. Change width will affect the drawer openings equally. Watch out for door & drawer front minimums when ordering five-piece doors & fronts. See Vanity Information page at the beginning of this section.
Vanity Sink Base w/ Drawers CABINET
PRICE
DOORS
DRWRS
SINK OPENING
DRAWER OPENING
CUBES
VSB36D VSB39D VSB42D VSB45D VSB48D VSB51D VSB54D VSB57D VSB60D
$985 $1,018 $1,066 $1,100 $1,251 $1,252 $1,275 $1,297 $1,333
2 2 2 2 4 4 4 4 4
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
15 15 15 15 20 20 24 24 24
6 7 1/2 9 10 1/2 9 1/2 11 10 1/2 12 13 1/2
15 16 17 18 19 20 22 23 24
•• •• •• •• •• •• STOP
w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014
-8-
Sink in the middle of two drawers. Center opening has butt doors on 48” width and up. Change width will affect the drawer openings equally. One false drawer front in center. Cabinet has one large opening; no center partitions. Watch out for door & drawer front minimums when ordering five-piece doors & fronts. See Vanity Information page at the beginning of this section.
Vanity Cabinets Vanity Sink Base Combo
••
VSBC60-63s have one door per sink area; the VSBC60BD, VSBC63BD & 66-72 have 2 doors per sink area. •• Full width false fronts are standard. •• Change height will affect the lower drawer openings equally. •• Change width will affect the door openings equally. •• Available with full doors on the 60” & 63” by adding “FD” to end of the product nomenclature. •• Watch out for door & drawer front minimums when STOP ordering five-piece doors & fronts. See Vanity Information page at the beginning of this section. DRAWER FRONT HEIGHTS: Designer Overlay: Top = 6 1/4” w/ 3/4” top reveal Top = 6 3/4” w/ 1/4” top reveal Middle = 9 1/8” Bottom = 9 7/8”
CABINET
PRICE
DOORS
DRWRS
CUBES
VSBC60 VSBC60BD VSBC60FD VSBC60FDBD VSBC63 VSBC63BD VSBC63FD VSBC63FDBD VSBC66 VSBC69 VSBC72
$1,412 $1,537 $1,345 $1,468 $1,450 $1,574 $1,455 $1,578 $1,587 $1,625 $1,663
2 4 2 4 2 4 2 4 4 4 4
3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
24 24 24 24 26 26 26 26 26 28 29
COMBOS CONSIST OF: VSBC60 (VSB24-V12D3-VSB24) VSBC63 (VSB24-V15D3-VSB24) VSBC66 (VSB27-V12D3-VSB27) VSBC69 (VSB27-V15D3-VSB27) VSBC72 (VSB27-V18D3-VSB27)
Std.Overlay: Top = 5 3/4” Middle & Bottom = 8 5/8”
Vanity Corner Diagonal 12” DEEP
PRICE
DOORS
DRWRS
FF WIDTH
CUBES
VCD3312 VCD3612 VCD3912
$1,374 $1,444 $1,515
2 2 2
1 1 1
29 11/16 33 15/16 38 3/16
21 25 29
PRICE
DOORS
DRWRS
FF WIDTH
CUBES
$1,242 $1,316 $1,478
1 1 2
1 1 1
17 21 3/16 25 7/16
21 25 29
21” DEEP
VCD33 VCD36 VCD39
•• •• •• •• •• ••
w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014
-9-
Specify hinge direction on single door cabinets. Vanity is 31 ¼” tall x 12 or 21” deep sides. The depth must be stated for 12” deep cabinet One drawer; one ½” thick fixed shelf centered in door opening. To use in a sink application add TDF (top drawer false) as a modification to replace the top drawer with a false front. 1/4” backs are standard to maximize interior space.
Vanity Cabinets Vanity Angle TOP VIEW
CABINET
Depth
VA18 VA21
Width
21" 1-1/2"
21"
1-1/2" Shown with Butt Doors
VA21 Shown
Approximate measurement across the front: 18” = 23 5/16” 21” = 27 1/2”
PRICE
$674 $674
DOORS
CUBES
2 2
9 9
•• •• •• •• •• ••
Comes with a full top. Diagonal end is 45˚. 1 1/2” finished return to wall. One full depth adjustable shelf. Finished ends are not available. When modifying dimensions: L=width, R=depth. Add SP RETURN as a modification to modify the returns equally. Quantity of doors will not change. •STOP • A center stile is standard unless ordering butt doors.
Pencil Drawer CABINET
PD18 PD21 PD24 PD27 PD30 PD33 PD36 PD42
•• •• •• •• •• •• ••
Pencil Drawer is 4 ½” high by 21” deep. 3” drawer opening. This cabinet has no lower face frame rail. May be built 24” deep (CDNC). Finished ends are not available; must order loose skins. The drawer on the PD42 is not covered under warranty. No reductions in height allowed.
STOP
PRICE
$351 $358 $365 $372 $378 $385 $392 $406
DRAWERS
CUBES
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 5
Slab style drawer front only when ordered at standard height. Change height to 7” (DO) or 6 7/8” (SO) to line up with standard top drawer front then order DFST for a 5-pc front.
Vanity Desk Drawer CABINET
VD18 VD21 VD24 VD27 VD30 VD33 VD36 VD39 VD42
•• •• •• •• •• ••
Vanity Desk Drawer is 5 ¾” high by 21” deep. Drawer opening is 3 ¼”. 30”-36” are available with a super drawer by adding “SD” to the end of the product nomenclature. (Ex. VD30SD) May be built 24” deep (CDNC). Finished ends are not available; must order loose skins. 1 1/2” top rail and 1” bottom rail. w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014
•• STOP ••
- 10 -
PRICE
$362 $370 $378 $385 $427 $435 $443 $451 $458
DRAWERS
CUBES
1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2
2 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 3
Slab style drawer front only when ordered at standard height. Change height to 7 1/4” (DO) or 7 1/2” (SO) to line up with standard top drawer front then order DFST for a 5-pc front.
Vanity Cabinets Wall Bath Cabinet - 10” Deep CABINET
WBC2430 WBC2730 WBC3030 WBC3330 WBC3630 WBC3930
•• •• ••
PRICE
SHELVES
DOORS
CUBES
2 2 2 2 2 2
2 2 2 2 2 2
5 5 6 6 7 7
$420 $511 $537 $565 $597 $625
Designed to fit over bathroom stool for storage 10” deep with butt doors Both ends are always finished
Wall Bath Open Shelf - 10” Deep CABINET
WBC2430OS WBC2730OS WBC3030OS WBC3330OS WBC3630OS WBC3930OS
To figure door height: Designer Overlay: Cabinet height - 13 1/4” for 3/4" top reveal Designer Overlay: Cabinet height - 12 3/4” for 1/4" top reveal Standard Overlay: Cabinet height - 13 3/4”
•• •• •• ••
PRICE
$608 $699 $725 $754 $785 $813
SHELVES
DOORS
CUBES
1 1 1 1 1 1
2 2 2 2 2 2
5 5 6 6 7 7
Designed to fit over bathroom stool for storage 10” deep with butt doors Both ends are always finished Bottom opening is 10” tall
Recessed Medicine Cabinet CABINET
COMMENT
PRICE
SHELVES
WMC1624 WMC1630 WMC1830
14”X22” WALL OPENING 14”X28” WALL OPENING 16”X28” WALL OPENING
$314 $371 $428
4 4 4
•• •• •• •• •• •• ••
w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014
- 11 -
DOORS CUBES
1 1 1
2 2 2
Natural maple print interior Specify hinge direction Allow 2” less than the stated frame dimensions for wall openings. Box dimension is 2 7/8” less than frame is width and height. Overall cabinet depth is 4 ¾” 2” wide rails and stiles on frame Designer overlay do not affect this cabinet. Doors will be standard overlay size. To order prepped for mirror, add GD (glass doors) as a modification. Mirror is not included.
Vanity Cabinets Surface-Mount Medicine Cabinet CABINET
PRICE
WMCSM1230 WMCSM1530 WMCSM1830 WMCSM2130
•• •• •• •• •• ••
SHELVES
DOORS
CUBES
3 3 3 3
1 1 1 1
2 2 2 2
$308 $337 $365 $397
Specify hinge direction Overall cabinet depth is 4” Designed for surface mounting Both ends finished Top & Bottom not finished as standard. Order FFT to finish the top & FBTMF to finish the bottom. To order prepped for mirror, add GD (glass doors) as a modification. Mirror is not included.
Tri-View Medicine Cabinet CABINET
TVMC30 TVMC36 TVMC48
•• •• •• •• ••
COMMENT
PRICE
SHELVES
DOORS
CUBES
28” X 26” WALL OPENING 3) 8 5/8” X 23 7/8” MIRRORS 34” X 26” WALL OPENING 3) 10 5/8” X 23 7/8” MIRRORS 46” X 26” WALL OPENING 3) 14 5/8” X 23 7/8” MIRRORS
$1,170
3
NA
3
$1,250
3
NA
3
$1,521
3
NA
4
Depth is 4 ¼” x 28” tall frame height Cabinet designed for surface mounting Finished on both sides, top, & bottom Can also be recessed into wall opening Three ¼” mirrors with pivot hinges and spring loaded magnetic catches. Hinged right, right, left
••
Comes with silver hinges. Gold hinges available upon request. •STOP • No modifications available.
Vanity File Drawer CABINET 1/8” gap between fronts and no middle rail
•• •• •• •• •• ••
VFDC18 VFDC21 VFDC24 VFDC27 VFDC30 VFDC33 VFDC36
31 ¼” high x 21” deep 2 file drawers (12 1/8” opening) on TUFEBM guides; 11/16” Beech Dovetail Notched for letter and legal files. 17” minimum depth to accommodate files Cabinet does not have a middle rail between the drawers LOCK not available on bottom drawer
w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014
PRICE
DRAWERS
CUBES
$1,080 $1,144 $1,208 $1,270 $1,335 $1,397 $1,461
2 2 2 2 2 2 2
8 9 10 11 12 13 14
•STOP • Both openings are affected by increased and reduced heights
•STOP • Reduced heights will result in the loss of file system in both drawers
•• Must charge a change height (CH) charge when STOP
- 12 -
increasing the height on this cabinet
Vanity Cabinets Desk Panel Leg CABINET 31 1/4” 21"
DPL DPLT
21"
CABINET 34 1/2”
BDPL BDPLT 12"
DPL
DPLT
•• •• •• ••
PRICE
$134 $157 PRICE
$170 $193
CUBES
1 1 CUBES
1 1
¾” panel, edge banded one edge, finished both sides. To match desk cabinets, order 28 ½” tall using RH (reduced height) as a modification. Can be increased up to 24” deep, use Misc. and refer to Pricing Book. For use with PD or VD cabinets.
Vanity Panel Filler CABINET
VPF1 1/2 VPF3 VPF6
•• •• •• •• •• •• VPF3R Shown
PRICE
$157 $177 $197
CUBES
1 2 3
½” plywood panel with 1 ½”, 3”, or 6” stile. Indicate ¼” reveal left or right; this will automatically finish the end. Flush toe kick is available by adding FTK as a modification Can be increased up to 22”deep by using CDNC Change width available. Change depth over 30” available. Use MISC as a modification to enter the cost and specify the dimension change. Flutes and other decorative details can be added see Accessories & Modifications section.
Vanity Box Filler CABINET
•• •• •• •• •• •• ••
w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014
VBF3 VBF6 VBFP3 VBFP6
PRICE
$250 $278 $357 $385
CUBES
2 2 2 4
3” or 6” wide. Both ends are always finished. Box filler has ¼” reveal on the sides and a flush toe kick. Can be increased up to 22” deep by using CDNC Change width available. Change depth over 30” available. Use MISC as a modification to enter the cost & specify the dimension change. Peninsula Box Filler has a stile on the front and back Flutes and other decorative details can be added see Accessories & Modifications section.
- 13 -
Tall Cabinets Index: Tall Cabinets Tall Cabinet Information.........................................................2 Cabinet Construction.............................................................2 Oven Cabinet Guidelines.....................................................19 Angled Cabinets Tall Angled Broom...............................................................8 Angle End Tall Broom ........................................................9 Tall Angle Linen.................................................................15 Angle End Tall Linen.........................................................16 Bar Cabinet Bar....................................................................................11 Broom Closets (with or without shelves) 84” Tall Broom Cabinets.....................................................4 90” Tall Broom Cabinets.....................................................5 96” Tall Broom Cabinets.....................................................6 120” Tall Broom Cabinets...................................................7 Tall Angled Broom...............................................................8 Angle End Tall Broom.........................................................9 Fillers Tall Panel Filler..................................................................17 Tall Box Filler.....................................................................18 Linen Cabinets 84” & 90” Tall Linen Closets.............................................12 96” & 120” Tall Linen Closets...........................................13 Linen w/ Drawers..............................................................14
w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014
Linen w/ Hamper..............................................................14 Tall Angle Linen.................................................................15 Angle End Tall Linen.........................................................16 Oven / Microwave Cabinets Open-Shelf Oven..............................................................20 Tall Oven...........................................................................21 Oven w/ Drawer................................................................22 Oven w/ 2 Drawers...........................................................23 Oven w/ Warming Drawer.................................................24 Oven w/ Wide Bottom Rail...............................................25 Oven & Microwave w/ Drawer..........................................26 Oven & Microwave w/ 2 Drawers.....................................27 Oven Microwave w/ Warming Drawer..............................28 Pantry Cabinets Pantry Pull-Out.................................................................10 Refrigerator Cabinet Tall Refrigerator.................................................................11 Tall Panel Straight ............................................................17 Tall Panel Filler..................................................................17 Utility Cabinets Multi Storage Unit.............................................................10
-1-
Tall Cabinets Tall Cabinet Information Helpful Notes about Tall Cabinet Section When ordered on tall cabinets, the Glass Doors (GD) option only changes the top doors to Glass Doors. If you would like glass doors on the lower section, specify in the notes of the cabinet. •• Upper openings 21” and over will receive 1 shelf. Openings 24” and over will receive 2 shelves, unless otherwise stated. •• Separate Toe Kicks (STK) are available at no charge by specifying STK as a modification. If the cabinet has a flush toe, you must specify RTKF (recessed toe kick) if you order an STK. •• 22 3/8 deep adjustable shelf in 24” deep cabinets (cabinets depth - 1.625)
••
Minimum Door Sizes Every effort will be made to provide the 5-piece door style. Mortise & Tenoned doors are programmed to have the stile trimmed down. Mitered doors below minimum will be slab.
Important Notes About 120” Tall Cabinets •• Standard ends will be constructed of 3/4” plywood and are NOT flush. You can order flush ends by adding FLE-(L/R) as a modification.
•• •• •• ••
Appliance/oven cabinets will have different maximum cutouts due to the 3/4” material, please see the oven section for more details. Not all cabinets are available in the 120” tall cabinet option. For any cabinets over 96” tall use the 120” option and add RH (reduce height) as a modification. On 120” tall cabinets, the interior will be finished to match exterior wood and finish. A natural finish is NOT available.
Entering a Faceframe and Door Only For a tall cabinet, enter a 12” deep broom cabinet without shelves then enter FFDO as a modification. To line up bottom broom doors (BBROH) with your base cabinets: Designer Overlay w/ 3/4” top reveal = use BBROH of 26 1/4” Designer Overlay w/ 1/4” top reveal = use BBROH of 26 3/4” Standard Overlay = use a BBROH of 27” To figure door height for Broom & Linen Cabinets: Designer Overlay = Add 2” (3/4” top reveal) or 2 1/2” (1/4” top reveal) to top & 2 3/4” to bottom opening Std.Overlay = Add 3/4” to opening
OUCH !!!
CABINET DEPTH (RTK = RECESSED TOE KICK / FTK = FLUSH TOE KICK) CABINET
A C
HEIGHT
84” 90” 96” 120”
12” RTK 84 ¾” 90 ¾” 96 ¾” 120 ¾”
12” FTK 85 ¼” 90 ¼” 97” 121”
18” 18” 21” 21” 24” 24” RTK FTK RTK FTK RTK FTK 85 ¾” 86 ¼” 86 ¼” 86 ¾” 86 ¾” 87 ¾” 91 ½” 92” 92 ¼” 92 ¾” 92 ¾” 93 ½” 97 ½” 98” 98 ¼” 98 ¾” 98 ¾” 99 ¼” 121 ¼” 121 ¾” 121 ¾” 122 ¼” 122 ¼” 122 ¾”
B
(A x A) + (B x B) = the square root of C
w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014
Don’t Get Stuck!!! Ceiling heights needed to stand up a tall cabinet
-2-
Tall Cabinets Cabinet Construction
55” on 120” 31” on 96” 25” on 90” 19” on 84”
29” on 96” 23” on 90” 17” on 84”
48” on 120” 24” on 96” 18” on 90” 12” on 84”
3 3
VARIES DOOR
VARIES DOOR
3
3
58.5” on 96” 46.5” on 84”
18 VARIES OVEN C.O.
3 VARIES OVEN C.O.
69 3
3
54 1/2
35 1/2 27 20 1/2
OVD_
OV2D_
5
3 5 3 5
4 1/2
BR_
4 1/2
4 1/2
R_
BAR_
OVOS_
54 3/4” on 120” 42 3/4” on 96” 39 3/4” on 90” 38 3/4” on 84”
60” on 96” 54” on 90” 48” on 84”
60” on 96” 54” on 90” 48” on 84”
VARIES MICRO C.O. 3
3
VARIES OVEN C.O.
54 3/4” on 120” 42 3/4” on 96” 39 3/4” on 90” 36 3/4” on 84”
5
8
8 20 1/2 3 8 5
4 1/2
OVMWD_
w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014
6
LC_
4 1/2
OVD_ OV2D_
Tall Cabinets: 84”, 90” 96” & 120” T and 1 ½" W rails & stiles unless otherwise stated. Toe-kick is 4½” (FTK is 6”) T x 3¼” D without the toe board. Refer to cabinet descriptions for more information about individual cabinets.
VARIES DOOR
3
4 1/2
OV_
5
6
6
LCD_
LCHD_
-3-
Tall Cabinets 84” Tall Broom Cabinet 12” DEEP
BR1212 BR1512 BR1812 BR2112 BR2412 BR2412BD BR2712 BR3012 BR3312 BR3612 BR3912 BR4212 BR4512 BR4812 24” DEEP
Shown with optional shelves and SDPH on lower doors
•• •• •• •• •• •• ••
Shown with optional shelves and SDPH on lower doors
Specify hinge direction on single door cabinets. Opening Heights: Upper = 19”; Lower = 54 1/2” Butt doors are standard on 27”-39”. Center stile between doors on 42”-48”. Butt doors are available by adding BD as a modification. This will not be covered under warranty. 21” deep cabinets are the same price. To order change 24 to 21 in nomenclature. (Ex: BR3021) Adjustments in height affect the upper opening. To change the opening height (no charge), use the BBROH modification and specify the bottom opening height.
w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014
••
BR1224 BR1524 BR1824 BR2124 BR2424 BR2424BD BR2724 BR3024 BR3324 BR3624 BR3924 BR4224 BR4524 BR4824
PRICE
DOORS U/L
CUBES
$731 $785 $836 $891 $942 $942 $1,179 $1,230 $1,284 $1,344 $1,399 $1,450 $1,504 $1,558
1/1 1/1 1/1 1/1 1/1 2/2 2/2 2/2 2/2 2/2 2/2 2/2 2/2 2/2
8 9 11 13 15 15 16 18 20 22 23 25 27 29
PRICE
DOORS U/L
CUBES
$968 $1,030 $1,093 $1,159 $1,222 $1,222 $1,450 $1,530 $1,596 $1,670 $1,730 $1,793 $1,855 $1,915
1/1 1/1 1/1 1/1 1/1 2/2 2/2 2/2 2/2 2/2 2/2 2/2 2/2 2/2
15 18 22 25 29 29 32 36 39 43 46 50 53 57
Adjustable shelves are not standard in the top opening and upper section will not be drilled. •• Four adjustable shelves are optional in the lower opening. To order, specify BR__ __WS. •• For formulas to calculate broom door heights and BBROH see the Tall Information page. •• 73” tall is minimum height allowed unless BBROH STOP is minimized.
-4-
Tall Cabinets 90” Tall Broom Cabinet
Shown with optional shelves and SDPH on lower doors
•• •• •• •• ••
Shown with optional shelves and SDPH on lower doors
Specify hinge direction on single door cabinets. Opening Heights: Upper = 25”; Lower = 54 1/2” Butt doors are standard on 27”-39”. Center stile between doors on 42”-48”. Butt doors are available by adding BD as a modification. This will not be covered under warranty. 21” deep cabinets are the same price. To order change 24 to 21 in nomenclature. (Ex: BR309021)
w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014
•• •• •• •• ••
-5-
12” DEEP
PRICE
DOORS U/L
CUBES
BR129012 BR159012 BR189012 BR219012 BR249012 BR249012BD BR279012 BR309012 BR339012 BR369012 BR399012 BR429012 BR459012 BR489012
$1,016 $1,070 $1,122 $1,176 $1,227 $1,227 $1,464 $1,516 $1,570 $1,630 $1,684 $1,735 $1,790 $1,844
1/1 1/1 1/1 1/1 1/1 2/2 2/2 2/2 2/2 2/2 2/2 2/2 2/2 2/2
8 9 12 14 15 15 17 18 20 22 25 27 27 30
24” DEEP
PRICE
DOORS U/L
CUBES
BR129024 BR159024 BR189024 BR219024 BR249024 BR249024BD BR279024 BR309024 BR339024 BR369024 BR399024 BR429024 BR459024 BR489024
$1,396 $1,459 $1,521 $1,587 $1,650 $1,650 $1,878 $1,958 $2,024 $2,098 $2,158 $2,221 $2,283 $2,343
1/1 1/1 1/1 1/1 1/1 2/2 2/2 2/2 2/2 2/2 2/2 2/2 2/2 2/2
15 19 23 27 30 30 34 38 42 45 49 53 53 57
To change the opening height (no charge), use the BBROH modification and specify the bottom opening height. One adjustable shelf is standard in the top opening. Four adjustable shelves are optional in the lower opening. To order, specify BR__ __WS. For formulas to calculate broom door heights and BBROH see the Tall Information page. Adjustments in height affect the upper opening.
Tall Cabinets 96” Tall Broom Cabinets
Shown with optional shelves and SDPH on lower doors
•• •• •• •• ••
Shown with optional shelves and SDPH on lower doors
Specify hinge direction on single door cabinets. Opening Heights: Upper = 31”; Lower = 54 1/2” Butt doors are standard on 27”-39”. Center stile between doors on 42”-48”. Butt doors are available by adding BD as a modification. This will not be covered under warranty. 21” deep cabinets are the same price. To order change 24 to 21 in nomenclature. (Ex: BR309621)
w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014
•• •• •• •• ••
-6-
12” DEEP
PRICE
DOORS U/L
CUBES
BR129612 BR159612 BR189612 BR219612 BR249612 BR249612BD BR279612 BR309612 BR339612 BR369612 BR399612 BR429612 BR459612 BR489612
$1,016 $1,070 $1,122 $1,176 $1,227 $1,227 $1,464 $1,516 $1,570 $1,630 $1,684 $1,735 $1,790 $1,844
1/1 1/1 1/1 1/1 1/1 2/2 2/2 2/2 2/2 2/2 2/2 2/2 2/2 2/2
8 9 12 14 16 16 16 20 22 24 26 25 27 29
24” DEEP
PRICE
DOORS U/L
CUBES
BR129624 BR159624 BR189624 BR219624 BR249624 BR249624BD BR279624 BR309624 BR339624 BR369624 BR399624 BR429624 BR459624 BR489624
$1,396 $1,459 $1,521 $1,587 $1,650 $1,650 $1,878 $1,958 $2,024 $2,098 $2,158 $2,221 $2,283 $2,343
1/1 1/1 1/1 1/1 1/1 2/2 2/2 2/2 2/2 2/2 2/2 2/2 2/2 2/2
16 20 24 28 32 32 36 40 44 48 52 56 53 64
To change the opening height (no charge), use the BBROH modification and specify the bottom opening height. One adjustable shelf is standard in the top opening. Four adjustable shelves are optional in the lower opening. To order, specify BR__ __WS. For formulas to calculate broom door heights and BBROH see the Tall Information page. Adjustments in height affect the upper opening.
Tall Cabinets 120” Tall Broom Cabinets
Shown with optional shelves and SDPH on upper and lower doors
•• •• •• •• •• ••
Shown with optional shelves and SDPH on upper and lower doors
Specify hinge direction on single door cabinets. Opening Heights: Upper = 55”; Lower = 54 1/2” Butt doors are standard on 27”-39”. Center stile between doors on 42”-48”. Butt doors are available by adding BD as a modification. This will not be covered under warranty. 21” deep cabinets are the same price. To order change 24 to 21 in nomenclature. (Ex: BRT3021) To change the opening height (no charge), use the BBROH modification and specify the bottom opening height.
w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014
•• ••
12” DEEP
PRICE
DOORS U/L
CUBES
BRT1212 BRT1512 BRT1812 BRT2112 BRT2412 BRT2412BD BRT2712 BRT3012 BRT3312 BRT3612 BRT3912 BRT4212 BRT4512 BRT4812
$1,801 $1,855 $1,907 $1,961 $2,012 $2,012 $2,249 $2,301 $2,355 $2,415 $2,469 $2,520 $2,575 $2,629
1/1 1/1 1/1 1/1 1/1 2/2 2/2 2/2 2/2 2/2 2/2 2/2 2/2 2/2
10 13 15 18 20 20 23 25 28 30 33 35 38 40
24” DEEP
PRICE
DOORS U/L
CUBES
BRT1224 BRT1524 BRT1824 BRT2124 BRT2424 BRT2424BD BRT2724 BRT3024 BRT3324 BRT3624 BRT3924 BRT4224 BRT4524 BRT4824
$2,181 $2,244 $2,306 $2,372 $2,435 $2,435 $2,663 $2,743 $2,809 $2,883 $2,943 $3,006 $3,068 $3,128
1/1 1/1 1/1 1/1 1/1 2/2 2/2 2/2 2/2 2/2 2/2 2/2 2/2 2/2
20 25 30 35 40 40 45 50 55 60 65 70 75 80
One adjustable shelf is standard in the top opening. Four adjustable shelves are optional in the lower opening. To order, specify BR__ __WS. •• For formulas to calculate broom door heights and BBROH see the Tall Information page. •• See Tall Information page at the beginning of this STOP section for important information regarding 120” tall cabinets. •• It isn’t recommended to line up lower doors with base STOP cabinets at this height.
-7-
Tall Cabinets Tall Angle Broom 84” TALL
TAB1284 TAB2484 TAB3684 90” TALL
TAB1290 TAB2490 TAB3690 96” TALL
TAB1296 TAB2496 TAB3696 120” TALL
TABT12 TABT24 TABT36
PRICE
DOORS U/L
CUBES
$1,558 $1,932 $2,532
1/1 2/2 2/2
15 29 43
PRICE
DOORS U/L
CUBES
$1,987 $2,361 $2,960
1/1 2/2 2/2
15 29 43
PRICE
DOORS U/L
CUBES
$1,987 $2,361 $2,960
1/1 2/2 2/2
15 32 43
PRICE
DOORS U/L
CUBES
$2,772 $3,146 $3,745
1/1 2/2 2/2
10 29 43
Approximate measurement across the front: 12” = 14 7/8” 24” = 31 13/16” 36” = 48 3/4”
Shown with Butt Doors and SDPH
•• •• •• •• •• •• ••
Specify hinge direction on single door cabinets. Opening Height: Upper = Overall cabinet height – 65”; Bottom opening = 54 1/2” First dimension is width & depth; the second dimension is height. When modifying dimensions: L=width; R=depth. When modifying one dimension, we strongly recommend changing the other dimension to match to keep the cabinet from changing shape & altering the size of the doors. A recessed toe kick is standard, flush toe kick is available by adding FTK as a modification. Four adjustable shelves are standard in the lower opening. 90”, 96” & 120” tall units have one adjustable shelf in upper opening. 1 ½” return to the wall is standard. Add SP RETURN to modify the 1 ½” returns. Maximum size for returns is 8”.
w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014
••
To change the opening height (no charge), use the BBROH modification and specify the bottom opening height. •• Finished ends are not available. •• For formulas to calculate broom door heights and BBROH see the Tall Information page. •STOP • See Tall Information page at the beginning of this section for important information regarding 120” tall cabinets. •STOP • It isn’t recommended to line up lower doors with base cabinets on 120” tall cabinets. •STOP • 73” Tall is minimum height allowed unless BBROH is minimized.
-8-
Tall Cabinets Angle End Tall Broom 84” TALL
AETB1284 AETB2484 AETB3684 90” TALL
AETB1290 AETB2490 AETB3690 96” TALL
AETB1296 AETB2496 AETB3696 120” TALL
AETBT12 AETBT24 AETBT36
PRICE
DOORS U/L
CUBES
$1,558 $1,932 $2,532
2/2 2/2 2/2
15 29 43
PRICE
DOORS U/L
CUBES
$1,987 $2,361 $2,960
2/2 2/2 2/2
15 30 43
PRICE
DOORS U/L
CUBES
$1,987 $2,361 $2,960
2/2 2/2 2/2
15 29 43
PRICE
DOORS U/L
CUBES
$2,772 $3,146 $3,745
2/2 2/2 2/2
15 29 43
Shown with SDPH
•• •• •• ••
•• ••
Butt doors are not available. Opening Height: Upper = Overall cabinet height – 65”; Bottom opening = 54 1/2” The diagonal end is 65º, 12” deep unit has same top view as the AEW, 24” deep unit has the same top view as the AEB. When modifying one dimension, we strongly recommend changing the other dimension to match to keep the cabinet from changing shape & altering the size of the doors, otherwise cabinet will become a custom. A recessed toe kick is standard, 6” flush toe kick is available by adding FTK as a modification. Four adjustable shelves are standard in the lower opening. 90”, 96” & 120” tall units have one adjustable shelf in upper opening.
w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014
••
To change the opening height (no charge), use the BBROH modification and specify the bottom opening height. •• Finished ends are not available. •• For formulas to calculate broom door heights and BBROH see the Tall Information page. •STOP • See Tall Information page at the beginning of this section for important information regarding 120” tall cabinets. •STOP • It isn’t recommended to line up lower doors with base cabinets on 120” tall cabinets.
-9-
Tall Cabinets Pantry Pull-Out - 24” Deep 84” TALL
PPO1224 PPO1524 PPO1824 90” TALL
PPO129024 PPO159024 PPO189024 96” TALL
PPO129624 PPO159624 PPO189624
Shown with SDPH
•• •• •• •• •• •• •• •• ••
Specify hinge direction for top door. 84” Opening Heights: 19” upper (or Cab ht. - 65”); 54 1/2” lower. 120” Opening Heights: 55” upper (or Cab ht. - 65”); 54 1/2” lower. Comes with a shelf in the upper opening. Pantry pull-out hardware is mounted at the top & bottom of the pull-out shelf system and slides out with the door. Pull-out unit is divided into one 15” lower opening and three 12” openings as standard. Pull-out unit supports 440 lbs. (200 kg). To change height to 90” or 96”, add CH as a modification. Comes with a shelf in the upper opening. Changes in width are limited. Please call for approval. To add the pantry insert to other cabinets, use CUSTOMTALL and add PANTRY as a modification.
120” TALL
PPOT1224 PPOT1524 PPOT1824
PRICE
DOORS U/L
SHELVES
CUBES
$2,395 $2,458 $2,520
1/1 1/1 1/1
0 0 0
15 18 22
PRICE
DOORS U/L
SHELVES
CUBES
$2,680 $2,743 $2,806
1/1 1/1 1/1
1 1 1
15 19 23
PRICE
DOORS U/L
SHELVES
CUBES
$2,823 $2,886 $2,949
1/1 1/1 1/1
1 1 1
16 20 24
PRICE
DOORS U/L
SHELVES
CUBES
$3,465 $3,528 $3,591
1/1 1/1 1/1
1 1 1
20 25 30
••
If using BBROH to modify bottom opening height, always state how pantry unit shelf spacing will need to modify. •STOP • See Tall Information page at the beginning of this section for important information regarding 120” tall cabinets. •STOP • Minimum 18” deep allowed
Multi-Storage Unit - 24” Deep 84” TALL
MSU18 MSU36 90” TALL
MSU1890 MSU3690 96” TALL
MSU1896 MSU3696 120” TALL
•• •• •• •• ••
Specify hinge direction on single door cabinets. Opening Height: Upper = Overall cabinet height – 65”; Bottom = 54 1/2” MSU 36 has butt doors. The lower opening has 2 doormounted can racks, 2 swing-out can racks and 8 adjustable shelves. MSU18 lower opening has 1 door-mounted can racks, 1 swing-out can racks and 4 adjustable shelves. A 3” pull from any obstruction for door opening clearance is recommended. w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014
MSUT18 MSUT36
••
PRICE
DOORS U/L
CUBES
$1,801 $3,702
1/1 2/2
22 42
PRICE
DOORS U/L
CUBES
$2,229 $4,130
1/1 2/2
22 45
PRICE
DOORS U/L
CUBES
$2,229 $4,130
1/1 2/2
22 48
PRICE
DOORS U/L
CUBES
$3,014 $4,915
1/1 2/2
30 60
Dimension changes are limited; no changes to the width. Modifications are limited, please call for approval. STOP •• Do not place this cabinet next to a wall. Door must STOP open at least 105º in order for internal parts to operate. •• See Tall Information page at the beginning of this section for important information regarding 120” tall cabinets.
- 10 -
Tall Cabinets Bar - 24” Deep 84” TALL
BAR39 BAR42 BAR45 BAR48 96” TALL
BAR3996 BAR4296 BAR4596 BAR4896
PRICE
DOORS U/L
DRWRS
CUBES
$3,360 $3,401 $3,526 $3,646
4/2 4/2 4/2 4/2
1 1 1 1
46 50 53 57
PRICE
DOORS U/L
DRWRS
CUBES
$3,570 $3,713 $3,851 $3,988
4/2 4/2 4/2 4/2
1 1 1 1
53 57 61 65
BAR48 Shown with SDPH on upper doors
•• •• •• ••
Upper opening is 46 ½” (84” tall) or 58 ½” (96” tall) •• Butt doors are standard on 39”-45” lower cabinets, but not •• covered under warranty on the 42” & 45”. The 48” lower cabinet will come with a 3” center stile. Butt doors are standard on all upper cabinets due to bi-fold doors. In upper portion and 2 half-depth adjustable shelves and bi-fold doors.
Entire cabinet will have a finished interior. The lower section of this cabinet lines up with the standard overlay base cabinet. If you want the doors to line up on a designer overlay job, enter the cabinet as CUSTOMTALL, then specify in the cabinet comments.
Tall Refrigerator - 24” Deep 84” TALL
R3624 R3924 90” TALL
R369024 R399024 96” TALL
R369624 R399624 Butt Doors Shown
•• ••
•• ••
120’ TALL
Door opening height is 12” on 84” tall, 18” on 90” tall, 24” on 96” tall, & 48”, double panel doors on 120” tall. Refrigerator opening clearance is 3” less than cabinet width by 69” high. To modify openings: RHH – Opening Height RHW – Opening Width Specify finished ends. Unit can be ordered with only 1 leg at no charge; add RLRO (Refrigerator Leg Right Only) or RLLO (Refrigerator Leg Left Only) as a modification. This will add 1 ½” clearance.
w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014
RT3624 RT3924
•• •• •• •STOP •
PRICE
CUBES
$1,213 $1,239
43 46
PRICE
CUBES
$1,499 $1,524
45 49
PRICE
CUBES
$1,499 $1,524
48 52
PRICE
CUBES
$2,283 $2,309
60 65
Door will overlay bottom rail 1/2” on designer overlay. No back in refrigerator space Entire cabinet will have a finished interior. See Tall Information page at the beginning of this section for helpful information regarding shelves. •STOP • See Tall Information page at the beginning of this section for important information regarding 120” tall cabinets.
- 11 -
Tall Cabinets 84” & 90” Tall Linen Closets 12” DEEP 84” TALL
PRICE
DOORS U/L
CUBES
$836 $908 $973 $1,039 $1,105 $1,105 $1,419 $1,487 $1,556 $1,621 $1,687 $1,755 $1,821 $1,887
1/1 1/1 1/1 1/1 1/1 2/2 2/2 2/2 2/2 2/2 2/2 2/2 2/2 2/2
8 9 11 13 15 15 16 18 20 22 23 25 27 29
12” DEEP 90”TALL
PRICE
DOORS U/L
LC129012 LC159012 LC189012 LC219012 LC249012 LC249012BD LC279012 LC309012 LC339012 LC369012 LC399012 LC429012 LC459012 LC489012
$1,150 $1,222 $1,287 $1,353 $1,419 $1,419 $1,733 $1,801 $1,870 $1,935 $2,001 $2,069 $2,135 $2,201
1/1 1/1 1/1 1/1 1/1 2/2 2/2 2/2 2/2 2/2 2/2 2/2 2/2 2/2
LC1212 LC1512 LC1812 LC2112 LC2412 LC2412BD LC2712 LC3012 LC3312 LC3612 LC3912 LC4212 LC4512 LC4812
Shown with SDPH
•• •• •• •• •• •• •• Shown with Butt Doors and SDPH
w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014
••
- 12 -
21” OR 24” DEEP 84” TALL
PRICE
DOORS U/L
CUBES
LC12__ LC15__ LC18__ LC21__ LC24__ LC24__BD LC27__ LC30__ LC33__ LC36__ LC39__ LC42__ LC45__ LC48__
$1,130 $1,222 $1,319 $1,413 $1,504 $1,504 $1,833 $1,924 $2,015 $2,104 $2,195 $2,295 $2,386 $2,475
1/1 1/1 1/1 1/1 1/1 2/2 2/2 2/2 2/2 2/2 2/2 2/2 2/2 2/2
15 18 22 25 29 29 32 36 39 43 46 50 53 57
CUBES
21” OR 24” DEEP 90” TALL
PRICE
DOORS U/L
CUBES
8 10 11 13 15 15 16 18 20 23 25 27 27 29
LC1290__ LC1590__ LC1890__ LC2190__ LC2490__ LC2490__BD LC2790__ LC3090__ LC3390__ LC3690__ LC3990__ LC4290__ LC4590__ LC4890__
$1,601 $1,693 $1,790 $1,884 $1,975 $1,975 $2,303 $2,395 $2,486 $2,575 $2,666 $2,766 $2,857 $2,946
1/1 1/1 1/1 1/1 1/1 2/2 2/2 2/2 2/2 2/2 2/2 2/2 2/2 2/2
15 18 23 25 29 30 34 38 42 45 46 50 53 57
Specify hinge direction on single door cabinets. Equal height openings with a 3” rail between 84” tall = 36 3/4” 90” tall = 39 3/4” Butt doors are only available on 42” – 48” wide units by adding BD as a modification. This will not be covered under warranty. 21” & 24” deep cabinets are the same price. To order, specify 21” or 24” in the nomenclature. (Ex. LC129021 or LC129024). A 6” flush toe kick is standard, recessed toe kick is available at no charge by adding RTKF (recessed toe kick) as a modification. If ordering a STK (separate toe kick), you must also order a RTKF as a modification. Four full depth adjustable shelves in 84” cabinet and six in 90” cabinets. For formulas to calculate door heights see the Tall Information page.
Tall Cabinets 96” & 120” Tall Linen Closets
Shown with Butt Doors and SDPH
12” DEEP 96” TALL
PRICE
DOORS U/L
CUBES
21” OR 24” DEEP 96” TALL
PRICE
DOORS U/L
CUBES
LC129612 LC159612 LC189612 LC219612 LC249612 LC249612BD LC279612 LC309612 LC339612 LC369612 LC399612 LC429612 LC459612 LC489612
$1,150 $1,222 $1,287 $1,353 $1,419 $1,419 $1,733 $1,801 $1,870 $1,935 $2,001 $2,069 $2,135 $2,201
1/1 1/1 1/1 1/1 1/1 2/2 2/2 2/2 2/2 2/2 2/2 2/2 2/2 2/2
8 9 12 13 16 15 18 20 22 24 23 28 27 29
LC1296__ LC1596__ LC1896__ LC2196__ LC2496__ LC2496__BD LC2796__ LC3096__ LC3396__ LC3696__ LC3996__ LC4296__ LC4596__ LC4896__
$1,601 $1,693 $1,790 $1,884 $1,975 $1,975 $2,303 $2,395 $2,486 $2,575 $2,666 $2,766 $2,857 $2,946
1/1 1/1 1/1 1/1 1/1 2/2 2/2 2/2 2/2 2/2 2/2 2/2 2/2 2/2
15 20 22 27 29 32 36 40 39 48 46 50 53 57
12” DEEP 120”TALL
PRICE
DOORS U/L
CUBES
21” OR 24” DEEP 120” TALL
PRICE
DOORS U/L
CUBES
LCT1212 LCT1512 LCT1812 LCT2112 LCT2412 LCT2412BD LCT2712 LCT3012 LCT3312 LCT3612 LCT3912 LCT4212 LCT4512 LCT4812
$1,935 $2,007 $2,072 $2,138 $2,204 $2,204 $2,518 $2,586 $2,655 $2,720 $2,786 $2,854 $2,920 $2,986
1/1 1/1 1/1 1/1 1/1 2/2 2/2 2/2 2/2 2/2 2/2 2/2 2/2 2/2
10 13 15 18 20 20 23 25 28 30 33 35 38 40
LCT12__ LCT15__ LCT18__ LCT21__ LCT24__ LCT24__BD LCT27__ LCT30__ LCT33__ LCT36__ LCT39__ LCT42__ LCT45__ LCT48__
$2,386 $2,478 $2,575 $2,669 $2,760 $2,760 $3,088 $3,180 $3,271 $3,360 $3,451 $3,551 $3,642 $3,731
1/1 1/1 1/1 1/1 1/1 2/2 2/2 2/2 2/2 2/2 2/2 2/2 2/2 2/2
20 25 30 35 40 40 45 50 55 60 65 70 75 80
•• •• •• •• •• •• •• •• •• STOP Shown with Butt Doors and SDPH
w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014
- 13 -
Specify hinge direction on single door cabinets. Equal height openings with a 3” rail between 96” tall = 42 3/4” 120” tall = 54 3/4” Butt doors are only available on 42” – 48” wide units by adding BD as a modification. This will not be covered under warranty. 21” & 24” deep cabinets are the same price. To order, specify 21” or 24” in the nomenclature. (Ex. LC129621 or LC129624). A 6” flush toe kick is standard, recessed toe kick is available at no charge by adding RTKF (recessed toe kick) as a modification. If ordering a STK (separate toe kick), you must also order a RTKF as a modification. Six full depth adjustable shelves in 96” & 120” cabinets. For formulas to calculate door heights see the Tall Information page. See Tall Information page at the beginning of this section for important information regarding 120” tall cabinets.
Tall Cabinets Linen with Drawers 84” TALL
LCD12__ LCD15__ LCD18__ LCD21__ LCD24__ LCD24__BD LCD27__ LCD30__ LCD33__ LCD36__ •• •• •• ••
ail is 1
Mid-r
1/2”
•• •• •• ••
PRICE
DRS
DRW
CUBES
90” TALL
PRICE
DRS
DRW
CUBES
$1,593 $1,722 $1,845 $1,971 $2,098 $2,185 $2,311 $2,440 $2,561 $2,688
1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2
3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
15 18 22 25 29 29 32 35 39 42
LCD1290__ LCD1590__ LCD1890__ LCD2190__ LCD2490__ LCD2490__BD LCD2790__ LCD3090__ LCD3390__ LCD3690__
$1,635 $1,727 $1,899 $2,030 $2,163 $2,250 $2,381 $2,516 $2,642 $2,775
1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2
3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
15 19 22 25 30 29 32 38 42 42
96” TALL
PRICE
DRS
DRW
CUBES
LCD1296__ LCD1596__ LCD1896__ LCD2196__ LCD2496__ LCD2496__BD LCD2796__ LCD3096__ LCD3396__ LCD3696__
$1,676 $1,733 $1,952 $2,088 $2,228 $2,314 $2,451 $2,592 $2,724 $2,863
1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2
3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
15 18 22 25 29 32 36 35 44 48
Specify hinge direction on single door cabinets. Upper opening is overall cabinet height - 36. Drawer openings are all 8” tall. The lower section of this cabinet lines up with the standard overlay base cabinet. If you want the doors to line up on a full or designer overlay job, enter the cabinet as CUSTOMTALL then specify in the comments. Two full depth adjustable shelves in the 84” & three full depth adjustable shelves in the 90”, & 96”. A 6” flush toe kick is standard, recessed toe kick is available at no charge by adding RTKF (recessed toe kick) as a modification. If ordering a STK (separate toe kick), you must also order a RTKF as a modification. 21” & 24” deep cabinets are the same price. To order, specify 21” or 24” in the nomenclature. (Ex. LCD1221 or LCD1224).
Shown with SDPH
Linen with Hamper •• •• •• ••
•• •• •• •• ••
Pull-out wooden hamper behind lower door, mounted on TUFEBM guides. Specify hinge direction. Can specify RBDM (door mount) on bottom as a modification. Upper opening is overall cabinet height - 36. Drawer opening is 5” and lower opening is 20 1/2”. The lower section of this cabinet lines up with the standard overlay base cabinet. If you want the doors to line up on a designer overlay job, enter the cabinet as CUSTOMTALL, then specify in the comments. Two full depth adjustable shelves in upper opening, A 6” flush toe kick is standard, recessed toe kick is available at no charge by adding RTKF (recessed toe kick) as a modification. If ordering a STK (separate toe kick), you must also order a RTKF as a modification. No deduct for deleting the hamper 21” & 24” deep cabinets are the same price. To order, specify 21” or 24” in the nomenclature. (Ex. LCHD1821 or LCHD1824).
Shown with SDPH
w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014
- 14 -
84” TALL
LCHD18
PRICE
U/L
DRWRS
CUBES
$1,845
1/1
1
22
90” TALL
PRICE
U/L
DRWRS
CUBES
LCHD1890
$1,899
1/1
1
22
96” TALL
PRICE
U/L
DRWRS
CUBES
LCHD1896
$1,952
1/1
1
24
Tall Cabinets Tall Angle Linen 84” TALL
Depth
TAL1284 TAL2484 TAL3684
h
idt
W
90” TALL
TAL1290 TAL2490 TAL3690 96” TALL
TAL1296 TAL2496 TAL3696 120” TALL
TALT12 TALT24 TALT36
PRICE
U/L
CUBES
$1,558 $1,932 $2,532
1/1 2/2 2/2
15 29 43
PRICE
U/L
CUBES
$1,987 $2,361 $2,960
1/1 2/2 2/2
15 30 68
PRICE
U/L
CUBES
$1,987 $2,361 $2,960
1/1 2/2 2/2
15 32 43
PRICE
U/L
CUBES
$2,772 $3,146 $3,745
1/1 2/2 2/2
15 29 43
Approximate measurement across the front: 12” = 14 7/8” 24” = 31 13/16” 36 = 48 3/4” Shown with Butt Doors and SDPH
•• ••
Specify hinge direction on single door cabinets. Equal height openings with a 3” rail between 84” tall = 36 3/4” 90” tall = 39 3/4” 96” tall = 42 3/4” 120” tall = 54 3/4” •• Butt doors are standard on 24” and 36” cabinets when specified in header. •• First dimension is width & depth; the second dimension is height. When modifying dimensions: L=width; R=depth. •• When modifying one dimension, we strongly recommend changing the other dimension to match to keep the cabinet from changing shape & altering the size of the doors. •• A flush toe kick is standard, recessed toe kick is available at no charge by adding RTKF (recessed toe kick) as a modification.
w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014
••
If ordering a STK (separate toe kick), you must also order a RTKF as a modification. •• Four adjustable shelves are standard in all heights. •• 1 ½” return to the wall is standard. Add SP RETURN to modify the 1 ½” returns. Maximum size for returns is 8”. •• Finished ends are not available. •• For formulas to calculate door heights see the Tall Information page. •STOP • See Tall Information page at the beginning of this section for important information regarding 120” tall cabinets.
- 15 -
Tall Cabinets Angle End Tall Linen 84” TALL
AETL1284 AETL2484 AETL3684 90” TALL
AETL1290 AETL2490 AETL3690 96” TALL
AETL1296 AETL2496 AETL3696 120” TALL
AETLT12 AETLT24 AETLT36
PRICE
U/L
CUBES
$1,558 $1,932 $2,532
2/2 2/2 2/2
15 29 43
PRICE
U/L
CUBES
$1,987 $2,361 $2,960
2/2 2/2 2/2
15 29 43
PRICE
U/L
CUBES
$1,987 $2,361 $2,960
2/2 2/2 2/2
15 29 43
PRICE
U/L
CUBES
$2,772 $3,146 $3,745
2/2 2/2 2/2
15 29 43
Shown with SDPH
••
Equal height openings with a 3” rail between 84” tall = 36 3/4” 90” tall = 39 3/4” 96” tall = 42 3/4” 120” tall = 54 3/4” •• Butt doors are not available. •• The diagonal end is 65º, 12” deep unit has same top view as the AEW, 24” deep unit has the same top view as the AEB. •• When modifying one dimension, we strongly recommend changing the other dimension to match to keep the cabinet from changing shape & altering the size of the doors otherwise creates a Custom. •• A flush toe kick is standard, recessed toe kick is available at no charge by adding RTKF (recessed toe kick) as a modification.
w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014
••
If ordering a STK (separate toe kick), you must also order a RTKF as a modification. •• Four adjustable shelves are standard in the 84” cabinet, five shelves in the 90”, 96” & 120” tall units. •• Finished ends are not available. •• For formulas to calculate door heights see the Tall Information page. •• See Tall Information page at the beginning of this STOP section for important information regarding 120” tall cabinets.
- 16 -
Tall Cabinets Tall Panel Straight 84” TALL
TPS12 TPS24 TPS30 96” TALL
TPS9612 TPS9624 TPS9630 120” TALL
TPST12 TPST24 TPST30
•• •• ••
PRICE
$220 $385 $417 PRICE
$274 $440 $465
CUBES
1 2 3 CUBES
1 2 3
PRICE
CUBES
$809 $975 $1,000
1 2 3
Available 12”, 24” & 30” D. Constructed of 3/4” plywood material with standard tape edge-banding on one long edge. Both sides are finished.
Tall Panel Filler 1 1/2” WIDE
Top View 1 1/2"
24” 27” 24 30”
•• •• •• •• ••
1 ½” or 3” stile; available 24”, 27” & 30” deep. Both ends are always finished. Indicate 1/4” reveal left or right. FTK is standard Change dimensions available Use MISC as a modification to enter the cost from the Pricing Book. •• Panel is ½” plywood up to 96” tall; Panel is 3/4” plywood on 120”. (Not flushed unless ordered) •• Flutes and other decorative details can be added see Accessories & Modifications section. •STOP • See Tall Information page at the beginning of this section for important information regarding 120” tall cabinets.
w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014
PRICE
CUBES
$385 $402 $417 $440 $454 $465 $975 $989 $1,000
4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4
3” WIDE
PRICE
CUBES
TPF(3)84X24 TPF(3)84X27 TPF(3)84X30 TPF(3)96X24 TPF(3)96X27 TPF(3)96X30 TPF3X120X24 TPF3X120X27 TPF3X120X30
$385 $402 $417 $440 $454 $465 $975 $989 $1,000
4 4 4 4 4 4 5 6 4
TPF84X24 TPF84X27 TPF84X30 TPF96X24 TPF96X27 TPF96X30 TPF120X24 TPF120X27 TPF120X30
- 17 -
Tall Cabinets Tall Box Filler CABINET
TBF384 TBF684 TBF390 TBF690 TBF396 TBF696 TBF3X120 TBF6X120
Top View
3
24 24”
CABINET
TBFA384 TBFA390 TBFA396
TOP VIEW
3”
3”
PENINSULA
3
•• •• •• •• •• ••
Top View
TBFP396
3
3” or 6” wide x 84”, 90”, 96”, or 120” tall x 24” deep. Both ends are always finished Box filler has ¼” reveal on the sides and a flush toe kick. Change dimensions available Use MISC as a modification to enter the cost from the Pricing Book. Peninsula Box Filler has a stile on the front and back. Must specify left or right on the angled fillers
w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014
••
PRICE
CUBES
$642 $671 $649 $678 $657 $685 $1,441 $1,548
4 7 4 8 4 8 5 10
PRICE
CUBES
$749 $756 $764 PRICE
4 4 4 CUBES
$764
Flutes and other decorative details can be added see Accessories & Modifications section. •STOP • See Tall Information page at the beginning of this section for important information regarding 120” tall cabinets.
- 18 -
4
Tall Cabinets Oven Cabinet Guidelines Helpful Notes about Tall Oven Cabinets Upper openings 21” and over will receive 1 shelf. Openings 24” and over will receive 2 shelves, unless otherwise stated. Separate Toe Kicks (STK) are available at no charge by specifying STK as a modification.
•• ••
Minimum Door Sizes Every effort will be made to provide the 5-piece door style. Mortise & Tenoned doors are programmed to have the stile trimmed down. Mitered doors below minimum will be slab.
Oven Cabinet Cut-Outs In order to make the cabinet more stable during production and shipping, Custom Cupboards does not make a complete cut-out that is larger than 3” less than the overall cabinet width. We score the stile of the cabinet, starting and stopping 1 ½” from the top and bottom of the opening. Your trim carpenter will then finalize the cut on-site. 84”, 90”, and 96” Tall Ovens The maximum cut-out for cabinets with: •• Standard or flush ends is 1 1/2” less than the overall cabinet width •• One or both RPE is 2 1/2” less than the overall cabinet width •• One or both BBE (3/8”) is 2” less than the overall cabinet width 120” Tall Ovens The maximum cut-out for cabinets with: •• Standard ends is 2” less than the overall cabinet width •• Both flush ends is 1 1/2” less than the overall cabinet width •• One or both RPE is 3” less than the overall cabinet width •• One or both BBE (3/8”) is 2 1/2” less than the overall cabinet width
Important Notes About 120” Tall Cabinets •• Standard ends will be constructed of 3/4” plywood and are NOT flush. You can order flush ends by adding FLE-(L/R) as a modification.
•• •• •• ••
Appliance/oven cabinets will have different maximum cutouts due to the 3/4” material, please see the notes above for 120” Tall ovens for more details. Not all cabinets are available in the 120” tall cabinet option. For any cabinets over 96” tall use the 120” option and add RH (reduce height) as a modification. Entire cabinet will be finished interior.
OUCH !!! CABINET DEPTH (RTK = RECESSED TOE KICK / FTK = FLUSH TOE KICK) CABINET HEIGHT
84” 90”
A C
96” 120”
12” RTK 84 ¾” 90 ¾” 96 ¾” 120 ¾”
12” FTK 85 ¼” 90 ¼” 97” 121”
18” 18” 21” 21” 24” 24” RTK FTK RTK FTK RTK FTK 85 ¾” 86 ¼” 86 ¼” 86 ¾” 86 ¾” 87 ¾” 91 ½” 92” 92 ¼” 92 ¾” 92 ¾” 93 ½” 97 ½” 98” 98 ¼” 98 ¾” 98 ¾” 99 ¼” 121 ¼” 121 ¾” 121 ¾” 122 ¼” 122 ¼” 122 ¾”
Don’t Get Stuck!!! Ceiling heights needed to stand up a tall cabinet B
(A x A) + (B x B) = the square root of C
w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014
- 19 -
Tall Cabinets Open-Shelf Oven - 24” Deep 84” TALL
PRICE
DOORS (U/L)
CUBES
$1,676 $1,764 $1,850 $1,938
2/2 2/2 2/2 2/2
32 36 39 43
90” TALL
PRICE
DOORS (U/L)
CUBES
OVOS279024 OVOS309024 OVOS339024 OVOS369024
$2,104 $2,192 $2,278 $2,366
2/2 2/2 2/2 2/2
34 38 39 45
96” TALL
PRICE
DOORS (U/L)
CUBES
OVOS279624 OVOS309624 OVOS339624 OVOS369624
$2,104 $2,192 $2,278 $2,366
2/2 2/2 2/2 2/2
36 40 39 48
PRICE
DOORS (U/L)
CUBES
$2,889 $2,977 $3,063 $3,151
2/2 2/2 2/2 2/2
45 50 55 60
OVOS2724 OVOS3024 OVOS3324 OVOS3624
120” TALL
OVOST2724 OVOST3024 OVOST3324 OVOST3624
•• ••
Cut-outs can be provided using the form in the Forms section or using the cut-out dimension nomenclatures as modifications. Failure to supply all relevant information will affect the lead time. Lower opening can be adjusted using FTO as a modification. FTO = 4 1/2” toe space + 1 ½” bottom rail + opening + 3” mid rail. One full depth adjustable shelf in lower opening. Number of shelves will vary in top opening.
•• See Oven Cabinet Guidelines page prior to the oven STOP cabinets for helpful information regarding shelves.
•• See Oven Cabinet Guidelines page prior to the oven STOP
cabinets for important information regarding 120” tall cabinets and maximum cutouts.
OVOS_ _ 1 1/2 X
OVOS_
Height changes in this opening
3X Finished Interior
18" is std. or TOHH W - 3" is std. or TOHW
1 1/2 X
Cabinet Height
3X
To figure upper door height: Add ____” to top opening Designer Overlay 3/4” top = 1 1/4” Designer Overlay 1/4” top = 1 3/4” Std.Overlay = 3/4”
To figure lower door height: Add ____” to bottom opening Designer Overlay = 2” Std.Overlay = 3/4”
FTO 44 ½” is standard
3536 1/2
(if36" given) 44 1/2” FTO (ifFTO given), is standard
Rules: Open-Shelf Oven •• Open shelf is 3” less than cabinet width x 18” tall, cut-outs can be specified. •• Height of lower opening is 35 1/2” with standard FTO. •• Height of upper opening with standard FTO: 84” = 17” 90” = 23” 96” = 29” 120” = 53” •• Entire cabinet will have a finished interior and 1/2” continuous back. •• Butt doors are standard. •• Cut-out nomenclatures for this cabinet are TOHW and TOHH
1 1/2 X
••
1 1/2 X RTK (toe kick)
Cabinet Width TOHW: _______ X TOHH: _______ FTO: ______
w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014
- 20 -
Tall Cabinets Tall Oven - 24” Deep 84” TALL
OV2724 OV3024 OV3324 OV3624 90” TALL
OV279024 OV309024 OV339024 OV369024 96” TALL
OV279624 OV309624 OV339624 OV369624 120” TALL
OVT2724 OVT3024 OVT3324 OVT3624
••
•• •• ••
Cut-outs must be provided using the form in the Forms section or using the cut-out dimension nomenclatures as modifications. Failure to supply all relevant information will affect the lead time. Lower opening can be adjusted using FTO as a modification. FTO = 4 1/2” toe space + 1 ½” bottom rail + opening + 3” mid rail. One full depth adjustable shelf in lower opening. Number of shelves will vary in top opening. Oven opening has no back.
PRICE
DOORS U/L
CUBES
$1,473 $1,550 $1,627 $1,701
2/2 2/2 2/2 2/2
32 36 39 43
PRICE
DOORS U/L
CUBES
$1,901 $1,978 $2,055 $2,129
2/2 2/2 2/2 2/2
34 38 39 43
PRICE
DOORS U/L
CUBES
$1,901 $1,978 $2,055 $2,129
2/2 2/2 2/2 2/2
32 36 44 43
PRICE
DOORS U/L
CUBES
$2,686 $2,763 $2,840 $2,914
2/2 2/2 2/2 2/2
45 50 55 60
•STOP • See Oven Cabinet Guidelines page prior to the oven cabinets for helpful information regarding shelves.
•STOP • See Oven Cabinet Guidelines page prior to the oven
cabinets for important information regarding 120” tall cabinets and maximum cutouts. OV_
1.5 x
Height changes in this opening
Rules: Tall Oven 3x
•• Oven cut-out must be specified. •• Height of lower opening is 27” with standard FTO. •• Height of upper opening will vary based on cut-out height •• Butt doors are standard. •• Cut-out nomenclatures for this cabinet are TOHW and TOHH To figure upper door height: Add ____” to top opening Designer Overlay 3/4” top = 1 1/4” Designer Overlay 1/4” top = 1 3/4” Std.Overlay = 3/4”
Oven cutouts must be specified
TOHW
3x
To figure lower door height: Add ____” to bottom opening Designer Overlay = 2” Std.Overlay = 3/4” 27
TOHW:_____ X TOHH:_____ FTO:_____
RTK (toe kick)
Cabinet Width
w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014
TOHH
- 21 -
›€Œ ƒ …ƒ ƒ � ‚  Ž  �    €�  …€ �  � ‚ „ œ ‚ €� � � „ ƒ ƒ  Ž–  � �� ƒ��    �    € ‚„ ˆ‡ ‡� � …ƒ ƒ  Š C � � „ ™ ‚ƒ… �  ‡  �‚  …€ƒ �  �  � ‘ � ‚ €�  „ ƒ  ‚    €�‚€ ‚ Oven w/ Drawer - 24� Deep  �� ƒ� � € Ž �    … �„
Tall abinets
’ €�� 84� TALL
PRICE
OVD2724 $1,832 OVD3024 $1,937 – OVD3324 $2,043 OVD3624 –– $2,144 90� TALL PRICE –— OVD279024
€�� OVD309024
$1,909 $2,021 $2,132 $2,239
OVD339024 OVD369024 – 96� TALL PRICE –– OVD279624 $1,987 OVD309624 $2,105 –— OVD339624 — €�� OVD369624
$2,224 $2,337
— 120� TALL PRICE – — OVDT2724 $3,496 OVDT3024 $3,726 –– — OVDT3324 $3,955 –— — OVDT3624 $4,179 ••
ƒ  DRWRS
“ …
DOORS
CUBES
2 2 2 2
32 36 39 43
– 11 –— 1 – 1 DOORS – DRWRS 2
1
ƒ  2 1
– 1 1 –— DOORS – DRWRS 2 1 2 – 1 2 2
2 1 ƒ  2 1
– DRWRS 2 –— 1 2 – 1 2 1 2 – 1
DOORS
‰ — ‰Ž
’ ‰Ž œ CUBES ‰ŽŽ — 32 38 42 43
“ …
‰Ž — ‰Ž–
CUBES ‰Ž–œ 36 40‰Ž — 44 48
“ …
‰Ž — ‰Ž–
45 50‰Ž–œ 55 60‰Ž —
CUBES
Cut-outs must be provided using the form in the Forms section or using the cut-out dimension nomenclatures as modifications. Failure to supply all relevant information will OVD_ affect the lead time. •• Drawer opening can be adjusted using FTO as a modifica Â? ‚  €‘  …€ Â?    € Â? ‚ƒ Â? ‚ƒ… Â? €Â?‚  Â? ž ƒ  ƒ € ‚ ‚  tion. FTO = 4 1/2â€? toe space + 1 ½â€? bottom rail + opening + 3â€? mid rail. …ƒ ƒ  €  Â?€  €Â? – Â?    €Â?  €Â?Â? …€ Â?  Â? ‚ „ ˜  …    Â? Â?  …€ Â?  ž  •• Number of shelves will vary in top opening.  Â?   €Â?‚   Â?  Â? Â? „ Â&#x; ƒ  …€ Â? Â? Â?Â?  Â? Â? Â?€Â? š  …ƒ Â?   „ •• Oven opening has no back. •• See Oven Cabinet Guidelines page prior to the oven STOP cabinets for helpful information regarding shelves. •• See Oven Cabinet Guidelines page prior to the oven STOP cabinets for important information regarding 120â€? tall ‡ ™›” ‡ ™ ‡ ¥”™ ÂĄ ™ ÂĄ cabinets and maximum cutouts.
”
” ” ”
‚‚ ¢  Â? Â? ‚‚ ÂŽ ÂŁ   Â? Â? ¤ ÂŽ ¢ Â
™ ™ Â&#x; Rules: Oven w/ Drawer ‡” ™ Â&#x; •• Oven cut-out must be specified. •• Height of drawer opening is 5â€? with standard FTO. Reduction of FTO is not allowed.
•• Height of upper opening will vary based on cut-out height •• Butt doors are standard. •• Cut-out nomenclatures for this cabinet are TOHW and TOHH
To figure upper door height: Add ____� to top opening Designer Overlay 3/4� top = 1 1/4� Designer Overlay 1/4� top = 1 3/4� Std.Overlay = 3/4�
w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014
To figure drawer front height: Add ____� to drawer opening Designer Overlay = 2� Std.Overlay = 3/4�
- 22 -
Â? Â? Â? Â? Â?ˆ Â?  ‡‚ Â?‚ ‡ Š Â? Â?ÂÂ?‚ƒ  „ Â… † “… …ˆ ŠÂ?  Â? ‚ Â? Â… Â? ‚  ‡ˆˆ ‰ Š ‚  „Â?  ‡ Â?‚  † Â?  Š  Â ‡‚Š‡ Š† C „ ˆÂ? Â?ˆ ‚ ‡ƒ ÂŽ Â?  „Â?    Â? ‚† Oven ‚ ‚Â?‚ƒ „‡ ‚ ‡ •† w/ 2 Drawers - 24â€? Deep
Tall abinets
‡ˆˆ 84� TALL PRICE
OV2D2724 $1,973 OV2D3024 $2,083 — OV2D3324 $2,193 OV2D3624 $2,299 —— —™ OV2D279024 $2,084 90� TALL
PRICE
DOORS
OV2D309024 OV2D339024 OV2D369024
$2,318 $2,430
96� TALL
PRICE
DOORS
— OV2D279624 $2,159 —— OV2D309624 $2,282 —™ OV2D339624 $2,405 ™ ‡ˆˆ $2,524
OV2D369624
™ OV2DT2724 $3,796 — ™ OV2DT3024 $4,035 OV2DT3324 $4,274 —— ™ OV2DT3624 $4,508 —™ ™ 120� TALL
PRICE
2 2 2 2 DOORS
2 2 2 2
�  DRWRS CUBES 1 — 1 —™ 1 1 — — 1
DRWRS
32 36 39 43 CUBES
32
Â? Â 1 38 1 1
42 43
DRWRS
CUBES
— —™ 1 — 1 — 1
1 Â? Â
— 2 —™ 2 2 — 2 —
DRWRS
32 40 44 43
CUBES
45 50 55 60
– Â?Â
˜ŽŽ™ ˜Ž ˜Ž ’ ˜Ž— ™
– Â?Â
˜Ž ™ ˜Ž’
˜Ž’’ ˜Ž™ ™
– Â?Â
˜Ž ™ ˜Ž’
˜Ž’’ ˜Ž™ ™
OV2D_
‹ š
••
Cut-outs must be provided using the form in the Forms section or using the cut-out dimension nomenclatures as modifications. Failure to supply all relevant information will affect the lead time. •• Drawer opening can be adjusted using FTO as a modification. FTO = 4 1/2� toe space + 1 ½� bottom rail + bottom drawer opening + 1 1/2� mid rail+ top drawer opening + 3� mid rail. •• Number of shelves will vary in top opening. •• Oven opening has no back. •• See Oven Cabinet Guidelines page prior to the oven STOP cabinets for helpful information regarding shelves. •• See Oven Cabinet Guidelines page prior to the oven STOP cabinets for important information regarding 120� tall cabinets and maximum cutouts.
2 2 2 2
2 2 2 2
‡ˆˆ $2,201
DOORS
 Â?Â?Â?  „  Â? Â? ÂÂ?€  Â?ÂÂ?‚ƒ  „ Â? Â?‚  „ Â…     Â? ‚† …‡Â?ˆÂ?  ÂÂ? ˆÂ? ‡ˆˆ ‡Â?Â?    „ ˆ ‡Š  Â? † ‹‡ŒÂ? Â?  Â? Â? ‰Â?Š „ Â? Ž ‘ ˆ   „‡‚  „  ‡ Â?‚  ‰Â?Š „† ‡ Â?‚ƒ Š ‡‰  Â? Â? Â?   Â?Â?Â? Š† Â?  Š  ‡  ‡‚Š‡ Š† „ ˆÂ? Â?ˆ ‚ ‡ƒ ÂŽ Â?  „Â?    Â? ‚† ‚ ‚Â?‚ƒ „‡ ‚ ‡ •†
‡ˆˆ
Â? Â
— —— —™
— —™ — —
‡ˆˆ
Â? Â
— —— —™
— —™ — —
™ ‡ˆˆ
Â? Â
Rules: Oven w/ 2 Drawers •• Oven cut-out must be specified. •• Height of drawer openings are 5� with standard FTO. Reduction of FTO is not allowed. •• Height of upper opening will vary based on cut-out height. •• Butt doors are standard. •• Cut-out nomenclatures for this cabinet are TOHW and TOHH To figure upper door height: Add ____� to top opening Designer Overlay 3/4� top = 1 1/4� Designer Overlay 1/4� top = 1 3/4� Std.Overlay = 3/4�
w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014
To figure drawer front height heights: Add ____� to _____ drawer opening Designer Overlay = 1 1/4� (top) & 2� (bottom) Std.Overlay = 3/4� (top) & 3/4� (bottom)
- 23 -
˜ ˜
˜ ˜
˜
Tall Cabinets Oven with Warming Drawer - 24” Deep 84” TALL
OVWD2724 OVWD3024 OVWD3324 OVWD3624
PRICE
DOORS
CUBES
$1,376 $1,439 $1,501 $1,578
2 2 2 2
32 36 39 43
90” TALL
PRICE
DOORS
CUBES
OVWD279024 OVWD309024 OVWD339024 OVWD369024
$1,804 $1,855 $1,930 $2,007
2 2 2 2
32 36 42 43
96” TALL
PRICE
DOORS
CUBES
OVWD279624 OVWD309624 OVWD339624 OVWD369624
$1,804 $1,855 $1,930 $2,007
2 2 2 2
36 40 44 43
PRICE
DOORS
CUBES
$2,589 $2,640 $2,715 $2,792
2 2 2 2
45 50 55 60
120” TALL
OVWDT2724 OVWDT3024 OVWDT3324 OVWDT3624
OVWD_
Rules: Oven w/ Warming Drawer •• Oven and warming drawer cut-outs must be specified. •• Height of upper opening will vary based on cut-out height. •• Butt doors are standard. •• Cut-out nomenclatures for this cabinet are TOHW, TOHH, WDHW and WDHH
Height changes in this opening
3X oven cutouts must be specified
TOHH
TOHW
3X BOHW WDHW
To figure upper door height: Add ____” to top opening Designer Overlay 3/4” top = 1 1/4” Designer Overlay 1/4” top = 1 3/4” Std.Overlay = 3/4”
w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014
WDHH BOHH
1 1/2 X RTK (toe kick)
Cabinet Width
- 24 -
1 1/2 X
•• STOP
1 1/2 X
FTO FTO (if given) varies w/ cut-out
•• •• •• STOP
OVWD_ _
1 1/2 X
••
Cut-outs must be provided using the form in the Forms section or using the cut-out dimension nomenclatures as modifications. Failure to supply all relevant information will affect the lead time. FTO will vary with warming drawer cut-out. FTO = 4 1/2” toe space + 1 ½” bottom rail + warming drawer opening + 3” mid rail. Number of shelves will vary in top opening. Oven and Warming Drawer opening have no back. See Oven Cabinet Guidelines page prior to the oven cabinets for helpful information regarding shelves. See Oven Cabinet Guidelines page prior to the oven cabinets for important information regarding 120” tall cabinets and maximum cutouts.
Cabinet Height
••
Tall Cabinets Oven w/ Wide Bottom Rail - 24” Deep 84” TALL
OVWBR2724 OVWBR3024 OVWBR3324 OVWBR3624
PRICE
DOORS
CUBES
$1,376 $1,439 $1,501 $1,578
2 2 2 2
32 36 39 43
90” TALL
PRICE
DOORS
CUBES
OVWBR279024 OVWBR309024 OVWBR339024 OVWBR369024
$1,804 $1,855 $1,930 $2,007
2 2 2 2
32 36 42 43
96” TALL
PRICE
DOORS
CUBES
OVWBR279624 OVWBR309624 OVWBR339624 OVWBR369624
$1,804 $1,855 $1,930 $2,007
2 2 2 2
36 36 44 43
PRICE
DOORS
CUBES
$2,589 $2,640 $2,715 $2,792
2 2 2 2
45 50 55 60
120” TALL
OVWBRT2724 OVWBRT3024 OVWBRT3324 OVWBRT3624
OVWBR_
OVWBR_ _
••
To figure upper door height: Add ____” to top opening Designer Overlay 3/4” top = 1 1/4” Designer Overlay 1/4” top = 1 3/4” Std.Overlay = 3/4”
w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014
Height changes in this opening
3X
TOHH
TOHW
RTK (toe kick)
Cabinet Width
- 25 -
1 1/2 X
1 1/2 X
oven cutouts must be specified
FTO given) FTO(ifrequired
Rules: Open w/ Bottom Rail •• Oven cut-outs must be specified. •• FTO must be specified. •• Height of upper opening will vary based on cut-out height. •• Butt doors are standard. •• Cut-out nomenclatures for this cabinet are TOHW & TOHH, as well as FTO.
1 1/2 X
Cabinet Height
Cut-outs must be provided using the form in the Forms section or using the cut-out dimension nomenclatures as modifications. Failure to supply all relevant information will affect the lead time. •• FTO must be specified and will determine the size of the wide bottom rail. warming drawer cut-out. FTO = 4 1/2” toe space + wide bottom rail. •• Number of shelves will vary in top opening. •• Oven opening has no back. •• See Oven Cabinet Guidelines page prior to the oven STOP cabinets for helpful information regarding shelves. •• See Oven Cabinet Guidelines page prior to the oven STOP cabinets for important information regarding 120” tall cabinets and maximum cutouts.
Tall Cabinets Oven & Microwave with Drawer - 24” Deep 84” TALL
PRICE
DOORS
DRWRS
CUBES
$1,849 $1,945 $2,041 $2,135
2 2 2 2
1 1 1 1
32 36 39 43
90” TALL
PRICE
DOORS
DRWRS
CUBES
OVMWD279024 OVMWD309024 OVMWD339024 OVMWD369024
$1,920 $2,022 $2,124 $2,223
2 2 2 2
1 1 1 1
32 38 42 45
96” TALL
PRICE
DOORS
DRWRS
CUBES
OVMWD279624 OVMWD309624 OVMWD339624 OVMWD369624
$1,988 $2,095 $2,203 $2,307
2 2 2 2
1 1 1 1
36 40 44 43
120” TALL
PRICE
DOORS
DRWRS
CUBES
OVMWDT2724 OVMWDT3024 OVMWDT3324 OVMWDT3624
$3,517 $3,726 $3,935 $4,141
2 2 2 2
1 1 1 1
45 50 55 60
OVMWD2724 OVMWD3024 OVMWD3324 OVMWD3624
•• •• •• ••
Cut-outs must be provided using the form in the Forms section or using the cut-out dimension nomenclatures as modifications. Failure to supply all relevant information will affect the lead time. Drawer opening can be adjusted using FTO as a modification. FTO = 4 1/2” toe space + 1 ½” bottom rail + opening + 3” mid rail. Number of shelves will vary in top opening. Oven opening has no back.
OVMWD_
Height changes in this opening
•• See Oven Cabinet Guidelines page prior to the oven cabinets STOP for helpful information regarding shelves.
•• See Oven Cabinet Guidelines page prior to the oven cabinets STOP for important information regarding 120” tall cabinets and maximum cutouts.
Rules: Oven & Microwave Cabinet with Drawer •• Oven and microwave cut-outs must be specified. •• Height of drawer opening is 5” with standard FTO. Reduction of FTO is not allowed. •• Height of upper opening will vary based on cut-out height. •• Butt doors are standard. •• Cut-out nomenclatures for this cabinet are TOHW, TOHH, BOHW & BOHH. To figure upper door height: Add ____” to top opening Designer Overlay 3/4” top = 1 1/4” Designer Overlay 1/4” top = 1 3/4” Std.Overlay = 3/4”
To figure drawer front height: Add ____” to drawer opening Designer Overlay = 2” Std.Overlay = 3/4”
3x
Microwave cutouts must be specified
TOHH
TOHW 3x
Oven cutouts must be specified
BOHH BOHW
3x
5
NOTICE STARTING MARCH 1ST, 2013 IT WILL NO LONGER BE STANDARD FOR THIS CABINET TO HAVE A FINISHED INTERIOR
w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014
- 26 -
RTK (toe kick)
Cabinet Width
FTO (if given) 14” std.
Tall Cabinets Oven & Microwave with 2 Drawers - 24” Deep 84” TALL
OVMW2D2724 OVMW2D3024 OVMW2D3324 OVMW2D3624
••
•• ••
Cut-outs must be provided using the form in the Forms section or using the cut-out dimension nomenclatures as modifications. Failure to supply all relevant information will affect the lead time. Drawer opening can be adjusted using FTO as a modification. FTO = 4 1/2” toe space + 1 ½” bottom rail + bottom drawer opening + 1 1/2” mid rail+ top drawer opening + 3” mid rail. Number of shelves will vary in top opening. Oven opening has no back.
DOORS
DRWRS
CUBES
2 2 2 2
2 2 2 2
32 36 39 43
90” TALL
PRICE
DOORS
DRWRS
CUBES
OVMW2D279024 OVMW2D309024 OVMW2D339024 OVMW2D369024
$2,047 $2,150 $2,252 $2,353
2 2 2 2
2 2 2 2
32 36 42 43
96” TALL
PRICE
DOORS
DRWRS
CUBES
OVMW2D279624 OVMW2D309624 OVMW2D339624 OVMW2D369624
$2,166 $2,279 $2,392 $2,503
2 2 2 2
2 2 2 2
32 40 44 43
PRICE
DOORS
DRWRS
CUBES
$3,828 $4,049 $4,270 $4,487
2 2 2 2
2 2 2 2
45 50 55 60
120” TALL
••
PRICE
$1,976 $2,076 $2,173 $2,268
OVMW2DT2724 OVMW2DT3024 OVMW2DT3324 OVMW2DT3624
OVMW2D_
•STOP • See Oven Cabinet Guidelines page prior to the oven cabinets for helpful information regarding shelves.
Height changes in this opening
•STOP • See Oven Cabinet Guidelines page prior to the oven
cabinets for important information regarding 120” tall cabinets and maximum cutouts.
Rules: Oven & Microwave Cabinet w/ 2 Drawers •• Oven and microwave cut-outs must be specified. •• Height of drawer openings are 5” with standard FTO. Reduction of FTO is not allowed. •• Height of upper opening will vary based on cut-out height. •• Butt doors are standard. •• Cut-out nomenclatures for this cabinet are TOHW, TOHH, BOHW & BOHH. To figure upper door height: Add ____” to top opening Designer Overlay 3/4” top = 1 1/4” Designer Overlay 1/4” top = 1 3/4” Std.Overlay = 3/4”
To figure drawer front height heights: Add ____” to _____ drawer opening Designer Overlay = 1 1/4” (top) & 2” (bottom) Std.Overlay = 3/4” (top) & 3/4” (bottom)
3x
Microwave cutouts must be specified
TOHH
TOHW 3x
BOHH BOHW
3x
5
NOTICE STARTING MARCH 1ST, 2013 IT WILL NO LONGER BE STANDARD FOR THIS CABINET TO HAVE A FINISHED INTERIOR
5 RTK (toe kick)
Cabinet Width
w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014
- 27 -
FTO (if given) 20.5” std.
Tall Cabinets Oven Microwave with Warming Drawer - 24” Deep 84” TALL
OVMWWD2724 OVMWWD3024 OVMWWD3324 OVMWWD3624 90” TALL
OVMWWD279024 OVMWWD309024 OVMWWD339024 OVMWWD369024 96” TALL
OVMWWD279624 OVMWWD309624 OVMWWD339624 OVMWWD369624 120” TALL
OVMWWDT2724 OVMWWDT3024 OVMWWDT3324 OVMWWDT3624
PRICE
DOORS
CUBES
$1,461 $1,536 $1,607 $1,687
2 2 2 2
32 36 39 43
PRICE
DOORS
CUBES
$1,890 $1,964 $2,035 $2,115
2 2 2 2
32 36 39 43
PRICE
DOORS
CUBES
$1,890 $1,964 $2,035 $2,115
2 2 2 2
32 40 44 43
PRICE
DOORS
CUBES
$2,675 $2,749 $2,820 $2,900
2 2 2 2
45 50 55 60
••
Cut-outs must be provided using the form in the Forms section or using the cut-out dimension nomenclatures as modifications. Failure to supply all relevant information will affect the lead time. •• FTO will vary with warming drawer cut-out. FTO = 4 1/2” toe space + 1 ½” bottom rail + warming drawer opening + 3” mid rail. •• Number of shelves will vary in top opening. •• Oven opening has no back. •• Warming Drawer opening at bottom, oven in center, microwave opening above oven. •STOP • See Oven Cabinet Guidelines page prior to the oven cabinets for helpful information regarding shelves. •STOP • See Oven Cabinet Guidelines page prior to the oven cabinets for important information regarding 120” tall cabinets and maximum cutouts.
Height changes in this opening
3X oven cutouts microwave cut-outs must must be be specified TOHH specified
3X
1 1/2 X
1 1/2 X
TOHW
oven cutouts must be specified
BOHW
WDHH BOHH
1 1/2 X RTK (toe kick)
STARTING MARCH 1ST, 2013 IT WILL NO LONGER BE STANDARD FOR THIS CABINET TO HAVE A FINISHED INTERIOR
- 28 -
Cabinet Width
F T O FTO (if given) varies w/ cut-out
3X WDHW BOHW
NOTICE
AUGUST 2014
1 1/2 X
BOHH
To figure upper door height: Add ____” to top opening Designer Overlay 3/4” top = 1 1/4” Designer Overlay 1/4” top = 1 3/4” Std.Overlay = 3/4”
w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m
OVMWWD_ _
Cabinet Height
Rules: Oven & Microwave w/ Warming Drawer •• Oven, microwave & warming drawer cut-outs must be specified. •• Height of upper opening will vary based on cut-out height. •• Butt doors are standard. •• Cut-out nomenclatures for this cabinet are TOHW, TOHH, BOHW, BOHH, WDHW & WDHH.
OVMWWD_
Custom Furniture Index: Custom Furniture Custom Furniture Information...............................................2 Cabinet Construction.............................................................3 Bookcase Cabinets Wall Bookcase....................................................................6 Tall Bookcase......................................................................7 84” Tall Bookcase w/ Doors...............................................8 96” Tall Bookcase w/ Doors...............................................8 120” Tall Bookcase w/ Doors.............................................9 Desk Cabinets (office) Desk Cabinet......................................................................4 File Drawer Cabinet............................................................4 File Drawer w/ 1 Drawer.....................................................4 Vanity File Drawer...............................................................5 Pencil Drawer.....................................................................5 Vanity Desk Drawer............................................................5 Wall Bookcase....................................................................6 Desk Panel Leg.................................................................10
w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014
Hallway Window Seat....................................................................10 Mantel (fireplace) Mantel ..............................................................................11 Work Tables Work Table........................................................................12 Peninsula Work Table.......................................................12 Four Drawer Work Table...................................................12 Two Drawer Work Table....................................................13
-1-
Custom Furniture Custom Furniture Information Helpful Notes About Custom Furniture Section •• All bookcases come standard with a 1 ½” top rail. VALTR (valance as top rail, see Accessories & Modifications section) can be added as a modification. •• See the Accessories & Modifications Section for more bookcase shelving cap options. Bookcase shelves come standard with MCTE2_. All bookcase shelves are constructed of 3/4” Plywood material. Minimum Door Sizes Every effort will be made to provide the 5-piece door style. Mortise & Tenoned doors are programmed to have the stile trimmed down. Mitered doors below minimum will be slab. Important Note About 120” Tall Cabinet Guidelines •• Standard ends will be constructed of 3/4” plywood and are NOT flush. You can order flush ends by adding FLE-(L/R) as a modification. ••
Not all cabinets are available in the 120” tall cabinet option.
•• ••
For any cabinets over 96” tall use the 120” option and add RH (reduce height) as a modification. On 120” tall cabinets, the interior will be finished to match exterior wood and finish. A natural finish is NOT available.
Entering Custom Cabinets •• Use the following CUSTOM_____ nomenclature to enter Custom Cabinets when a similar cabinet exists, such as a Base Full Door cabinet with an Angle: •• CUSTOMBASE •• CUSTOMWALL •• CUSTOMTALL •• CUSTOMUNIT •• By using the above nomenclature, you will automatically be assessed a custom fee, added to the list price in the Pricing Program. •• Any accessories or modifications such as changed dimensions, ears, pull-out shelves, will still need to be added. •• Make sure to correct the door, drawer front, and shelf counts if there are changes to these so your pricing will be accurate. •• Be sure to fax in your quote and drawing with the order in case we have any questions. •• Use the CUSTQUOTECAB, CUSTOMHOOD, CUSTOMMANTEL, CUSTOMTABLE nomenclature when a similar cabinet does not exist. The number of doors, drawers, fronts, shelves, quoted list price, finished ends price, dimensions & volume (w x d x h / 1728) will need to be input in order to price correctly. Be sure to e-mail in your quote and drawing in case we have any questions.
w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014
-2-
Custom Furniture Cabinet Construction Custom Cabinets: 1 1/2" W rails & stiles unless otherwise stated. Flush toe-kick is 6” T x 3 1/4” D without the toe board. Refer to cabinet descriptions for more information about individual cabinets.
86” on 120” 62” on 96’ 56” on 90” 50” on 84”
112 1/2” on 120” 88 1/2” on 96” 82 1/2” on 90” 76 1/2” on 84”
3
231/2”
6
BC_
6
BCD_
Office Cabinets: 28 1/2” or 31 3/4” T x 21" D and 1 1/2" W rails & stiles unless otherwise stated. Toe-kick is 4 1/2” Tall x 3 ¼” without the toe board. Refer to cabinet descriptions for more information about individual cabinets.
5
3
3
31/4
7 1/2 3
VD 1” Bottom Rail
28 1/2
14 1/2
12
12
4 1/2
4 1/2
D_
w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014
FDC_D1
FDC_
-3-
PD
4 1/2
5 3/4
Custom Furniture Desk Cabinet - 21” Deep CABINET
D12 D15 D18 D21 D24
•• •• •• ••
PRICE
$509 $534 $561 $588 $616
DRS/ DRW
CUBES
1/1 1/1 1/1 1/1 1/1
5 6 7 8 9
Desk height; 28 ½” high by 21” deep. Specify hinge direction. One drawer at the top; one door below. No adjustable shelf; if needed, order a vanity cabinet and reduce the height.
File Drawer Cabinet - 21” Deep CABINET
FDC12 FDC15 FDC18 FDC21 FDC24 FDC27 FDC30 FDC33 FDC36
•• •• •• ••
Desk height; 28 ½” high by 21” deep. 2 small drawers (slab) at the top (3” openings). 5-pc drawer fronts are not an option at desk height. Upper drawers are affected by changed height equally. 1 file drawer (12” opening) on TUFEBM guides at the bottom, 5/8” beech dovetail.
•• •• ••
PRICE
DRAWERS
CUBES
$972 $1,026 $1,079 $1,132 $1,186 $1,239 $1,293 $1,346 $1,399
3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
5 6 8 8 9 10 11 12 13
17” minimum depth to work with files. Notched for letter and legal files. Change the height to a minimum of 32 1/2”, and use DFST & DFSM to get 5 piece fronts on this cabinet.
File Drawer w/ 1 Drawer - 21” Deep CABINET
FDC12D1 FDC15D1 FDC18D1 FDC21D1 FDC24D1 FDC27D1 FDC30D1 FDC33D1 FDC36D1
•• •• ••
Desk height; 28 ½” high by 21” deep. 1 drawer at the top (7 1/2” opening), upper drawer is affected by changed height. 1 file drawer (12” opening) on TUFEBM guides at the bottom, 5/8” beech dovetail. w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014
PRICE
DRAWERS
CUBES
$873 $927 $980 $1,034 $1,088 $1,140 $1,195 $1,247 $1,301
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13
•• 17” minimum depth to work with files. •• Notched for letter and legal files. •STOP • Top drawer is not a file drawer
-4-
Custom Furniture Vanity File Drawer - 21” Deep CABINET
VFDC18 VFDC21 VFDC24 VFDC27 VFDC30 VFDC33 VFDC36
1/8” gap between fronts and no middle rail
•• •• •• •• •• ••
31 ¼” high x 21” deep 2 file drawers (11 7/8” opening) on TUFEBM guides; 5/8” Beech Dovetail Notched for letter and legal files. 17” minimum depth to accommodate files Cabinet does not have a middle rail between the drawers LOCK not available on bottom drawer
PRICE
DRAWERS
CUBES
$1,080 $1,144 $1,208 $1,270 $1,335 $1,397 $1,461
2 2 2 2 2 2 2
8 9 10 11 12 13 14
•STOP • Both openings are affected by increased and reduced heights
•STOP • Reduced heights will result in the loss of file system in both drawers
•• Must charge a change height (CH) charge when inSTOP creasing the height on this cabinet
Pencil Drawer - 21” Deep CABINET
•• •• •• •• •• •• ••
PD18 PD21 PD24 PD27 PD30 PD33 PD36 PD42
Pencil Drawer is 4 ½” high by 21” deep. 3” drawer opening. This cabinet has no lower face frame rail. May be built 24” deep (CDNC). Finished ends are not available; must order loose skins. The drawer on the PD42 is not covered under warranty. No reductions in height allowed.
PRICE
$351 $358 $365 $372 $378 $385 $392 $406
DRAWERS
CUBES
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 5
•• Slab style drawer front only when ordered at standard STOP ••
height. Change height to 7” (FO/DO) or 6 7/8” (SO) to line up with standard top drawer front then order DFST for a 5-pc front.
Vanity Desk Drawer - 21” Deep CABINET
VD18 VD21 VD24 VD27 VD30 VD33 VD36 VD39 VD42
•• •• ••
Vanity Desk Drawer is 5 ¾” high by 21” deep. Drawer opening is 3 ¼”. VD30, 33, & 36 are available with one super drawer by adding “SD” to the end of the nomenclature (VD30SD). •• May be built 24” deep (CDNC). •• Finished ends are not available; must order loose skins. •• 1 1/2” top rail and 1” bottom rail. •• Slab style drawer front only when ordered at standard STOP height.
w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014
••
-5-
PRICE
$362 $370 $378 $385 $427 $435 $443 $451 $458
DRAWERS
CUBES
1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2
2 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 3
Change height to 7 1/4” (FO/DO) or 7 1/2” (SO) to line up with standard top drawer front then order DFST for a 5-pc front.
Custom Furniture Wall Bookcase - 12” Deep 48” TALL
BC1248 BC1548 BC1848 BC2148 BC2448 BC2748 BC3048 BC3348 BC3648 BC3948 BC4248 BC4548 BC4848 52” TALL
48’s & 52’s have 3 shelves
BC1252 BC1552 BC1852 BC2152 BC2452 BC2752 BC3052 BC3352 BC3652 BC3952 BC4252 BC4552 BC4852
•• •• •• ••
AUGUST 2014
CUBES
$534 $574 $614 $659 $702 $739 $782 $822 $868 $913 $959 $1,005 $1,050
5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 14 15 16 17 18
PRICE
CUBES
$534 $574 $614 $659 $702 $739 $782 $822 $868 $913 $959 $1,005 $1,050
5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 14 15 16 17 18
60” TALL
BC1260 BC1560 BC1860 BC2160 BC2460 BC2760 BC3060 BC3360 BC3660 BC3960 BC4260 BC4560 BC4860 64” TALL
BC1264 BC1564 BC1864 BC2164 BC2464 BC2764 BC3064 BC3364 BC3664 BC3964 BC4264 BC4564 BC4864
PRICE
CUBES
$545 $597 $648 $702 $748 $799 $853 $902 $953 $1,005 $1,056 $1,107 $1,156
6 7 9 10 11 13 14 15 17 18 19 20 21
PRICE
CUBES
$545 $597 $648 $702 $748 $799 $853 $902 $953 $1,005 $1,056 $1,107 $1,156
6 7 9 10 11 13 14 15 17 18 19 20 21
No bottom rail. 48” & 52” tall units have 3 adjustable bookcase shelves with CTE2 on the front edge; 60” & 64” tall units have 4. Shelves 39” & longer are not guaranteed against sagging. If ordered with wide stiles, partitions will be added at no charge to box in shelves.
60’s & 64’s have 4 shelves
w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m
PRICE
-6-
Custom Furniture Tall Bookcase - 12” Deep 84” TALL
BC1284 BC1584 BC1884 BC2184 BC2484 BC2784 BC3084 BC3384 BC3684 BC3984 BC4284 BC4584 BC4884 96” TALL
BC1296 BC1596 BC1896 BC2196 BC2496 BC2796 BC3096 BC3396 BC3696 BC3996 BC4296 BC4596 BC4896 120” TALL
••
84” unit has 5 adjustable bookcase shelves with CTE2 on the front edge; 96” & 120” units have 6 shelves. •• 6” flush toe kick is standard. •• Shelves over 39” are not guaranteed against sagging. •• If ordered with wide stiles, partitions will be added at no charge to box in shelves. •STOP • See Tall Information page at the beginning of this section for important information regarding 120” tall cabinets.
w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014
-7-
BCT12 BCT15 BCT18 BCT21 BCT24 BCT27 BCT30 BCT33 BCT36 BCT39 BCT42 BCT45 BCT48
PRICE
CUBES
$819 $896 $970 $1,048 $1,122 $1,199 $1,270 $1,350 $1,427 $1,504 $1,581 $1,664 $1,727
8 9 11 13 15 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30
PRICE
CUBES
$851 $933 $1,013 $1,099 $1,179 $1,282 $1,344 $1,424 $1,504 $1,584 $1,664 $1,741 $1,818
9 11 13 15 17 19 21 23 25 27 29 31 34
PRICE
CUBES
$1,636 $1,718 $1,798 $1,884 $1,964 $2,067 $2,129 $2,209 $2,289 $2,369 $2,449 $2,526 $2,603
10 13 15 18 20 23 25 28 30 33 35 38 40
Custom Furniture 84” Tall Bookcase with Doors - 12” Deep •• •• •• •• •• •• •• ••
Door height opening is 24”. 1 adjustable shelf behind doors. Specify hinge direction on single door cabinets. Entire cabinet will be finished interior. 3 adjustable bookcase shelves with CTE2 on the front edge. 6” flush toe kick is standard. Shelves 39” & longer are not guaranteed against sagging. Use BCDRTF as a modification to change the lower opening for no charge.
CABINET
PRICE
DOORS
CUBES
BCD1284 BCD1584 BCD1884 BCD2184 BCD2484 BCD2484BD BCD2784 BCD3084 BCD3384 BCD3684 BCD3984 BCD4284 BCD4584 BCD4884 BCD48844D
$951 $1,045 $1,142 $1,233 $1,373 $1,373 $1,470 $1,616 $1,658 $1,753 $1,895 $2,038 $2,181 $2,323 $2,323
1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 4
8 9 11 13 15 15 16 18 20 22 23 25 27 28 28
Shown with Butt Doors
Designer Overlay w/ 3/4” top reveals
BCDRTF = Opening + 6” toe & 3” midrail
•• •• ••
Concealed Order a BCDRTF of 30” to line up with a desk height cabinet Order a BCDRTF of 32 3/4” to line up with a vanity cabinet Order a BCDRTF of 36” to line up with a base cabinet
•• •• ••
Order a BCDRTF of 30” to line up with a desk height cabinet Order a BCDRTF of 32 3/4” to line up with a vanity cabinet Order a BCDRTF of 36” to line up with a base cabinet
Designer Overlay w/ 1/4” top reveals
•• •• ••
Order a BCDRTF of 30 1/2” to line up with a desk height cabinet Order a BCDRTF of 33 1/4” to line up with a vanity cabinet Order a BCDRTF of 36 1/2” to line up with a base cabinet
96” Tall Bookcase with Doors - 12” Deep •• •• •• •• •• •• •• ••
Door height opening is 23 1/2”. 1 adjustable shelf behind doors. Specify hinge direction on single door cabinets. Entire cabinet will be finished interior. 4 adjustable bookcase shelves with CTE2 on the front edge. 6” flush toe kick is standard. Shelves 39” & longer are not guaranteed against sagging. Use BCDRTF as a modification to change the lower opening for no charge.
Shown with Butt Doors
w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014
-8-
CABINET
PRICE
DOORS
CUBES
BCD1296 BCD1596 BCD1896 BCD2196 BCD2496 BCD2496BD BCD2796 BCD3096 BCD3396 BCD3696 BCD3996 BCD4296 BCD4596 BCD4896 BCD48964D
$1,036 $1,142 $1,245 $1,347 $1,496 $1,496 $1,598 $1,701 $1,810 $1,912 $2,055 $2,198 $2,341 $2,483 $2,483
1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 4
9 11 13 15 17 17 18 21 23 25 26 28 30 32 32
Custom Furniture 120” Tall Bookcase with Doors - 12” Deep CABINET
BCDT12 BCDT15 BCDT18 BCDT21 BCDT24 BCDT24BD BCDT27 BCDT30 BCDT33 BCDT36 BCDT39 BCDT42 BCDT45 BCDT48 BCDT484D
PRICE
DOORS
CUBES
$1,821 $1,927 $2,029 $2,132 $2,281 $2,281 $2,383 $2,486 $2,595 $2,697 $2,840 $2,983 $3,126 $3,268 $3,268
1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 4
10 13 15 18 20 20 23 25 28 30 33 35 38 40 40
•• •• •• •• ••
Door height opening is 23 1/2”. 1 adjustable shelf behind doors. Specify hinge direction on single door cabinets. Entire cabinet will be finished interior. 4 adjustable bookcase shelves with CTE2 on the front edge. •• 6” flush toe kick is standard. •• Shelves 39” & longer are not guaranteed against sagging. •• Use BCDRTF as a modification to change the lower opening for no charge. •STOP • See Tall Information page at the beginning of this section for important information regarding 120” tall cabinets.
Shown with Butt Doors
BCDRTF = Opening + 5 ½” toe & 3” midrail
Designer Overlay w/ 3/4” top reveals
Concealed
•• •• ••
Order a BCDRTF of 30” to line up with a desk height cabinet Order a BCDRTF of 32 3/4” to line up with a vanity cabinet Order a BCDRTF of 36” to line up with a base cabinet
w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014
•• •• ••
Order a BCDRTF of 30” to line up with a desk height cabinet Order a BCDRTF of 32 3/4” to line up with a vanity cabinet Order a BCDRTF of 36” to line up with a base cabinet
-9-
Designer Overlay w/ 1/4” top reveals
•• •• ••
Order a BCDRTF of 30 1/2” to line up with a desk height cabinet Order a BCDRTF of 33 1/4” to line up with a vanity cabinet Order a BCDRTF of 36 1/2” to line up with a base cabinet
Custom Furniture Window Seat CABINET
PRICE
WS2418 WS2718 WS3018 WS3318 WS3618
•• •• •• ••
$513 $535 $557 $578 $600
DRAWERS
CUBES
1 1 1 1 1
4 5 5 6 6
16” tall by 18” deep window seat with a drawer. A 6” flush toe kick is standard. Drawer opening height is 8 1/2”. Unit does not include a top.
Desk Panel Leg 21"
CABINET
21"
DPL DPLT CABINET
BDPL BDPLT
12"
DPL
w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014
DPLT
•• •• ••
- 10 -
PRICE
CUBES
$134 $157 PRICE
1 1 CUBES
$170 $193
¾” panel edge banded one edge, finished both sides. To match desk cabinets, order 28 ½” tall using RH (reduced height) as a modification. For use with PD or VD cabinets.
1 1
Custom Furniture Mantel
7 3/8” 3 3/8”
12”
A
B
41/4” 6”
6”
91/2”
91/2”
CABINET
MANTEL
•• •• •• •• ••
Standard mantel unit is custom made to fit surround. Order unit by specifying opening width (A) and opening height (B). Overall height is B + 15 ½”. Overall width is A + 27”. Remember to include any extra clearance allowances as specified in specific area fire and building codes.
w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014
PRICE
CUBES
$3,140
14
41/4”
•• MCRTM is used at the top of this mantel. •• Changing details of this mantel or the set dimensions of STOP “A” & “B” can cause your order to become a “B”.
- 11 -
Custom Furniture Work Table CABINET
WT3624 WT3924 WT4224 WT4524 WT4824
*Slab fronts only
••
•• •• ••
4” to shelf
Island work-table with two TUFEBM drawers on front side and false fronts on backside. Unit is 34 ½” high by 24” deep.
••
••
PRICE
DRAWERS
CUBES
$3,862 $3,930 $3,997 $4,065 $4,132
2 2 2 2 2
19 21 22 24 26
6” tall frame with a 3” drawer opening.* MUC Molding is applied to bottom of frame as standard. Optional ¾” thick x 3” wide slatted bottom with a flush toe kick (as shown on the 4 drawer WT). Use SLATED BTM as a modification. Work top is not included. Wood & Butcher Block Top pricing is located in the Accessories & Modifications section.
Peninsula Work Table CABINET
WTP3624 WTP3924 WTP4224 WTP4524 WTP4824
*Slab fronts only
•• •• •• ••
•• ••
4” to shelf
Peninsula work table with two TUFEBM drawers. Unit is 34 ½” high by 24” deep. 6” tall frame with a 3” drawer opening.* MUC Molding is applied to bottom of frame as standard.
••
PRICE
DRAWERS
CUBES
$3,165 $3,212 $3,259 $3,307 $3,354
2 2 2 2 2
19 21 22 24 26
All exposed surfaces are stained to match. Optional ¾” thick x 3” wide slatted bottom with a flush toe kick (as shown on the 4 drawer WT). Use SLATED BTM as a modification. Work top is not included. Wood & Butcher Block Top pricing is located in the Accessories & Modifications section.
Four Drawer Work Table Shown with optional slatted bottom
CABINET
WT4D3624 WT4D3924 WT4D4224 WT4D4524 WT4D4824
•• •• ••
•• ••
Four drawer island work table with raised panel sides and back. Styled to match drawer fronts. TUFEBM guides. Unit is 34 ½” high by 24” deep.
w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014
••
- 12 -
PRICE
DRAWERS
CUBES
$5,134 $5,257 $5,380 $5,503 $5,626
4 4 4 4 4
19 21 21 24 26
16” tall frame with 5 ¾” tall drawer openings. MUC molding is applied to bottom of frame as standard. Standard with plywood bottom shelf. Optional ¾” thick x 3” wide slatted bottom with flush toe as shown at the left. Use SLATED BTM as a modification. Work top is not included. Wood & Butcher Block Top pricing is located in the Accessories & Modifications section.
Custom Furniture Two Drawer Work Table CABINET
WT2D4824
•• •• •• •• •• •• ••
AUGUST 2014
- 13 -
DRAWERS
CUBES
$4,339
2
26
Two drawer island work table with solid wood sides and back. Unit is 34 ½” high by 24” deep x 48” wide. 7” tall frames with 5” tall drawer openings. 10 ½” clearance between drawers. 3 ½” square posts in the corners. Work top is not included. Wood & Butcher Block Top pricing is located in the Accessories & Modifications section. No molding at bottom of frames. TUFEBM guides standard.
Custom Work Tables are also available, please send drawing in for a quote.
w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m
PRICE
Accessories and Modifications Index: Accessories & Modifications Section ACCESSORIES AND MODIFICATIONS PRICING........... 4-11 ANGLES.................................................................................13 Angle.................................................................................13 Pipe Chase Angle.............................................................13 Angled End Panels...........................................................13 Clipped Corners...............................................................13 Special Returns................................................................13 APPLIANCE CUT-OUTS.......................................................14 APPLIANCE PANELS............................................................15 Dishwasher door panel.....................................................15 Dishwasher door panel - B...............................................15 Refrigerator door panel.....................................................15 Appliance panel door dimensions....................................15 APPLIQUES...........................................................................15 Keystones.........................................................................15 APPLIED PANEL ENDS........................................................16 BEADBOARD ACCESSORIES & MODIFICATIONS...... 16-17 Beadboard molding..........................................................16 Beadboard paneling.........................................................16 Beadboard backs.............................................................17 Beadboard ends...............................................................17 BLIND CORNER ACC. & MODS..........................................18 Blind corner swing out wood & wire.................................18 Blind corner pull out.........................................................18 Add blind..........................................................................18 Finished blind...................................................................18 Pull slide pull.....................................................................18 Lemans.............................................................................18 Lemans lid........................................................................18 Modify blind......................................................................18 CHANGE DIMENSIONS........................................................19 CORBELS........................................................................ 20-23 CORNER CABINET ACC. & MODS......................................24 Modify WCD two doors....................................................24 CUSTOM ACCESSORIES.....................................................24 DECORATIVE DETAILS........................................................25 Attach loose accessory.....................................................25 Chamfer.............................................................................25 Edge Detail........................................................................25 Flutes.................................................................................25 Rosettes............................................................................25 DOOR ACCESSORIES/MODS....................................... 26-31 APG one door...................................................................26 Add stile............................................................................26 Ball catch..........................................................................26 Butt doors.........................................................................26 Both doors hinged right/left..............................................26 Bi-fold doors.....................................................................26 Bi-pass/170 hinge............................................................26 Concealed hinge...............................................................26 170 concealed hinge........................................................27 Designer hinge..................................................................27 Doors battoned.................................................................27 Doors strapped.................................................................27 Door stays........................................................................27 Door not hinged................................................................27 Double door panel width..................................................27 Extend doors down..........................................................27 Finger slots.......................................................................28 Glass doors......................................................................28 Glass door pins.................................................................28 AI=Accessory Installed w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014
Hinge door at top..............................................................28 Aventos Lift Up HF, HS, HL, HK.......................................29 Lattice door inserts...........................................................29 Lock..................................................................................29 Mullion doors....................................................................30 No doors...........................................................................30 Pegs & Nails.....................................................................30 Piano hinge.......................................................................30 Piecut................................................................................31 Pocket doors....................................................................31 Mount door ......................................................................31 Ship door loose................................................................31 Single door panel width & height......................................31 Uniconnectors..................................................................31 DRAWER ACCESSORIES & MODIFICATIONS............. 32-36 Add apothecary drawers...................................................32 Bean drawer......................................................................32 Breadboard........................................................................32 Bread drawer.....................................................................32 Non-butt drawer fronts......................................................32 Cutlery tray plastic ...........................................................32 Cutlery tray wood.............................................................33 Double tier cutlery tray......................................................33 Drawer front style changes...............................................33 Loose guides.....................................................................33 Drawer Organization System.............................................33 Add drawer........................................................................34 Loose drawer box.............................................................34 Drawer front extend...........................................................34 Drawer divider...................................................................34 Add file drawer..................................................................34 Full width false front..........................................................34 Glass drawer fronts...........................................................34 Knife tray insert.................................................................34 Logo imprints....................................................................35 Modify drawer fronts.........................................................35 Multi-front drawer..............................................................35 No drawer box...................................................................35 No drawer front.................................................................35 Drawer peg system...........................................................35 Scooped drawer................................................................35 Spice drawer plastic & wood............................................36 Super drawer.....................................................................36 Top drawer false................................................................36 Top drawer opening modify...............................................36 Tandem Blumotion............................................................36 Utility tray plastic & wood..................................................36 Wall w/ drawer qty.............................................................36 FACE FRAMES......................................................................37 Loose faceframes..............................................................37 Add faceframe to cabinet side or back.............................37 Rail material.......................................................................37 FILLERS........................................................................... 38-39 Angled fillers......................................................................38 Overlay fillers.....................................................................38 Base corner fillers.............................................................39 Designer overlay base corner fillers.................................39 Wall & Base filler pull out..................................................39 FINISHED ENDS, INTERIORS, TOPS & BOTTOMS............40 Finished ends....................................................................40 Finish backs......................................................................40
AL=Accessory Loose
-1-
M=Modification
Accessories and Modifications Index: Accessories & Modifications Section Flush ends.........................................................................40 Extend sides back.............................................................40 Finished bottom................................................................40 Flush finished top..............................................................40 Seal cabinet sides.............................................................40 FINISHED OUTSOURCED....................................................41 MIRROR FRAMES................................................................75 MODIFIED OPENINGS..........................................................41 Bottom broom opening height..........................................41 Bookcase rail to floor........................................................41 Combination wall modify...................................................41 Wall bottom & top open modify.........................................41 Wall cubby height..............................................................41 MOLDING........................................................................ 42-49 Installation Aids................................................................42 Application Ideas..............................................................42 Crown......................................................................... 43-44 Furniture Base..................................................................45 Countertop Edges............................................................45 Light Valances..................................................................45 Additional Light Valances.................................................46 Base..................................................................................46 Detail.................................................................................47 Pilaster..............................................................................48 Solid stock........................................................................49 PANELING....................................................................... 50-51 Loose paneling..................................................................50 Edgebanding.....................................................................50 Panelized plywood end treatment.....................................51 POS OPTIONS.......................................................................52 Pull-out shelves.................................................................52 POS height modify............................................................52 POS scoop........................................................................52 CD/VHS/DVD Media insert................................................52 RAIL & STILE MODIFICATIONS...........................................53 Extend ears.......................................................................53 Extend top & bottom rail...................................................53 Wide stiles.........................................................................53 Drill stile.............................................................................53 No middle stile...................................................................53 Stile to floor.......................................................................53 RAISED PANELS (WAINSCOT)............................................54 Loose raised panels..........................................................54 Intergrated raised panels...................................................54 Modify raised panels.........................................................54 Pilaster edge detail............................................................54 REPLACEMENT & LOOSE PARTS................................ 55-57 Blind corner swing outs loose...........................................55 Bumper pads.....................................................................55 Concealed hinge loose......................................................55 Concealed 170 hinge loose...............................................55 Can rack loose..................................................................55 Designer Overlay hinge loose............................................55 Door stays loose................................................................55 Double tier cutlery tray loose............................................55 Grocery bag holder loose..................................................55 Hidden toe kick step stool loose.......................................55 Knife tray insert loose........................................................55 Lids for trash bin...............................................................55 Lazy susan shelves & hardware........................................55 MSU loose.........................................................................55 AI=Accessory Installed w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014
Protruding MWS shelf loose..............................................56 Nails loose.........................................................................56 Pot & pan caddy loose......................................................56 POS loose.........................................................................56 Pull out tray divider loose..................................................57 Pull out wire basket loose.................................................57 Pull out wooden hamper loose..........................................57 Recycle bins loose............................................................57 Sink mat loose...................................................................57 Spice drawer insert loose..................................................57 Spice insert loose..............................................................57 Tambour material loose.....................................................57 Trash bins loose................................................................57 Under sink caddy loose.....................................................57 Wine glass holder loose....................................................57 REVEALS...............................................................................58 SIDE SHAPED PANELS........................................................58 Side shaped panels...........................................................58 Extend sides down............................................................58 SHELVES...............................................................................59 Adjustable shelf................................................................59 Adjustable bookcase shelf...............................................59 Adjustable finished interior shelf.......................................59 Add additional shelves to cabinet....................................59 Fixed Mid Shelf.................................................................59 Modify to bookcase shelving............................................59 Full depth shelves.............................................................59 No shelves........................................................................59 Plate groove......................................................................59 Shelf w/ POS....................................................................59 Shelf clips.........................................................................59 SINK BASE OPTIONS...........................................................60 Knee relief..........................................................................60 Sink mat............................................................................60 Tip out trays......................................................................60 Towel bar...........................................................................60 Under sink Portero clean agent.........................................60 Under sink caddy..............................................................60 Under sink wire roll out......................................................60 SPICE RACKS.......................................................................61 STAIN & TOUCH UP..............................................................62 STORAGE SOLUTIONS.................................................. 63-64 Center partitions................................................................63 Can rack............................................................................63 Closet rod..........................................................................63 Grocery bag holder...........................................................63 Pantry................................................................................63 Plate holder.......................................................................63 Pot & pan caddy................................................................63 Plate rack added to cabinet..............................................63 Pop up mixer shelf............................................................64 Pull out tray divider............................................................64 Pull out wire basket...........................................................64 Pull out wooden hamper...................................................64 Wicker baskets..................................................................64 Tray dividers wire & wood.................................................64 TABLE LEGS & BUNN FEET........................................... 65-69 Table legs / .......................................................................65 Modifications.....................................................................69 TOE KICK OPTIONS.............................................................70 Flush toe kick....................................................................70
AL=Accessory Loose
-2-
M=Modification
Accessories and Modifications Index: Accessories & Modifications Section Hidden toe kick step stool................................................70 Recessed toe kick.............................................................70 Seperate toe kick..............................................................70 No toe kick........................................................................70 Toe depth & height............................................................70 ADA-Special toe heights...................................................70 VALANCES............................................................................71 Loose valances..................................................................71 Integrated valances...........................................................71 Raised panel valances.......................................................72 WINE RACK...........................................................................72 Scalloped wine rack..........................................................72 Wine rack grid...................................................................72 Wine glass holders............................................................72
AI=Accessory Installed w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014
WOOD HOOD ACCESSORIES.............................................73 Liners & blower..................................................................73 WOOD TOPS.........................................................................74 Wood tops.........................................................................74 Dog bone joint system......................................................74 Shape top..........................................................................74 Spline.................................................................................74 Butcher block tops...........................................................74 Alder distressed butcher block top..................................74
AL=Accessory Loose
-3-
M=Modification
Accessories and Modifications UNIT OF MEASURE
~ ITEM ~ NOMENCLATURE
PRICE
#300 RAIL
U
$14
ANGLE
M
$285
BBETWL 3 OC
M
$494
#301 RAIL
U
$14
APDL
M
$0.00
BBETWR
M
$494
#316 RAIL
U
$14
APDW
M
$0.00
BBETWR 3 OC
M
$494
#383 RAIL
U
$14
APEB12L
M
$330
BBEWL
M
$247
#384 RAIL
U
$14
APEB12R
M
$330
BBEWL 3 OC
M
$247
#700 RAIL
U
$14
APEBL
M
$440
BBEWR
M
$247
#701 RAIL
U
$14
APEBR
M
$440
BBEWR 3 OC
M
$247
#706 RAIL
U
$14
APET12L
M
$812
BBROH
M
$0.00
BBT
A
$86
BCDRTF
M
$0.00 $196
#707 RAIL
U
$14
APET12R
M
$812
#708 RAIL
U
$14
APETL
M
$1,082
#716 RAIL
U
$14
APETR
M
$1,082
BCF135
U
#717 RAIL
U
$14
APETWL
M
$494
BCF90
U
$88
#730 RAIL
U
$14
APETWR
M
$494
BCP
M
$571
#731 RAIL
U
$14
APEVL
M
$440
BCP SS
A
$571
#732 RAIL
U
$14
APEVR
M
$440
BCS
M
$107
#940 DF RAIL
A
$14
APEWL
M
$247
BCSWIRE
M
$400
#940 RAIL
U
$14
APEWR
M
$247
BCSWIRE SS
A
$400
#950 DF RAIL
A
$14
APG ONE DOOR M
$0.00
BCSWOOD1
M
$806
#950 RAIL
U
$14
APGM
U
$0.01
BCSWOOD1 SS
A
$806
#980 RAIL
U
$14
APGOH
M
$0.00
BCSWOOD2
M
$885
#981 RAIL
U
$14
APOTHECARY
U
$200
#984 RAIL
U
$14
ART TOP 21
A
$981.60
BCSWOOD2 SS
A
$885
BD
M
$0.00
#990 RAIL
U
$14
ATS
M
$0.00
BDF
M
$0.00
#991 DF RAIL
U
$14
AVENTOS HF
M
$497
BDFN
M
$0.00
#991 RAIL
U
$14
AVENTOS HK
M
$283
BDHL
M
$0.00
#993 RAIL
U
$14
AVENTOS HL
M
$522
BDHR
M
$0.00
#995 RAIL
U
$14
AVENTOS HS
M
$500
BEADBOARD
U
$21 $214
1/16 VENEER
U
$274
BALL CATCH
A
$0.01
BEAN
M
1/4ROUND .75
U
$7.10
BBB
M
$21
Per Sq Ft
BES2435
U
$94
3/4 CUT
M
$61
BBBI
M
$64
Per Sq Ft
BFD
M
$114
Per Sq Ft
ADD
M
$200
BBBI 3 OC
M
$64
ADD SS
U
$200
BBEB12L
M
$330
BFPO3
A
$240
BFPO6
A
$288
ADD STILE
M
$36
ADJ SHELF
A
$20
Per Sq Ft
ADJ SHELF BC
U
$29
Per Sq Ft
BBEB12R 3 OC
M
$330
BOCTR
M
$107
ADJ SHELF FI
U
$29
Per Sq Ft
BBEBL
M
$440
BOHH
M
$0.00
BBEB12L 3 OC
M
$330
BI-PASS/170
M
$120
BBEB12R
M
$330
BLIND
M
$428
ADSTD
M
$200
BBEBL 3 OC
M
$440
BOHW
M
$0.00
ADSTD SS
U
$200
BBEBR
M
$440
BPWB
M
$0.00
AM1
M
$128
BBEBR 3 OC
M
$440
BPWW
M
$0.00
AM1 LOOSE
U
$14
BBEL
M
AM12
M
$228
BBER
M
AM14
M
$128
AM14 LOOSE
U
$14
AM2
M
$128
AM2 SP LOOSE
U
$14
AM3
M
$128
AM3 LOOSE
U
$14
AM4
M
$157
AM7
M
$128
AM7 LOOSE
U
$14
w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014
$21
Per Sq Ft
BRBD/CBD
M
$186
$21
Per Sq Ft
BRBD/CBD SS
A
$186
BBET12L
M
$812
BRDR B
M
$171
BBET12L 3 OC
M
$812
BRDR M
M
$171 $28.56
BBET12R
M
$812
BROCH DOOR25
A
BBET12R 3 OC
M
$812
BTB BIN 15
A
$280
BBETL
M
$1,082
BTB BIN 18
A
$291
BBETL 3 OC
M
$1,082
BTB BIN 21
A
$367
BBETR
M
$1,082
BTB BIN 24
A
$464
BBETR 3 OC
M
$1,082
BTB INSTALL
M
$0.00
BBETWL
M
$494
BTBBM 15
A
$694
-4-
% OF CHARGE
PRICE
ACC MOD
~ ITEM ~ NOMENCLATURE
% OF CHARGE
UNIT OF MEASURE
ACC MOD
PRICE
% OF CHARGE
~ ITEM ~ NOMENCLATURE
ACC MOD
Accessories & Modifications Pricing UNIT OF MEASURE
Per Sq Ft
Per Sq Ft
Accessories and Modifications UNIT OF MEASURE
~ ITEM ~ NOMENCLATURE
% OF CHARGE
PRICE
ACC MOD
~ ITEM ~ NOMENCLATURE
% OF CHARGE
UNIT OF MEASURE
ACC MOD
PRICE
% OF CHARGE
~ ITEM ~ NOMENCLATURE
ACC MOD
Accessories & Modifications Pricing PRICE
BTBBM 18
A
$756
COLORBLOCKP A
$73.44
CUST CAB ACC
M
$0.00
BTBBM 21
A
$756
COLORBLOCKQS
A
$89.76
CUSTOM ACC.
U
$0.00
BTBM15 LOOSE A
$371
CON170
M
$20
BTBM18 LOOSE A
$394
CONC SC SS
A
$11.10
CUSTQUOTEACC U
$71
A
$136
CUTLERY 18SS
BTM DWR
M
$143
CONCEALED
M
$4.30
CUTLERY 24SS
A
$157
BTM OPENING
M
$143
CONCEALED SC
M
$12.50
CUTLERY 36SS
A
$230
BUMPER PAD
A
$15.50
BUNN01 4.5
U
$133
CONCEALED SS A
$3
CUTLERY OS18
M
$136
A
$14
CUTLERY OS24
M
$157
CONCEALED170
BUNN02 4.5
U
$151
CONTAINERS
M
$184
CUTLERY OS36
M
$230
BUNN03 4.5
U
$170
CONTNRS SS
A
$184
CW
M
$285
BUNN04 4.5
U
$117
CORACA L
U
$358
CWC MODIFY
M
$107
BUNN05 4.5
U
$117
CORACA M
U
$274
CWL
M
$285
BUNN06 4.5
U
$103
CORACA XL
U
$544
CWR
M
$285
BUNN07 4.5
U
$133
CORAD L
U
$230
D BATTON
M
$143
BVES2135
U
$94
CATALOG
A
$54.40
CORAD S
U
$274
D STAY#1 SS
A
$120
CORAME L
U
$487
D STAY#2 SS
A
$120
CATALOG SET
A
$171
CORAME M
U
$361
D STRAPPED
M
$107
CBL-AO1
M
$691
CORAME S
U
$231
DBPO12TRAYS
A
$294.20
CBL-AO1 SS
U
$691
CORART L
U
$355
DBPO15TRAYS
A
$308.80
CBL-TXO
M
$244.80
CORART S
U
$217
DBPO18TRAYS
A
$323.50
CBL-TXO SS
U
$244.80
CORART XL
U
$614
DBPO21TRAYS
A
$396.70
CC KEYSTONE
M
$171
CORBAR1
U
$180
DDPH
M
$0.00
CCCL
M
$285
CORBAR2
U
$180
DDPW
M
$0.00 $4.30
CCCR
M
$285
CORBOR L
U
$358
DESIGNER
M
CCKEYSTONESS
U
$171
CORBOR M
U
$274
DFSB
M
$60
CCL
M
$250
CORBOR XL
U
$544
DFSM
M
$60
CCP
M
$171
CORCOT L
U
$324
DFST
M
$60
CCPLB
M
$250
CORCOT M
U
$455
DGTU18
A
$45
CCPRB
M
$250
CORCOT S
U
$248
DGTU21
A
$45
CCR
M
$250
CORCOT XL
U
$1,056
DGTU24
A
$45
CD
M
$143
CORLV L
U
$321
DGTUFEBM12
A
$64
CDL
M
$143
CORLV M
U
$385
DGTUFEBM15
A
$64
CDNC
M
$0.00
CORLV S
U
$210
DGTUFEBM18
A
$64
CDR
M
$143
CORLV XL
U
$1,042
DGTUFEBM21
A
$64
CDT
M
$285
CORRAT L
U
$313
DGTUFEBM24
A
$64
CH
M
$285
CORRAT M
U
$427
DISTRESS BBT
A
$164
CHAMFER
M
$71
CORRAT S
U
$245
DLS SHELF
A
$221.90
CHVAL12
M
$214
CORTRAD L
U
$420
DNH
M
$0.00
CHVAL9
M
$107
CORTRAD M
U
$304
DO HINGE SC
M
$12.50
CLOSET ROD
M
$214
CORTRAD S
U
$178
DO HINGE SS
A
$3
CLOSET RODSS U
$214
CPB
M
$171
DO HNG SC SS
A
$11.10
CPT
M
$328
DOBCF13530
U
$392
CPW
M
$107
DOBCF9030
U
$285
CR
M
$357
DOBF3
U
$114
CR SS
A
$357
DOBF6
U
$228
UNIT OF MEASURE
Per Sq Ft
CLR BLK SET
A
$685.44
CLR CHIP BOX
A
$405
COLOR BLOCK
A
$4.08
COLOR BLOCKA
A
$89.76
COLOR BLOCKB
A
$77.52
CT
M
$143
DOG BONE
A
$29
COLOR BLOCKC
A
$89.76
CT SS
A
$143
DOOR LOWER
U
$49
Per Sq Ft
COLOR BLOCKH
A
$85.68
CTW
M
$285
DOOR LOWER L U
$49
Per Sq Ft
COLOR BLOCKM
A
$89.76
CTW SS
A
$285
DOOR LOWER R
U
$49
Per Sq Ft
COLOR BLOCKO
A
$89.76
CUBBIES
M
$428
DOOR SPLIT
M
$51
w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014
-5-
Accessories and Modifications UNIT OF MEASURE
~ ITEM ~ NOMENCLATURE
PRICE
DOOR STAY#1
M
$214
EDGE SAMPLE
A
$57.12
DOOR STAY#2
M
$214
EL
M
$86
DOOR UPPER
U
$49
Per Sq Ft
EL1.5
M
$86
FLATPOSBM SS
A
$334
DOOR UPPER L
U
$49
Per Sq Ft
EL3
M
$86
FLE-L
M
$143
DOOR UPPER R U
$49
Per Sq Ft
ELE CUTOUT
M
$143
U
$364
ER
M
$86
DOTF3120
FLAT POSBM
M
$334
FLATPOSBM FI
M
$394
FLE-R
M
$143
FLPOSBMFI SS
A
$394
DOTF384
U
$228
ER1.5
M
$86
FLUTE
M
$114
DOTF396
U
$257
ER3
M
$86
FLUTE 3/8
M
$114
DOTF6120
U
$621
ESBL
M
$214
FLUTE/ROSE
M
$164
DOTF684
U
$457
ESBR
M
$214
FLUTE/ROSE2
M
$164
DOTF696
U
$514
ETR
M
$86
FMS
M
$143
DOVF3
U
$114
ETR1.5
M
$86
FSOH
M
$0.00
DOVF6
U
$228
ETR3
M
$86
FSOW
M
$0.00
DOWF330
U
$114
EXT DOORS
M
$143
FSTRW
M
$0.00
DOWF336
U
$128
EXT LEFT
M
$114
FTK
M
$0.00
DOWF342
U
$143
EXT RIGHT
M
$114
FTKB
M
$0.00 $0.00
DOWF348
U
$171
F330
U
$23
FTO
M
DOWF354
U
$200
F630
U
$49
FTS
M
$214
DOWF360
U
$228
FA330L
U
$94
GALLON
A
$214 $428
% OF CHARGE
PRICE
ACC MOD
~ ITEM ~ NOMENCLATURE
% OF CHARGE
UNIT OF MEASURE
ACC MOD
PRICE
% OF CHARGE
~ ITEM ~ NOMENCLATURE
ACC MOD
Accessories & Modifications Pricing UNIT OF MEASURE
DOWF630
U
$228
FA330R
U
$94
GALLON 2STEP
A
DOWF636
U
$257
FA630L
U
$120
GBH
M
$77
DOWF642
U
$285
FA630R
U
$120
GBH SS
A
$47
DOWF648
U
$314
FB
M
$37
Per Sq Ft
GD
M
$0.00
DOWF654
U
$343
FBLIND
M
$23
Per Sq Ft
GDALU14CG
M
$171
Based off Cabinet Size
GDALU14SG
M
$200
Based off Cabinet Size
GDALU60CG
M
$150
Based off Cabinet Size
GDALU60SG
M
$178
Based off Cabinet Size
DOWF660
U
$371
FBTM
M
$71
DPS
A
$257
FBTMF
M
$107
DRAWER
M
$178
FDS
M
$71
DRILL STILE
M
$0.00
FDSAMPLE
A
$0.01
DRWR BOX DT
A
$122
FF
U
$20
Per Sq Ft
DRWR FRONT
U
$40
FF ADD
M
$20
Per Sq Ft
Per Sq Ft
DRWRDVDR
M
$36
FF&D
U
$80
Per Sq Ft
DRWRDVDR SS
A
$36
FF&D ADD
M
$80
Per Sq Ft
DRWRDVDRADJ M
$71
FFD
A
$170
DSD
A
$71.43
DTCT WOOD
M
$642
FFDFD
A
$170
FFDO
M
$0.00
DTCT WOOD SS A
$642
FFT
M
$107
DWDP
U
$400
FI
M
$0.00
DWDP-B
U
$400
FILE
M
$285
DWR DEPTH 12
M
$143
FIN BACK
M
$8
DWR DEPTH 15
M
$143
DWR DEPTH 18
M
$143
FINISH 0%
A
$282
DWR DEPTH 24
M
$143
FINISH 10%
A
$353
DWR DEPTH 27
M
$143
FINISH 20%
A
$423
DWR DEPTH 30
M
$143
FINISH 30%
A
$494
EB
M
$9
FINISH 40%
A
$564
EB LOOSE
U
$8
FINISH 50%
A
$635
EBR
M
$86
FINISH 60%
A
$705
EBR1.5
M
$86
FINISH BACK
M
$143
EBR3
M
$86
FISL
M
$0.00
EDGE DETAIL
M
$107
FL
M
$180
w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014
-6-
-25 %
30
%
Based off Cabinet Size
GDPINS
A
$0.01
GDSS14CG
M
$207
Based off Cabinet Size
GDSS14SG
M
$235
Based off Cabinet Size
GDSS60CG
M
$171
Based off Cabinet Size
GDSS60SG
M
$200
Based off Cabinet Size
$9.52
GLAZE BB
A
GLAZE FF
A
$399
HDT
M
$214 $0.00
HGRAIN
M
HTKSS
M
$424
HTKSS SS
A
$358
KNIFE HLDRSS
A
$54
KNIFE HOLDER
M
$54
KNOB 0%
A
$35
KNOB 10%
A
$44
KNOB 20%
A
$53
Accessories and Modifications UNIT OF MEASURE
~ ITEM ~ NOMENCLATURE
PRICE
KNOB 30%
A
$62
LINER42N SS
A
$270
MCTE1CP 8
U
$76
KNOB 40%
A
$70
LINER42R SS
A
$270
MCTE1D 8
U
$76
KNOB 50%
A
$79
LOC
A
$227.12
KNOB 60%
A
$88
LOCK
M
$91
KR
M
$228
LOCK SS
A
$91
KT INSERT
M
$197
LOGO
M
$4.30
MCTE1OG 8
U
$76
MCTE1R 8
U
$76
MCTE1RD 8
U
$76
MCTE2B 8
U
$76
KT INSERT SS
A
$166
LOGO BLK SET
A
$6.80
MCTE2BV 8
U
$76
LDI
M
$357
LOGO PLATE
A
$152.81
MCTE2CP 8
U
$76
LEGM 335
U
$471
LOGO SAMPLE
A
$30.57
LEGM 342
U
$539
LS HARDWARE
A
$0.01
MCTE2D 8
U
$76
MCTE2OG 8
U
$76
LEGM 435
U
$554
LS SHELF
M
$221
MCTE2R 8
U
$76
LEGM 442
U
$639
LS SHELF SS
A
$221
MCTE2RD 8
U
$76
LEGN 335
U
$471
MARKER
A
$0.01
MCTEBN 8
U
$76
LEGN 342
U
$539
MBA 8
U
$88
MCTERM 8
U
$76
LEGN 435
U
$554
MBB 8
U
$125
LEGN 442
U
$639
MBB3 8
U
$94
MCTESQ 8
U
$76
MCTR 8
U
$52
LEGP 335
U
$471
MBB3W 8
U
$94
MCTT 8
U
$60
LEGP 342
U
$539
MBC 8
U
$52
MCV 8
U
$52
LEGP 435
U
$554
MBD
M
$186
MDENTIL 8
U
$64
LEGP 442
U
$639
MBDCS
M
$285
MDFSB
M
$14
LEGQ 335
U
$466
MBDIG
M
$186
MDFSB 2 3/4
M
$14
LEGQ 342
U
$533
MBDPS
M
$214
MDFSB 3 1/2
M
$23.40
LEGQ 435
U
$549
MBDPSI
M
$214
LEGQ 442
U
$634
MBEAD 8
U
$38
MDFSM
M
$14
MDFSM 2 3/4
M
$14 $23.40
LEGR 335
U
$539
MBS 8
U
$60
MDFSM 3 1/2
M
LEGR 342
U
$623
MBT 8
U
$49
MDFST
M
$14
LEGR 435
U
$643
MCRCBL 8
U
$185
MDFST 2 3/4
M
$14 $23.40
LEGR 442
U
$748
MCRCBM 8
U
$170
LEGS 335
U
$539
MCRCBS 8
U
$92
LEGS 342
U
$623
MCRCL 8
U
$185
MDFST 3 1/2
M
MFBB 8
U
$181
MFBBV 8
U
$181
LEGS 435
U
$643
MCRCM 8
U
$143
MFBCL 8
U
$181
LEGS 442
U
$748
MCRCX 8
U
$217
MFBCOL 8
U
$181
LEGT 335
U
$466
MCRPL 8
U
$181
MFBCP 8
U
$181
LEGT 342
U
$533
MCRPM 8
U
$141
MFBD 8
U
$181
LEGT 435
U
$549
MCRSL 8
U
$133
MFBDB 8
U
$181
LEGT 442
U
$634
MCRSM 8
U
$100
MFBOG 8
U
$181
LEGU 335
U
$469
MCRSS 8
U
$84
MFBR 8
U
$181
LEGU 342
U
$536
MCRTL 8
U
$177
MFBRD 8
U
$181
LEGU 435
U
$552
MCRTM 8
U
$137
MFBSB 8
U
$181
LEGU 442
U
$637
MCRTNL 8
U
$177
MFBSQ 8
U
$181
LEMANS18
M
$1,103
MCRTNX 8
U
$213
MFBTR 8
U
$181
LEMANS18 SS
A
$1,103
MCRTS 8
U
$100
MFD
M
$60
LEMANS21
M
$1,152
MCRTX 8
U
$201
MICM 8
U
$60 $17
LEMANS21 SS
A
$1,152
LEMANSLID
A
$53
LID TB SS
A
$42.40
MCRW 8
U
$100
MIR 10 RAIL
U
MCSDE 8
U
$84
MIR 13 RAIL
U
$17
MCTB 8
U
$52
MIR 15 RAIL
U
$17
LINER30N SS
A
$204
MCTCOL 8
U
$64
MIR 35 RAIL
U
$17
LINER30R SS
A
$204
MCTD 8
U
$60
MIR 60 RAIL
U
$17
LINER36N SS
A
$243
MCTE1B 8
U
$76
MIR 65 RAIL
U
$17
LINER36R SS
A
$243
MCTE1BV 8
U
$76
MIR 66 RAIL
U
$17
w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014
-7-
% OF CHARGE
PRICE
ACC MOD
~ ITEM ~ NOMENCLATURE
% OF CHARGE
UNIT OF MEASURE
ACC MOD
PRICE
% OF CHARGE
~ ITEM ~ NOMENCLATURE
ACC MOD
Accessories & Modifications Pricing UNIT OF MEASURE
Accessories and Modifications
MIR 67 RAIL
U
$17
MSSMISC
A
$86
MIR 70 RAIL
U
$17
MSU18SO
A
MIR A RAIL
U
$30
MSU36SO
MIR B RAIL
U
$17
MIR RAIL SET
A
$62.56
MIRROR A
U
$30
Per Ln Ft + design
MIRROR B
U
$17
Per Ln Ft + design
MIRROR C
U
$26
Per Ln Ft + design
MIRROR#10
U
$17
Per Ln Ft + design
MIRROR#13
U
$17
Per Ln Ft + design
MIRROR#15
U
$17
Per Ln Ft + design
MIRROR#35
U
$17
Per Ln Ft + design
MIRROR#60
U
$17
MIRROR#65
U
$17
MLVCP 8
U
$92
MLVD 8
U
$92
MLVM 8
U
$92
MLVOG 8
U
$92
MLVP 8
U
$92
MLVR 8
U
$92
MLVRD 8
U
$92
MLVSQ 8
U
$92
MODIFY BLIND
M
$107
MODIFY POST
M
$224
MODIFY RP
M
$107
MOSC.75 8
U
$60
MOSC1 8
U
$96
MOSC1.25 8
U
$136
MOSC135 8
U
$92
MQR 8
U
$52
MROPE 8
U
$42
MSK 8
U
$54
MSM 8
U
$40
MSML 8
U
$49
MSSBBFB
A
$134
MSSCR
A
$148
MSSCTE
A
$64
MSSLVUC
A
$63
MSSMIRROR
A
$19
w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014
Per Sq Ft
A
$0.00
PANEL 3/4
U
$33
Per Sq Ft
MUC 8
U
$87
PANEL 3/4NTB
A
$20
Per Sq Ft
MUCB 8
U
$80
PANEL3/4 T
U
$44
Per Sq Ft
MUCC 8
U
$87
PANTRY
M
$1,370
MW SHELF 27
U
$86
PANTRY SS
A
$1,370
MW SHELF 30
U
$97
PCA1
M
$408
MW SHELF 33
U
$106
PCA2
M
$629
MWCC 8
U
$125
PCANGLE
M
$285
MWCCOL 8
U
$100
PD
M
$485
MWSCOL 8
U
$76
MWSL 8
U
$108
PD SS
A
$214
PDP
M
$328 Per Sq Ft
$40
Per Sq Ft
Per Ln Ft + design
NAIL 2 BLACK
M
$29
PECPLYC
U
$40
Per Sq Ft
Per Ln Ft + design
NAIL 2 SHINY
M
$47.60
PECPLYD
U
$40
Per Sq Ft
NAILS 1LB
A
$97.50
PECPLYE
U
$40
Per Sq Ft
NBD
M
$0.00
PECPLYF
U
$40
Per Sq Ft
ND
M
$0.00
PECPLYG
U
$40
Per Sq Ft
Per Ln Ft + design
$80
$14
$40
$17
$92
A
U
U
U
PANEL 1/4NTO
U
MIRROR#70
U
$0.00
PECPLYB
Per Ln Ft + design
MLVB 8
Per Sq Ft
PECPLYA
$17
MLVBV 8
$22
$14
U
$0.01
U
$23.80
MIRROR#67
$6.80
PANEL 1/4
M
Per Ln Ft + design
M
UNIT OF MEASURE
M
$17
A
PRICE
NAIL 1 BLACK
U
MISC
~ ITEM ~ NOMENCLATURE
NAIL 1 SHINY
MIRROR#66
MLDG SAMPLE
UNIT OF MEASURE
% OF CHARGE
PRICE
ACC MOD
~ ITEM ~ NOMENCLATURE
% OF CHARGE
UNIT OF MEASURE
ACC MOD
PRICE
% OF CHARGE
~ ITEM ~ NOMENCLATURE
ACC MOD
Accessories & Modifications Pricing
-25 %
NDB
M
$0.00
PECRPB
M
$14
NDF
M
$0.00
PECRPC
M
$14
NDL
M
$0.00
-10 %
PECRPD
M
$14
NDU
M
$0.00
-10 %
PECRPE
M
$14
NMS
M
$0.00
PECRPF
M
$14
NS
M
$0.00
PECRPG
M
$14
NTK
M
$0.00
PEGS 1
M
$14
OCR
M
$0.00
PEGS 2
M
$29
ODR
M
$0.00
PIANO HINGE
A
$7.20
OH
M
$0.00
PIECUT
M
$100
OM
M
$214
PIL30.5A
U
$46
OM-ATT
M
$43
PIL30.5B
U
$46
OM-BD
M
$71
PIL30.5C
U
$46
OM-GD
M
$214
PIL30.5D
U
$46
OM-SP
M
$107
PIL30.5E
U
$46
OW
M
$0.00
PIL30.5F
U
$46
P&PC
M
$1,112
P&PC SS
A
$942
PIL30.5G
U
$46
PIL30A
U
$46
PAN1230
U
$55
PIL30B
U
$46
PAN2430
U
$88
PIL30C
U
$46
PAN2435
U
$97
PIL30D
U
$46
PAN3/4 4896
U
$560
PIL30E
U
$46
PAN4830
U
$153
PIL30F
U
$46
PAN4835
U
$173
PIL30G
U
$46
PAN4848
U
$224
PIL36A
U
$51
PAN4896
U
$382
PIL36B
U
$51
PIL36C
U
$51
PIL36D
U
$51
PAN9648
U
$435
PANEL 1/2
U
$24
Per Sq Ft
PANEL 1/2INT
A
$17
Per Sq Ft
PIL36E
U
$51
PANEL 1/2NTB
A
$17
Per Sq Ft
PIL36F
U
$51
PANEL 1/2NTO
A
$17
Per Sq Ft
PIL36G
U
$51
-8-
Accessories and Modifications UNIT OF MEASURE
~ ITEM ~ NOMENCLATURE
% OF CHARGE
PRICE
ACC MOD
~ ITEM ~ NOMENCLATURE
% OF CHARGE
UNIT OF MEASURE
ACC MOD
PRICE
% OF CHARGE
~ ITEM ~ NOMENCLATURE
ACC MOD
Accessories & Modifications Pricing PRICE
PIL42A
U
$60
POSTC 342
U
$536
PUTTY STICK
A
PIL42B
U
$60
POSTC 435
U
$552
QUART
A
$54
PIL42C
U
$60
POSTC 442
U
$637
QUART 2 STEP
A
$107
UNIT OF MEASURE
$0.01
PIL42D
U
$60
POSTD 335
U
$466
RAIL1
U
$3
PIL42E
U
$60
POSTD 342
U
$533
RAIL1.5
U
$4.30
PIL42F
U
$60
POSTD 435
U
$549
RAIL2
U
$6
PIL42G
U
$60
POSTD 442
U
$634
RAIL2.5
U
$7.10
PIL84A
U
$120
POSTE 335
U
$466
RAIL3
U
$9
PIL84B
U
$120
POSTE 342
U
$533
RAIL3.5
U
$10
PIL84C
U
$120
POSTE 435
U
$549
RAIL4
U
$11
PIL84D
U
$120
POSTE 442
U
$634
RAIL6
U
$17
PIL84E
U
$120
POSTF 335
U
$469
RBC BINS 18
M
$748
PIL84F
U
$120
POSTF 342
U
$536
RBC BINS 30
M
$1,176
PIL84G
U
$120
POSTF 435
U
$552
RBC BINS18SS
A
$748
PIL96A
U
$137
POSTF 442
U
$637
RBC BINS30SS
A
$1,176
PIL96B
U
$137
POSTG 335
U
$466
RBC DLX BINS
A
$1,197
PIL96C
U
$137
POSTG 342
U
$533
RBC DR MOUNT
A
$57
PIL96D
U
$137
POSTG 435
U
$549
RBMD
M
$0.00
PIL96E
U
$137
POSTG 442
U
$634
RD
M
$0.00
PIL96F
U
$137
POSTH 335
U
$542
RDL
M
$0.00
PIL96G
U
$137
POSTH 342
U
$626
RDPL
U
$514
PLACQUE LOGO
A
$233.92
POSTH 535
U
$992
RDR
M
$0.00 $237
PLATE GROOVE
M
$107
POSTH 542
U
$1,131
RE
M
POPMS
M
$714
POSTI 335
U
$545
RF
U
$6
POPMS SS
A
$714
POSTI 342
U
$628
RH
M
$0.00
POS
M
$210
POSTI 535
U
$995
RHH
M
$0.00
POS DEPTH 24
M
$143
POSTI 542
U
$1,133
RHW
M
$0.00
POS DEPTH 27
M
$143
POSTJ 335
U
$545
RLLO
M
$0.00
POS DEPTH 30
M
$143
POSTJ 342
U
$628
RLRO
M
$0.00
POS FI
M
$270
POSTJ 535
U
$995
ROLL HLDRSS
M
$153
POS FI SS
U
$270
POSTJ 542
U
$1,133
ROLL HOLDER
M
$153
POS HARDWARE
A
$0.01
POSTK 335
U
$387
ROSE
M
$50
POS SCOOP
M
$36
POSTK 342
U
$439
ROSE2
M
$50
POS SS
A
$210
POSTK 435
U
$450
ROUTE
M
$6
POS STND
M
$178
POSTK 442
U
$515
RP
M
$201
POS STND BM
M
$230
POSTUFEBM
M
$263
RPB
M
$64
Per Sq Ft
POS STND SS
A
$178
POSTUFEBM FI
M
$323
RPBB
U
$64
Per Sq Ft
POS TEMPLATE
A
$0.01
POSTUFEBM SS A
$263
RPBT
U
$64
Per Sq Ft
POSBMFI SS
U
$323
POTRD
M
$552
RPBW
U
$64
Per Sq Ft
POSH
M
$107
POTRD SS
A
$468
RPEB12L
M
$330
POSSTNDBM SS
A
$230
POWB
M
$214
RPEB12R
M
$330
POSTA 335
U
$466
POWB 11 SS
A
$214
RPEBL
M
$440
POSTA 342
U
$533
POWB 14 SS
A
$214
RPEBR
M
$440
POSTA 435
U
$549
POWB SS
A
$214
RPET12L
M
$812
POSTA 442
U
$634
POWH
M
$257
RPET12R
M
$812
POSTB 335
U
$469
POWH SS
A
$257
POSTB 342
U
$536
PRC
M
$0.00
40
%
RPETL
M
$1,082
RPETR
M
$1,082
POSTB 435
U
$552
PSP
M
$2,055
RPETWL
M
$494
POSTB 442
U
$637
PSP SS
A
$2,055
RPETWR
M
$494
POSTC 335
U
$469
PULL UP DOOR
M
$902
RPEVL
M
$440
w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014
-9-
Accessories and Modifications
RPEVR
M
$440
SLATED BTM
M
$43
RPEWL
M
$247
SOBF3
U
$114
RPEWR
M
$247
RPVAL CUSTOM
U
$168
RPVAL3318
U
RPVAL3618
U
UNIT OF MEASURE
Per Sq Ft
~ ITEM ~ NOMENCLATURE
PRICE
SS FINISHALL
M
$36
SS HARDWARE
A
$0.00
UNIT OF MEASURE
SOBF6
U
$228
SS SHELF
M
$221
SOTF3120
U
$364
SS SHELF SS
A
$221
$652
SOTF384
U
$228
SS1.5
U
$86
Per Sq Ft
$666
SOTF396
U
$257
SS2.25
U
$128
Per Sq Ft
Per Sq Ft
RPVAL4518
U
$708
SOTF6120
U
$621
SSPA LOOSE
U
$407
RPVAL4818
U
$722
SOTF684
U
$457
SSPA48L
M
$385
RPVAL5418
U
$895
SOTF696
U
$514
SSPA48R
M
$385
RPVAL6018
U
$923
SOVF3
U
$114
SSPA54L
M
$407
RPVAL6618
U
$951
SOVF6
U
$228
SSPA54R
M
$407
RPVAL7218
U
$979
SOWF330
U
$114
SSPA60L
M
$428
RTKB
M
$143
SOWF336
U
$128
SSPA60R
M
$428
RTKF
M
$0.00
SOWF342
U
$143
SSPB LOOSE
U
$407
RTKL
M
$143
SOWF348
U
$171
SSPB48L
M
$385
RTKR
M
$143
SOWF354
U
$200
SSPB48R
M
$385
RW
M
$0.00
SOWF360
U
$228
SSPB54L
M
$407
RWL
M
$0.00
SOWF630
U
$228
SSPB54R
M
$407
RWR
M
$0.00
SOWF636
U
$257
SSPB60L
M
$428
SAMPLE BOX
A
$54.40
SOWF642
U
$285
SSPB60R
M
$428
SC
A
$0.01
SOWF648
U
$314
SSPC LOOSE
U
$407
SC 1LB
A
$85.70
SOWF654
U
$343
SSPC48L
M
$385
SCDR
M
$71
SOWF660
U
$371
SSPC48R
M
$385
SCDRC
M
$71
SCREWS
A
$0.00
SP RETURN
M
$143
SSPC54L
M
$407
SP REVEALS
M
$107
SSPC54R
M
$407
SD&F
A
$142.80
SPD
M
$143
SSPC60L
M
$428
SD&F SP
A
$258.40
SPD SS
A
$143
SSPC60R
M
$428 $0.00
SDD
A
$156.92
SPDP
A
$0.00
STD TOP RAIL
M
SDFS
A
$46.24
SPDS
A
$0.00
STFL
M
$107
SDL
A
$0.00
SPDW
M
$285
STFR
M
$107
SDPH
M
$0.00
SPDW SS
A
$285
STK
M
$0.00
SDPW
M
$0.00
SPICE
M
$685
SWR
M
$0.00
SDS
A
$71.43
SPICE INSERT
M
$21
SWR SS
A
$0.00
SDS PEGS
A
$156.92
SPICE INSTSS
M
$21
TAMB INSTALL
M
$357
SDS SHEEN
A
$156.92
SPICE SS
A
$685
TAMBOUR MAT.
U
$86
SEAL BOTH
M
$0.00
SPLINE
M
$429
TB SS
A
$86
SEAL LEFT
M
$0.00
SPLIT DIA
M
$61
TBL
M
$86
SEAL RIGHT
M
$0.00
SPLIT LEN
M
$61
TBR
M
$86
SHAPE PANEL
M
$244
SPR SS
A
$211
TDF
M
$0.00
SHAPE TOP
M
$244
SPRA SS
A
$357
TES1284
U
$119
SHELF W/POS
M
$0.00
SPRA-L
M
$357
TES1290
U
$119
SHELVES
M
$71
SHIMS
A
$0.00
SPRA-R
M
$357
TES1296
U
$119
SPR-L
M
$211
TES2484
U
$207
SINKMAT-M
M
$171
SPR-R
M
$211
TES2490
U
$207
SINKMAT-M SS
A
$130
SPRW
M
$143
TES2496
U
$207
SINKMAT-S
M
$171
SPRW SS
A
$143
TF3
U
$49
SINKMAT-S SS
A
$130
SRVOEX KIT
A
$213
TF6
U
$88
SINKMATSAMPL
A
$0.00
SS
U
$43
TFA3L
U
$120
SINKMAT-W
M
$171
SS BUILD UP
M
$71
TFA3R
U
$120
SINKMAT-W SS
A
$130
SS DETAIL
M
$1.40
TFA6L
U
$160
w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014
% OF CHARGE
PRICE
ACC MOD
~ ITEM ~ NOMENCLATURE
% OF CHARGE
UNIT OF MEASURE
ACC MOD
PRICE
% OF CHARGE
~ ITEM ~ NOMENCLATURE
ACC MOD
Accessories & Modifications Pricing
- 10 -
Per Sq Ft
40
%
Per Sq Ft
Accessories and Modifications UNIT OF MEASURE
~ ITEM ~ NOMENCLATURE
PRICE
TFA6R
U
$160
USWRO11 SS
A
$214
VALTRCF
M
$297
TFT3
U
$57
USWRO14 SS
A
$214
VALTRCOT
M
$190
TFT3X120
U
$93
UT
M
$143
VALTRRAD
M
$190
TFT6
U
$94
UT13 3/8” SS
A
$143
VALTRROM
M
$190
TFT6X120
U
$130
UT16 3/8” SS
A
$143
VALTRSCA
M
$190
TFTA3L
U
$128
UT21 3/8” SS
A
$143
VALTRSP
M
$261
TFTA3R
U
$128
UTW
M
$285
VALTRSTD
M
$190
TFTA6L
U
$168
UTW SS
A
$285
VALTRSTR
M
$190 $190
TFTA6R
U
$168
VAL24
U
$57
VALTRTAP
M
TOE 4.5
U
$20
VAL27
U
$64
VES1829
U
$76
TOE DEPTH
M
$107
VAL30
U
$71
VES1832
U
$80
TOE HEIGHT
M
$107
VAL33
U
$77
VES2129
U
$83
TOHH
M
$0.00
VAL36
U
$84
VES2132
U
$88
TOHW
M
$0.00
VAL39
U
$90
WBO MODIFY
M
$107
TOP OPENING
M
$143
VAL42
U
$97
WC HEIGHT
M
$0.00
TOT
M
$160
VAL45
U
$104
WCD TWO DOOR
M
$71
TOT HINGE
M
$25.50
VAL48
U
$111
WD DRWER QTY
M
$178
TOT HINGE SS
A
$25.50
VAL51
U
$116
WD MODIFY
M
$107
TOT PLASTIC
M
$160
VAL54
U
$123
WDHH
M
$0.00 $0.00
TOT SS
A
$160
VAL57
U
$124
WDHW
M
TOTPLASTICSS
A
$160
VAL60
U
$131
WES1230
U
$52
TRD
M
$71
VAL63
U
$137
WES1233
U
$56
TRD LARGE SS
A
$71
VAL66
U
$138
WES1236
U
$60
TRD SMALL SS
A
$71
VAL69
U
$144
WES1239
U
$67
TRDW
M
$143
VAL72
U
$151
WES1242
U
$70
TRDW SS
A
$143
VAL75
U
$153
WFPO330
A
$220
TRW
M
$0.00
VAL78
U
$158
WFPO336
A
$280
TUFEBM
M
$64
VAL81
U
$164
WFPO342
A
$348
TUK
A
$0.01
VAL84
U
$166
WFPO630
A
$274
TWF336
U
$29
VAL87
U
$171
WFPO636
A
$315
TWF342
U
$29
VAL90
U
$177
WFPO642
A
$355
TWF636
U
$54
VAL93
U
$178
WGH
M
$328
TWF642
U
$54
TWFA336L
U
$100
VAL96
U
$184
WGH SS
U
$328
VALBRBCF
M
$297
WHBLOWER SS
A
$1,387
TWFA336R
U
$100
VALBRBCOT
M
$190
WHCONVKIT
A
$285
TWFA342L
U
$100
VALBRBRAD
M
$190
WICKER15
M
$314 $328
TWFA342R
U
$100
VALBRBROM
M
$190
WICKER18
M
TWFA636L
U
$126
VALBRBSCA
M
$190
WIRE CHS
M
$61
TWFA636R
U
$126
VALBRBSP
M
$261
WRP
M
$171
TWFA642L
U
$126
VALBRBSTD
M
$190
WSL
M
$86
TWFA642R
U
$126
VALBRBTAP
M
$190
WSLC
M
$86 $171
% OF CHARGE
PRICE
ACC MOD
~ ITEM ~ NOMENCLATURE
% OF CHARGE
UNIT OF MEASURE
ACC MOD
PRICE
% OF CHARGE
~ ITEM ~ NOMENCLATURE
ACC MOD
Accessories & Modifications Pricing UNIT OF MEASURE
UNICONN SS
A
$4.30
VALBRWCF
M
$297
WSP
M
UNICONNECTOR
M
$4.30
VALBRWCOT
M
$190
WSR
M
$86
USC15
M
$141
VALBRWRAD
M
$190
WSRC
M
$86
USC15 SS
A
$118
VALBRWROM
M
$190
WT
U
$29
Per Sq Ft
USC18
M
$153
VALBRWSCA
M
$190
WT 1.5
U
$57
Per Sq Ft
USC18 SS
A
$131
VALBRWSP
M
$261
WTL
U
$39
Per Sq Ft
USC21
M
$178
VALBRWSTD
M
$190
WTL 1.5
U
$77
Per Sq Ft
USC21 SS
A
$150
VALBRWTAP
M
$190
WTO MODIFY
M
$107
USWRO
M
$214
VALMR
M
$190
WWR
M
$0.00
w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014
- 11 -
40
%
Accessories and Modifications Accessories & Modifications Helpful Notes About Accessories/Modifications Section
•• •• ••
Any accessories that are finished like the exterior will be subject to finish & wood upcharges and will be priced as such on the pricing program. Interior wood accessories are built with Beech; interior plywood accessories are built with Maple. Loose accessories are entered as an individual line item, accessories that will be installed, such as Pull Out Shelves, or Cabinet/Accessory Modfications are entered as a modification to the existing line item.
Modifications are added by using the “Add Mod or Accessory to Line#” button on the order entry program •• Put the cursor on the line item. Click the “Add Mod or Accessory to Line#” button or “Alt + M” on your keyboard while on the Items tab of the Pricing Program.
••
A window will pop up stating “For Line # __”, click OK.
••
Enter the quantity & the modification or accessory nomenclature.
••
Items entered using the “Add Line or Accessory” button, such as Cabinets or loose accessories, will be shaded green in the pricing program; items entered using the “Add Mod or Accessory to Line #” button will be shaded white.
••
Some items in this section will require the cabinet to be entered as a custom. Enter the cabinet using one of the applicable CUSTOM_______ cabinet options (the custom entry will automatically add a custom charge to the cabinet price of the cabinet), then add the modification(s). For example, a B24L with an Angle would be entered in the following manner:
AI=Accessory Installed w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014
AL=Accessory Loose
- 12 -
M=Modification
Accessories and Modifications Angles ANGLE
Angle
1 angle charge ($300)
M
Add an angle to a cabinet. Virtually any angles are available on our cabinetry. A drawing showing configuration and the degree of angle is required. Full & Designer Overlay hinges require special consideration. Doors requiring angles will be done on a case by case basis; submit a quote for pricing and availability.
2 angle charges $400 ($600)
Shown are two examples and their charges.
PC ANGLE
Cabinet must be entered as a CUSTOM______, then add ANGLE as a modification.
Pipe Chase Angle
M
Add a pipe chase to a cabinet. A detailed drawing specifying all dimensions is required. If the PC angle is different than those shown, please submit a quote prior to ordering. Cabinet must be entered as a CUSTOM______, then add PC ANGLE as a modification.
Top view of various pipe chases.
Clipped Corners M When ordering pull-out shelves in cabinets with clipped corners, a 3/4” partition will be added on each clipped side Flutes or other decorative details can be added as a modification. CC(L/R) 3" x 3" Clip on Corner Top View Shown
CCC(L/R)
3
3
CCP(L/R)B
3
3
SP RETURN 1-1/2" Use SP RETURN to modify this dimension
1-1/2"
AI=Accessory Installed w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014
Clipped Corner Left or Right Add a 3”x 3” clip to face frame. Face of clip will be 4 1/4” wide. This does not flush the cabinet end. Custom Size Clipped Corner Left or Right Add a custom sized clip to face frame. Please send a drawing. Clipped Corner Peninsula Back Left or Right Add a 3” x 3” clip to face frame on the back of a peninsula cabinet.
Special Returns on WA, BA, VA, & TA cabinets M Modify 1 ½” returns equally up to 8”. This modification will not affect the number of doors on the cabinet; if needed, cabinet must be entered as a CUSTOM____, then add SP RETURN as a modification, add SP RRN as a modification.
AL=Accessory Loose
- 13 -
M=Modification
Accessories and Modifications Appliance Cut-outs APGOH
M
APG Opening Height Modify appliance garage opening height.
BOHH
Bottom Oven Hole Height Used to specify lower cut-out height on oven cabinets. Use TOHH if cabinet only has one opening.
BOHW
Bottom Oven Hole Width Used to specify lower cut-out width on oven cabinets. Use TOHW if cabinet only has one opening.
FSOH
Farm Sink Opening Height Used to specify cut-out height on farm sink cabinets. Enter dimension as 0 if jobsite cut-out.
FSOW
Farm Sink Opening Width Used to specify cut-out width on farm sink cabinets.
FSTRW
Farm Sink Top Rail Width Used to specify top rail width on farm sink cabinets. This can be used to increase the rail width for a solid top rail to be cut in the field or in addition to FSOH to modify the standard 1 1/2” rail size.
FTO
Floor to Oven Measurement Measurement, in inches, from the floor to the top of the shelf the oven will sit on. Can be specified if the standard FTO won’t work. Tow kick is 4 1/2" tall if recessed, 6" if FTK
OH
Cook Top Opening Height Used to specify cut-out height on the 2-Drawer Cook Top cabinet. Enter dimension as 0 if jobsite cut-out.
OW
Cook Top Opening Width Used to specify cut-out width on the 2-Drawer Cook Top cabinet.
TRW
Cook Top Rail Width Used to specify top rail width on the 2-Drawer Cook Top cabinet. This can be used to increase the rail width for a solid top rail to be cut in the field or in addition to OH to modify the standard 11/2” rail size
RHH
Refrigerator Hole Height Used to specify refrigerator opening height.
RHW
Refrigerator Hole Width Used to specify refrigerator opening width
RLLO
Refrigerator Leg Left Only Modifies refigerator cabinet to one leg.
RLRO
Refrigerator Leg Right Only Modifies refigerator cabinet to one leg.
TOHH
Top Oven Hole Height Used to specify cut-out heights on oven or microwave cabinets. Use TOHH if cabinet only has one opening.
TOHW
Top Oven Hole Width Used to specify cut-out widths on oven or microwave cabinets. Use TOHW if cabinet only has one opening.
WDHH
Warming Drawer Hole Height Used to specify cut-out heights on oven cabinets with a warming drawer. Use TOHH if cabinet only has one opening.
WDHW
Warming Drawer Hole Width Used to specify cut-out widths on oven cabinets with a warming drawer. Use TOHW if cabinet only has one opening.
AI=Accessory Installed w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014
AL=Accessory Loose
- 14 -
M=Modification
Accessories and Modifications Appliance Panels The applied doors and/or drawer fronts are subject to any applicable style upcharges. When ordering appliance panels, state the overall size of the backer panel plus any reveals. Due to continually changing manufacture specs we DO NOT keep track of the specs for individual models. It is your responsibility to supply all relevant information such as overall panel sizes and proper overlays for doors. Failure to supply all relevant information will affect your lead time. See Appliance Panel Forms in the FORMS section for this catalog. If you do not need the 1/4” backer panel(s), please order a loose door/drawer front. See the Accessory & Modification section for more information on ordering loose doors and drawer fronts.
DWDP
Dishwasher Door Panel
AL
Decorative door attached to a ¼” thick panel. If ordered, the lower access panel cover will not have a matching decorative onlay unless specified. Use form in FORMS section.
Access panel cover available upon request
5/8
DWDP-B
Dishwasher Door Panel B
Fixed
1/2 1/4
3/16 1/4
AL
Decorative door & front attached to a ¾” thick faceframe. No modifications. Built to line up with the surrounding base cabinets. If specs do not meet your needs, must be ordered as a FF&D. This is a fixed attachment, finished entirely. Matching revels on job.
29 7/8
3/16 1/4
Shown in Designer Overlay with 3/4" top reveals on bases 23 7/8 1/ 4
RDPL Refrigerator Door Panel
AL
Door attached to a ¼” thick panel. Use form in FORMS section. RDPs are available in virtually any configuration. No arched doors wider than 24”. Drawer fronts below minimum size will be slab style. An additional panel cover is included, only if specified with order. The access panel will not have a matching overlay unless specified. Door style will match the lower door section on the order. See door section for minimum and maximum door sizes. Use SDPW and SDPH for single door panel width and/ or height. Warranty will be limited. APDL
Appliance Panel Door Length &/or Width M Use as a modification to an appliance panel to specify the length & width of the decorative door.
APDW
Appliques CC KEYSTONE
Custom Built Keystone
6
6
1 ½” thick x 6” wide x 6” tall. 3/8” x 3” relief at top to allow keystone to set into valance. Edges are beveled. Specify if no relief needed.
4
AI=Accessory Installed w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014
AL=Accessory Loose
- 15 -
M=Modification
Accessories and Modifications Applied Panel Ends
M
This modification will flush the end of the cabinet, size the door according to overlay, & attach it with matching reveals. Watch for double panel height/width doors. Add 3/4” per application to overall width of the cabinet. Finished end must be added. On Tall Applications: Brooms, Linens plants will align with doors on front. Bookcase w/ Door plants, lower door will align with doors on front, remaining door on top. Oven & Bookcase plants for cabinets w/out doors on front will receive two equally sized door plants. Doors may become double panel in height. APEB(L/R)
24” Deep Bases get full height door.
APEB12(L/R)
12” Deep Bases get full height door.
APEV(L/R)
Vanities get full height door.
APEW(L/R)
Walls up to, but not including 48”
APETW(L/R)
Tall Walls 48” tall and up
APET(L/R)
24” Deep Tall
APET12(L/R)
12” Deep Tall
Beadboard Accessories & Modifications
AL
MBB3 8
5/16” 3”
3” Beadboard Molding with or w/out bead 3” wide, 3/8" solid wood, tongue and groove, Beadboard Molding sold by the stick (8' pieces). Overall size is 3 1/8” wide.
MBB3W 8
5/16” 3”
BEADBOARD Beadboard Paneling 3/16” thick beadboard plywood paneling priced per square foot. Maximum size is 48” W x 96” L. Beads are 1 ½” on center. Pattern differs slightly from the beadboard molding. (NA in Knotty or Rustic woods)
AI=Accessory Installed w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014
AL=Accessory Loose
- 16 -
M=Modification
Accessories and Modifications Beadboard Accessories & Modifications Beadboard Backs
AL
M
Dimensions are WIDTH by LENGTH. The length runs with the grain. Beadboard can be ordered in an accent color, call your CSR for a quote. 3/16” Beadboard paneling is not available in Knotty or Rustic woods. BBBI
Inlayed Beadboard Back
BBBI 3 OC
3/8” thick solid wood beadboard molding inlayed over the 1/2” plywood interior back. Available in 1 1/2” or 3” on center.
BBB
Beadboard Back
Beadboard is NOT available on interior cabinet sides or exterior backs
3/16” beadboard plywood paneling used for interior cabinet back
Beadboard Ends M 3/8” thick solid wood beadboard molding applied to cabinet ends. The cabinet end is not flush, an 1/8” reveal is standard. Available in 1 1/2” on center or 3” on center. No need to specify finished end. This modification will affect the maximum cut-out width on appliance cabinets. BBEB(L/R) BBEB(L/R) 3OC
Base Cabinet
BBEB12(L/R)
12” Deep Base Cabinet
BBEW(L/R) BBEW(L/R) 3OC
Wall Cabinet Up to, but not including 48” tall.
BBETW(L/R)
Tall Wall Cabinet Walls 48” tall and up
BBET(L/R) BBET(L/R) 3OC
Tall Cabinet
BBET12(L/R)
12” Deep Tall Cabinet
BBE(L/R)
Beadboard End Paneling
M
3/16” thick beadboard plywood paneling applied to cabinet ends. Available on Walls, Bases, Vanities, & Tall cabinets. The cabinet end is not flush, a slight reveal is standard. Not available in Knotty or Rustic woods. No need to specify finished ends.
AI=Accessory Installed w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014
AL=Accessory Loose
- 17 -
M=Modification
Accessories and Modifications Blind Corner Accessories & Modifications NOTE: Pull-outs & swing-outs fit XB42 – XB48 cabinets and require a 13” minimum opening, unless noted. BCP
Blind Corner Pull-Out AI Wire, two tier unit swings out then pulls out. 21” minimum cabinet depth
BCSWIRE
Blind Corner Swing-Out
AI
Wire, two tier unit swings out. 21” minimum cabinet depth. BCSWOOD
BLIND
BCP shown at top BCSWIRE shown at bottom
Wooden Blind Corner Swing-Out AI Wood, two tier unit swings out then pulls out. 21” minimum cabinet depth.
Modify a standard cabinet to a blind cabinet M Add a blind to a cabinet. A drawing showing configuration & door opening must be supplied. Some restrictions apply. * Cabinet must be entered as a CUSTOM______, then add BLIND as a modification.
FBLIND
Finish Blind
M
Finished panel will have seam where panel meets 6” filler. Blind panel is constructed of 3/4” material. LEMANS 18 only available in XBFD45
Lemans AI XBFD depth cannot be modified. (Min opening is 17 3/4" to accept) MUST be used on full door cabinet. Champagne; non-slip finish. The Lemans makes some space very easy to use, but unfortunately, sacrifices the rest of the cabinet box.
LEMANS 21 only available in XBFD48
See Hafele’s Arena Champagne literature for more details!
LEMANSLID
Lemans Lid Organizer
AL
17 3/4” W x 5 7/8” D x 1 5/8” H Insert only. Shipped loose. MODIFY BLIND
Modify door opening on a Blind Cabinet
M
Modifying the door opening on the blind does not affect the number of doors on the cabinet. Door opening must be specified. PSP
Pull-Slide-Pull
AI
Bottom mounted unit with 4 chrome baskets. Not available with door mount hardware. Minimum opening is 14 3/4” wide. Minimum cabinet depth is 20”. Overall height of unit is 20 ¾”. Minimal usage of top basket if used in a cabinet with a drawer. Capacity 25 lbs. per basket . Fits XBFD42 - XBFD48 full height for cabinet only. Baskets measure 11 3/4” W x 16 1/2” D x 4” H. Same basket sizes, regardless of cabinet size.
AI=Accessory Installed w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014
AL=Accessory Loose
- 18 -
M=Modification
Accessories and Modifications Change Dimensions
ďƒžM
If possible start with a larger cabinet and reduce dimensions. When modifying angled cabinets such as the BA & WA; the left back is adjusted with the width (CW, RW) and the right back is adjusted with the depth (CD, RD). When modifying the height or width of a cabinet, pay close attention to door & drawer front minimums and maximum single panel door sizes. See Door & Drawer Styles section. RW
Reduce Width
RD
Reduce Depth Walls cannot be reduced to less than 4", bases and tall no less than 6" final depth, unless custom
RH
Reduce Height
CW
Change Width
CD
Change Depth
CDT
Change Depth Tall
CH
Change Height
CDNC
Change Depth No Charge For use when directed with select cabinets.
RDL
Reduced depth left side
RDR
Reduced depth right side
CWL
Change width left back
CWR
Change width right back
CDL
Change depth left side
CDR
Change depth right side
RWL
Reduced width left side
RWR
Reduced width right side CWR RWR
CDR RDR
CWL RWL
CDL RDL
AI=Accessory Installed w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014
AL=Accessory Loose
- 19 -
M=Modification
1”
Accessories and Modifications Corbels
8”
AL
CORBAR 1
8”
12” 1” Corbel1” Bar Bracket Design 1
1” Thick solid wood brackets. 8” wide x 12” tall No edge detail.
1”
12”
CORBAR 2
8”
12” 1” Corbel Bar Bracket Design 2 1” Thick solid wood brackets. 8” wide x 12” tall No edge detail.
1”
12”
Special Order Corbels CORBEL SP
AL
CUSTOM CORBEL Must send a drawing. We strongly advise sending in a quote before ordering. Special Order Corbels Enkeboll’s Acanthus Corbel. This style is used on HOOD 1 & HOOD 2 shown in the Custom Furniture section. 4 3/4” wide x 9 1/2” tall x 3 3/4” deep.
CBL-AO1
Corbels - Outsourced
AL
These hand carved, hardwood corbels, available in many styles, are an ideal choice for fireplace mantels and range hoods. The top profile of many of these wood corbels accepts molding up to 3/4”. Wood corbels can be mounted with keyhole plates, provided and pre-attached, to your project. Custom Cupboards takes care of the ordering so you don’t have to. Available only in Maple, Oak, and Cherry.
Acanthus Corbels CORACA M
CORACA L
CORACA XL
Large
Medium
X-Large AI=Accessory Installed w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014
AL=Accessory Loose
- 20 -
M=Modification
Accessories and Modifications Americana Corbels CORAME S
CORAME M
Small
CORAME L
Medium
Large
Art Deco Corbels CORAD S
CORAD L
Small Large
Arts & Crafts Corbels CORART S
CORART L
CORART XL
Small Medium
AI=Accessory Installed w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014
AL=Accessory Loose
- 21 -
Large
M=Modification
Accessories and Modifications Bordeaux Corbels CORBOR M
CORBOR L
CORBOR XL
Large
Medium
X-Large
Cottage Corbels CORCOT S
CORCOT M
CORCOT L
CORCOT XL
Small Medium
Large X-Large
Leaf Corbels CORLV S
CORLV M
Small
CORLV L
CORLV XL
Medium
Large X-Large
AI=Accessory Installed w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014
AL=Accessory Loose
- 22 -
M=Modification
Accessories and Modifications Rattan Corbels CORRAT S
CORRAT M
CORRAT L
Medium
Small
Large
Traditional Corbels CORTRAD S
CORTRAD M
Small
CORTRAD L
Medium Large
AI=Accessory Installed w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014
AL=Accessory Loose
- 23 -
M=Modification
Accessories and Modifications Corner Cabinet Accessories WCD TWO DOOR
WCD Two Door M Use this to modify the Wall Corner Diagonal Cabinet to two doors.
Custom Accessories Section CUSTOM ACC.
Custom Accessory Use this to enter custom quoted accessories.
AI=Accessory Installed w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014
AL
AL=Accessory Loose
- 24 -
M=Modification
Accessories and Modifications Decorative Details OM-ATT
M
Attach Loose Accessory Used as a modification to a cabinet, solid stock or filler when attaching a loose accessory such as doors, onlays, etc.
CHAMFER
Front View
Side View
3
Chamfer ¼” deep x ¼” wide, approximately 3/8” across the diagonal. Can be added as a modification to faceframe or solid stock. Chamfer starts and stops 3” from the ends or 7 1/2” from bottom on cabinets with flush toe kicks.
EDGE DETAIL
Edge Detail Add edge detail to a cabinet frame or box fillers. Must specify the edge you want. See Solid Stock detail chart for available edges. (page 43)
FLUTE
Flutes
FLUTE 3/8
Fluting added to trim such as extended ears, wide stiles, fillers, clipped corners, or other flat stock. 2” wide minimum width. Price does not include material. Flute placement: Standard flutes start & stop 3” from top & bottom edges. Staggered flutes start & stop 3” from top & bottom edges. The outside flutes start & stop 1 ½” from center flute. To order specify in the item notes. All fluting on flush toe kicks will be moved up 4 1/2”. Fluting will start 1 ½” from any additional detailing such as rosettes. Flute placement can be specified for no additional charge. Rosettes
ROSE
Rosettes are routed onto trim such as extended ears, wide stiles, fillers, clipped corners or other flat stock. Rosette detailing is typically placed 3” from the top, 7 1/2” up when used on the bottom of base cabinets. Price does not include material cost.
ROSE2
See also plinth blocks
AI=Accessory Installed w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014
AL=Accessory Loose
- 25 -
M=Modification
Accessories and Modifications Door Accessories & Modifications APG ONE DOOR
Appliance Garage w/ One Door
M
Used to modify the two lower doors on a Wall Appliance Garage w/ Door Cabinet to a single door. Hinging will be the same as upper door. ADD STILE
Butt Door with Center Faceframe Stile
M
Adds center stile to butt door cabinet, keeping butt door reveals. BALL CATCH
Ball Catch
AL
Solid Brass Catch & Strike has an adjustable tension feature and is easy to install. The strike may enter from either side or front and is designed for use on all doors. Includes catch & strike, four brass screws, mounting template and instructions. #1 phillips driver, 5/64” diameter drill bit, & a drill are required for installation. BD
Butt Doors
Butt Door option can be set as a default in the Pricing Program. Call your CSR for details.
BDHL BDHR
M
Butt Doors will have an 1/8” gap between the doors & no center stile. When selecting butt doors on the Order Info tab on the pricing program, butt doors & drawer fronts will be added to all base, wall, & vanity cabinets 27”- 45” wide. Butt doors will be standard on Tall Broom cabinets 27” – 39” wide. See individual cabinet descriptions for BD options on sizes beyond these standards. Butt drawer fronts will keep the center stile for drawer guide function. To order a full width drawer front and/or drawer add FF or SD to the end of the cabinet nomenclature. (Ex. SB36FF or B36SD) When ordering wall, base and vanity cabinets that are under 24” wide & need butt doors, order the cabinet as the 24” BD equivalent and reduce the width.
Both Doors Hinged Left / Right
M
Used on double door cabinets to allow both doors to swing in the same direction. Cannot be used with butt doors.
BFD
Bi-Fold Doors
M
1/8” gap between doors. Each set is hinged together and features a control arm to assist in holding doors open or closed. 2 sets pictured at left. Cabinets over 48” wide must be approved. Every attempt will be made to send the pivot arms in applications where possible. Frame will be notched in Full & Designer Overlay for the Concealed 170º Hinge. BI-PASS/170
Bi-Pass/170 Hinge
M
Used on 2 door Lazy Susan or Wall Easy Reach. Due to hinge opening limitations, the 170˚ hinge is used in addition to Bi-Pass hinges on concealed, full & designer overlay jobs. Hinge direction dictates which door opens first. Not available on mitered, thermo foil, or applied molding doors. CONCEALED Select as hinge type on o rd e r i n f o t a b
AI=Accessory Installed w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014
Standard Overlay Concealed Hinge M 6-way adjustable concealed hinge opens 105˚. See the Information Section for reveals.
AL=Accessory Loose
- 26 -
M=Modification
Accessories and Modifications Door Accessories & Modifications CON170
Concealed 170º Hinge
M
Not available on full overlay except for use on corner cabinets with the pie-cut hinge. In this case the faceframe will be routed out. D BATTON
Door Battoned
M
Doors attached together with wood batton brace. Doors will maintain the same reveal as the job. This option makes the cabinet custom. Warranty is still based on door size; does not change because doors are joined. Does not delete cabinet mid rail. Cabinet must be entered as a CUSTOM______, then add D BATTON as a modification.
D STRAPPED
Door Strapped
M
Doors attached together with metal strapping brace. Doors will be pulled together with no reveal between. This option makes the cabinet custom. Warranty is still based on door size; does not change because doors are joined. Does not delete cabinet mid rail. Cabinet must be entered as a CUSTOM______, then add D STRAPPED as a modification.
DESIGNER
Designer Overlay Concealed Hinge M The 6-way adjustable designer overlay hinges opens 107˚. See the Information Section for reveals.
Select as hinge type on o rd e r i n f o t a b
DOOR STAY#1
Door Stay
One fitting system, two functions; braking or stopping. Easily convertible. Maximum opening angle 110˚. We install 2 stays per opening. Available on all door styles. Door Stay #1 used in openings below 12”, with a minimum of 8”. This is not self-closing. Door Stay #2 features a hydraulic closing option on openings 12” or greater. Maximum opening height 16 1/2”.
DOOR STAY#2
DNH
M
Door Not Hinged
M
Single cabinet door will be shipped loose without hinging or hinge routing to be installed on jobsite. Add as a modification to the cabinet. SDL (ship door loose) should be added as a separate line # following the cabinet line during order entry to give door a shipping number. DDPW
Double Door Panel Width
M
This modification will change a single panel door insert to a double panel in width. DDPW cannot be used on arched doors. 2 equal panels. This modification will affect any raised panel or applied panel ends on the cabinet. OM-BD
Dust Strip
M
1/2” thick same-species strip, attached to the door to serve as a dust strip. Rabbet-routed to the back of the door. EXT DOORS
Extend Doors Down
M
Extend doors down to cover cubby unit on the Wall Cabinet with Cubbies. Double door cabinets must have butt doors. AI=Accessory Installed w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014
AL=Accessory Loose
- 27 -
M=Modification
Accessories and Modifications Door Accessories & Modifications FISL
Finger Slots
Select this option on O rd e r I n f o t a b i n p r i c i n g p ro g r a m u n d e r D o o r s / Drawers
GD
M
The finger slot is 4” wide, centered on the top & bottom of the back side of the door. The top drawer front will have 1 FISL centered on the bottom & the middle & bottom drawer fronts will have 1 FISL centered on the top. Not available on outsourced, thermofoil, or 50100 & 50200 doors. Not recommended with full or designer overlay. Special or modified placement of finger slots is not available.
Glass Doors
M
Doors prepped for glass only. Glass is not included. Larger doors are more likely to warp. If single opening is required on oversized doors, specify SDPH &/ or SDPW. 50100 & 50200 styles get a 70000 style glass door. If cabinet has upper and lower doors, GD will only affect upper doors unless specified.
FORMULA FOR FIGURING GLASS DOOR SIZES 2 ¼” Rails & Stiles - Single Panel Subtract 3 ½” from overall width & height of door unless shaker style, then subtract 3 1/4” 3 ½” Rails & Stiles - Single Panel Subtract 6” from overall width & height of door unless shaker style, then subtract 5 3/4” If rail & stile combination is different such as the #71200 the formulas will be based on the two components. This is the opening size only, you may want to order your glass a slightly smaller to ensure proper fit. We strongly recommend using your finished doors for sizing glass. Call your Account Manager for a more accurate estimate. These formulas do not apply to double paneled doors. We cannot provide a formula for arched doors as the route follows the arch. GDPINS
Glass Door Pins
AL
Provided at no charge, ONLY when requested with glass doors on the original order.
HDT
Hinge Door Top
M
Available on wall cabinets 15”–39” wide & 12”–18” tall. HDT is one door across the width of the cabinet. Doors over 24” wide will be double panel, specify SDPW for single panel. No arched doors over 24”
AI=Accessory Installed w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014
AL=Accessory Loose
- 28 -
M=Modification
Accessories and Modifications Door Accessories & Modifications AVENTOS HF
Pull-up Door - Aventos HF
M
Use on cabinets 19” - 42” in height Use on cabinets 15” - 72” in width Soft close feature. Installation will clear crown molding. Minimum cabinet depth is 12”. Lift mechanism needs 11” of internal cabinet space in order to function. Enter cabinet as CUST WALL AVNT, NO CUSTOM CABINET CHARGE AVENTOS HS
Pull-up Door - Aventos HS
M
Use on cabinets 13 3/4” - 31 1/2” in height Use on cabinets 15” - 72” in width Soft close feature. Installation will clear most crown molding. Minimum cabinet depth is 12”. Lift mechanism needs 11” of internal cabinet space in order to function. Enter cabinet as CUST WALL AVNT, NO CUSTOM CABINET CHARGE. AVENTOS HL
Pull-up Door - Aventos HL
M
Use on cabinets 13 5/16” - 22 13/16” in height Use on cabinets 15” - 72” in width Soft close feature. Installation will clear crown molding. Minimum cabinet depth is 12”. Lift mechanism needs 11” of internal cabinet space in order to function. Enter cabinet as CUST WALL AVNT, NO CUSTOM CABINET CHARGE AVENTOS HK
Pull-up Door - Aventos HK
M
Use on cabinets 11 13/16” - 24” in height. Use on cabinets 15” - 72” in width. Hardware holds doors open in any position. Soft close feature. Installation will clear crown molding. Minimum cabinet depth is 10”. Lift mechanism needs 9” of internal cabinet space in order to function. Enter cabinet as CUST WALL AVNT, NO CUSTOM CABINET CHARGE LDI
Lattice Door Inserts
M
Diagonal wood lattice is inserted into door in place of the door panel. Diagonal pattern. Direction of lattice is always upper left to lower right. Maximum lattice size is 23 5/8” wide x 47 ¼” long & cannot be installed in doors that are larger than our maximum door sizes. Not available in thermofoil or mullion doors. Available in Alder, Cherry, Beech & Maple. Lattice dimensions are: -Overall thickness of 5/32” -Moldings measure 7/16” wide -½” cell size (openings) LOCK
Lock
M
Antique finish lock installed on cabinet door or drawer front. Limited availability on drawer fronts. Not available on mitered doors or fronts. Please call when ordering locks to confirm that the location & application will work.
AI=Accessory Installed w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014
AL=Accessory Loose
- 29 -
M=Modification
Accessories and Modifications Door Accessories & Modifications Mullion Doors Style A is used when rails & stiles are G-cove; glued together. Style B is used when rails & stiles are shaker; fastened with glue & bowties on the back. 1” wide mullions on both styles. Insert grids must be used in some instances. See door descriptions for available door styles. Maximum single panel sizes apply. Consider using SDPH &/or SDPW in these instances. The number of lites on colonial style mullions will be equally s on double panel height doors Vertical or horizontal mullion may be removed when below minimum size required. Call your Account Manager for details. MBD
MBD STYLE A
MBD STYLE B
Colonial Style Mullion Doors M Door height & # of Lights 4 Lites: up to & including 23” H 6 Lites: 23 1/16” H up to & including 36” H 8 Lites: 36 1/16” H up to & including 54” H 12 Lites: doors over 54 1/16” H
MBDPS
MBDPS STYLE A
MBDPS STYLE B
Mullions when ordered on cabinets that come with both upper and lower doors will only be added to upper doors as standard. Prairie Style Mullion Doors M Corners are 2” x 2”
MBDIG
INSERT MBD STYLE B 711 Style GD Door
Mullion Doors with Insert Grids M
MBDPSI
Available, but not standard, on all door styles except arched. The grid is constructed of ¼” thick x 13/16” wide flat stock; stapled on back. Used on mitered doors, doors with inconsistent rails & stiles, and many applied molding doors. MBDCS
Mullion Doors - Custom M Send drawing for quote. Price & availability depend on complexity.
ND NDU (to delete upper doors only
No Doors M Deletes doors from cabinet. This modification does not finish the interior of the cabinet; finished interior must be ordered in addition if needed.
on a 2 door cabinet.
NDL (to delete lower doors only on a 2 door cabinet)
PEGS 1 NAIL 1 BLACK NAIL 1 SHINY PEG 1
PEGS 2 NAIL 2 BLACK NAIL 2 SHINY
PEG 2
PEG2 Diagonal
NAILS 1LB PIANO HINGE
AI=Accessory Installed w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014
Nails & Wooden Pegs M One peg or nail will be centered in height, two will be equally spaced in height. Diagonal peg/nail placement can also be specified. If not specified, you will receive vertical placement. Pegs/ nails are available on doors, drawer fronts, & raised panel ends. Not available on Thermofoil or mitered doors & fronts. Two pegs or nails will not work on 5-piece drawers with 1 ¼” rails. Send dimensioned drawing for special peg placement. Specify on the “Order Info” tab of the Pricing Program. Piano Hinge AL Shipped Loose
AL=Accessory Loose
- 30 -
M=Modification
Accessories and Modifications Door Accessories & Modifications PIECUT
Pie-cut Hinge M Used on 2 door Lazy Susans & Easy Reach cabinets for an increased appliance clearance. Standard on these cabinets in Full & Designer Overlay. Price includes 170˚ hinges.
PD
Pocket Doors M Maximum cabinet box 39”W x 42”T; larger sizes may not function as well. Call for pricing and availability for larger doors. 18” minimum & 27” maximum cabinet depth. Inside distance between open pocket doors is 7 1/2” less than the overall cabinet width. If the pricing program will not let you order pocket doors on your standard cabinet, it is not available at this time. PD hardware does not work with any applied molding that is attached to the face of the door & some mitered doors. If ordered, the PDs will be built without the applied molding. Door style charges still apply & no credit will be issued.
Shown with optional pocket door partions.
Pocket Door Partitions
Pocket Doors
PDP
Pocket Door Partition M Allows for the use of adjustable shelves in a cabinet with pocket doors. Distance between pocket door partitions is 9” less that the overall cabinet width. 3/4” material. Shipped Loose.
SPDS
Ship Pocket Doors Seperate for Line #
RBMD
Mount Door to Bins M Mounts door to hardware.
SDL
Ship Doors loose for Line # See DNH modification.
SDPH
Single Door Panel Height & Width M This modification will change a double panel door insert to a single panel in width or height. Helpful when ordering appliance panels and large glass doors. Warranty will not apply on oversized panels.
SDPW UNICONNECTOR
AUGUST 2014
AL Used as a line item to ship a loose door from a cabinet.
Uniconnector AL False Front mounting bracket
AI=Accessory Installed w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m
AL
AL=Accessory Loose
- 31 -
M=Modification
Accessories and Modifications Drawer Accessories & Modifications ADD
Add Dovetailed Apothecary Drawers M Add exposed dovetail apothecary drawer boxes with scooped top and no drawer front to a cabinet. Finished to match exterior of cabinet. This is a custom modification, therefore a detailed drawing must accompany order. Cabinet must be entered as a CUSTOM______, then add ADD as a modification (specify qty).
ADSTD
Add Standard Apothecary Drawers M Add standard apothecary drawer boxes with fronts to a cabinet. This is a custom modification, therefore a detailed drawing must accompany order. Cabinet must be entered as a CUSTOM______, then add ADSTD as a modification (specify qty).
Apothecaries will be included in the overall height of the cabinet and will reduce the door opening height. No guides; installed on wooden runners. On cabinets less than 11” deep, ADSTDs will be substituted. Standard wall and base cabinets are available with apothecary drawers. See the BAU, WAU, W__ __AD, & W__ __AS cabinets. Although you can specify the number of apothecary drawers when using the ADD & ADSTD modifications, we recommend: 1 in a 9” wide cabinet 5 in a 30” – 33” wide cabinet 2 in a 12” – 15” wide cabinet 6 in a 36” – 39” wide cabinet 3 in an 18” – 21” wide cabinet 7 in a 42” – 45” wide cabinet 4 in a 24” – 27” wide cabinet 8 in a 48” wide cabinet BEAN
Bean Drawer M Drawer front with 3” wide rails & stiles, prepped for glass, with a partition placed 1” from front in the drawer box. 5-piece drawer front charge will apply. Not available on mitered or outsourced drawer fronts. Glass is not included. Cabinet must be entered as a CUSTOM______, then add BEAN as a modification.
BRBD/CBD
Breadboard M ¾” laid up unfinished maple with matching front. B15-24 bread boards are 6” less than cabinet width. B27-48 bread boards are 18” wide and centered. To preserve the wood, finish with walnut oil. NO WARRANTY
BRDR B
Bread Drawer M Clear acrylic sliding lid is dadoed into side of the lower drawer on a three or four drawer base. Specify middle or bottom drawer.
BRDR M
BDFN
Non-Butt Drawer Fronts M To order a single cabinet w/out butt drawer fronts, enter this as a modification to the individual cabinet.
CT
Cutlery Tray M White Plastic. Fits B15-24, B30-39. Available widths include: 10 3/8”, 13 3/8”, 16 3/8”, & 21 3/8”. Can be trimmed 2 ¼”. Will not fit vanity depth cabinet. To use plastic cutlery trays with super drawer cabinets a DRWRDVDR will be added.See also UTILITY TRAYS.
AI=Accessory Installed w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014
AL=Accessory Loose
- 32 -
M=Modification
Accessories and Modifications Drawer Accessories & Modifications CTW
Wood Cutlery Tray M Sized to opening; 5/16” solid beech; tray openings are approximately 2 ½”. Special configuration is available, enter as a CUST CAB ACC, additional charges apply. Call your account manager for a quote.
DTCT WOOD
Double-Tier Cutlery Tray M Beech wood. Fits B18 - B24 & B36 - B48. TUFEBM guides are recommended, otherwise you cannot access back of tray.
DFST
Drawer Front Style Changes M Alters only the middle, bottom, or top drawer front on an individual cabinet to a 5-piece front. Use when slab style top drawers and more intricate 5-piece style lower drawers are wanted. Take notice of minimum sizes on 5-piece drawers. Can modify drawer fronts to 2 ¼” rails by using MDFST, MDFSM & MDFSB, or 2 3/4 revels by using MDFST 2 3/4, MDFSM 2 3/4, MDFSB 2 3/4 or to 3 1/2” rails by using MDFST 3 1/2”, MDFSM 3 1/2 & MDFSB 3 1/2. This modification is listed later in this section. Cannot be used on mitered drawer fronts.
DFSM DFSB
DGSO15 DGSO18 DGSO21 DGSO24
Solo Undermount Guides Loose
AL
Specify depth of cabinet. Rear mount Socket
Tandem Undermount Full Extension
DGTUFEBM12 DGTUFEBM15 DGTUFEBM18 DGTUFEBM21 DGTUFEBM24
Blumotion Guides Loose Cabinet profile
AL
Specify depth of cabinet.
Drawer Organization System The accessories can be placed in either an “A” or “B” position in the 3 different width cutlery trays (Birch material). The B18 unit will not accept any of the accessories designated for usage in an “A” position as it only has a “B” position. The B24 unit has both an “A” and a “B” position while the B36 unit has two “A” positions and a single “B” position. A customer can chose any designation they want to fill these areas, including choosing to leave a position open or putting two of the same accessories in the “A” positions in a B36 unit. For pricing, contact Custom Cupboards customer service. We will only install in the 3 sizes offered (18, 24, 36) if needing other sizes must order loose and modify at job-site.
CUTLERY OS18 CUTLERY OS24 CUTLERY OS36
B
B
338 (13 5/16”)
fit in slot
A
For outside cabinet width 36”
B
A
491 (19 5/16”) fit in slot
A
A
424 (16 11/16”)
For outside cabinet width 24”
For outside cabinet width 18”
Nomenclature
A
796 (31 5/16”)
fit in slot
A
We’ll offer the glass jar with the clear glass lid
fit in slot
Nomenclature
Nomenclature
Nomenclature
Nomenclature
KNIFE HOLDER
ROLL HOLDER
SPICE INSERT
CONTAINERS
AI=Accessory Installed w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014
AL=Accessory Loose
- 33 -
B
M=Modification
Accessories and Modifications Drawer Accessories & Modifications DRAWER
Add Drawer to any Cabinet M Used to add drawers to any cabinet. Applicable drawer front & guides charges will apply. This is a custom modification, a detailed drawing must accompany order. Cabinet must be entered as a CUSTOM______, then add DRAWER as a modification. Enter as shown below:
DRWR BOX DT
Loose 11/16” Dovetail Drawer Box AL To order a loose Solid Beech dovetail drawer box. Must specify sizes or cabinet dimensions. Guides not included.
DRWRDVDR
Drawer Divider M 5/8” solid natural wood beech dividers. Specify placement. Can be adjustable by specifying
DWR DEPTH
DRAWER DEPTH
REDUCED CHANGE 12" 24" 15" 27" 18 30
To reduce the depth of the drawer boxes without affecting the cabinet box depth. It will apply to all drawers, if needing online one on a drawer bank on multi-cabinet, cabinet will become custom. FILE
• A reduction of the drawer box is perfect when trying to allow for plumbing access. • Use change depth to 24, 27 or 30 on an island for deeper cabinet to maximize space. Cabinet must be at least 2" deeper than requested drawer depth.
File Drawer M Change drawer into file drawer. Increase opening height to 12” tall, add an 5/8” solid beech file drawer box with file hardware and Tandem Blumotion full extension guides. Recommended on cabinets 18” or wider with a 17” minimum cabinet depth. Back hanger is moveable to adjust for standard or legal files. Slots already drilled. Please refer to drawer front minimums. If used on a cabinet other than a B__D3, cabinet becomes custom and cabinet must be entered as a CUSTOM______, then add FILE as a modification.
A change in height on the B__D3 will affect the middle opening if used in conjunction with file drawer modification. _____FF
Full Width False Front Available on all double door sink base cabinets up to 36” wide. To order, add FF to the product nomenclature. (Ex.SB36FF)
OM-GD
Glass Drawer Fronts M Drawer front with 3” wide rails & stiles, prepped for glass; a partition is not included, see Bean Drawers if needed. 5-piece drawer front charge will apply. Not available on mitered or outsourced drawer fronts. Glass is not included. Cabinet must be entered as a CUSTOM______, then add OM-GD as a modification.
KT INSERT
Knife Tray Insert M Features hardwood UV coated maple construction w/ up to 19 knife slots (if uncut), centered roughly 15/16” apart. Fits B12-48”, no depth modifications allowed. Spans full width of drawer on 12”-21”, partition will be installed on 24”-36” super drawers, left or right orientation must be specified. 24” will only have roughly 3” of space left or right of the partition.
AI=Accessory Installed w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014
AL=Accessory Loose
- 34 -
M=Modification
Accessories and Modifications Drawer Accessories & Modifications LOGO IMPRINT Located on the Order Info tab of the Order Entry Program
MDFST MDFSM MDFSB MDFST 3 1/2 MDFSM 3 1/2 MDFSB 3 1/2 MDFST 2 3/4 MDFSM 2 3/4 MDFSB 2 3/4
Logo Imprint Your company’s logo laser-burned into the inside of the 5/8” beech dovetail drawer box. Burn area is approximately 2 ½” T x 4” W. E-mail a vector (.eps) or JPEG image (.jpg) of the logo to wendy@ customcupboards.com. A sample of the logo will be sent for approval. Custom Cupboards logo can be used for the same price by specifying in the notes on the order. Logos come in all standard top drawers on base & vanity cabinets (5” openings). Modified Drawer Fronts
M
Use on deep drawers to modify any five piece drawer front that comes standard with narrow rails into wider 2 ¼” or 3 1/2” rails. Makes larger drawer fronts more closely resemble a wide stile & rail door for a more consistent look. This modification will only alter the width of the rails on that particular drawer front. Used in conjunction with DFSB & DFSM or 5-piece drawer front in header. MDFST only works on B__D2 & Window Seat cabinets. When using this modification the minimum door sizes apply.
MFD
Multi-Front Drawer
M
Use multiple drawer fronts to cover one drawer box. Additional surcharges will apply to optional drawer fronts. Available on the top drawer of a Base or Wall Drawer cabinet only
Example of entry adding 4 additional fronts for a total of 5
NDB
No Drawer Box
M
Use this modification to delete the drawer box from a drawer stack cabinet.
NDF
No Drawer Front
M
Use this modification to delete the drawer front from a drawer stack cabinet.
DPS
Drawer Peg System
AL
Can be used in middle and bottom drawers only of Base Height D3 cabinets that are 36” wide or less. Comes with 12 pegs. Sent loose, must be cut down on site.
SCDR
Scooped Drawer M Shallow Drawer Box. Recommended for use with drop in cook tops. The drawer box is reduced to 2 ½” tall, drawer opening remains the same. Check specifications of drop in when ordering to ensure that the drawer will function properly. Cannot be less than 2 ½”.
SCDRC For scoop taller than 2 1/2”
DF Drwr box
AI=Accessory Installed w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014
AL=Accessory Loose
- 35 -
M=Modification
Accessories and Modifications Drawer Accessories & Modifications SPD
Spice Drawer M Plastic. Fits Any size drawer in width. Minimum 5” tall opening.
SPDW
Wood Spice Drawer M ¾” solid beech, fits base cabinet drawers. Minimum 5” tall opening.
_____SD
Super Drawer Drawer box stretches the entire width of cabinet. Available on 30”-36” wide base & vanity cabinets. To order cabinets with super drawers, add “SD” to the nomenclature. (Ex: B36SD)
TDF
Top Drawer False M Used to eliminate the top drawer box of a cabinet. For use with any cabinet with a drawer at the top.
TOP OPENING
Top Drawer Opening M Used to modify the opening height of the top drawer of a base or vanity cabinet.
TUFEBM
Tandem Undermount Full Extension Blumotion Guides M Used as a modification to a cabinet when adding Blumotion guides to select drawers. Order as DGTUFEBM__ if ordering loose.
UT
Plastic Utility Tray M White plastic tray. Fits B18-B24. Available 13 3/8”, 16 3/8”, and 21 3/8” wide. Can be trimmed 2 1/4”. When using plastic cutlery trays with super drawer cabinets, a DRWRDVDR must be ordered.
UTW
Wood Utility Tray M Wood tray. Sized to fit drawer. Constructed with 3/8” solid beech. Tray openings are approximately 4” wide.
WD DRWR QTY
Wall w/ Drawer Quantity M Used only on a Wall w/ Drawer cabinet to state total number of drawers.
AI=Accessory Installed w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014
AL=Accessory Loose
- 36 -
M=Modification
Accessories and Modifications Face Frames FF
Faceframe
AL
Custom configurations loose faceframe (no doors). Specify frame openings. A detailed drawing must accompany the order. EDGE DETAIL can be added as a modification. Back of frame is NOT finished. FF&D
Faceframe & Door(s)
AL
Custom configuration loose FF&D. Must add any applicable styling charges (style, hinge, colors, etc.) A detailed drawing must accompany the order. Back of frame is NOT finished. FFDO
Loose Faceframe & Door - Standard Cabinet
M
To order a loose faceframe and door for a standard cabinet; enter the cabinet and add FFDO as a modification. Enter the least expensive cabinet (SB30 rather than a B30 or a 12” deep Broom cabinet w/o shelves rather than a 24” broom w/ shelves). FF ADD
Add Faceframe or Faceframe & Door(s) to Cabinet Side or Back M Use this to add a frame with a fixed, working or no door to the end or back of a cabinet. This option makes the cabinet custom. The cabinet must be entered as a CUSTOM______, then add FF ADD or FF&D ADD as a modification. A detailed drawing must accompany the order. If applying to an angled faceframe, add an ANGLE modification as well.
Open faceframe FF&D ADD Faceframe with fixed or working doors
When ordering a wall or base diagonal cabinet with a faceframe on one of the back sides, please specify which side receives the faceframe and the state the hinge direction. When ordering peninsula cabinets that are not currently present in our price book enter the same as adding to a cabinet side.
Example of how to enter a FF&D added to the cabinet side or back
Rail Material
AL
RAIL1
1” Wide FF Rail
RAIL1.5
1 ½” Wide FF Rail
RAIL2
2” Wide FF Rail
RAIL2.5
2 ½” Wide FF Rail
RAIL3
3” Wide FF Rail
RAIL3.5
3 ½” Wide FF Rail
RAIL4
4” Wide FF Rail
RAIL6
6” Wide FF Rail
RF
Reface Material
Face and Two long edges are finished as "standard", if something else is needed, call your Account Manger for pricing.
AI=Accessory Installed w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014
AL=Accessory Loose
- 37 -
M=Modification
Accessories and Modifications Fillers • • •
AL
Fillers are ¾” solid wood finished on the face, both edges, & one end unless specified. Available in 3” & 6” widths. Angled Fillers are ¾” solid wood, 4 ¼” across face with 45˚ angle on sides. Fills a 3” x 3” clip. Fluting and other decorative details can be added. See Decorative Details featured in this section of the catalog.
Fillers
Angled Fillers
F330
3” x 30”
FA330(L/R)
3” x 30”
F630
6” x 30”
FA630(L/R)
6” x 30”
TWF336
3” x 36”
TWFA336(L/R)
3” x 36”
TWF342
3” x 42”
TWFA342(L/R)
3” x 42”
TWF636
6” x 36”
TWFA636(L/R)
6” x 36”
TWF642
6” x 42”
TWFA642(L/R)
6” x 42”
TF3
3” x 84”
TFA3(L/R)
3” x 84”
TF6
6” x 84”
TFA6(L/R)
3” x 96”
TFT3
3” x 96”
TFTA3(L/R)
3” x 96”
TFT6
6” x 96”
TFTA6(L/R)
6” x 96”
TFT3X120
3” x 120”
TFT6X120
6” x 120”
FILLERS W/ OVERLAYS 3/4” fillers with 3/4” matching wood overlay edged to match doors. Available in 3” & 6” widths. Choose from Standard Overlay featuring 1/4" reveals on each side and 1 1/8" reveal top & bottom; Full Overlay featuring 1/4" reveals on each side, 3/4" reveal at top & 1/4" reveal at bottom; Designer Overlay featuring 3/16" reveals on each side, choice of 1/4" or 3/4" reveal at top & 1/4" reveal at bottom. The 4 1/2" toe space must be added to the bottom reveal on base, tall & vanity overlays. A 5-pc. drawer front charge will be added to the order if selected on the Order Info tab of the pricing program. When using the #50100 or #50200 doors the overlay fillers will be solid wood, therefore, they will not have edgebanding. Overlay filler will feature the matching door edge except in cases where size is an issue; the complementary solid stock edge may then be substituted. See the Door edge/CTE-2/SS edge details chart shown under Solid Stock featured in this section of the catalog. Any loose solid stock on the order with edge detailing may receive a slightly different edge detail if ordered unless specifically noted to use the matching door edge.
Standard Overlay
Designer Overlay
Filler dimensions (overlay size varies)
SOVF3
SOTF384
DOVF3
3” x 31 ¼”
DOTF684
SOVF6
SOTF684
DOVF6
6” x 31 ¼”
DOTF396
3” x 96”
SOBF3
SOTF396
DOBF3
3” x 34 ½”
DOTF696
6” x 96”
6” x 84”
SOBF6
SOTF696
DOBF6
6” x 34 ½”
DOTF6120
3” x 120”
SOWF330
SOTF3120
DOWF330
3” x 30”
DOTF6120
3” x 120”
SOWF630
SOTF6120
DOWF630
6” x 30”
SOWF336
DOWF336
3” x 36”
SOWF636
DOWF636
6” x 36”
SOWF342
DOWF342
3” x 42”
SOWF642
DOWF642
6” x 42”
SOWF348
DOTF384
3” x 84”
SOWF648
DOWF348
3" x 48"
SOWF354
DOWF648
6" x 48"
SOWF654
DOWF354
3" x 54"
SOWF360
DOWF654
6" x 54"
SOWF660
DOWF360
3" x 60"
DOWF660
6" x 60"
AI=Accessory Installed w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014
AL=Accessory Loose
- 38 -
M=Modification
Accessories and Modifications Fillers
AL
Base Corner Fillers BCF90
90° & 135° Base Corner Fillers
BCF135
3” x 3” x 34 1/2”. Base corner fillers are 3/4” fillers, finished on all sides. Used on a corner where added space is needed for clearance. Recessed toe kick is included.
DOBCF9030
90° & 135° Full Overlay Base Corner Filler
DOBCF13530
3” x 3” x 34 1/2”. Full overlay base corner fillers are 3/4” solid wood with a matching 3/4” solid wood overlay with a door edge and finished on all sides. Used in a corner where added space is needed for clearance. Recessed toe kick is included. The overlay has a 3/4” reveal at the top, 1/4” on the bottom, & 1/4” on each side. See notes on Fillers w/ Overlays on the previous page for exceptions on edge detail. 90° & 135° Designer Overlay Base Corner Filler 3” x 3” x 34 1/2”. Designer overlay base corner fillers are 3/4” solid wood with a matching 3/4” solid wood overlay with a door edge and finished on all sides. Used in a corner where added space is needed for clearance. Recessed toe kick is included. The overlay has a choice of 1/4" or 3/4” reveal at the top, 1/4” on the bottom, & 3/16” on each side. See notes on Fillers w/ Overlays on the previous page for exceptions on edge detail.
Base & Wall Filler Pull-Out Maple construction; adjustable shelves. On site assembly and installation required. Must have a cabinet or a Box or Panel Filler on both sides for installation. A 2 7/8” or 5 7/8” wide piece of solid stock must be ordered to attach to the front of the hardware (will be added during entry if missing). This piece will bring the unit flush with the face frame of the adjacent cabinets. A decorative overlay filler can be ordered separately and attached on site. The decorative overlay will be flush with adjacent doors. Base unit works beside a 24” deep base cabinet Wall unit works beside a 12” deep wall cabinet The 3” unit has approximately 2 1/4” space between rails; the 6” unit has approximately 5 1/4” space between rails. BFPO3 BFPO6 WFPO330 WFPO336 WFPO342 WFPO630 WFPO636 WFPO642
AI=Accessory Installed w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014
AL=Accessory Loose
- 39 -
M=Modification
Accessories and Modifications Finished Ends, Interiors, Tops & Bottoms
AI
AL
M
Select Right, Left, Both or leave blank in the finished ends field of the line item
Finished Ends 1/4” reveal where the side meets the faceframe. Clear alder finished ends may have small closed knots.
FB LEFT
Finish Back Left Use to finish the back left of a Corner Cabinet
FB RIGHT
Finish Back Right Use to finish the back right of a Corner Cabinet
FLE-(L/R)
Flush Ends You must also charge for a finished end.
ESB(L/R)
Extended Sides Back Used to extend the cabinet side back, up to 6”. Only the cabinet side is extended; the depth of the rest of cabinet is not increased.
Back of cab
TOPVIEW
FBTM 15/16
FBTMF
Raised Panel Ends (RPE’s) will be centered on full-depth of side including extension. For no charge you can specify for RPE to be centered on original cabinet depth only; extension will be additional stile. Finished Bottom - Inset Inset with same wood species as the faceframe. This is automatic on all finished interior cabinets. Available on Wall cabinets only.
Finished Bottom - Flush Flush with same wood species as the faceframe. Available on Wall cabinets only. Plywood edges of the sides will be visible from bottom of cabinet.
FFT
Flush Finished Top Flush, finished top of cabinet. Available on a wall cabinets only.
FI
Finished Interior Interior is finished the same as the exterior. Interior sides & back receive little to no distressing. Shelves receive minimal distressing.
FB
Finish Back 3/4” back paneling. On FB over 48” wide add a spline charge. Cabinet will keep 1/4” reveals unless ordering FLE. Left & Right edges are edgebanded. Does not change depth of cabinet. Front & back widths will match (Ex. If you order an ear on the front, there will be an ear on the back on the same side when viewing the cabinet from the front.)
SEAL BOTH
Seal both sides of cabinet For use on cabinets set next to a dishwasher or sink cabinet. Ends are sealed only, not finished.
SEAL LEFT
Seal left side of cabinet only For use on cabinets set next to a dishwasher or sink cabinet. Ends are sealed only, not finished.
SEAL RIGHT
Seal right side of cabinet only For use on cabinets set next to a dishwasher or sink cabinet. Ends are sealed only, not finished.
AI=Accessory Installed w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014
AL=Accessory Loose
- 40 -
M=Modification
Accessories and Modifications Finishing Outsourced Product
AL
The pricing structure for finishing outsourced supplied products includes all onlays, corbels, turns, 8’ sticks of moldings, etc. These items will not be subject to an additional Finish Upcharge. If you have a “Build-A-Post”, we will finish all pieces for one charge if all the pieces are here at the time of finish. Larger items will need to be quoted individually by your CSR. These items MUST be received by your CSR before your order can be confirmed and scheduled for production. Your ship window will not be assigned until they are received. Our finishes are the end result of a multi-step process that INCLUDES sanding. Custom Cupboards is not responsible for sanding an outsourced product, therefore, mill marks or poor sanding on non-detailed sides will most likely be present. Most often, the outsourced products we receive are of such intricate detail that sanding the item(s) is out of the question. Therefore, the resulting finish may be quite different than the sample door or the rest of the kitchen. Often times the grade of wood, or even the species of the wood is different than the species we are using for the rest of the job. In such a case, we simply apply the process for that color to the piece – and the result is what it is. We make no effort to color match the outsourced items to the rest of the job. Custom Cupboards is only responsible for replacement of the piece if we damage the physical product or overtly finish the product poorly or the wrong color. Wrong color, meaning an obvious mis-selection of product during the painting process, NOT an opinion that the color is not a match. Custom Cupboards will finish all sides of an outsourced product that have any type of decorative carving. If you desire to have the other sides of an outsourced product finished (top, bottom, or back(s) finished entirely) please specify and call for a quote.
FINISH 0%
KNOB 0%
9% or less
FINISH 10% 10% to 19%
KNOB 10%
10% to 19%
FINISH 20% 20% to 29%
KNOB 20%
20% to 29%
FINISH 30% 30% to 39%
KNOB 30%
30% to 39%
FINISH 40% 40% to 49%
KNOB 40%
40% to 49%
FINISH 50% 50% to 59%
KNOB 50%
50% to 59%
FINISH 60% 60 or more.
KNOB 60%
60 or more.
9% or less
Modified Openings
M
BBROH
Opening Height - Bottom Broom Opening Used to change the bottom opening height on a broom cabinet. The bottom opening height must be provided. See Tall section.
BCDRTF
Bookcase Door Rail to Floor Used to modify the door opening height of a bookcase with doors. Measurement is from the floor to the top of the fixed shelf. See Custom section.
CWC MODIFY
Combination Wall Cabinet Modify Used to modify the top door opening height on a Combination Wall cabinet.
WBO MODIFY
Wall Bottom Open Modify Used to modify the bottom opening height on the Wall Bottom Open cabinet.
WTO MODIFY
Wall Top Open Modify Used to modify the top opening height on the Wall Top Open cabinet.
WC HEIGHT
Wall Cubby Height Used to modify the cubby opening height on the Wall with Cubbies cabinet.
BTM OPENING
Bottom Opening Used to modify the bottom drawer opening on a base invert.
AI=Accessory Installed w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014
AL=Accessory Loose
- 41 -
M=Modification
Accessories and Modifications Moldings
AL
INSTALLATION AIDS ▪ Sold by the stick, each piece 8' long, without waste. MOLDING BLOCK
MOLDING BLOCK
A
MOLDING BLOCK
B
Angle block to secure molding from the back
C
Extend crown in or out with 3" extender block
Extend crown in or out with 1 1/2" extender block
MBA 8
MBC 8
MBB 8
45° 52°
9/16”
9/16”
3/4” 11/2”
3”
1 7/8”
APPLICATION IDEAS
CR TM M
BA M
M
BA M
8 CR TM M
MFBOG 8
CABINET
#10 DOOR
FACE-FRAME
MBC
#10 DOOR
FACE-FRAME
MBB
CABINET
8
Aids to extend crown out
CR TM
8
Aids to blind secure crown on the cabinet
Aids to build up crown
AUGUST 2014
MBB
#10 DOOR
CABINET
FACE-FRAME
#10 DOOR
FACE-FRAME
#60 DOOR
AI=Accessory Installed w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m
CABINET
MBC
MLVOG 8
MBB
Aids to extend light valance on the cabinet
MCTESQ 8
CABINET
FACE-FRAME
Aids to secure light valance on the cabinet
AL=Accessory Loose
- 42 -
M=Modification
Accessories and Modifications CROWN MOLDINGS 52°/38°
52°/38° 52°/38°
Width
52°/38°
TRADITIONAL SIZE DIMENSIONS NOM.
Height
HEIGHT
X-LARGE MCRTX 8
WIDTH
X-LARGE
4 1/4" X 3 3/16"
MCRTX 8
LARGE
3 3/4" X 2 1/4"
MCRTL 8
MEDIUM
2 5/8" X 2 1/16"
MCRTM 8
SMALL
1 11/16" X 1 3/8"
MCRTS 8
APPLIED MOLDINGS MROPE 8
5/16” Width
3/4”
MDENTIL 8 52°/38°
.531”
3/4”
R0.250” Height
TRADITIONAL NOTCHED 3/4”
SIZE DIMENSIONS NOM.
X-LARGE MCRTNX 8
HEIGHT
1/2”
WIDTH
X-LARGE
4 11/16" x 3 1/2"
LARGE
3 11/16" x 2 13/16" MCRTNL 8
MCRTNX 8
45°/45° 52°/38° Width
COVE
52°/38°
SIZE DIMENSIONS NOM.
Height
HEIGHT
X-LARGE MCRCX 8
AI=Accessory Installed w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014
X-LARGE
4 9/16" X 3 11/16" MCRCX 8
LARGE
3 3/4"
MEDIUM
2 1/2" X 2 1/2"
AL=Accessory Loose
- 43 -
WIDTH
X 3 1/16"
MCRCL 8 MCRCM 8
M=Modification
Accessories and Modifications CROWN MOLDINGS
52°/38° Width
COVE BEADED
52°/38°
SIZE DIMENSIONS NOM. HEIGHT
Height
LARGE MCRCBL 8
WIDTH
LARGE
3 11/16" X 3 3/16" MCRCBL 8
MEDIUM
2 9/16" X 2 5/16" MCRCBM 8
SMALL
1 5/8"
X 1 3/16" MCRCBS 8
45°/45° 45°/45°
Width
SHAKER
45°/45°
SIZE DIMENSIONS NOM.
Height
HEIGHT
LARGE MCRSL 8
WIDTH
LARGE
2 5/16" X 2 5/16"
MCRSL 8
MEDIUM
1 5/8" X 1 5/8"
MCRSM 8
SMALL
1 1/4" X 1 1/4"
MCRSS 8
45°/45°
Width
52°/38°
PILLOW SIZE DIMENSIONS NOM.
Height
HEIGHT
LARGE MCRPL 8
AI=Accessory Installed w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014
LARGE
3 3/4" X 3"
MCRPL 8
MEDIUM
2 1/2" X 2 1/2"
MCRPM 8
AL=Accessory Loose
- 44 -
WIDTH
M=Modification
Accessories and Modifications OGEE Complements #10, 35, 66, 67 door edge
ROUND
CLIPPED
DECORATIVE
RADIUS
SQUARE
BEAD
BEVEL
Complements #12 door edge
Complements #11 door edge
Complements #13 door edge
Complements #14, 65 door edge
Complements #60 door edge
Complements #15 door edge
Complements #70 door edge
MFBCP 8
MFBD 8
MFBR 8
MFBSQ 8
MFBB 8
FURNITURE BASE 3/4”
43/4”
MFBOG 8
MFBRD 8
MFBV 8
COUNTERTOP EDGES 3/4”
11/2”
MCTE2OG 8
MCTE2RD 8
MCTE2CP 8
MCTE2D 8
MCTE2R 8
MCTE1OG 8
MCTE1RD 8
MCTE1CP 8
MCTE1D 8
MCTE1R 8
MLVCP 8
MLVD 8
MLVR 8
MCTESQ 8
MCTE2B 8
MCTE1B 8
MCTE2BV 8
MCTE2BV 8
LIGHT VALANCES 3/4”
2”
MLVOG 8
MLVRD 8
AI=Accessory Installed w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014
AL=Accessory Loose
- 45 -
MLVSQ 8
MLVB 8
MLVBV 8
M=Modification
Accessories and Modifications ADDITIONAL LIGHT VALANCES 3/4” 11/2” 1/2” 3/4”
3/4”
11/2” 3/4”
1/8” 3/4”
BEAD MUCB 8 2”
RADIUS MODIFIED MCTERM 8
2” 11/2”
11/2” 1/2”
1” 3/4” 1/8”
MISSION MLVM 8
PILLOW MLVP 8
BULL NOSE MCTEBN 8
1”
1/8”
UNDER CABINET MUC 8
11/2”
UNDER CABINET COVE MUCC 8
BASE MOLDINGS 9/16”
9/16”
3/4”
9/16”
3/4” 1/2”
3/4”
BASE SHOE MBS 8
11/16”
43/4”
21/4”
COLONIAL MFBCOL 8
DOUBLE BEAD MFBDB 8
AI=Accessory Installed w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014
TRADITIONAL MFBTR 8
SINGLE BEAD MFBSB 8
AL=Accessory Loose
- 46 -
CLASSIC MFBCL 8
WINDOW CASTING COLONIAL MWCCOL 8 M=Modification
Accessories and Modifications DETAIL MOLDINGS OUTSIDE CORNER
11/4
1”
”
11/4
”
1”
1”
” 1/2
OUTSIDE CORNER 90, 3/4" MOSC.75_8
OUTSIDE CORNER LARGE MOSC1_8
SCRIBE
3/4” 3/8”
135°
3/4
”
1”
” 3/4
”
1”
3/4
OUTSIDE CORNER X-LARGE MOSC1.25_8
OUTSIDE CORNER ANGLED MOSC135_8
SKIN MOLD MSK_8
INSIDE CORNER
1/4”
3/4”
3/4”
3/4” 1/4” 11/2”
7/8”
3/4”
3/4”
3/4”
SCRIBE MSM_8
COVE MOLD MCV_8
SCRIBE MSML_8
QUARTER ROUND MQR_8
DECORATIVE MOLDING
INSIDE CORNER MOLD MICM_8
CHAIR RAIL 3/8"
1/4”
13/16"
1/4” 3/4”
3/4”
1/2”
BEAD MBEAD 8
BATTON TRIM MBT 8
CAP TRIM BEAD MCTB 8
21/4”
21/2”
1/2” 3/8"
CHAIR RAIL WAINSCOT MCRW 8
3/4” 1”
3/4”
CAP TRIM RADIUS MCTR 8
WINDOW SILL LEDGE MWSL 8
CAP TRIM TRADITIONAL MCTT_8
11/16"
1/2” 1/2”
3/8" 5/8”
13/4”
3”
11/2” 11/8”
1”
CAP TRIM COLONIAL MCTCOL_8
CAP TRIM DETAILED MCTD_8
AI=Accessory Installed w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014
WINDOW STOP COLONIAL MWSCOL_8
CASING, DOUBLE EDGE MCSDE_8
AL=Accessory Loose
- 47 -
WINDOW CASING CLASSIC MWCC 8
M=Modification
Accessories and Modifications PILASTERS Pilasters are ¾” wide x 2” deep solid wood with a decorative edge detail on one ¾” edge. Pilasters are available precut in five sizes. Ideal for placement between two full or designer overlay cabinets to create an inset look. Specify edge detail choice at the end of the nomenclature. Ex. PIL 30.5A PIL30.5__ 3 0 1 / 2 ” Ta l l
A
B
PIL36__ 3 6 ” Ta l l PIL42__ 4 2 ” Ta l l PIL84__ 8 4 ” Ta l l PIL96__ 9 6 ” Ta l l
AI=Accessory Installed w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014
3/4"
C
D
E
F
2" “B” Shown Here
ONLY AVAILABLE IN 3/4” THICK MATERIAL
G
AL=Accessory Loose
- 48 -
M=Modification
Accessories and Modifications SOLID STOCK If over 6” wide, SS cannot be taller than 96”. Specified thickness of solid wood with optional detailing. Face, one end, & both edges are finished unless otherwise specified. SS
3/4” Thick Solid Stock
AL
SS1.5 + SS BUILD UP AL
Up To 1 1/2” Thick Solid Stock
SS2.25 + SS BUILD UP AL
Over 1 1/2 up to 2 1/4 Thick
SS BUILD UP
Additional charge for Solid Stock over 3/4” thick
SS DETAIL
M
Solid Stock Detailing M Must specify placement of detailing. Solid stock edging will not be identical to the door edges, but will complement them. The reasons for this are: • The door shapers are designed to remove 1/16” with each pass. Removing this much material will leave the solid stock undersized. • The width and detail of the door edges will often not fit on smaller solid stock pieces. • The solid stock is done with routers of which matching router bits are often not available, therefore, we choose a design and detail that will fit on the smaller pieces that will complement the edging on the doors. If you have a piece of solid stock that needs a door edge on it, specifically note that this piece must match the door edge and make certain that the size has been adjusted to compensate for the 1/16” material removal that will occur per detail. Size restrictions apply, call your Account Manager for approval.
SS FINISHALL
Standard finish is face, one end, both sides - must add SS FINISHALL to get any other finish.
DOOR EDGE
CTE-2
SS DETAIL
DOOR EDGE
10
11*
12*
13
14*
15
35
60
65
66
67
70
CTE-2
SS DETAIL
* Door edge #11 only available on #99500 door * Door edge #12 only available on #99000 door * Door edge #14 only available on #98400 door
A THIC
B
KNE
END E
SID
SS
CE FA F
D
E
END
H E
SID
C
BAC
K
G
L
W
AI=Accessory Installed w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014
AL=Accessory Loose
- 49 -
M=Modification
Accessories and Modifications Paneling •• •• •• •• •• ••
AL
Finished paneling. (Material used is dependant on wood/interior choice) Finished on one side only. The largest available size in 1/4” & 1/2” is 48” wide x 96” long. The largest available size in 3/4” is 48” wide x 120” long. The grain always runs with the 2nd dimension. No dimension changes allowed. If size will vary from what we’ve offered, you need to order PANEL ¼. 1/4” LOOSE END SKINS
WES1230
11 1/4” W X 30” L
TES1296
11 1/4” W X 96” L
WES1233
11 1/4” W X 33” L
TES2484
23 1/4” W X 84” L
WES1236
11 1/4” W X 36” L
TES2490
23 1/4” W X 90” L
WES1239
11 1/4” W X 39” L
TES2496
23 1/4” W X 96” L
WES1242
11 1/4” W X 42” L
VES1829
17 1/4” W X 28 1/2” L
BES2435
23 1/4” W X 34 1/2” L
VES2129
20 1/4” W X 28 1/2” L
BVES2135
20 1/4” W X 34 1/2” L
VES1832
17 1/4” W X 31 1/4” L
TES1284
11 1/4” W X 84” L
VES2132
20 1/4” W X 31 1/4” L
TES1290
11 1/4” W X 90” L PRECUT 1/4” PANELS
PAN1230
12” W X 30” L
PAN4835
48” W X 35” L
PAN2430
24” W X 30” L
PAN4848
48” W X 48” L
PAN4830
48” W X 30” L
PAN4896
48” W X 96” L
PAN2435
24” W X 35” L
PAN3/4_4896
48" W X 96" L - 3/4" Thick
PAN9648
96” W X 48” L Crossgrain panel sold in full sheets only. Rustic & Knotty NA.
CUSTOM SIZED PANELS MEASURING – Dimensions are WIDTH x LENGTH. Grain will ALWAYS run with the length (2nd dimension). Will receive all distressings except those applied to edges: #6, #7, #9, & #10 PANEL 1/4
Maximum size 48”W x 96”L Thickness will vary slightly between species, most being just under 7/32”.
PANEL 1/2
Maximum size 48”W x 96”L
PANEL 3/4
Maximum size without spline is 48”W x 96”L. ¾” Thick panels over 48” wide require a SPLINE charge
PANEL3/4 T
Maximum size 48”W x 120”L
PANEL 1/4NTO
Maximum 48” x 96” Maple print paper interior on one side, unfinished raw wood on the other.
PANEL 1/2NTB
Maximum 48” x 96” Maple print paper interior on both sides
PANEL 1/2NTO
Maximum 48” x 96” Maple print paper interior on one side, unfinished raw wood on the other.
PANEL 3/4NTB
Maximum 48” x 96” Maple print paper interior on both sides
EB
Edge banding Applied to ½” or ¾” paneling. Specify to match interior or exterior if loose. NA in Knotty Alder
FIN BACK
to finish back of panel 1/2" or 3/4" (not available on 1/4" thick material) otherwise panels come finished on one side only.
AI=Accessory Installed w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014
AL=Accessory Loose
- 50 -
M=Modification
Accessories and Modifications Paneling PECPLY__
Panelized Plywood End Treatment ďƒž AL 3/4â€? plywood with pilaster attached to end. Order overall panel size.
Example of entry
A B C D E
See more accurate details in pilaster sub-section under the molding section.
F G
AI=Accessory Installed w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014
AL=Accessory Loose
- 51 -
M=Modification
Accessories and Modifications POS Options
AI
Pull-Out Shelves are adjustable on 1 ¼” spacing, 3” tall sides. No warranty on POS for cabinets over 36” wide. The adjustable shelf will be deleted on base cabinets if ordering multiple POS. To keep the shelf add SHELF W/POS as a modification to the cabinet. When ordering more than one POS on a base, the bottom POS will be mounted to the floor of the cabinet. When ordering a single POS in a base or vanity cabinet, the pull-out will be mounted to the floor of the cabinet and you will also receive a 1/2 depth adjustable shelf. Pull-outs in non-butt door cabinets will require a Center Partition. Weight limit is 75 lbs. dynamic (moving in & out) 100 lbs. static (standing still) 5/8” Solid Beech Dovetail Pull-Out Shelves with choice of undermount guides. Finished Interior POS to match the exterior of the cabinet will be the same wood species as the cabinet box. POS
5/8” Natural Beech Dovetail with Standard Guide.
POS FI
5/8” Dovetail with Standard Guide finished to match exterior.
POSTUFEBM
5/8” Natural Beech Dovetail Tandem Blumotion.
POSTUFEBM FI
5/8” Dovetail Tandem Blumotion finished to match exterior.
5/8” Birch Dovetail Pull-Out Shelf with choice of undermount guides. POSSTND
5/8” Birch Dovetail Standard Guide.
POS STND BM
5/8” Birch Dovetail Tandem Blumotion.
Flat Pull-Out Shelf Options FLAT POSBM
Flat POS with Blumotion guides. 1 ¼” tall FLAT POS
FLATPOSBM FI
Flat POS with Blumotion guides, finished to match exterior. 1 ¼” tall
These options can be added as a modification to your cabinet. POSH M
Pull-Out Shelf Height Specify Height. Increase height of sides to a maximum of 8” on Beech Dovetail. In Birch, you can increase to the following sizes: 4”, 6”, 8” only. Pull -Out Shelf Scoop
POS SCOOP M
Scoop is 4” W x 1” T. Only available on 5/8” Solid Beech Dovetail. POS DEPTH 24 M
For a 27" or deeper cabinet
POS DEPTH 27 M
For a 30" or deeper cabinet
POS DEPTH 30 M
For a 33" or deeper cabinet
AI=Accessory Installed w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014
Our standard POS depth stops at 21" for a 24" or greater depth cabinet, the POS do not increase when a CD change depth is added to the cabinet. If you want deeper POS on those deeper cabinets you must add one of the following mods. One charge per POS.
AL=Accessory Loose
- 52 -
M=Modification
Accessories and Modifications Rail & Stile Modifications
M
Extended Ears Used to extend the stile left or right. This modification adds to the width of the faceframe. EL or ER
Custom Size Left or Right
EL1.5 or ER1.5
1 1/2” Left or Right
EL3 or ER3
3” Left or Right
Extended Rails Used to extend the top or bottom rail. This modification adds height to the faceframe. An ETR1.5 increases the standard 1 ½” wide rails to 3” wide and a 3” ETR3 increases the overall rail size to 4 ½” side. The same applies to extended bottom rails. Finished ends are automatically extended in conjunction with Extended Top or Bottom Rails. To extend bottom rail & add valance, see valances. ETR
Custom Size Extend Top Rail
ETR3
ETR1.5
ETR3
3
Extend Top Rail 1 1/2”
Extend Top Rail 3”
Side View
EBR
Custom Size Extend Bottom Rail
EBR1.5
Extend Bottom Rail 1 1/2”
EBR3
EBR3
3 Extend Bottom Rail 3”
Wide Stiles Wide stile modification increases the width of the stile but not the width of the faceframe. Opening will be reduced. Use to accommodate fluting, appliqués, rosettes, etc. without reducing the amount of interior cabinet space. If pull out shelves are being used in the cabinet, wide stile partitions will need to be added. When ordering custom sized wide stiles, state the amount of increase and the overall size of the stile. WS(L/R)C
Custom Size Wide Stiles
WS(L/R)
4 1/2” Wide Stiles
DRILL STILE
Drill Stile Drill center stile for shelves.
NMS
No Middle Stile This modification will delete the middle stile of the cabinet.
STFL
Stile to Floor Left This modification will end the left stile only of a base or tall cabinet to the floor.
STFR
Stile to Floor Right This modification will end the right stile only of a base or tall cabinet to the floor.
AI=Accessory Installed w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014
AL=Accessory Loose
- 53 -
M=Modification
Accessories and Modifications Raised Panels Loose Raised Panels Loose raised panels for base, wall, or tall applications. Available with most door styles except mitered or slab. Order the exact size needed. 48” W x 105” H maximum size on RPBT, 105"W x 48" H max size on RPBB & RPBW. Anything larger must be approved before ordering. When ordering an arched door style, the center stiles will run all the way up. The maximum width of a single panel is 30" panel width. RPBB AL
Base or Vanity
RPBW AL
Wall
RPBT
AL
Tall
MODIFY RP M
Modify Raised Panel Add as a modification to a loose raised panel or integrated raised panel end to change the rail and/or stile size or number of door panels.
PECRP_ M
Pilaster Edge Detail on Loose Raised Panels Order RPB’s in the overall size needed then add PECRP_ as a modification. Chosen edge treatment will be routed directly on to specified edge (left, right, or both). Edge selections are shown in the Molding section under Pilasters.
Base or Vanity BOTTOM RAIL TOP RAIL
Wall
Tall
6 1/2”
4”
6 1/2”
4”
“4 - 5”
4”
STILES
To match door style
MIDDLE RAIL
To match door style
MIDDLE STILE
To match door style
# OF DOOR PANELS
Add one panel for every 24” in width & 42” in height (up to 24” W & 42” H = 1 panel), over 84” has 3 panels.
Raised Panel Ends M NOT AVAILABLE IN MITERED OR SLAB DOOR STYLES Integrated into the cabinet side or back. This application does not increase the width or depth of the cabinet. Cabinet end will be finished automatically with this modification. On a cabinet with a recessed toe kick the raised panel end will be notched for toe space. FTK (flush toe kick) or STF (stile to floor) can be added as a modification to the cabinet to avoid this. RPB
Back
RPEB L or R
Base
RPEB12 L or R
Bases 12” Deep or les
RPEV L or R
Vanity
6 1/2
RPEW L or R
Walls up to, but not 48” tall
RPETW L or R
Tall Walls 48” - 84”
RPET L or R
Talls 84” and over 6 1/2
RPET12 L or R
AI=Accessory Installed w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014
Talls 84” and over, 12” or less deep AL=Accessory Loose
- 54 -
M=Modification
Accessories and Modifications Replacement & Loose Parts
AL
Additional items being added on a regular basis. Call your Account Manager for more details. BCSWOOD SS
Loose Wood Blind Corner Swing-Out Hardware Shipped Loose
BUMPER PAD
Bumper Pads 132 door bumpers per sheet
CONCEALED SS
Standard Overlay Concealed Hinge Shipped Loose
CONCEALED170
Concealed 170º Hinge Shipped Loose
CR SS
Can Rack Specify cabinet size. Shipped Loose.
DO HINGE SS
Designer Overlay Concealed Hinge Shipped Loose
D STAY #1 SS D STAY #2 SS
Door Stay (set) Shipped Loose
DRWRDVDR SS
Drawer Divider 5/8” beech dividers. Shipped loose. Divider is 3 1/4” tall. Maximum length is 19 5/8”
DTCT WOOD SS
Double tier cutlery tray wood Specify cabinet size. Shipped Loose.
GBH SS
Grocery Bag Holder Loose Unit is made of stainless steel and impact resistant plastic; 6 5/8” W x 3 5/8” D x 15 5/8” T. Holds up to 30 normal size plastic grocery bags. Can be mounted to door, adjustable shelf or side of cabinet.
HTKSS SS
Hidden Toe Kick Step Stool Loose This unit is comprised of a steel 2-step stool covered with non slip rubber treads and plastic non slip feet. For use in base cabinets 21” & up; depth must remain 24”. Toe kick space should be built out to form a 17” W cavity to house the step stool. In the collapsed position unit is 3 3/4” tall, leaving only a 3/4” clearance to slide in; this will be an issue with flooring laid after cabinet installation. Handle is not included. Load capacity is 330 lbs. For field installation.
KT INSERT SS
Knife Tray Insert Shipped Loose Features hardwood UV coated maple construction with 19 knife slots, centered roughly 15/16” apart. Fits B12-48” W x 24” D cabinet. Instructions for on site installation will be included. Unit is 18 1/2” W x 22” D x 2 3/8” T.
LID TB SS
Trash Bin Lid White plastic lid that mounts on all Custom Cupboards (Rev-a-Shelf) 35 quart trash bins. Only sold separately. On double trash units larger drawer front hardware may interfere with lid function; lid adds 7/8" - 1" to top of container.
LS HARDWARE
Lazy Susan Hardware Must be ordered in addition to loose LS SHELF for field installation.
LS SHELF
Lazy Susan Shelf Extra shelf. Shipped Loose. Specify wood or plastic & what type of cabinet it is for so we can determine the size & shape needed. Order LS HARDWARE as well.
MSU18S0 MSU36S0
Swing Out Section Add as a line item following the MSU Cabinet to ship the swing out section loose.
AI=Accessory Installed w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014
AL=Accessory Loose
- 55 -
M=Modification
Accessories and Modifications Replacement & Loose Parts MW SHELF 27 MW SHELF 30
AL
Protruding MWS Shelf Loose MW2734 Shelf (18” x 24”) & MW3034 Shelf (18” x 27”) for field installation
MW SHELF 33
NAILS 1LB
Black Doors Nails 1 lb. package of black nails typically added to doors.
P&PC SS
Pot & Pan Caddy Loose Unit is constructed of two independently operating pullout units on heavy duty full extension ball bearing slides. Heavy gauge frosted nickel wire frames; UV coated birch veneer plywood platforms. Minimum opening width & height of 21” and 24” depth. Recommended for use in a B24BD or B27.
Pull-Out Shelves are adjustable on 1 ¼” spacing, unless only one is ordered then it will be floor mounted. 3” Tall sides on Beech, 2½” Tall sides on Birch. No warranty on POS for cabinets over 36” wide. Weight limit is 75 lbs. dynamic (moving in & out) 100 lbs. static (standing still)
5/8” Solid Beech Dovetail Pull-Out Shelves with choice of undermount guides. Finished Interior POS to match the exterior of the cabinet will be the same wood species as the cabinet box. POS SS
5/8” Natural Beech Dovetail Standard Guide shipped loose.
POS FI SS
5/8” Dovetail Solo Undermount finished to match exterior shipped loose.
POSTUFEBM SS
5/8” Natural Beech DovetailTandem Blumotion shipped loose.
POSTUBMFI SS
5/8” Dovetail Tandem Blumotion finished to match exterior shipped loose.
5/8” Birch Dovetail Pull-Out Shelf with choice of undermount guides. POS STND SS
5/8” Birch Dovetail Solo Undermount shipped loose.
POS STNDBM SS
5/8” Birch Dovetail Tandem Blumotion shipped loose.
Flat Pull-Out Shelf Options; constructed of 3/4” material. FLATPOSBM SS
Flat 1 ¼” Tall POS with Blumotion guides shipped loose.
FLPOSBMFI SS
Flat 1 ¼” Tall POS, finished interior with Blumotion guides shipped loose.
When ordering POS loose for later jobsite installation add the following as an accessory to the order. POSHARDWARE
Pull-Out Shelf Hardware Shims, Spacers, Screws, & Guides for jobsite installation.
POS TEMPLATE
Pull-Out Shelf Template Hole placement template for field installation of POS
AI=Accessory Installed w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014
AL=Accessory Loose
- 56 -
M=Modification
Accessories and Modifications Replacement & Loose Parts
AL
POTRD SS
Pull Out Tray Divider Loose Made with heavy gauge frosted nickel wire frames mounted to a birch veneer base platform. Unit comes with heavy duty, full extension ball bearing slides; not self closing. Can be installed in B12”-15” and BFD12”-15” cabinets. 9” minimum opening width, 15” minimum opening height & 24” minimum depth.
POWB SS
Pull Out Wire Basket Loose For field installation, specify cabinet size.
POWH SS
Pull Out Wooden Hamper For field installation, specify cabinet size.
RBC BINS18SS
Recycle Bin Hardware Comes fully assembled with 4 screws. Package includes: (2) containers, frame, full-extension guides, 100# weight rating. 18” includes (2) 27 qt. containers. 30” includes (2) 35 qt. containers. For field installation.
RBC BINS30SS
RBC DLX BINS
Deluxe Recycle Bin Hardware For field installation
Sink Mat Loose SINKMAT-M SS Full sheet will be sent 23 1/2" X 45 1/4". Natural maple, metallic silver or white. SINKMAT-S SS SINKMAT-W SS
SPD SS
Spice Drawer Plastic Loose For field installation.
SPICE SS
Spice Insert Loose Specify cabinet size. For field installation.
TAMBOUR MAT.
BTB BIN 15 BTB BIN 18 BTB BIN 21
BTB BIN 24
BTBBM 15 BTBBM18
Available in all wood species. 3/4” Slat width, 5/16” thick. Solid wood. Maximum size is 36” x 60”.
BTB Hardware for 15”, 18”, 21” or 24" Wide Cabinets For onsite installation. Refer to Base cabinet section for more details regarding unit.
Bottom Mount BTB Hardware for 15”, 18” or 21” Wide Cabinets For onsite installation. Refer to Base cabinet section for more details regarding unit.
BTBBM21 USC15 SS USC18 SS USC21 SS
Tambour Material Loose
Under Sink Caddy
UV coated hardwood maple rack with a plastic top tray for sponge and scrub brush storage. Retaining rods Minimum opening height is 20”. and mounting brackets are nickle. USC15 fits SB27”-33” w/ BD
USC21 fits SB21”-24” single door cabinet & SB42”-48” Wine Glass Holder Loose Specify what size cabinet parts are needed for. USC18 fits SB18 & SB36-39”
WGH SS
AI=Accessory Installed w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014
AL=Accessory Loose - 57
M=Modification
Accessories and Modifications Reveals Reveals - Wall Cabinets To change the reveals at the top of a Wall Cabinet
SP REVEALS M
Put a note in the “Notes” section of your order & add “OM-SP” as a line item at the end of your order. Qty is number of wall cabinets this will affect.
Shaped Side Panels 3 standard styles, shown below. Shaped side panels consist of flush ¾” thick solid wood sides with one of the three details shown below. The cabinet back will extend the length of the sides if a left and right SSP are ordered. Please specify back configuration if ordering only one SSP. The maximum height of cabinet including the extension is 48”, 54”, or 60” tall. For example, a 30” tall wall cabinet with an SSP48 would consist of a wall cabinet with an 18” tall leg. If specifying different extension height, enter cabinet as CUSTOMWALL. Specify left or right - choose Style A, B or C. 1” thick panels are available but may constitute a longer lead time and are shipped loose; recommended to flush out with the doors, size accordingly. A beadboard route (1 ½” on center) or pilaster route (front edge) may be added to the 1” thick loose panel. Submit a quote for custom pricing. SSP_48(L/R)
M
48” overall cabinet height
SSP_54(L/R)
M
54” overall cabinet height
SSP_60(L/R)
M
60” overall cabinet height
SSP_ LOOSE
SSP A
SSP B
11"
7"
SSP C
6
"
3/4” thick Loose Side Shaped Panel
AL
Extended Sides Down AI AL M Extends the side & stile on a wall cabinet down to your specifications; 18" maximum extension. When extending both the left and right sides down, the back will also extend down unless noted. Enter cabinet as CUSTOMWALL, then add EXT LEFT and/or EXT RIGHT as a modification. EXT LEFT
Extend Left Side Down 18" maximum extension
Exit left EXT RIGHT
Extend Right Side Down 18" maximum extension Exit right
AI=Accessory Installed w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014
AL=Accessory Loose
- 58 -
M=Modification
Accessories and Modifications Shelves ADJ SHELF
Adjustable Shelf AL Use this when ordering a shelf or shelves loose. Shelf will be maple print paper interior material and will be edgebanded.
ADJ SHELF BC
Adjustable Bookcase Shelf AL Adjustable shelf with CTE on front edge. Use this when ordering a shelf or shelves loose. CTE2 is standard but may be substituted for CTE1, CAP1 or CAP2 for no additional charge.
ADJ SHELF FI
SHELVES
Adjustable Finished Interior Shelf AL Use this when ordering a finished interior adjustable shelf or shelves loose. Shelf will be finished to match the exterior and will be edgebanded.
Add Additional Shelf to Cabinet M Add a ¾” adjustable interior shelf to a cabinet on your order. Shelf will match interior of cabinet. Please specify total number of shelves needed. Qty is how many shelves you are adding; computer will ask for total shelves. Can only be used on a cabinet that already comes with shelves.
BCS
Bookcase Shelving M Modifies standard shelving into bookcase shelving. Use as a modification to a cabinet. CTE2 is standard but may be substituted for CTE1, CAP1 or CAP2 for no additional charge.
FDS
Full Depth Shelves M When added as a modification, cabinet will come with full depth shelves. Works on base cabinets only.
FMS
Fixed Mid-Shelf. Fixed 1/2" mid floor in between openings, to be used on a BTB_WD or a B_ cabinet. (drawer above door)
NS
No Shelves M Deletes shelves from cabinet; no shelf holes.
PLATE GROOVE
Plate Groove M Add plate groove to your shelf or the floor of a cabinet by adding this as a modification to the cabinet or shelf. ½” W x ¼” D . Plate Groove is placed 2” from the back of the cabinet or shelf.
SHELF W/ POS
Shelves w/ POS M Use as a modification to keep the adjustable shelf when multiple POS are added to a base cabinet.
SC
Shelf Clips
AL
Provided at no charge when requested with loose shelves on original order. 50¢ each if ordered at a later date or separately.
How to figure adjustable shelf sizes Take 1 5/8” off cabinet depth to get width of shelf Take 1 9/16” off width of cabinet to get length of shelf If there is an RPE, take an additional 1/2” off width per side If there is a finished back, take an additional 1/2” of depth If it is a peninsula cabinet, take an additional 3/4” off depth
•• •• •• •• ••
AI=Accessory Installed w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014
AL=Accessory Loose
- 59 -
M=Modification
Accessories and Modifications Sink Base Options KR M
Knee Relief A knee relief is available on base or vanity cabinets, the door area is inset 1 ½”. Cabinets with knee relief will have butt doors. Always standard overlay in width (Concealed on Designer Overlay jobs).
SINKMAT-M SINKMAT-S SINKMAT-W AI
Sink Mat Cut to fit waterproof/water resistant mat for sink cabinet floor. Comes in Maple Natural, Metallic Silver or White. Mat will not be fastened to cabinet floor. Not available in a 48” wide cabinet or diagonal sink base cabinets.
TOT
Tip-Out Tray Stainless steel trays attach to tilt down false fronts. Available in 10”, 14 ¼”, 22”, & 25” widths. The widest possible trays will be used. Plastic trays substituted on narrow units.
AI
TOT PLASTIC
Tip-Out Tray Plastic Plastic trays attach to tilt down false fronts. The widest possible trays will be used.
AI TB(L/R)
Towel Bar Brushed metal finish. Fits openings that are 6” wide or greater.
AI PCA1 PCA2 AI
PCA2 Shown USC15 USC18 USC21 AI
Under-Sink Portero Cleaning Agent PCA2 fits in a minimum B15 opening (1 basket removable). PCA1 fits in a minimum B12 opening; comes with bottom, left basket only (removable).No changes in depth, width, or height. Cabinet not included in this price. Hafele’s Arena Champagne. Be aware of sink depth before ordering; does not work with deep sinks. PCA1 is 6 3/8”x19 1/2”x15 1/2”. PCA2 is 10 3/4” x 19 1/2” x 20”.
Under Sink Caddy UV coated hardwood maple rack with a plastic top tray for sponge and scrub brush storage. Retaining rods and mounting brackets are nickle. Minimum opening height is 20”. Specify right or left door on double door cabinets. USC15 fits SB27”-33” w/ BD USC18 fits SB18 & SB36-39” USC21 fits SB21”-24” single door cabinet & SB42”-48”
USWRO
AI
AI=Accessory Installed w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014
Under-Sink Wire Roll-Out Floor mounted bottom basket slides out, smaller top basket is removable. 21” minimum cabinet depth. 11” wide unit fits V15 or B15. 14” wide unit fits V18 or B18 & up.
AL=Accessory Loose
- 60 -
M=Modification
Accessories and Modifications Spice Racks 3” & 6” Filler Pull-Outs also available. Refer to Fillers, previously shown in this section.
SPR-(L/R) AI
Wood Spice Rack
SPRA-(L/R) AI
Adjustable Wood Spice Rack
SPRW AI
Wire Spice Rack
SPICE M
Spice Pull-Out Insert
2 5/8” deep. Attaches to door and has fixed shelves with dowels to hold spices in place. Number of shelves & size of rack is determined by door height. Natural Beech.
3 adjustable shelves with a fixed top & bottom shelf. Sized to fit 18”, 21”, 24”, 36” & 39” wide wall cabinets. Natural beech w/chrome rails. 2 5/8” deep.
Cabinet must be 15” or wider. Available in 3 sizes: 7 ¾” x 21, 10 ¾” x 21, or 13 ¾” x 21. Largest possible size used. Minimum cabinet height is 27”. Chrome rails. Approximately 3” deep. Comes with 4 trays.
See Base and Wall sections for standard Spice cabinets. 3 shelves are standard. Insert is 1” less than opening. 6” will be frameless and only accessible from 1 side. 9” and up will be accessible from both sides. Chrome rails. Cabinet must be entered as CUSTOM____, then add SPICE as a modification.
AI=Accessory Installed w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014
AL=Accessory Loose
- 61 -
M=Modification
Accessories and Modifications Stain & Touch-Up
AI AL M
Prices listed are valid on standard, no upcharge colors only. Call for a quote on any finish with an upcharge. If the finish is in the LOC book a TUK is available, however, some components may not be available to ship. Natural TUKs will consist of a putty stick and a pre-catalyst that will be sent out in a marker. Keep in mind that touch up of special finishes may not resemble the original color due to the multi-step processes involved. Stain shipped by carriers other than a company truck will include a substantial hazardous materials handling fee that will be added to the freight charge. Call the Shipping Dept. for a quote. Refer to the Information section of this catalog for more details on shipping hazardous material. GALLON
Gallon 1 Gallon of stain
QUART
Quart 1 Quart of stain
MARKER
Marker Touch Up Marker
TUK
TUK
Touch Up Kit Sent automatically with all standard finish orders. All other finishes should be added to the order.
PUTTY STICK
AI=Accessory Installed w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014
Putty Stick
AL=Accessory Loose
- 62 -
M=Modification
Accessories and Modifications Storage Solutions CPB Base AI
Center Partitions Single 3/4” partition added to cabinet to divide the inside opening equally. Partitions are sometimes required for pull-out shelf installation. If requested to be installed off-center or in more than one opening on double opening cabinets, cabinet will become custom.
CPW Wall AI CPT Tall
AI CR
Can Rack 5” deep can rack attaches to pantry door and has 6 adjustable shelves. Rack is sized to fit opening; 5” less than door opening in width & 1” less in height. Minimum cabinet width is 18” due to chrome rail availability. Not available in same opening as a POS. Natural Beech.
AI
CLOSET ROD AI
Closet Rod Chrome closet rod. 96” maximum length. 1 1/16" Diameter
GBH AI
Grocery Bag Holder Unit is made of stainless steel and impact resistant plastic; 6 5/8” W x 3 5/8” D x 15 5/8” T. For door mount applications the unit will be mounted to a 9” X 20” piece of 1/2” thick interior edgebanded plywood. Holds up to 30 normal size plastic grocery bags. Can be mounted to door, adjustable shelf or side of cabinet; placement must be specified. On double door cabinets specify left or right door placement.
PANTRY AI
Wooden Pantry Pull Out Unit Added to Cabinet Use as a modification to a cabinet to add a pantry unit. Enter as CUSTOM____, then add PANTRY as a modification. See Tall Cabinet section for standard Pull Out Pantry Unit.
PLATE HOLDER AI
Plate Holder Makes organizing plates and dishes quick & easy. Handle allows for easy carrying. 10 5/16” up to 16 9/16” across x 5 5/16” deep x 6 ¾” tall. Accommodates dishes from 7 1/16” to 12 5/8” across. Rubber Feet. Shipped Loose.
P&PC AI
Pot & Pan Caddy Unit is constructed of two independently operating pullout units. Floor mounted on heavy duty full extension ball bearing slides.Heavy gauge frosted nickel wire frames;UV coated birch veneer plywood platforms. Minimum opening width & height of 21” and 24” depth. Recommended for use in a B24BD or B27.
PRC M
Plate Rack
14
AI=Accessory Installed w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014
Plate Rack Added to Cabinet Refer to Wall section for standard PRC cabinets. Plate Rack Dividers added to interior of cabinet. 1 ½” between dowels and 14” standard height. Available in any cabinet. Interior of cabinet will be the same wood and finish as the cabinet exterior. Enter as CUSTOM____, then add PRC as a modification.
AL=Accessory Loose
- 63 -
M=Modification
Accessories and Modifications Storage Solutions POPMS AI
Pop Up Mixer Shelf (Rev-A-Shelf) Available in base depth, full door, 15”-24” wide cabinets. The width of the pop-up shelf is 4 1/2” less than cabinet width. Requires 22 ½” tall opening height and 18” clearance.
POTRD AI
Pull Out Tray Divider Made with heavy gauge frosted nickel wire frames mounted to a birch veneer base platform. Unit is floor mounted on heavy duty, full extension ball bearing slides; not self closing. Door mount is not available. Available in B12”-15” and BFD12”-15” cabinets. 9” minimum opening width, 15” minimum opening height & 24” minimum depth.
POWB AI
Pull Out Wire Basket Wire basket is 11” or 14” wide x 14 ¼” tall x 18 ¾” deep. Door Mount not available. 11” fits in a 15” cabinet. 14” fits in an 18” cabinet. 21” Minimum Cabinet Depth.
POWH AI
Pull Out Wooden Hamper Beech plywood box with air holes in bottom, mounted on ball bearing full extension guides. Hamper is built to utilize the space in cabinet for which it is ordered. 18” maximum height. Door mount available with “L” brackets, order RBDM as a modification. 21” Minimum Cabinet Depth.
WICKER15
Wicker Baskets Wicker Baskets woven over solid beech wood frames and slide on wooden runners. Baskets and runners are pre-finished natural and cannot be stained. Fits B15-B18 cabinets only; no modifications allowed on these cabinets. W i c k e r 1 5 i s 1 1 5 / 1 6 ” W a n d W i c k e r 1 8 i s 1 4 5 / 1 6 ” W, b o t h s i z e s a re 7 7 / 8 ” H x 2 1 1 / 4 ” D .
AI WICKER18
AI
TRD AI
Wire Tray Dividers Wire dividers come in two sizes: 12 ¼ x 19 ¾ or 18 ¼ x 19 ¾ . Largest possible will be used. When ordered, the adjustable shelf will be deleted to make room for the trays.
TRDW AI
Wood Tray Dividers Wood dividers are custom cut to height x 15 ½” deep. Maximum height is 29 ½” tall. When ordered, the adjustable shelf will be deleted to make room for the trays.
AI=Accessory Installed w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014
AL=Accessory Loose
- 64 -
M=Modification
Accessories and Modifications Table Legs & Bunn Feet
AL
19 standard styles available , shown below, in two standard widths 3 ½” x 3 ½” or 4” x 4”, (5"x5" where specified) and heights 34 ½” or 42”. Constructed of solid wood. Dimensioned breakouts are approximate and may vary.
POSTS
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
LEGS
M
N
P
Q
R
S
T
U
BUNNS
BUNN1
BUNN2
AI=Accessory Installed w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014
BUNN3
BUNN4
AL=Accessory Loose
- 65 -
BUNN5
BUNN6
BUNN7
M=Modification
Accessories and Modifications Table Legs & Bunn Feet W
POSTA WIDTH
W
POSTB 7”
NOM
HEIGHT
AL
WIDTH
HEIGHT
7”
NOM
W
POSTC WIDTH
HEIGHT
31/2" x 341/2" POSTB 335
31/2" x 341/2" POSTC 335
4" x 341/2" POSTA 435
4" x 341/2" POSTB 435
4" x 341/2" POSTC 435
POSTA 342
31/2" x 42"
31/2" x 42"
4" x 42" POSTA 442
POSTB 342
4" x 42" POSTB 442
W
WIDTH
7”
NOM
POSTC 342
4" x 42"
POSTC 442 H
W
W
POSTE
HEIGHT
31/2" x 42" H
H
POSTD
WIDTH
HEIGHT
POSTF 7”
NOM
WIDTH
HEIGHT
31/2" x 341/2" POSTE 335
31/2" x 341/2" POSTF 335
4" x 341/2" POSTD 435
4" x 341/2" POSTE 435
4" x 341/2" POSTF 435
POSTD 342
31/2" x 42"
4" x 42" POSTD 442
POSTE 342
31/2" x 42"
4" x 42" POSTE 442
W
WIDTH
NOM
HEIGHT
H
W
POSTH 7”
POSTF 342
4" x 42" POSTF 442
H
POSTG
WIDTH
HEIGHT
NOM
H
W
POSTI 95/8”
WIDTH
HEIGHT
NOM
31/2" x 341/2" POSTG 335
31/2" x 341/2" POSTH 335
31/2" x 341/2" POSTI 335
4" x 341/2" POSTG 435
5" x 341/2" POSTH 535
5" x 341/2" POSTI 535
31/2" x 42"
POSTG 342
31/2" x 42"
4" x 42" POSTG 442
7”
NOM
31/2" x 341/2" POSTD 335 31/2" x 42"
7”
NOM
31/2" x 341/2" POSTA 335
POSTH 342
31/2" x 42"
5" x 42" POSTH 542 H
7”
POSTI 342
5" x 42" POSTI 542 H
H
5”
AI=Accessory Installed w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014
AL=Accessory Loose
- 66 -
M=Modification
Accessories and Modifications Table Legs & Bunn Feet W
POSTJ WIDTH
W
LEGM 7”
NOM
HEIGHT
AL
WIDTH
HEIGHT
NOM
W
LEGN WIDTH
7”
HEIGHT
NOM
31/2" x 341/2" POSTJ 335
31/2" x 341/2" LEGM 335
31/2" x 341/2" LEGN 335
5" x 341/2" POSTJ 535
4" x 341/2" LEGM 435
4" x 341/2" LEGN 435
31/2" x 42"
POSTJ 342
LEGM 342
31/2" x 42"
LEGN 342
4" x 42" LEGM 442
4" x 42"
LEGN 442
31/2" x 42"
5" x 42" POSTJ 542 H
7”
H
H
5”
W
W
LEGP WIDTH
W
LEGQ 7”
NOM
HEIGHT
WIDTH
LEGR
HEIGHT
WIDTH
NOM
31/2" x 341/2" LEGP 335
31/2" x 341/2" LEGQ 335
4" x 341/2" LEGP 435
4" x 341/2" LEGQ 435
31/2" x 42"
LEGP 342
31/2" x 42"
LEGQ 342
4" x 42"
LEGP 442
4" x 42"
LEGQ 442
HEIGHT
7”
NOM
31/2" x 341/2" LEGR 335 4" x 341/2" LEGR 435 24”
31/2" x 42"
LEGR 342
4" x 42" LEGR 442 H
H
H
115/16”
W
LEGS WIDTH
WIDTH
NOM
HEIGHT
W
LEGT HEIGHT
W
LEGU WIDTH
NOM
HEIGHT
NOM
31/2" x 341/2" LEGS 335
31/2" x 341/2" LEGT 335
31/2" x 341/2" LEGU 335
4" x 341/2" LEGS 435
4" x 341/2" LEGT 435
4" x 341/2" LEGU 435
31/2" x 42"
LEGS 342
31/2" x 42"
4" x 42" LEGS 442
LEGT 342
4" x 42" LEGT 442 H
31/2" x 42"
LEGU 342
4" x 42"
LEGU 442
7”
H
H
63/8”
AI=Accessory Installed w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014
AL=Accessory Loose
- 67 -
M=Modification
Accessories and Modifications Table Legs & Bunn Feet
ďƒžAL
BUNN FEET - Turned solid wood cabinet feet shipped separete. (STK) Separate Toe Kick needs to be added to corresponding cabinet.
BUNN01 4.5
BUNN02 4.5
4"
4.5"
4.5"
4.5"
BUNN03 4.5
BUNN04 4.5
5"
3.5"
4.5"
BUNN05 4.5
4.5"
BUNN06 4.5
3.5"
4.5"
4.5"
BUNN07 4.5
3"
4"
4.5"
AI=Accessory Installed w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014
AL=Accessory Loose
- 68 -
M=Modification
Accessories and Modifications Table Legs & Bunn Feet
AL
MODIFICATIONS FL
Flute a Post, Leg or Bunn Foot
RE
Reed a Post, Leg or Bunn Foot
RP
Rope a Post, Leg or Bunn Foot
SPLIT LEN
Split lengthwise in half
SPLIT DIA
Split on diagonal
3/4 CUT
Pac-Man Cut
WIRE CHS
Wire Chase
ELE CUTOUT
Electrical Cutout - MUST SUPPLY FORM
MODIFY POST
Change in Block Size - MUST SUPPLY FORM
Fluting, roping and reeding (FL, RE, RP) can be added to certain designs on post, legs and bunn feet. Right or Left twists are available for the roping. Nomenclature
FL RP RE
RP
RE
FL RP RE
•
•
•
Nomenclature
POSTF 435
FL RP RE
•
•
•
POSTF 442
•
•
•
POSTG 335
•
•
LEGP 442
•
POSTA 342
•
•
•
LEGQ 335
•
POSTA 435
•
•
•
LEGQ 342
•
POSTA 442
•
•
•
POSTG 342
•
LEGQ 435
•
POSTB 335
•
•
•
POSTG 435
•
LEGQ 442
•
POSTB 342
•
•
•
POSTG 442
•
POSTB 435
•
•
•
POSTH 335
•
•
POSTH 342
•
LEGR 342
POSTB 442
•
LEGR 435
POSTC 335
•
POSTH 535
•
LEGR 442
POSTC 342
•
POSTH 542
•
•
POSTC 435
•
POSTI 335
•
LEGS 342
•
POSTC 442
•
POSTI 342
•
LEGS 335 Nomenclature
POSTA 335
FL RP RE
LEGP 435
LEGR 335
FL
Nomenclature
•
LEGM 335
•
•
•
LEGS 435
•
POSTD 335
•
POSTI 535
•
LEGM 342
•
•
•
LEGS 442
•
POSTD 342
•
POSTI 542
•
POSTJ 335
•
LEGM 435
•
•
•
LEGT 335
•
POSTD 435
•
LEGM 442
•
•
•
LEGT 342
•
POSTD 442
•
POSTE 335
•
•
POSTJ 342
•
•
POSTJ 535
•
LEGN 335
•
LEGT 435
•
LEGN 342
•
LEGT 442
•
POSTE 342
•
•
•
POSTJ 542
•
POSTE 435
•
•
•
POSTK 335
•
LEGN 435
•
LEGU 335
•
LEGN 442
•
LEGU 342
•
POSTE 442
•
•
•
POSTK 342
•
LEGP 335
•
LEGU 435
•
POSTF 335
•
•
•
POSTK 435
•
LEGP 342
•
LEGU 442
•
POSTF 342
•
•
•
POSTK 442
•
SPLIT LEN
Cut in exact halves lengthwise, available on all products
SPLIT DIA
Cut on diagonal lengthwise, available on all products
¾ CUT
Pac-man cut, available on all products
WIRE CHS
½” square, available on all products
ELE CUTOUT
Cutout for electrical boxes, form must be filled out if ordered - MUST SUPPLY FORM
MODIFY POSTS
Adjust the standard block size on any posts or leg at top or bottom - MUST SUPPLY FORM
AI=Accessory Installed w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014
AL=Accessory Loose
- 69 -
M=Modification
Accessories and Modifications Toe Kick Options FTK
Flush Toe Kick Use to modify any cabinet with a recessed toe kick to a 6” tall flush toe. Cannot be ordered as Separate Toe Kick (STK).
M
FTKB
Flush Toe Kick Back Use as a modification to peninsula base cabinets to flush the toe kick on the back of the cabinet.
M
HTKSS AI
STK
Hidden Toe Kick Step Stool This unit is comprised of a steel 2-step stool covered with non slip rubber treads and plastic non slip feet. Available in base cabinets 21” & up; depth must remain 24”. Toe kick space will be built out to form a 17” W cavity to house the step stool. In the collapsed position unit is 3 3/4” tall, leaving only a 3/4” clearance to slide in; this will be an issue with flooring laid after cabinet installation. Handle is not included. Load capacity is 330 lbs. Unit will ship seperate.
M
Separate Toe Kick Consists of ¾” thick scrap wood, mostly luan material. Order when ceiling height will not allow room to stand the tall cabinets upright. Comes installed centered under the cabinet & attached with screws. May easily removed at jobsite. Not available with Flush Toe Kick (FTK).
NTK
No Toe Kick Will reduce the overall cabinet height by 4 1/2”. Use when applying bunn feet.
RTKB
Recessed Toe Kick Back Use as a modification to a base or tall cabinet to add a recessed toe kick on the back side.
M
RTKF
Recessed Toe Kick Front Use as a modification to a base or tall cabinet that comes standard with a flush to kick; adds a recessed toe kick on the front. 4 1/2" tall x 3 1/4" deep
M
RTKL
Recessed Toe Kick Left Use as a modification to a base or tall cabinet to add a recessed toe kick on the left side.
M
RTKR
Recessed Toe Kick Right Use as a modification to a base or tall cabinet to add a recessed toe kick on the right side.
M
TOE DEPTH M
TOE HEIGHT M
Modify Standard Toe Depth Standard toe depth is 3 1/4”. Modify Toe Height Standard height is 4 1/2”. Remember to include 1 ½” on flush toe kicks (FTK). Adjusting the toe height does NOT affect the overall height of the cabinet. The opening(s) will be affected.
Specify in comments section of order
AI=Accessory Installed w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014
ADA - Special Toe Heights If you need taller toe heights for handicap accessibility, we will change them to 9” tall at no extra charge. Specify any special depth, if needed. Valid on multi-cabinet orders only. Single cabinets will be charged the standard Toe Height charge.
AL=Accessory Loose
- 70 -
M=Modification
Accessories and Modifications Valances
AL
VAL24 AL VAL27 AL VAL30 AL VAL33 AL
3” Rise, 3” Flat
A
VAL48 AL
1 1/2” Rise, 4 1/2” Flat
3” Radius
Cottage 3” Rise, 3” Flat
B
2 3/4” Rise, 6” Flat
E
45 degree angles
VAL42 AL VAL45 AL
D
Tapered
VAL36 AL VAL39 AL
Standard
Radius
Country French
Roman 2 3/4” Rise, 1 1/2” Flat
C
F
2 3/4” Rise, 6” Flat
VAL51 AL VAL54 AL 2” TRIM
VAL57 AL VAL60 AL VAL63 AL
2”
2”
VAL66 AL
6”
VAL69 AL Flat
VAL72 AL
Dimensions will vary based on Valance Style chosen
Flat
VAL75 AL
SIZE: Valances come in standard sizes (H, W & L) with an additional 2” on each end that can be trimmed on location for a perfect fit. For example, a VAL36 will be 40” in length. You can modify the height of a valance to 4 1/4” by applying F04 DETAIL modification will change the edge detail from our standard cove edge detail and placement. The edge detail will match the door edge and it will be placed on the top of the valance.
VAL78 AL VAL81 AL VAL84 AL VAL87 AL VAL90 AL VAL93 AL VAL96 AL
The height can be increased in 3” increments for a charge per 3” to maximum height of 12” FINISH. Valances are finished on the face, back and edges, but excludes glaze and aging techniques to the back. CUSTOM VALANCES. Custom Valances designs are available. MODIFICATIONS: FO4 DETAIL Reduce height to 4 1/4” CHVAL9 Increase height to 9” CHVAL12 Increase height to 12”
Incorporating a Valance into the Frame Toe kick area is finished when using a valance as a flushed toe. When incorporating a valance into the frame, the valance will not have an edge detail; can be added using EDGE DETAIL. Adding a valance as a bottom rail on a wall cabinet will increase the height of the frame 4”.Minimum cabinet width is 18” when using the Country French as an integrated valance. Minimum cabinet width is 12” when using the Cottage as an integrated valance. STYLE
AS FLUSH TOE
AS TOP RAIL
AS EXTENDED BOTTOM RAIL WALL
Standard
VALBRBSTD
VALTRSTD
VALBRWSTD
Straight
FTK
VALTRSTR
EBR 4”
Roman
VALBRBROM
VALTRROM
VALBRWROM
Scalloped
VALBRBSCA
VALTRSCA
VALBRWSCA
Cottage
VALBRBCOT
VALTRCOT
VALBRWCOT
Country French
VALBRBCF
VALTRCF
VALBRWCF
Country Routed
VALCRBRB
VALCRTR
VALCRBRW
Special Valance
VALBRBSP
VALTRSP
VALBRWSP
AI=Accessory Installed w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014
AL=Accessory Loose
- 71 -
M=Modification
Accessories and Modifications Valances
AL 33” 36” 45” 48”
18”
6”
54” 60” 66” 72”
18”
6”
RPVAL3318
RPVAL5418
RPVAL3618
RPVAL6018
RPVAL4518
RPVAL6618
RPVAL4818
RPVAL7218
FIN BACK
Raised Panel Valances Available in 33”, 36”, 45”, & 48” 54”, 60”, 66”, 72” wide & 18” tall. The inside height of the elliptical arch is 6” tall. No applied moldings, mitered or outsourced door styles. The inside edges of the stiles & rails complement the door style. The #30000, #37500, or #70000 panel will be used on all raised panel valances; contact your Account Manager for more information. Custom sizes are available on a per case basis. RPVAL CUSTOM. You should always get a Custom Request approved prior to selling.
To finish back of the raised panel, otherwise the back side does not come finished.
Wine Rack
Scalloped Wine Rack
SWR M
WWR
Scalloped Wine Rack Added to Cabinet Rack is sized to accommodate a 4” diameter bottle with a minimum of 1” between bottles. One row can be attached to floor or an adjustable shelf, to get more than one row will be CUSTOMWALL. Available in any single opening wall cabinet. Interior of cabinet will be the same wood and finish as the cabinet exterior. Must charge for finished interior. Cabinet may become custom. A drawing must accompany order. Wine Rack Grid Added to Cabinet 4” spacing on the grid. Available in any standard single opening wall cabinet as a standard modification when entire opening is modified to a wine rack. Adding to any other cabinet will create a custom cabinet and will require prior approval. Must charge for finished interior (FI) in order to receive a finished interior. Don’t forget to order No Doors (ND). See WALLS section for std wine rack cabinets. If only want a portion of the cabinet is modified to have WWR, it must be entered as a CUSTOM____, then add WWR as a modification.
M
WGH
Cabinet
M
AI=Accessory Installed w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014
Wine Glass Holders Mounts under a wall cabinet. Number of holders depends on width of cabinet. Cabinet will receive a finished bottom at no additional charge. Add as a modification to the cabinet. AL=Accessory Loose
- 72 -
M=Modification
Accessories and Modifications Wood Hood Accessories
AL
“Silver Metallic” powder-coated metal. Blower pushes 500 cfm, therefore, cannot be used in conjunction with a ductless conversion kit. Liners and blower will not be installed in cabinets. Notched liner is for Hood Fascia Units only. Liners and Blower will not fit wood hoods with changed dimensions. LINER30R SS
F i t s 3 0 ” W i d e Wo o d H o o d
Liners
LINER36R SS
F i t s 3 6 ” W i d e Wo o d H o o d
LINER42R SS
F i t s 4 2 ” W i d e Wo o d H o o d
LINER30N SS
F i t s 3 0 ” W i d e Wo o d H o o d F a c i a
Notched Liners
LINER36N SS
F i t s 3 6 ” W i d e Wo o d H o o d F a c i a
LINER42N SS
F i t s 4 2 ” W i d e Wo o d H o o d F a c i a
WHBLOWER SS
AI=Accessory Installed w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014
Blower
AL=Accessory Loose
- 73 -
M=Modification
Accessories and Modifications Wood Top Specify overall or plywood size and which edges are to have CTE on the WT Form in the FORMS section of this catalog. Wood tops will be built to plywood size unless otherwise specified. Edge routing will complement the door edge unless specified otherwise. Price includes CTE. Can be built-up, upon request, to 1 ½” thick for double the list price. Additional CTE options are available for use on our wood tops. See CTE1, CTE3, & CTE4 earlier in this section. CTE2 will be standard. There is no extra charge for substituting your CTE, just specify on your order & on the Wood Top Form. Failure to supply all relevant information will affect your lead time. Maximum sized top shipped assembled with a spline or splines is 48” x 48”. Anything larger will be sent prepped for splines (subject to Spine charge) . Knotty Alder tops not recommended due to open knots. We strongly suggest using Clear Alder. WT WT 1.5 AL
Wood Top
END VIEW
3/4"
Up to 48” x 96”, ¾” Veneered plywood.
WTL WTL 1.5
3/4"
3/4" VENEER PLYWOOD CTE
*CTE2 Shown
1 1/2"
Wood Top Long Up to 48” x 120”, ¾” Veneered plywood.
AL DOG BONE AL
Dog-Bone Joint System Used for spline joints when the top will be assembled on-site. Shipped loose.
SHAPE TOP M
Spline For custom shaped wood top, such as clipped corners; a drawing must be provided.
SPLINE
Spline Maximum ¾” plywood panel size is 48” wide x 120” long. SPLINE is used as a modification to a ¾” plywood panel over the maximum size. Specify placement. There is no guarantee that the grain will match up.
M DISTRESS BBT
AL
BBT AL
Distressed Butcher Block Top Alder Butcher Block Top. 3” Thick. 32” maximum width & 96” maximum length. Heavily distressed and worn. Specify what edges will be exposed and need to be distressed & finished. See Distressed Wood Top photo in the LOC book for choice of 7 finishes (unfinished, Flint Hills, Auburn Hills, Prairie Rose, Natural, Smoky Hill, & Sunflower). Not recommended for food preparation. Standard Butcher Block Top Maple Butcher Block Top; unfinished. 1 ½” thick with ¾” strips, glued up Maple Butcher Block Top. 32” maximum width. Finish with walnut oil to preserve wood. No Warranty!
AI=Accessory Installed w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014
AL=Accessory Loose
- 74 -
M=Modification
Accessories and Modifications Mirror Frames
MIRRORA
MIRRORB
MIRRORC
Outside profile matches door edge Mirror Frames will be offered in three unique designs and 9 door edge specific options. Available in all woods and finishes to provide a perfect match to the cabinetry. Entire frame with the exception of the back plane will be finished. Frames will be constructed of solid stock material and will feature a 5/16" deep x 1/2" wide rabbet in order to accommodate 1/8" or 1/4" thick glass. Pricing will be figured by calculating the lineal foot of molded material needed and adding the design fee. Loose rail material available for lineal foot price. Frame
Loose Rail
MIRROR A
MIR A RAIL
4 7/8" wide; 1" thick material. Mitered construction.
MIRROR B
MIR B RAIL
4" wide; 3/4" thick material. Mitered construction. Outside edge matches door edge.
MIRROR C
NA
3 1/4" wide stiles & top rail; 4 1/4" wide bottom rail; 3/4" thick material. Butt joint construction. Front view shown
MIRROR#10
MIR 10 RAIL
4" wide; 3/4" thick material. Mitered construction. Inside & outside edge features the #10 door edge.
MIRROR#13
MIR 13 RAIL
4" wide; 3/4" thick material. Mitered construction. Inside & outside edge features the #13 door edge.
MIRROR#15
MIR 15 RAIL
4" wide; 3/4" thick material. Mitered construction. Inside & outside edge features the #15 door edge.
MIRROR#35
MIR 35 RAIL
4" wide; 3/4" thick material. Mitered construction. Inside & outside edge features the #35 door edge.
MIRROR#60
MIR 60 RAIL
4" wide; 3/4" thick material. Mitered construction. Inside & outside edge features the #60 door edge.
MIRROR#65
MIR 65 RAIL
4" wide; 3/4" thick material. Mitered construction. Inside & outside edge features the #65 door edge.
MIRROR#66
MIR 66 RAIL
4" wide; 3/4" thick material. Mitered construction. Inside & outside edge features the #66 door edge.
MIRROR#67
MIR 67 RAIL
4" wide; 3/4" thick material. Mitered construction. Inside & outside edge features the #67 door edge.
MIRROR#70
MIR 70 RAIL
4" wide; 3/4" thick material. Mitered construction. Inside & outside edge features the #70 door edge.
AI=Accessory Installed w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014
AL=Accessory Loose
- 75 -
M=Modification
Sales Aids Index: Sales Aids Brochures............................................................................... 4 Color Blocks by Wood Type.................................................... 6 Color Block Sample Box......................................................... 6 Color Chip Box....................................................................... 6 Door Store.............................................................................. 2 Faceframe & Door Samples.................................................... 8 Glaze Sample Display............................................................. 8 Lending Library....................................................................... 3
w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014
Library of Color....................................................................... 4 Miscellaneous Items............................................................... 5 Mini Base and Wall Cabinets.................................................. 5 Molding Chains....................................................................... 5 Ordering Aids.......................................................................... 4 Sample Doors......................................................................... 7 Special Samples..................................................................... 7 Sample Door and Front........................................................... 8
-1-
Sales Aids Sales Aids Notes There are three different ways to order your sales aides: •• Place your order on our website •• Fax your order in to (316) 219-2798. Forms can be downloaded from our website. •• Email with correct documents attached Due to human error we no longer accept orders via email (without the proper documents attached) or a phone call. Please use the proper forms to order your sales aids to ensure accuracy with what you are trying to order. HELP yourself by submitting these documents. Orders filled out incorrectly or submitted on the wrong form may result in delays. If you cannot find the forms in your catalog or on our website please call Sales and Marketing and we will be happy to fax them to you! Items in this section do not apply towards display allowance. Please refer to page 14 of the Information Section or call your Sales Representative for questions pertaining to Dealer Display Programs.
Door Store Custom Cupboards offers a unique service in providing a variety of popular door style and color combinations on sample doors, ready to ship the same day. These colors and door styles are chosen based on what our dealers are ordering. Available doors can be found on our website at www.customcupboards.com. Go to “For the Pros”, “Dealers Only”, and “Door Store”.
Standard Door Store Sample Door Standard Stain, with or without glaze
Packaged Finish Door Store Sample Door Packaged Finish
Nomenclature: DSD STANDARD Nomenclature: DSD
w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014
-2-
Sales Aids Lending Library Custom Cupboards maintains an extensive library of standard & special colors available for loan to assist you and your client in your color selection process. These doors can be checked out for a period of two weeks. Please call the Librarian for details at ext. 171 or use the form which is available to download from our website. Use the Library Door Order Form from the Form Section of the catalog & fax the Librarian with your selection. Phone: (316)529-3431; ext. 171 Fax: (316)219-2798 E-mail: library@customcupboards.com
••
The Librarian will ship the door(s) to you via UPS. You must specify Next Day, Two Day, or Ground, if not it will automatically be sent Ground. If you want your shipment to go out today, you need to have your request in no later than 1:00 p.m. CST.
••
Please note that we charge a $10 handling fee on each package, on top of your regular shipping cost.
••
Custom Cupboards covers Ground freight on library doors TO you. You will be billed for the difference if you choose to have your doors shipped quicker than Ground, such as 2nd Day or Next Day. You are responsible for the shipping fee to get the door(s) back to us.
••
Keep your package, including the packing, to use for the return of the door(s).
••
The library’s main purpose is to provide a color to you. If you need a particular door style or knotty/rustic wood, please be sure to state it on your order. The Librarian may send multiple doors for color, style, etc.
••
Your package will have a slip included that states the number of doors sent, their due date, & the amount due if the doors are not returned by the date requested.
••
Ship the door(s) back using the original box. You should ship the door(s) no later than the date noted on your information slip. If you know you’re going to need the door(s) longer, please contact the Librarian so she will not bill you for the door(s). You will not be billed for the door(s) if you contact us.
••
Final Notices will be faxed out weekly. If we have not heard from you or seen the door(s), your account will be billed $150 net per door and credit WILL NOT be issued.
••
Additional door requests will be denied as long as there are delinquent doors or unpaid balances on your library account.
••
We strongly suggest that you make a copy of the return shipping label so we can track the package. If you say you have returned the door, we will ask for proof by means of tracking information. If this information is not able to be provided you will be billed for the missing door(s).
••
If you are billed for a door, it is yours to keep as it will be automatically replaced once it has been billed. This fee is non-refundable.
Remember, the lending library is a very resourceful tool if you use it wisely. It is very important that you follow these guidelines so it is beneficial to everyone.
w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014
-3-
Sales Aids Library of Color Book The purpose of this photo album is to acquaint you with the vast array of colors available for your viewing through our lending library. Please see an actual door & do not order from a photograph. Nomenclature: LOC
Brochures Door Brochure NEW fold out brochure featuring almost every door style we offer as well as some finish, wood species, edge profile and accessories images. Comes in packages of 25.
Nomenclature: BROCH DOOR25
Additional Brochures Door hangers, posters, and direct mail pieces available on the Custom Cupboards Virtual Marketing Portal. Register today and begin customizing literature to fit your needs. Access the link on our website.
For Ordering Pricing Program
Product Catalog
Use our pricing program to electronically submit your order. New install & updates are available in the dealers only section of our website. Please contact Customer Service if you need assistance with updates.
Specify Heartland, or Revola Nomenclature: CATALOG
Forms All forms can be downloaded and printed from our website
w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014
No charge.
-4-
Sales Aids Miscellaneous Items Plaque
Molding Chains
Cherry with a chestnut/burgandy glazed finish. Display on counter or wall. Nomenclature: PLAQUE LOGO
Sample Set Beadboard and Furniture Base
Nomenclature: MSSBBFB
Edge Profile Chain Door front edge options Nomenclature: EDGE SAMPLE
Sample Set Light Valance and Under Cabinet
Nomenclature: MSSLVUC
Molding Samples 1’ unfinished sample of any of our moldings listed in the catalog. Wood species will vary. Please specify molding type in the notes of the entry.
Sample Set Crown Molding
Nomenclature: MLDG SAMPLE
Nomenclature: MSSCR
Mini Base & Wall Cabinets •• ••
Order on an ESO Styling charges, such as wood, color, door style, etc. apply
Sample Set Miscellaneous
Mini Base
Nomenclature: MSSMISC
12” W x 24” T x 15 1/4” D Nomenclature: MB
Mini Wall 12” W x 18” T x 7” D Nomenclature: MW
Sample Set Countertop Edge
As a service to you, Custom Cupboards keeps several mini bases in stock for immediate shipment. For a list of available mini bases, please contact the Librarian at ext. 171. To order your own cabinet, submit on an ESO. All applicable fees apply (color, wood, hinge, etc.).
w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014
Nomenclature: MSSCTE
-5-
Sales Aids Color blocks Do not order color based on color blocks. You must view a larger door sample before ordering. If you do send us a color block to match, your order will be subject to applicable stain match charges. Following the passing of any Color Block expiration date, the block will not be eligible for recertification. This procedure will ensure that only the most current blocks are used in representation to customers and potential clientele. The substantially lower cost of the Color Block in contrast to a sample door compounded with the nature in which Color Blocks are produced enable Custom Cupboards to realize our goal of supplying our sales representatives and dealers with accurate, current sales aids.
Color Block Sets by Wood Type Alder Color Blocks
Maple Color Blocks
Set of 22 - 3” x 7 1/2” Nomenclature: COLOR BLOCKA
Set of 22 - 3” x 7 1/2” Nomenclature: COLOR BLOCKM
Beech Color Blocks
Oak Color Blocks
Set of 19 - 3” x 7 1/2” Nomenclature: COLOR BLOCKB
Set of 22 - 3” x 7 1/2” Nomenclature: COLOR BLOCKO
Cherry Color Blocks
Quarter-Sawn Oak Color Blocks
Set of 22 - 3” x 7 1/2” Nomenclature: COLOR BLOCKC
Set of 22 - 3” x 7 1/2” Nomenclature: COLOR BLOCKQS
Hickory Color Blocks
Paint Color Blocks
Set of 21 - 3” x 7 1/2” Nomenclature: COLOR BLOCKH
Set of 18 - 3” x 7 1/2” Nomenclature: COLOR BLOCKP
Individual Color Blocks Individual Color Block 3” x 7 1/2” - Must specify color Nomenclature: COLOR BLOCK Individual Glaze Block 3” x 7 1/2” - Must specify color Nomenclature: GLAZE BB
Full Color Block Sets Full Set of Standard Color Blocks Set of 168 - 3” x 7 1/2” Nomenclature: CLR BLK SET
Color Chip Box • •
Color Block Sample Box
• •
Logo engraved, dovetail sample box holds 84 color blocks - 3” x 7 1/2”. Nomenclature: SAMPLE BOX
w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014
Unit is always Cherry and is always finished natural. Designed to hold all 168 colors in the current Artisan Collection palette. (Blocks not included) 26 7/16” x 26 7/16” x 2 3/4” Center cell shows the Facets image “Artisan Collection Logo”
Nomenclature: CLR CHIP BOX
-6-
Sales Aids Sample Doors •• •• ••
Check the Door Store on our website for pre-made, ready to ship doors at a discounted price! Other styles are available but not in stock. Sample doors are sized at 11 ½”W x 14 ½”L. Sample drawer fronts are sized at 6 1/4” T x 14 1/2” W Wood Products and the finishes applied to them will age over time. Due to this, samples need to be replaced STOP every 18 months. Cherry samples must be replaced yearly. Price doesn’t change because of finish or door style.
Sample Door or Front
Sample Door or Front
Door - 13” x 18 1/2” Nomenclature: SD
Door - 13” x 18 1/2” Nomenclature: SDG
Drawer Front - 6 1/4” x 14 1/2” Nomenclature: SDF
Drawer Front - 6 1/4” x 14 1/2” Nomenclature: SDFSG
Sample Door or Front Packaged Finish
Sample Door Color Development Fee
Door - 11 1/2” x 14 1/2” Nomenclature: SDS CUSTOM
Due to the high cost associated with developing or matching special finishes, this fee will be charged whenever we attempt a color match. This fee will include the (SDS) sample.
Standard Stain Door - 11 1/2” x 14 1/2” Nomenclature: SDS
Door - 13” x 18 1/2” Nomenclature: SD CUSTOM Drawer Front - 6 1/4” x 14 1/2” Nomenclature: SDF CUSTOM
Standard Stain with Glaze Door - 11 1/2” x 14 1/2” Nomenclature: SDSG
Nomenclature: SDCDF
Special Samples Distressing Sample 11 1/2” x 14 1/2” - Points out all 10 of our standard distressing on an Alder, Fruitwood 30000-10 door. Nomenclature: SDD
Peg/Nail Sample 11 1/2” x 14 1/2” - Shows all of our peg and nail options on Alder Rocky Mountain door. Nomenclature: SDS PEGS
Sheen Sample Two slab fronts strapped together to show the difference between standard and flat. Done on cherry door w/Carrington finish. Nomenclature: SDS SHEEN
w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014
-7-
Sales Aids Faceframe & Door Samples
Sample Door & Front
•• Face Frame is 15” x 26 3/4” •• Hinge type must be selected •• Wood Products and the finishes applied to them STOP
•• •• •• •• STOP
will age over time. Due to this, samples need to be replaced every 1 1/2 years. See expiration date. Cherry samples must be replaced yearly.
No frame - metal brackets screwed in from the back Drawer Front = 6 1/4” x 14 1/2” Door = 14 1/2” x 19 1/2” 1/2” gap between the door & drawer front Wood Products and the finishes applied to them will age over time. Due to this, samples need to be replaced every 1-2 years. Cherry samples must be replaced yearly.
FF&D Sample Pick your finish, door style and drawer front. Nomenclature: FFD
Sample Door & Front
Standard Stain with or w/out glaze Nomenclature: SD&F
Full Door FF&D Sample Pick your finish and door style Nomenclature: FFDFD
Sample Door & Front Packaged Finish Nomenclature: SD&F SP
Standard Overlay Drawer Front = 5 ¾” x 13” Door = 13” x 18 Full Height Door = 13” x 24 1/2” Designer Overlay Drawer Front = 6 ¼” x 14 5/8” (for 3/4” top reveal) Drawer Front = 6 ¾” x 14 5/8” (for 1/4” top reveal) Door = 14 5/8” x 19 1/4” Full Height Door = 14 5/8” x 25 3/4”(for 3/4” top reveal) Full Height Door = 14 5/8” x 26 1/4”(for 1/4” top reveal)
Glaze Sample Display •• •• •• ••
Display piece specifically designed to show glazing options Five paint white #95 drawer fronts w/#15 edge; mounted to 1/4 white panel Unit dimensions are 13” wide x 31 ¼” tall x 1” thick No modifications
NO GLAZE
VAN DYKE BROWN
Nomenclature: GLAZE FF
PEWTER
BURGUNDY
MIDNIGHT FROST
w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014
-8-
Forms Index: Forms Section APPLIANCE PANEL CUTOUT FORMS Appliance Panel Request Forms.......................................... 2-5 Heartland Base Oven Cutouts............................................. 6-8 Heartland Wall Micro Cutouts............................................ 9-10 Heartland Tall Oven Cutouts............................................ 11-14 MISCELLANEOUS REQUESTS FORMS Coop Claim Form.................................................................. 15 Logo Engraver Logo Sample................................................ 16 New Product Request Form............................................ 17-18 Quote Request Form............................................................ 19 ORDER PROCESSING FORMS Consumer Information Form................................................. 20 Dealer Supplied Outsourced Product Form.......................... 21 Display Discount Request Form (Guidelines)................... 22-23 Expedited Service Order Form.............................................. 24 Jobsite Delivery Form........................................................... 25
w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014
SALES AID FORMS Color Block Form.................................................................. 26 Color Block Information Form............................................... 27 Dealer Starter Kit............................................................. 28-29 FF and D Sample Order Form............................................... 30 Library Door Order Form....................................................... 31 Sales Aid Order Form........................................................... 32 SD and F Sample Order Form............................................... 33 Standard Sample Order Form............................................... 34 WARRANTY FORMS Lifetime Warranty.................................................................. 35 Out of Square Form.............................................................. 36 Warranty Form...................................................................... 37 WOOD TOP FORMS Wood Top Straight Form....................................................... 38 Wood Top L Shaped Form.................................................... 39 Wood Top U Shaped Form.................................................... 40 Wood Top Angled Form........................................................ 41
-1-
w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m
AUGUST 2014
-2-
1/4” Backer Panel
Overlay Panel
Grill is no charge when ordered at the same time as the other panels.
1/4” Panel Size =
D D
B 1/4” Panel Size =
Drawer Front Style
D
F 1/4” Panel Size =
E 1/4” Panel Size =
G 1/4” Panel Size =
G
F
E
F
E G G
REFRIGERATOR / FREEZER
Arched Doors are not available over 24” wide.
NOTE: Doors will be double panel in width if wider than 24” and/or double panel in height if taller than 42”. You can request single panels by using SDPW or SDPH. All details above show “SPDW”.
1/4” Panel Size =
CD C
REFRIGERATOR / FREEZER
C C
Door Style
Date
K 1/4” Panel Size =
KK
OPTIONAL GRILL
J 1/4” Panel Size =
I 1/4” Panel Size =
H 1/4” Panel Size =
J
I
H
REFRIGERATOR / FREEZER
*Please refer to your appliance manufacturer for exact specifications, dimensions, and instructions (Includes ¼” backer panel)
A 1/4” Panel Size =
BB
A A
REFRIGERATOR / FREEZER
PO#
DESIGNER NOTE: The overlay design allows decorative panels to cover the door trim for a more seamless appearance. To achieve this look, the most common way is to work with two panels and a spacer (generally .10”)
Dealer
PLEASE SPECIFY DOOR SIZES ON DRAWING AND BACKER PANEL SIZES BELOW THE DRAWING
“Spacer will be a door bumper”
.10” Spacer
3738 South Norman ▪ Wichita, Kansas 67215 ▪ T. 316-529-3431 F. 316-469-1028
APPLIANCE PANEL REQUEST FORM #1
w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m
AUGUST 2014
-3-
1/4” Backer Panel
Overlay Panel
Drawer Front Style
Door Style
L 1/4” Panel Size =
L
REFRIGERATOR / FREEZER
PO#
Date
Grill is no charge when ordered at the same time as the other panels.
OO
NN
1/4” Panel Size =
1/4” Panel Size =
O O
NN
REFRIGERATOR / FREEZER
Arched Doors are not available over 24” wide.
NOTE: Doors will be double panel in width if wider than 24” and/or double panel in height if taller than 42”. You can request single panels by using SDPW or SDPH. All details above show “SPDW”.
M 1/4” Panel Size =
M
REFRIGERATOR / FREEZER
K 1/4” Panel Size =
KK
OPTIONAL GRILL
Q 1/4” Panel Size =
P 1/4” Panel Size =
PP
REFRIGERATOR / FREEZER
*Please refer to your appliance manufacturer for exact specifications, dimensions, and instructions (Includes ¼” backer panel)
DESIGNER NOTE: The overlay design allows decorative panels to cover the door trim for a more seamless appearance. To achieve this look, the most common way is to work with two panels and a spacer (generally .10”)
Dealer
PLEASE SPECIFY DOOR SIZES ON DRAWING AND BACKER PANEL SIZES BELOW THE DRAWING
“Spacer will be a door bumper”
.10” Spacer
3738 South Norman ▪ Wichita, Kansas 67215 ▪ T. 316-529-3431 F. 316-469-1028
APPLIANCE PANEL REQUEST FORM #2
w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m
AUGUST 2014
-4T
Drawer Front Style
U
Arched Doors are not available over 24” wide.
Y Y
OPTIONAL GRILL
X Door Plant Size =
W Door Plant Size =
V Door Plant Size =
Reveal Right:
Reveal Right:
Reveal Left:
Reveal Bottom:
Reveal Top:
Y
Reveal Right:
Reveal Left:
Reveal Bottom:
Reveal Top:
X
Reveal Left:
Reveal Right:
Reveal Bottom:
Reveal Left:
Reveal Bottom:
W
Reveal Right:
Reveal Left:
Reveal Bottom:
Reveal Top:
XX X
V Reveal Top:
U W
V V
REFRIGERATOR / FREEZER
Date
Reveal Top:
Reveal Right:
NOTE: Doors will be double panel in width if wider than 24” and/ or double panel in height if taller than 42”. You can request single panels by using SDPW or SDPH. All details above show “SPDW”.
U
U Door Plant Size =
TU T
S Door Plant Size =
Reveal Right:
Reveal Left:
Reveal Bottom:
Reveal Top:
S
Reveal Right:
Reveal Left:
Reveal Bottom:
Reveal Bottom: Reveal Left:
T Reveal Top:
R Reveal Top:
REFRIGERATOR / FREEZER
PLEASE SPECIFY DOOR SIZES ON DRAWING AND BACKER PANEL SIZES BELOW THE DRAWING
Grill is no charge when ordered at the same time as the other panels
*Please refer to your appliance manufacturer for exact specifications, dimensions, and instructions
T Door Plant Size =
Door Style
PO#
DESIGNER NOTE: This does not cover up the door trim and is meant for visible reveals.
R Door Plant Size =
SSS
RR R
REFRIGERATOR / FREEZER
1/4” Backer Panel
Overlay Ov laPanel Pa l
Dealer
3738 South Norman ▪ Wichita, Kansas 67215 ▪ T. 316-529-3431 F. 316-469-1028
APPLIANCE PANEL REQUEST FORM #3
w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m
AUGUST 2014
-5-
Drawer Front Style
Door Style
CC Door Plant Size =
BB Door Plant Size =
AA Door Plant Size =
CC
BB
AA
REFRIGERATOR / FREEZER
1/4” Backer Panel
Overlay Ov laPanel Pa l
PO#
DD dd
BB
Reveal Right:
Reveal Left:
Reveal Bottom:
Reveal Top:
CC
Reveal Right:
Reveal Left:
Reveal Bottom:
Reveal Top:
Arched Doors are not available over 24” wide.
NOTE: Doors will be double panel in width if wider than 24” and/ or double panel in height if taller than 42”. You can request single panels by using SDPW or SDPH. All details above show “SPDW”.
DD Door Plant Size =
Reveal Right:
Reveal Left:
Reveal Left:
Reveal Right:
Reveal Bottom:
Reveal Bottom:
DD Reveal Top:
AA
Reveal Top:
REFRIGERATOR / FREEZER
FF
DISHWASHER
EE
COMPACTOR
PLEASE SPECIFY DOOR SIZES ON DRAWING AND BACKER PANEL SIZES BELOW THE DRAWING
Grill is no charge when ordered at the same time as the other panels
*Please refer to your appliance manufacturer for exact specifications, dimensions, and instructions
DESIGNER NOTE: This does not cover up the door trim and is meant for visible reveals.
Dealer
EE
Y Y
Reveal Right:
Reveal Left:
Reveal Bottom:
Reveal Top:
Y
Reveal Right:
Reveal Left:
Reveal Bottom:
Reveal Top:
FF
Reveal Right:
Reveal Left:
Reveal Bottom:
Reveal Top:
OPTIONAL GRILL
Date
3738 South Norman ▪ Wichita, Kansas 67215 ▪ T. 316-529-3431 F. 316-469-1028
APPLIANCE PANEL REQUEST FORM #4
BASE OVEN CUTOUT FORM 3738 South Norman ▪ Wichita, Kansas 67215 T. 316-529-3431 F. 316-469-1028
Date
WO #
Dealer ID
Dealership
Dealer PO#
Salesperson
1. Failure to supply all relevant information will affect your lead time.
Varies with cutout
3. See Catalog for pricing and additional information.
PAGE 2
BWDM_
- Base Stack w/ Warming Drawer in Middle
BWD_WD
3” TOHW TOHH
11/2”
11/2” Equal Opening
11/2”
- Warming Drawer Cabinet with Drawers
Equal Opening Varies with cutout
- Base Microwave Built-in
PAGE 3
CATALOGS>HEARTLAND>HeartlandCatalog>Forms>H-BaseOvenCutout
TOHH
Cabinet Height
- Base Warming Drawer
TOHW 11/2”
Cabinet Height
- Base Oven Cabinet
BWD_
11/2”
Oven cutouts must be specified
PAGE 1
BOC_
• Cutouts must be specified. • Two equal size openings below.
• Cutouts must be specified. • Top and bottom rails are equal size. • Maximum cutout height is 28”.
2. Maximum cut-out is 1 1/2” less than cabinet width. See cabinet description in the Heartland Catalog for exceptions.
BMWB_
BASE WARMING DRAWER
BASE OVEN CABINET
NOTES
CT2D_
- 2 Drawer Cooktop Cabinet
FSB_
- Farm Sink Base
RTK (toe kick)
RTK (toe kick)
Cabinet Width
Cabinet Width
BOC
BWD
Cabinet Width:
Cabinet Width:
Cabinet Height:
Cabinet Height:
TOHH:
TOHH:
TOHW:
TOHW:
PLEASE FAX IN OR EMAIL WITH YOUR ORDER w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014
11/2”
-- 6 1 --
BASE OVEN CUTOUT FORM 3738 South Norman ▪ Wichita, Kansas 67215 T. 316-529-3431 F. 316-469-1028
NOTES
Date
WO #
Dealer ID
Dealership
Dealer PO#
Salesperson
1. Failure to supply all relevant information will affect your lead time.
BASE STACK WITH WARMING DRAWER IN MIDDLE
2. Maximum cut-out is 1 1/2” less than cabinet width. See cabinet description in the Heartland Catalog for exceptions. 3. See Catalog for pricing and additional information.
WARMING DRAWER CABINET WITH DRAWERS
• Butt doors are standard. • Microwave opening is 26 3/4” wide unless otherwise stated. • Use of a trim kit is optional.
BASE MICROWAVE BUILT-IN • • • •
• Cutouts must be specified. • 3” Mid rail below cutout.
11/2”
11/2”
Varies with cutout
11/2”
Oven cutouts must be specified
Varies with cutout TOHW 3” 11/2”
TOHW 3”
TOHH 11/2”
TOHH
Cabinet Height
Varies with cutout
Cabinet Height
Cabinet Height
3”
11/2” TOHW
3”
11/2”
11/2”
11/2”
TOHH
Varies with cutout
11/2”
11/2”
11/2”
RTK (toe kick)
RTK (toe kick)
RTK (toe kick)
Cabinet Width
Cabinet Width
Cabinet Width
BWDM
CATALOGS>HEARTLAND>HeartlandCatalog>Forms>H-BaseOvenCutout
Cutours must be specified for upper opening. Height of drawer opening varies with the cutout sizes. Finished interior is NOT included Maximum cutout height is 20”.
BWD
WD
BMWB
Cabinet Width:
Cabinet Width:
Cabinet Width:
Cabinet Height:
Cabinet Height:
Cabinet Height:
TOHH:
TOHH:
TOHH:
TOHW:
TOHW:
TOHW:
PLEASE FAX IN OR EMAIL WITH YOUR ORDER w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014
-2 7-
BASE OVEN CUTOUT FORM 3738 South Norman ▪ Wichita, Kansas 67215 T. 316-529-3431 F. 316-469-1028
NOTES
Date
WO #
Dealer ID
Dealership
Dealer PO#
Salesperson
1. Failure to supply all relevant information will affect your lead time. 2. Maximum cut-out is 1 1/2” less than cabinet width. See cabinet description in the Heartland Catalog for exceptions. 3. See Catalog for pricing and additional information.
2 DRAWER COOKTOP CABINET
FARM SINK BASE
• Cutouts or solid top rail width must be specified. • Two equal size openings below.
• Cutouts or solid top tail width must be specified • Doors will overlay mid tail 3/8” for conceled or 1/2” for Designer Overlay.
OH OW
FSOH FSOW
Cabinet Height
Cabinet Height
11/2”
11/2” 11/2”
11/2”
11/2”
11/2”
11/2”
11/2”
RTK (toe kick)
RTK (toe kick)
Cabinet Width
Cabinet Width
CT2D
FSB
Cabinet Width:
Cabinet Width:
Cabinet Height:
Cabinet Height:
OH:
FSOH:
OW:
FSOW
CATALOGS>HEARTLAND>HeartlandCatalog>Forms>H-BaseOvenCutout
or TRD:
PLEASE FAX IN OR EMAIL WITH YOUR ORDER w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014
-8 3-
WALL MICROWAVE CUTOUT FORM 3738 South Norman ▪ Wichita, Kansas 67215 T. 316-529-3431 F. 316-469-1028
NOTES
Date
WO #
Dealer ID
Dealership
Dealer PO#
Salesperson
1. Failure to supply all relevant information will affect your lead time. 2. Maximum cut-out is 1 1/2” less than cabinet width. See cabinet description in the Heartland Catalog for exceptions. 3. See Catalog for pricing and additional information.
• Microwave shelf protrudes 7” from frame. • Use of a trim kit is optional. When specifying frame cut-out include 3/4” for protruding shelf. • Microwave opening is 17 1/4” tall & 3” less than cabinet width unless otherwise stated.
• Cabinet is 21” deep. • Interior of the microwave opening is NOT FINISHED and requires the use of a trim kit, specify TOHW & TOHH. • Cut-outs must be specified.
11/2”
• Butt doors are standard. • Microwave opening is 26 3/4” wide unless otherwise stated. • Use of a trim kit is optional.
Finished interior is standard
11/2”
3”
TOHW
Cabinet Height
3”
Cabinet Height
3”
Cabinet Height
MICROWAVE WALL CORNER DIAGONAL
MICROWAVE WALL BUILT-IN
MICROWAVE WALL
3”
TOHW
171/4” is standard or TOHH
11/2”
3”
TOHW
TOHH
TOHH
Protruding Microwave Shelf
Cabinet Width
CATALOGS>HEARTLAND>HeartlandCatalog>Forms>H-WallMicrowaveCutout
MW
Cabinet Width
MWB
Frame Width
MWCD
Cabinet Width:
Cabinet Width:
Frame Width:
Cabinet Height:
Cabinet Height:
Cabinet Height:
TOHH:
TOHH:
TOHH:
TOHW:
TOHW:
TOHW:
PLEASE FAX IN OR EMAIL WITH YOUR ORDER w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014
-- 9 1 --
WALL MICROWAVE CUTOUT FORM 3738 South Norman ▪ Wichita, Kansas 67215 T. 316-529-3431 F. 316-469-1028
NOTES
Date
WO #
Dealer ID
Dealership
Dealer PO#
Salesperson
1. Failure to supply all relevant information will affect your lead time. 2. Maximum cut-out is 1 1/2” less than cabinet width. See cabinet description in the Heartland Catalog for exceptions. 3. See Catalog for pricing and additional information.
MICROWAVE BUILT-IN WITH APG
MICROWAVE WALL COUNTER TOP
• Interior of the microwave opening is NOT FINISHED and requires the use of a trim kit, specify TOHW & TOHH. • Cut-outs must be specified.
• Microwave opening is 18” tall & 3” less than cabinet width unless otherwise stated. • Use of a trim kit is optional.
11/2”
11/2” 3”
Cabinet Height
Cabinet Height
3”
3”
3”
TOHW
TOHW 18” is standard or TOHH
Finished interior is standard
TOHH
3” 5”
Cabinet Width
Cabinet Width
CATALOGS>HEARTLAND>HeartlandCatalog>Forms>H-WallMicrowaveCutout
MWCT
MWB
Cabinet Width:
Cabinet Width:
Cabinet Height:
Cabinet Height:
TOHH:
TOHH:
TOHW:
TOHW:
PLEASE FAX IN OR EMAIL WITH YOUR ORDER w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014
-- 10 2 --
AG (D)
TALL OVEN CUT-OUT FORM 3738 South Norman ▪ Wichita, Kansas 67215 T. 316-529-3431 F. 316-469-1028
Date
WO #
Dealer ID
Dealership
Dealer PO#
Salesperson OVEN OPEN SHELF
NOTES 1. Failure to supply all relevant information will affect your lead time. 2. Maximum cut-out is 1 1/2” less than cabinet width. See cabinet description in the Heartland Catalog for exceptions.
TALL OVEN
• Open shelf is 3” less than cabinet width by 18”T, but cut-outs can be specified. • Height of lower opening is 36” unless FTO is given. • Open shelf area has finished interior and a 1/4” back. • Butt doors are standard.
• Cut-outs must be specified. • Height of lower opening is 27” unless FTO is given. • Butt doors are standard.
11/2”
11/2”
3. See Catalog for pricing and additional information. Height changes in this opening
PAGE 1
OVOS_
- Oven Open Shelf
OV_
- Tall Oven
Height changes in this opening
3” 3”
Finished Interior
PAGE 2
OV2D_
- Oven with 2 Drawers
OVMWD_
- Oven and Microwave w/Drawers
PAGE 3
OVMW2D_ - Oven w/Microwave w/2 Drawers
Oven cutouts must be specified
18” is standard or TOHH
Width -3” is standard or TOHW
Cabinet Height
- Oven with Drawer Cabinet Height
OVD_
3”
TOHH
TOHW
OVMWWD_ - Oven w/Microwave with
3”
Warming Drawer - Oven and Warming Drawer
- Oven with Wide Bottom Rail
351/2”
27”
RTK (toe kick)
CATALOGS>HEARTLAND>HeartlandCatalog>Forms>H-TallOvenCutout
RTK (toe kick) Cabinet Width
Cabinet Width
OVOS Cabinet Width:
Cabinet Width:
Cabinet Height:
Cabinet Height:
TOHH:
TOHH:
TOHW:
TOHW:
FTO:
FTO:
PLEASE FAX IN OR EMAIL WITH YOUR ORDER w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014
OV
-- 11 1 --
36” is standard or FTO
PAGE 4
OVWBR_
441/2” is standard or FTO
OVWD_
TALL OVEN CUT-OUT FORM 3738 South Norman ▪ Wichita, Kansas 67215 T. 316-529-3431 F. 316-469-1028
NOTES
Date
WO #
Dealer ID
Dealership
Dealer PO#
Salesperson
1. Failure to supply all relevant information will affect your lead time. 2. Maximum cut-out is 1 1/2” less than cabinet width. See cabinet description in the Heartland Catalog for exceptions. 3. See Catalog for pricing and additional information.
OVEN AND MICROWAVE WITH DRAWER
OVEN WITH TWO DRAWERS
OVEN WITH DRAWER
• Open shelf is 3” less than cabinet width by 18”T, but cut-outs can be specified. • Height of lower opening is 36” unless FTO is given. • Open shelf area has finished interior and a 1/4” back. • Butt doors are standard.
• Cut-outs must be specified. • FTO is 14”, but can be increased. • Butt doors are standard.
11/2”
Height changes in this opening
Height changes in this opening
Height changes in this opening
3”
3”
3”
Oven cutouts must be specified
TOHW
Microwave cutouts must be specified
TOHH Cabinet Height
TOHH Cabinet Height
Cabinet Height
Cut-outs must be specified. FTO is 14”, but can be increased. Butt doors are standard. Microwave opening has a 1/4” back
11/2”
11/2”
Oven cutouts must be specified
• • • •
TOHW
TOHH
TOHW
3” Oven cutouts must be specified
BOHH
3”
3”
CATALOGS>HEARTLAND>HeartlandCatalog>Forms>H-TallOvenCutout
5”
Cabinet Width
3” 5”
RTK (toe kick)
RTK (toe kick)
Cabinet Width
Cabinet Width
OV2D
OVD
OVMWD
Cabinet Width:
Cabinet Width:
Cabinet Width:
Cabinet Height:
Cabinet Height:
Cabinet Height:
TOHH:
TOHH:
TOHH:
TOHW:
TOHW:
TOHW:
BOHH:
BOHW:
FTO:
FTO:
FTO:
PLEASE FAX IN OR EMAIL WITH YOUR ORDER w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014
-- 12 2 --
14” is standard or FTO
RTK (toe kick)
14” is standard or FTO
5”
BOHW
201/2” is standard or FTO
5”
TALL OVEN CUT-OUT FORM 3738 South Norman ▪ Wichita, Kansas 67215 T. 316-529-3431 F. 316-469-1028
NOTES
Date
WO #
Dealer ID
Dealership
Dealer PO#
Salesperson
1. Failure to supply all relevant information will affect your lead time.
OVEN AND MICROWAVE WITH 2 DRAWERS • • • • •
2. Maximum cut-out is 1 1/2” less than cabinet width. See cabinet description in the Heartland Catalog for exceptions. 3. See Catalog for pricing and additional information.
OVEN AND MICROWAVE WITH WARMING DRAWER • All 3 cut-outs must be specified • The warming drawer opening must be specified & will determine the FTO • Butt doors are standard • Microwave cut-out is finished interior
Cut-outs must be specified FTO is 20 1/2”, but can be increased Microwave opening has a 1/4” back Oven opening has no back Butt doors a re standard 11/2”
• Cut-outs must be specified • The warming drawer opening must be specified & will determine the FTO • Butt doors are standard
11/2”
11/2”
Height changes in this opening
Height changes in this opening
Height changes in this opening
3”
3”
3”
Microwave cutouts must be specified
Cabinet Height
TOHH
TOHW
Oven cutouts must be specified
TOHH Cabinet Height
Microwave cutouts must be specified
Cabinet Height
OVEN WITH WARMING DRAWER
TOHW
3”
3” Oven cutouts must be specified
Oven cutouts must be specified
BOHH
BOHH
BOHH
BOHW
BOHW
BOHW
3”
3”
CATALOGS>HEARTLAND>HeartlandCatalog>Forms>H-TallOvenCutout
WDHH
WDHW
RTK (toe kick)
Cabinet Width
RTK (toe kick)
Cabinet Width
OVMVWD
Cabinet Width
OVWD
Cabinet Width:
Cabinet Width:
Cabinet Height:
TOHH:
TOHW:
Cabinet Height:
Height:
Cabinet Width:
TOHH:
BOHH: TOHW:
BOHH:
BOHW:
BOHH:
BOHW:
TOHW: BOHH:
BOHW:
WDHH:
WDHW:
WDHH:
WDHW
FTO:
PLEASE FAX IN OR EMAIL WITH YOUR ORDER w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014
-- 13 3 --
WDHH
FTO varies with cutout
WDHW
RTK (toe kick)
OVMW2D
3” FTO varies with cutout
5”
201/2” is standard or FTO
5”
TALL OVEN CUT-OUT FORM 3738 South Norman ▪ Wichita, Kansas 67215 T. 316-529-3431 F. 316-469-1028
NOTES
Date
WO #
Dealer ID
Dealership
Dealer PO#
Salesperson
1. Failure to supply all relevant information will affect your lead time. 2. Maximum cut-out is 1 1/2” less than cabinet width. See cabinet description in the Heartland Catalog for exceptions. 3. See Catalog for pricing and additional information.
OVEN WITH WIDE BOTTOM RAIL • Cut-outs must be specified • FTO must be specified • Butt doors are standard
11/2”
Height changes in this opening
Cabinet Height
3” Oven cutouts must be specified
TOHH
TOHW
CATALOGS>HEARTLAND>HeartlandCatalog>Forms>H-TallOvenCutout
FTO Required
RTK (toe kick) Cabinet Width
OVWBR Cabinet Width: Cabinet Height: TOHH: TOHW: FTO:
PLEASE FAX IN OR EMAIL WITH YOUR ORDER w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014
-- 14 4 --
CO-OP ADVERTISING CLAIM 3738 South Norman ▪ Wichita, Kansas 67215 T. 316-529-3431 F. 316-469-1028
Dealer ID
Date
CUSTOM CUPBOARDS CO-OP ADVERTISING POLICY
Custom Cupboards will reimburse up to half of 1% of your previous fiscal year’s invoiced sales. Claims are subject to the guidelines outlined below.
Dealership Your Name
PRINT - MAGAZINE / NEWSPAPER A full-page tear sheet showing the publication name and date must be submitted for approval. If the same ad runs more than one time, you only need to submit one tear-sheet per request as long as the invoice clearly states how many days the ad ran. A legible copy of the paid invoice for the ad(s) must be submitted.
ONLINE - BANNER ADS / SOCIAL MEDIA(PAID) / HOUZZ / ETC. A legible copy of the paid invoice for the ad(s) must be submitted. A screen shot of the online ad showing the media used.
SAMPLE DOOR / SALES AIDS We will reimburse up to 25% of your total order on sales aids, sample doors, and door store doors. Once you are invoiced for your sales aids, fax in a copy of invoice to receive credit.
BROADCAST (TV, RADIO) A legible copy of the paid invoice showing the net amount of the ad(s) and the dates and times it aired must be submitted. A video tape of a television commercial ad must be submitted.
DIRECT MAIL A copy of the direct mail piece, a copy of the paid invoice for printing, postage costs, and certification of mailing, showing quantity, date and type of mail must be submitted. Production charges such as typography, layout, paste-up, and artwork are not eligible.
BILLBOARD A photo of the billboard and legible copy of the paid invoice showing the date the sign was installed must be submitted.
OPEN HOUSE / IN-HOUSE PROMOTION / HOME SHOW Documentation must include: photographs of the event or CCI representation, photographs of your display, copy of paid invoices for event items.
REIMBURSEMENT INSTRUCTIONS: Mail completed copy and requested materials to: Custom Cupboards, Inc. Attn: Tina Blasi 3738 S. Norman, Wichita, KS 67215
CATALOGS>FORMS>CoopClaimForm
Phone: (316)529-3431; ext. 158 Fax: (316)219-2798 Email: tinab@customcupboards.com
OFFICE USE ONLY
w w w. C w u swt w. o mCCuus p t obm oa Crudpsb. cooam rds.com AUGUSTAUGUST 2014 2014
CO-OP AVAILABLE
CO-OP USED
--15 1 --
CO-OP REMAINING
LASER ENGRAVER LOGO SAMPLE 3738 South Norman â–Ş Wichita, Kansas 67215 T. 316-529-3431 F. 316-469-1028
STEP 1. I agree to pay the one-time set-up fee charged to prepare our logo for use with the Epilog Laser Engraver. I understand that I will receive a sample to approve before the logo is used on our first order.
Dealership
STEP 2.
Signature
to be completed upon receipt of sample
The logo sample I received has been approved for use in production
The logo sample I received requires the following modifications:
The logo sample I received has NOT been approved. Please explain:
Dealership
Signature
PLEASE DO NOT WRITE BELOW THIS LINE - FOR OFFICE USE ONLY
Custom Cupboards received logo
Date
Custom Cupboards received signed payment agreement
CATALOGS>Forms>H-LogoEngraverSampleForm
Date
Custom Cupboards sent sample to customer for approval
Date
Custom Cupboards received approval from customer
Date w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014
--16 1 --
NEW PRODUCT REQUEST FORM 3738 South Norman â–Ş Wichita, Kansas 67215 T. 316-529-3431 F. 316-469-1028
Thank you for considering Custom Cupboards, Inc. for your product idea. If you would like to submit an idea, please complete and submit the following pages via mail or fax to the address below. Please include any photos, drawings or samples that may help us understand your invention. Mail your completed requests and submission form to:
CUSTOM CUPBOARDS, INC. Attn: Todd Johnson 3738 S. Norman Wichita, KS 67215 Or fax to: (316)219-2798
If you cannot answer a question, simply leave blank, otherwise do your best to answer all questions.
Product name Is this a:
New Product
Product Modifications
Describe the product: (if drawings are available, include with submission. Be as detailed as possible - including how used.)
How should the product be used?
Does anyone currently make this product?
Yes
No. If yes, who?
Why do we need this product?
When would you like to see this product available? How often do you think you will sell this product? Which product lines should offer this product?
Heartland
Revola
If there is outsourced product / hardware that may be needed to produce this product, do you know the origin?
What range of sizes should we offer? (if applicable) Requestor’s Name
Date
Dealership PLEASE INCLUDE THIS FORM ALONG WITH THE DRAWING AND OR PHOTOS OF THE PRODUCT YOU ARE REQUESTING
CATALOGS>FORMS>DesignerRequest
POLICY ON SUBMISSION OF NEW PRODUCT DISCLOSURES 1. Each year many people contact us with suggestions for new products and accessories for existing products which they consider to be new, practical and valuable. The following information explains something about the problems we encounter in evaluating the ideas submitted to us by our dealers and also sets out our policy regarding consideration of such ideas. Please read this carefully.
3. Any disclosure made to us must be in writing. All communications relating to the submission of ideas to us should be marked to the attention of Jack Campbell at the previously mentioned address. Once we have received the request, someone other than Jack Campbell may contact you for further questions.
2. In our continuing effort to improve product quality, maintain our competitive market position and increase efficiency, our engineers are constantly working to develop ideas for new products, additional features and better methods of manufacturing. As a result of this extensive effort, some of the suggestions which come to us, from your requests, duplicate or are similar to, ideas which we have either already developed or have already considered.
4. While we appreciate the interest you have shown, our experience has shown that we are not in a position to develop or use all of the suggestions submitted. In this case, we will notify the submitter that we are not in a position to further consider the suggestion offered to us.
USE BACK FOR DRAWING w w w. C w u swt w. o mCCuus p t obm oa Crudpsb. cooam rds.com AUGUSTAUGUST 2014 2014
-- 17 1 --
NEW PRODUCT REQUEST FORM 3738 South Norman ▪ Wichita, Kansas 67215 T. 316-529-3431 F. 316-469-1028
Please draw or attach a picture of the proposed product below.
CATALOGS>FORMS>DesignerRequest
SEND YOUR COMPLETED REQUEST TO: CUSTOM CUPBOARDS, INC. Attn: Todd Johnson 3738 S. Norman Wichita, KS 67215 Or fax to: (316)219-2798 w w w. C w u swt w. o mCCuus p t obm oa Crudpsb. cooam rds.com AUGUSTAUGUST 2014 2014
-- 18 2 --
QUOTE REQUEST FORM 3738 South Norman â–Ş Wichita, Kansas 67215 T. 316-529-3431 F. 316-469-1028
Date
Dealer I.D.
PO#Job ID
Dealer Name
Quote Requested by
PRODUCT LINE (Select one)
Heartland FB
Heartland PLY
URGENCY (Select one)
Same Day
Next Day
Revola FB
Revola PLY
Account Manager
THIS COMPLETED AND APPROVED FORM MUST BE ATTACHED TO THE ORDER WHEN SUBMITTED
OFFICE USE ONLY BELOW THIS LINE
Quote #
PLEASE REFERENCE QUOTE # WHEN SUBMITTING ITEMS
PRICE QUOTE
Approved
CATALOGS>FORMS>QuoteRequestForm
Conditions of approval / reasons for rejection:
Rejected
NOTE: All price quotes are for base price only. Be sure to add for any applicable upcharges such as, door/ drawer front style, hinge, interior, wood, finish, etc. See attached page for line entry and base pricing. Price good for 90 days from date stated above.
w w w. C w u swt w. o mCCuus p t obm oa Crudpsb. cooam rds.com AUGUSTAUGUST 2014 2014
--19 1 --
CONSUMER INFORMATION FORM 3738 South Norman ▪ Wichita, Kansas 67215 T. 316-529-3431 F. 316-469-1028
Dealer
PO#
Consumer Congratulations on your decision to purchase finished cabinetry from Custom Cupboards. With over twenty-five years of experience in crafting fine cabinetry, we are certain that you will be pleased with your purchase for many years to come. All of us at Custom Cupboards want you to be a truly satisfied customer, therefore, we take this opportunity to explain the characteristics of the finish that you have selected. We stress the differences you may experience with these finishes and require this letter of agreement to ensure that you are properly educated on the inherent nature and characteristics involved with these finishes and woods. The window of acceptance on special finishes is naturally wider than our standard finished products. Adding or deleting just one step can dramatically alter the final look.
PLEASE READ AND INITIAL ALL THAT PERTAIN TO THE FINISH YOU SELECTED: I. GLAZE FINISHES: Glazed finishes are the result of a hand-applied process before the final topcoat. Due to the nature of this procedure, each individual kitchen will have its own set of characteristics i.e. no two doors or drawer fronts will have the same look. Depending upon the base color, some glazes may tend to create a haze on the surface. The glazing will have a tendency to be more dominant or “hang-up” in areas of the cabinetry with sharp edges, corners, and recesses. For example, the exact same finish on cabinetry that has intricate doors and ornate moldings will appear darker than an uncomplicated shaker style kitchen. Glaze is not applied to the backs of doors and drawer fronts. ______Initials
V. AGING (DISTRESSING): Aging (Distressing) is the creation of an artistic touch applied by skilled artisans. The various methods that are employed to achieve this aged look lend each kitchen its own uniquely individual characteristics. Due to the nature of these procedures, each kitchen, and more specifically each individual door and/or drawer front, will have their own identity i.e. no two doors or drawer fronts will have the same look. Adding or removing any of these processes from a finish will drastically alter the final appearance of that finish. Aging (Distressing) is not applied to the backs of the doors and drawer fronts. ______Initials
II. NATURAL AND LIGHT FINISHES: Custom Cupboards cabinetry features select Alder, Knotty Alder, Cherry, Rustic Cherry, Hickory, Maple, Oak, Knotty Oak, Beech, Rustic Beech, and Quarter-Sawn Oak woods and veneers. These woods vary in color. Shades of white, brown, black, red, yellow, and even green are noticeable in lighter finishes. Mineral streaks, wormholes, and nature’s imperfections will be more prevalent. Grain and texture will vary from “even” to “wild”. These are normal characteristics found in wood. ______Initials
VI. PAINTED / OPAQUE FINISHES: Custom Cupboards uses only the highest quality woods and veneers. The inherent character of wood causes it to expand and contract in an unpredictable manner, depending upon the surrounding temperature and humidity. The opaque varnish is suspended over the top of the wood and cannot expand and contract, therefore, the surface may show small hairline fractures or “cracks” on the joints and some flat surfaces. You must be prepared to accept this risk and understand that no warranty can insure against this. All other parts of our warranty will remain in effect. Our opaque finishes do not allow the wood grain to show through. Depending on the type of paint ordered your cabinets will receive one or two coats of primer, a coat of paint, and a topcoat. ______Initials
III. CRACKLE FINISHES: Crackling is a non-controllable finishing process that can range from very subtle to a very heavy and extreme cracking appearance. Custom Cupboards cannot guarantee the consistency of this process, therefore, inconsistency in the size, shape and amount of crackle is not cause for replacement. Crackle is not applied to the backs of the doors and drawer fronts. ______Initials IV. UNFINISHED CABINETRY: Custom Cupboards cannot be responsible for your own finishing or the results of others. Our finish is designed to provide protection from the drastic changes in the moisture content of the wood. These changes can cause warping of the wood, cracking and splitting, as well as moisture spots. Therefore, our warranty will apply only to workmanship and will assume no responsibility for the finish or areas related. ______Initials
VII. SEMI-OPAQUE FINISHES: Our semi-opaque finishes vary from Paints and Opaque Finishes in that a certain degree of the wood’s natural beauty is designed to be visible. In most cases nail holes, joints, and minor surface defects are not puttied in order to allow the texture of the wood to show through and create an aged look. The amount of visible grain is affected by the texture of the wood and may not exactly match the sample you have viewed. ______Initials
CATALOGS>FORMS>ConsumerInformationForm
I have reviewed the foregoing and have advised my customer on the finish they have selected. It is understood that the finish application is an artistic touch and find the above inherent variations in wood and finish to be acceptable. I agree not to hold Custom Cupboards responsible in the event that I find these variations to be less desirable than I expected as so explained in detail to my customer.
Consumer Signature
Date
Dealer Signature
Date
We call your attention to these variations because you have probably seen only a small sampling of our product. These variations will create a completely different effect on an entire kitchen, bath or living area. We have always been, and will continue to be, accountable to produce products that are within our window of acceptance that meet our high standards. It is important that you realize that neither Custom Cupboards nor any dealer of our products can be held responsible for the type or degree of variation that can occur in these products. Even by returning the sample that you ordered does not guarantee an exact match of this finish. If you consider any of these variations to be unacceptable, then you may wish to choose a different finish. These characteristics and variations are not cause for replacement. w w w. C w u swt w. o mCCuus p t obm oa Crudpsb. cooam rds.com AUGUSTAUGUST 2014 2014
- -20 1 --
DEALER SUPPLIED OUTSOURCED PRODUCT 3738 South Norman ▪ Wichita, Kansas 67215 ▪ T. 316-529-3431 F. 316-469-1028
Following is a list of OUTSOURCED product(s) that I, (the dealer) have ordered and will be sending to you (CCI) to be finished.
Dealer Name
PO#
A
WO#
Manufacturer
QTY
Expected Delivery Date
Tracking#
DESCRIPTION
B
Manufacturer
QTY
Expected Delivery Date
Tracking#
DESCRIPTION
C
Manufacturer
QTY
Expected Delivery Date
Tracking#
DESCRIPTION
CATALOGS>FORMS>DealerSuppliedOutsourcedProduct
NOTE TO DEALER If ordering outsourced product for multiple PO#’s and/or rooms, PLEASE use a separate form for each. IF CCI WILL BE ATTACHING OUTSOURCED ITEMS AT THE FACTORY, PLEASE INCLUDE A DRAWING OF HOW TO ATTACH. Customer may choose to proceed with confirmation by removing finish outsourced product “Finish-Step” line item, and submitting on separate order when ready to proceed. Color is subject to variation with any order when ran at separate time.
w w w. C w u swt w. o mCCuus p t obm oa Crudpsb. cooam rds.com AUGUSTAUGUST 2014 2014
-- 21 1 --
DISPLAY DISCOUNT REQUEST FORM 3738 South Norman â–Ş Wichita, Kansas 67215 T. 316-529-3431 F. 316-469-1028
This form must be filled out completely for consideration of a discount.
Work Order #
PO#
5% rebate program on orders received, after display has been delivered, for a period of 1 year. (In dealer showroom only) 15% flat discount program. A one time additional 15% discount will be taken off the invoice for the Display cabinet. (In dealer showroom only) 10% Model home program 5% Model home program / Parade of Homes Other (explain below) OTHER DISCOUNT REQUEST
MODEL HOMES ONLY
DEALERSHIP ADDRESS
MODEL HOME ADDRESS
Opening Date Closing Date
Dealer Signature
Date
VP of Sales and Marketing Signature
Date
DISCOUNT DOES NOT APPLY TO THE FREIGHT CHARGES. A DETAILED LAYOUT MUST BE SUBMITTED FOR REVIEW BY THE V.P. OF SALES AND MARKETING.
CATALOGS>FORMS>DisplayDiscountRequestForm
Notes
w w w. C w u swt w. o mCCuus p t obm oa Crudpsb. cooam rds.com AUGUSTAUGUST 2014 2014
--22 1 --
DISPLAY DISCOUNT REQUEST FORM 3738 South Norman ▪ Wichita, Kansas 67215 T. 316-529-3431 F. 316-469-1028
DISPLAY GUIDELINES Listed below are various display/discount programs that we offer.
1. 5% REBATE PROGRAM: *The invoice for the display will be paid back to the dealer by issuing a 5% rebate on each order processed AFTER the display order has been produced and invoiced. This 5% rebate will cover all orders within a one-year period or until the display cost has been recovered, whichever comes first. The REQUEST FOR DISPLAY APPROVAL form and detailed layout must be submitted and reviewed by a Custom Cupboards Marketing Rep. and V.P. of Sales and Marketing for approval. ***This display must be located in the dealership retail showroom and manned for daily operations. Note: If approved, note in comment area of order: Display = 5%. 2. 15% FLAT DISCOUNT PROGRAM: *A one time 15% discount will be taken off the invoice for the display of cabinetry. The REQUEST FOR DISPLAY APPROVAL form and detailed layout must be submitted and reviewed by a Custom Cupboards Marketing Rep and V.P. of Sales and Marketing for approval. The display must be located in the dealership retail showroom and manned for daily operations. Note: If approved, note in comment area of order: Display = 15%. 3. 10% MODEL HOME PROGRAM:
•
This is an additional 10% for a model home that meets the following requirements.
•
Open to the public on a daily basis.
•
Must be open for a minimum of 3 months.
•
Have Custom Cupboards literature and logo visible to the public.
This is an extension of your showroom so it must be manned for daily operations. The REQUEST FOR DISPLAY APPROVAL form and a detailed layout must be submitted and reviewed by a Custom Cupboards Marketing Rep. and V.P. of Sales and Marketing for approval. The times and dates must be submitted for the model home. A Custom Cupboards Sales Rep. will visit during normal operations of the model home.
CATALOGS>FORMS>DisplayDiscountRequestForm
4. 5% MODEL HOME / PARADE HOME PROGRAM:
•
This is an additional 5% for a model home that meets the following requirements.
•
Open to the public on a daily basis.
•
Must be open for a minimum of 1 month or more.
•
Have Custom Cupboards literature and logo visible to the public.
This is an extension of your showroom so it must be manned for daily operations. The REQUEST FOR DISPLAY APPROVAL form and a detailed layout must be submitted and reviewed by a Custom Cupboards Marketing Rep. and V.P. of Sales and Marketing for approval. The times and dates must be submitted for the Model Home/Parade Home. A Custom Cupboards Sales Rep. will visit during normal operations of the model home.
***NOTE: Custom Cupboards, Inc. reserves the right to question or adjust style and color choice of displays. Custom Cupboards, Inc. reserves the right to limit the total dollars that qualify for either display plan.
w w w. C w u swt w. o mCCuus p t obm oa Crudpsb. cooam rds.com AUGUSTAUGUST 2014 2014
--23 2 --
EXPEDITED SERVICE ORDER (ESO) 3738 South Norman ▪ Wichita, Kansas 67215 T. 316-529-3431 F. 316-469-1028
Dealer ID
SHIPPING INSTRUCTIONS
Date
Dealership Dealer PO#
Ordered by
Original WO#
Ground
Next Day
Common Carrier
Next Truck
SHIP TO
ESO’S ARE FOR JOB COMPLETION ONLY. PLEASE INCLUDE ORIGINAL WO#
Wood
Interior
Finish
Guide Type
Hinge
FISL Doors
FISL Drawers
Logos
Upper Door / Edge Lower Door / Edge Drawer Front
CATALOGS>FORMS>ExpeditedServiceOrderForm
LINE #
QTY
ITEM#
HINGE
FIN.END
DEFECT/DESCRIPTION
Comments
w w w. C w u swt w. o mCCuus p t obm oa Crudpsb. cooam rds.com AUGUSTAUGUST 2014 2014
- -24 1 --
LIST PRICE
JOBSITE DELIVERY FORM 3738 South Norman ▪ Wichita, Kansas 67215 T. 316-529-3431 F. 316-469-1028
WO#
PO#
Customer Name
VERY IMPORTANT
After hours phone# (very important) ZIP CODE
Jobsite address City
State MAP TO THE JOBSITE: List the major crossroads and place an “X” at the jobsite location
INTERNET MAPS ARE NOT ACCEPTABLE, MUST BE HAND-DRAWN
Short instructions to find the jobsite
STOP
JOBSITE REQUIREMENTS: • The dealer must evaluate the delivery route to the jobsite, insure accessibility, and notify local authorities if necessary. The jobsite must meet local and state guidelines for delivery vehicles of this size. The evaluation is to include bridge weight limits of not less than 48,000 lbs. gross weight minimum, low hanging obstacles (such as overpasses, power lines / cables, & tree limbs) with a minimum height of 14 feet required. The jobsite must be able to accommodate a 53’ semi tractor-trailer with no dead ends or cul’de’sacs. • If the driver deems the jobsite undeliverable, due to failure to meet any one of the above requirements, or due to current weather and/or road conditions, the job will be delivered to the dealer’s warehouse or to the dealer’s truck. However, if a jobsite delivery is attempted or if the order changes from a jobsite to a warehouse delivery after the truck has been loaded, the jobsite fee will still apply. • It is mandatory that the dealer and/or sales person meet the driver at the showroom or other agreed upon convenient location and lead the driver to the jobsite.
Signature
Date
I have read the above and agree to the terms of this jobsite and acknowledge that failure to meet the above criteria may result in the loss of jobsite privileges on future orders. PLEASE FILL-OUT THE FOLLOWING:
• Can the jobsite be accessed by a 53’ semi-trailer with a combined tractor length of 70-75 feet?
Yes
No
Person driver is to contact
• Are there any cul’de’sacs, dead ends, low-hanging branches, or any other obstructions?
Yes
No
Phone # of above contact
• Will someone meet the driver at a convenient location and take him to the jobsite?
Yes
No
OR
• Will there be people at the jobsite to help unload?
Yes
No
CATALOGS>FORMS>JobsiteDeliveryForm
Your name
w w w. C w u swt w. o mCCuus p t obm oa Crudpsb. cooam rds.com AUGUSTAUGUST 2014 2014
- 1 -- 25 -
COLOR BLOCK ORDER FORM 3738 South Norman ▪ Wichita, Kansas 67215 T. 316-529-3431 F. 316-469-1028
Our standard finishes are shown on 3” x 7 1/2” color blocks. A color block represents a small sampling of the finish on a single piece of wood. Due to the inherent characteristics in grain and texture of wood, slight variations in finish can be expected. The Color Block Information Form is available to help you provide a better understanding of finished wood product to your customer. This form can be found in the forms section of the website. Color blocks are not available in knotty or rustic woods.
Full Sets Full Set of 168 Standard Color Blocks (Includes Alder, Beech, Cherry, Maple, Oak, Hickory, Quarter-Sawn Oak and Paint) CLR BLK SET - $504 List Full Set of 22 Alder Standard Color Blocks COLOR BLOCKA - $66 List
Full Set of 22 Oak Standard Color Blocks COLOR BLOCKO - $66 List
Full Set of 19 Beech Standard Color Blocks COLOR BLOCKB - $57 List
Full Set of 21 Hickory Standard Color Blocks COLOR BLOCKH - $63 List
Full Set of 22 Cherry Standard Color Blocks COLOR BLOCKC - $66 List
Full Set of 22 Quarter-Sawn Oak Standard Color Blocks COLORBLOCKQS - $66 List
Full Set of 22 Maple Standard Color Blocks COLOR BLOCKM - $66 List
Full Set of 18 Paint Standard Color Blocks COLOR BLOCKP - $54 List
Individual Color Blocks
Display Your Color Blocks
Standard Color Block COLOR BLOCK - $3 List Order an individual block from the standard color block set using the selection boxes below
Color Block Sample Box SAMPLE BOX - $40 List Dovetail sample box, laser engraved with Custom Cupboards logo, holds 84 color blocks
Standard Color Block w/ Glaze GLAZE BB - $7 List Order an individual block from the standard color block set and add one of four standard glazes using the selection boxes below • • • •
1
Midnight Frost (MFG) Van Dyke Brown (VDB) Burgundy (BURG) Pewter (PTG)
Wood: __________________________
3
Wood: __________________________
Color: __________________________
Color: __________________________
Color: __________________________
Select glaze if applicable
Select glaze if applicable
Select glaze if applicable
MFG
4
2
Wood: __________________________
VDB
BURG
PTG
MFG
5
Wood: __________________________
VDB
BURG
PTG
Wood: __________________________
MFG
6
VDB
BURG
PTG
Wood: __________________________
Color: __________________________
Color: __________________________
Color: __________________________
Select glaze if applicable
Select glaze if applicable
Select glaze if applicable
MFG
VDB
Shipping Instructions
BURG
Ground
Dealer ID
PTG
MFG
2nd Day
VDB
Next Day
BURG
PTG
MFG
VDB
BURG
PTG
Ship to
Date
Dealer Name Ordered By w w w. C w u swt w. o mCCuus p t obm oa Crudpsb. cooam rds.com AUGUSTAUGUST 2014 2014
PO#
* Sales Aids cannot be shipped on company trucks without prior approval
- -26 1 --
COLOR BLOCK INFORMATION FORM 3738 South Norman â–Ş Wichita, Kansas 67215 T. 316-529-3431 F. 316-469-1028
Wood is a natural material; expect variations in finish due to the inherent characteristics in grain and texture of wood. A COLOR BLOCK represents one piece of wood. Cabinets and cabinet doors are made of multiple pieces of wood which will vary slightly from piece to piece. The COLOR BLOCKS shown below were manufactured and finished at the same time, using the same processes and materials. The slight variations in color are strictly due to the characteristics of wood. To have a better idea as to the overall look of your kitchen, we strongly recommend you view a sample door. We call your attention to these variations, as COLOR BLOCKS represent a small sampling of an order.
UNFINISHED
WITH STAIN
SAMPLE OF VARIATIONS
IMPORTANT I have reviewed the foregoing and have advised my customer on the finish they selected. It is understood that the finish application is an artistic process and find the variations in wood and finish to be acceptable. I agree not to hold Custom
CATALOGS>FORMS>ColorBlockInformationForm
Cupboards responsible in the event that I find these variations to be less desirable than I expected as so explained in detail.
Dealer Signature
Date
Customer Signature
Date
w w w. C w u swt w. o mCCuus p t obm oa Crudpsb. cooam rds.com AUGUSTAUGUST 2014 2014
--27 1 --
DEALER STARTER KIT
QUALIFIES FOR DISPLAY PROGRAM
3738 South Norman ▪ Wichita, Kansas 67215
Welcome to the Custom Cupboards family! The following kit has been put together for your convenience. Additional items can be ordered on the Sales Aid form. If you have any questions concerning our company or products, let us know. We look forward to working with you.
▪ T. 316-529-3431 F. 316-469-1028
THE BASICS A
1 Set (168) of Standard Color Blocks
B
1 Sample Box (color block tray)
C
1 Set of 9 Edge Profile Blocks
D
E 1 Set Interior Blocks (Heartland-FB/PLY Revola-FB/PLY)
K
20 Starter Doors (See page 2) (Choose from preselected door style/finish combinations. Please call for availability)
F 1 Set of 11 Mirror Mldg Blocks
L
1 Set Sink Mat Samples
G 1 Peg / Nail Door Sample
___ Heartland Spec Book(s) ___ Revola Spec Book(s) ___ Library of Color book
H 1 Sheen Sample I
(silver, maple & white)
M
25 Door Brochure
N
Website Dealer Portal Access
O
Designated account manager
1 Distressing Sample
J 1 Set Drawer Box Logo Sample (Beech & Birch)
Access to marketing, photography, training, etc.
$
950 net
WHAT’S INCLUDED A
B
168 STANDARD COLOR BLOCKS
9 EDGE PROFILE BLOCKS W/LAMINATED SS/CTE CHART
SAMPLE BOX
F
C
G
D
E
1 SET OF HEARTLAND, FB/PLY, REVOLA FB/PLY INTERIOR BLOCKS
1 SET OF HEARTLAND & REVOLA SPEC BOOKS AND LOC BOOK I
H
J
Pegs
Beech Nails
1 SET OF 11 MIRROR MOLDING BLOCKS
Satin
SHEEN SAMPLE
1 PEG / NAIL DOOR SAMPLE
K
L
Maple
20 SAMPLE DOORS
Birch Flat
Silver
1 SET DRAWER BOX LOGO SAMPLE (YOU CAN
DISTRESSING SAMPLE
M
CUSTOMIZE WITH YOUR LOGO)
N
O
White
1 SET OF SINK MAT SAMPLES
25 FOLD OUT DOOR STYLE LIBRARY BROCHURES
DEALER ONLY ACCESS TO OUR WEBSITE
ACCOUNT MANAGER CONTACT
MINIBASES AVAILABLE FOR AN ADDITIONAL FEE (PLEASE SUBMIT A MINI-BASE/WALL FORM)
Date Dealer ID
CATALOGS>FORMS>DealerStarterKit
Dealership Dealer PO#
SHIPPING INSTRUCTIONS SHIP TO
Ordered by * Starter kits cannot be shipped on company trucks without prior approval w w w. C w u swt w. o mCCuus p t obm oa Crudpsb. cooam rds.com AUGUSTAUGUST 2014 2014
- -28 1 --
Ground
2nd Day
Next Day
QUALIFIES FOR DISPLAY PROGRAM
DEALER STARTER KIT
3738 South Norman ▪ Wichita, Kansas 67215
G
▪ T. 316-529-3431 F. 316-469-1028
20 SAMPLE DOORS
Choose 20 Doors from these preselected door style/finish combinations (shown) & available door store selections
Pitch Black
70000-60 Shaker OAK
Butter Pecan
Natural MFG Flat
700-1-pc Shaker-65 CRAFTWOOD
90500-65 Cambria ALDER
English Leather
French Vanilla
Tattered Fence
Cracked Pepper
Huron
37500-15 Chisholm Beaded-MAPLE
70300-60 Mesa Beadboard-HICKORY
Butter Pecan MFG
Sienna VDB
Bark
Bark
73000-65 Taos CHERRY
70800-65 Modesto Mission ALDER
Sandalwood
77602-65 Heritage Beaded w/AM2 RUSTIC CHERRY
90100-66 Salem ALDER
99100-13 Alcott OAK
London Fog
Dolphin Grey
Cranbrook
Snickerdoodle
Café
Black Forest
Sea Cliff Heights
Spiced Cider
38100-65 Timberline MDF PAINT
37500-15 Chisholm Beaded RUSTIC BEECH
Café
Natural
River Rock
Butter Pecan
Canyon Sunset
Natural
Sienna
Barn Yard Red
Slate
Espresso Bean
Shalimar
Cracked Pepper
Charcoal Slate
Tudor Brown
Doc Holiday
Calico BURG
10000-10 Hamilton CHERRY
70800-65 Modesto Mission MAPLE
70600-60 Mesa Flat CHERRY
99300-60 Ralston Flat QUARTER-SAWN-OAK
90000-15 Stafford ALDER
71700-15 Santiago Mission HICKORY
30200-35 Valley Forge Raised KNOTTY ALDER
30402-10 Valley Forge Beaded w/AM2 KNOTTY ALDER
37500-15 Chisholm Beaded BEECH
70700-65 Vallejo Mission BEECH
38400-13 Tuscan CHERRY
70800-70 Modesto Mission MAPLE
701-1-pc-65 Valley Forge CRAFTWOOD
Espresso Bean 31300-60 Concord CHERRY
w w w. C w u swt w. o mCCuus p t obm oa Crudpsb. cooam rds.com AUGUSTAUGUST 2014 2014
--29 2 --
37403-10 Charleston w/AM3 CHERRY
70000-60 Shaker MAPLE
38400-67 Tuscan HICKORY
90100-10 Salem RUSTIC BEECH
37400-66 Charleston ALDER
98100-65 Bradford ALDER
90000-10 Stafford MDF PAINT
99300-60 Ralston Flat MDF PAINT
Espresso Bean
Sweet Mist
50100-65 Contempo I QUARTER-SAWN-OAK
50200-60 Contempo II CHERRY
CATALOGS>FORMS>DealerStarterKit
Bright White
94000-65 Sterling Raised Panel ALDER
38300-65 Delano ALDER
99400-60 Ralston Beadboard BEECH
70100-10 Valley Forge KNOTTY ALDER
99500-11 Stonewall CHERRY
FF&D SAMPLE ORDER FORM 3738 South Norman ▪ Wichita, Kansas 67215 T. 316-529-3431 F. 316-469-1028
Dealer ID
Date
Dealer PO#
15” x 27 1/4”
Dealership Salesperson
ADDED DOOR FEATURES (APPLIED MOLDING, PEGS, & NAILS) WILL BE AN ADDITIONAL CHARGE.
FFD - STD COLOR
FFD - STD COLOR
FFD - STD COLOR/GLAZE
FFD - STD COLOR/GLAZE
FFDSP - CUSTOM - PACKAGED FINISH
FFDSP - CUSTOM - PACKAGED FINISH
FFDFD - FULL DOOR - STD FINISH
FFDFD - FULL DOOR - STD FINISH
WOOD:
WOOD:
COLOR:
COLOR:
DOOR STYLE/EDGE:
DOOR STYLE/EDGE:
DRAWER FRONT:
DRAWER FRONT:
HINGE:
FULL OVERLAY
HINGE:
CONCEALED
SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS:
CONCEALED
FFD - STD COLOR
FFD - STD COLOR
FFD - STD COLOR/GLAZE
FFD - STD COLOR/GLAZE
FFDSP - CUSTOM - PACKAGED FINISH
FFDSP - CUSTOM - PACKAGED FINISH
FFDFD - FULL DOOR - STD FINISH
FFDFD - FULL DOOR - STD FINISH
WOOD:
WOOD:
COLOR:
COLOR:
DOOR STYLE/EDGE:
DOOR STYLE/EDGE:
DRAWER FRONT:
DRAWER FRONT:
HINGE:
FULL OVERLAY
HINGE:
CONCEALED
SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS:
CATALOGS>FORMS>FFandDSampleOrderForm
FULL OVERLAY
SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS:
SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS:
SHIPPING INSTRUCTIONS
Ground
Next Day
Common Carrier
Next Truck
w w w. C w u swt w. o mCCuus p t obm oa Crudpsb. cooam rds.com AUGUSTAUGUST 2014 2014
FULL OVERLAY
SHIP TO
- -30 1 --
CONCEALED
LIBRARY DOOR ORDER FORM 3738 South Norman ▪ Wichita, Kansas 67215 ▪ T. 316-529-3431 ext. 171 ▪ F. 316-469-1028 ▪ email: kheva@customcupboards.com
Dealer ID
I would like to be added to a waiting list if my request is not available
Date
Dealership Dealer PO#
* Library doors cannot be shipped on company trucks.
Ordered by SHIPPING INSTRUCTIONS
Ground
3 Day (CA, AZ)
2nd Day Standard
2nd Day 10:30 a.m.
Next Day 8 a.m.
Next Day 10:30 a.m.
SHIP TO
Next Day 3 p.m.
ONLY WANT EXACT MATCH (Rarely Possible)
OK TO SEND DIFFERENT DOOR STYLE
OK TO SEND DIFFERENT DOOR STYLE
SEND A DOOR FOR COLOR & ONE FOR DOOR STYLE
SEND A DOOR FOR COLOR & ONE FOR DOOR STYLE
WOOD:
DOOR 2
ONLY WANT EXACT MATCH (Rarely Possible)
WOOD: COLOR:
DOOR STYLE/EDGE:
DOOR STYLE/EDGE:
ONLY WANT EXACT MATCH (Rarely Possible)
ONLY WANT EXACT MATCH (Rarely Possible)
OK TO SEND DIFFERENT DOOR STYLE
OK TO SEND DIFFERENT DOOR STYLE
SEND A DOOR FOR COLOR & ONE FOR DOOR STYLE
SEND A DOOR FOR COLOR & ONE FOR DOOR STYLE
WOOD:
DOOR 4
COLOR:
WOOD:
COLOR:
COLOR:
DOOR STYLE/EDGE:
DOOR STYLE/EDGE:
ONLY WANT EXACT MATCH (Rarely Possible)
ONLY WANT EXACT MATCH (Rarely Possible)
OK TO SEND DIFFERENT DOOR STYLE
OK TO SEND DIFFERENT DOOR STYLE
SEND A DOOR FOR COLOR & ONE FOR DOOR STYLE
SEND A DOOR FOR COLOR & ONE FOR DOOR STYLE
WOOD:
DOOR 6
DOOR 5
CATALOGS>FORMS>LibraryDoorOrderForm
DOOR 3
DOOR 1
ORDERS RECEIVED BY 1:00 P.M. CST WILL SHIP THE SAME DAY, IF AVAILABLE.
WOOD:
COLOR:
COLOR:
DOOR STYLE/EDGE:
DOOR STYLE/EDGE:
w w w. C w u swt w. o mCCuus p t obm oa Crudpsb. cooam rds.com AUGUSTAUGUST 2014 2014
--31 1 --
SALES AIDS ORDER FORM 3738 South Norman ▪ Wichita, Kansas 67215 T. 316-529-3431 F. 316-469-1028
Dealer ID
SHIPPING INSTRUCTIONS
Date
Dealership Dealer PO#
Ordered by
Next Day
Common Carrier
Next Truck
SHIP TO
Original WO#
Ordering
Sales Tools List Price
Quantity
Heartland Catalog
$40
_____
Revola Catalog
$40
_____
Forms
Ground
Available Online
Pricing Program
Available Online
2020 Catalogs
Available Online
PDF Catalogs
Available Online
List Price
Quantity
Library of Color Book (LOC)
$167
_____
Set of 9 Edge Profile Blocks
$42
_____
Set of 11 Mirror Molding Blocks $46
_____
Set of 4 Interior Blocks
$0
_____
Set of Sink Mat Samples
$0
_____
Drawer Box Logo Sample
$5
_____
Individual Molding Sample
$5
_____
Heartland, Discovery, Revola Ply, & Revola PB
Beech & Birch
1’ pc unfinished
selection: ___________________________________________ ____________________________________________________
Literature & Advertising Special Sample Doors
List Price
Quantity
Door Brochure (fold out)
$21
25
Distressing Sample $115.38
_____
Laser Engraved Plaque
$172
_____
Sheen Sample
$115.38
_____
Peg/Nail Sample
$115.38
_____
List Price
To view, customize & order additional cabinet line brochures, direct mail, & posters, visit our Virtual Marketing Portal at https://cci.rastar.com/
Quantity
Door Store For availability + finish + style, visit our door store online!
CATALOGS>FORMS>SalesAidOrderForm
www.CustomCupboards.com/ForThePros/DealersOnly/DoorStore
Standard Finishes & Doors (with/out glaze) Packaged Finishes & Mitered Doors Applied Molding Doors w w w. C w u swt w. o mCCuus p t obm oa Crudpsb. cooam rds.com AUGUSTAUGUST 2014 2014
--32 1 --
SD&F SAMPLE ORDER FORM 3738 South Norman ▪ Wichita, Kansas 67215 T. 316-529-3431 F. 316-469-1028
Dealer ID
Date
Dealer PO#
14 1/2” x 26”
Dealership Salesperson
CATALOGS>FORMS>SDandFSampleOrderForm
ADDED DOOR FEATURES (APPLIED MOLDING, PEGS, & NAILS) WILL BE AN ADDITIONAL CHARGE.
SD&F - STD COLOR
SD&F - STD COLOR
SD&F - STD COLOR/GLAZE
SD&F - STD COLOR/GLAZE
SD&F SPECIAL - CUSTOM - PACKAGED FINISH
SD&F SPECIAL - CUSTOM - PACKAGED FINISH
WOOD:
WOOD:
COLOR:
COLOR:
DOOR STYLE/EDGE:
DOOR STYLE/EDGE:
DRAWER FRONT:
DRAWER FRONT:
SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS:
SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS:
SD&F - STD COLOR
SD&F - STD COLOR
SD&F - STD COLOR/GLAZE
SD&F - STD COLOR/GLAZE
SD&F SPECIAL - CUSTOM - PACKAGED FINISH
SD&F SPECIAL - CUSTOM - PACKAGED FINISH
WOOD:
WOOD:
COLOR:
COLOR:
DOOR STYLE/EDGE:
DOOR STYLE/EDGE:
DRAWER FRONT:
DRAWER FRONT:
SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS:
SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS:
SHIPPING INSTRUCTIONS
Ground
Next Day
Common Carrier
Next Truck
w w w. C w u swt w. o mCCuus p t obm oa Crudpsb. cooam rds.com AUGUSTAUGUST 2014 2014
SHIP TO
- -33 1 --
STANDARD SAMPLE ORDER FORM 3738 South Norman ▪ Wichita, Kansas 67215 T. 316-529-3431 F. 316-469-1028
Date
11 1/2” x 14 1/2”
Dealer ID Dealership Dealer PO#
Salesperson
CATALOGS>FORMS>StandardSampleOrderForm
ADDED DOOR FEATURES (APPLIED MOLDING, PEGS, & NAILS) WILL BE AN ADDITIONAL CHARGE.
SDS - STD COLOR
SDS - STD COLOR
SDSG - STD COLOR/GLAZE
SDSG - STD COLOR/GLAZE
SDS - CUSTOM - PACKAGED FINISH
SDS - CUSTOM - PACKAGED FINISH
SDS-SDCDF - CUSTOM MATCH
SDS-SDCDF - CUSTOM MATCH
WOOD:
WOOD:
COLOR:
COLOR:
DOOR STYLE/EDGE:
DOOR STYLE/EDGE:
SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS:
SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS:
SDS - STD COLOR
SDS - STD COLOR
SDSG - STD COLOR/GLAZE
SDSG - STD COLOR/GLAZE
SDS - CUSTOM - PACKAGED FINISH
SDS - CUSTOM - PACKAGED FINISH
SDS-SDCDF - CUSTOM MATCH
SDS-SDCDF - CUSTOM MATCH
WOOD:
WOOD:
COLOR:
COLOR:
DOOR STYLE/EDGE:
DOOR STYLE/EDGE:
SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS:
SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS:
SHIPPING INSTRUCTIONS
Ground
Next Day
Common Carrier
Next Truck
w w w. C w u swt w. o mCCuus p t obm oa Crudpsb. cooam rds.com AUGUSTAUGUST 2014 2014
SHIP TO
- -34 1 --
LIMITED LIFETIME WARRANTY 3738 South Norman ▪ Wichita, Kansas 67215 T. 316-529-3431 F. 316-469-1028
Custom Cupboards, Inc. (CCI) warrants all of its cabinetry to be free of defects in material and/or workmanship when subject to normal use for as long as the original purchaser owns it. Subject to the provisions that follow, provided that the original purchaser retains ownership and is able to establish the date of purchase and the original cost of the defective product to CCI’s reasonable satisfaction, Custom Cupboards, Inc. will at its sole option elect to either repair or replace, at its discretion, the defective material or components, free of charge. The lifetime coverage offered by this warranty automatically ends upon the sale of the property or the death of the last original homeowner at the time of purchase of the product.
Our warranty does not cover expansion or contraction defects and/or joint separations that occur as a result of low (below 25%) or high (above 55%) humidity or moisture conditions or exposure to extremes of temperature. The color of the wood and finish may change during the lifetime of the product due to exposure to direct or indirect sunlight or other factors. The color change, known as mellowing, occurs in both the finish and the wood itself and is part of the natural aging process. This process is not to be considered a defect in material or workmanship. No dealer or other person(s) or entity is authorized to modify the foregoing warranty or to make any other warranty on behalf of Custom Cupboards, Inc.
The lifetime coverage in this warranty applies only to individual homeowners.
To file a warranty claim, the purchaser should contact their local authorized Custom Cupboards dealer/distributor. The dealer/distributor will then obtain the information necessary to make the claim decision and forward such information in writing to Custom Cupboards for action on the claim. Warranty claims must include a complete description of the defect.
Custom Cupboards Inc. also warrants its dovetail drawer box, hinges, and drawer suspension system to be free from defects in material and/or workmanship under normal usage to the original purchaser for the lifetime of the cabinets. This is a parts warranty only and excludes labor for removal or replacement of defective parts. This warranty shall not apply to cabinetry ordered unfinished, nor to cabinetry or parts of our cabinetry that have been subjected to alterations, abuse, misuse, negligence, or improper installation, storage and handling.
ITED LIM
AR
Y
LIFETIME
W
RAN
T
Dealership
Original Work Order
Street Address
CATALOGS>FORMS>LimitedLifetimeWarranty
City
State
Zip
PO#
Custom Cupboards, Inc. ▪ 3778 South Norman, Wichita, Kansas 67215 ▪ T 316.529.3431 F 316.219.2798 ▪ www.CustomCupboards.com
w w w. C w u swt w. o mCCuus p t obm oa Crudpsb. cooam rds.com AUGUSTAUGUST 2014 2014
- 35 -
OUT-OF-SQUARE CABINET DIAGRAM 3738 South Norman ▪ Wichita, Kansas 67215 T. 316-529-3431 F. 316-469-1028
Date
Dealer Code
Dealership
As there are many variables that can lead to an
Order By
so that we may better address your problem.
out-of-square cabinet box, please describe the defect
Original WO#
Line #
PO#
PLEASE CHECK AS MANY AS NEEDED TO DESCRIBE THE CHALLENGES YOU HAVE HAD
Unequal Length Sides
Bowed Stiles
Face-frame Not Seated to Side
Unequal Width Sides
Bowed Rails
Other
Unequal Length Stiles
Bowed Sides
Unequal Length Rails
Unequal Length Rails
” ”
”
”
CABINET TOP / BOTTOM VIEW
”
”
CABINET SIDE VIEW
CABINET FRONT VIEW
CATALOGS>HEARTLAND>HeartlandCatalog>Forms>H-OutOfSquareCabinetDiagram
STILES BOWED Out
In
Bottom Rail
SIDE VIEW
FACE-FRAME - FRONT VIEW
Please describe defect
PLEASE FAX IN OR EMAIL FORM TO YOUR ACCOUNT REPRESENTATIVE w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014
- -36 1 --
Right Stile
FRAME NOT SEATED FULLY AGAINST SIDE
Left Stile
Top Rail
WARRANTY FORM 3738 South Norman ▪ Wichita, Kansas 67215 T. 316-529-3431 F. 316-469-1028
Dealer ID
Date
TO PROCEED, THIS REQUEST MUST INCLUDE A WO#
Dealership
Original WO#/ESO#
Dealer PO#
City/State
Additional ESOs
Ordered by
SHIPPING INSTRUCTIONS Ground
PLEASE PROVIDE REASON FOR DISSATISFACTION
2nd Day
Common Carrier
Next Day Next Truck*
* No job-site delivery
SHIP TO
PLEASE FAX IN TO 316-858-5295, QUALITY ANALYSIS
Wood Species
Stain
Glaze/Special
Interior
Hinge
Upper Door / Edge
Lower Door / Edge
Drawer Front
Guide Type FISL Doors
FISL Drawers
ITEMS OVER 6 MONTHS OLD MUST BE RETURNED TO THE FACTORY BEFORE WORK CAN BEGIN
CATALOGS>FORMS>WarrantyForm
LINE #
QTY
ITEM#
SIZE (W x L)
OFFICE USE ONLY
w w w. C w u swt w. o mCCuus p t obm oa Crudpsb. cooam rds.com AUGUSTAUGUST 2014 2014
Warranty Code
DEFECT/DESCRIPTION
Authorized By
--37 1 --
Logos
WOOD TOP ORDER FORM 3738 South Norman ▪ Wichita, Kansas 67215 T. 316-529-3431 F. 316-469-1028
Date
WO#
Dealer ID
Dealership
Dealer PO#
Salesperson
Sizes include CTE
Sizes exclude CTE
Please send the “Dog Bone” joint system
Specify edge detail
CTE choice
it will compliment your door detail.
CTE 1
•
Failure to supply all relevant information will affect your lead time.
•
Shaped tops will be shipped prepped for spline only.
•
See catalog for pricing and additional specifications CTE 2
PLEASE SELECT THE SIDES THAT REQUIRE CTE TO BE ATTACHED AND SELECT GRAIN DIRECTION ON EACH PIECE
STRAIGHT ” Yes
No
CTE?
No
”
”
GRAIN DIRECTION
CTE?
Yes
No
”
w w w. C w u swt w. o mCCuus p t obm oa Crudpsb. cooam rds.com AUGUSTAUGUST 2014 2014
• •
Yes
Yes
CTE?
No
CTE?
- -38 1 --
Drawing is based off of a 45º angle. If CTE does not fit a complementary edge will be added.
WOOD TOP ORDER FORM 3738 South Norman ▪ Wichita, Kansas 67215 T. 316-529-3431 F. 316-469-1028
Date
WO#
Dealer ID
Dealership
Dealer PO#
Salesperson
Sizes include CTE
Sizes exclude CTE
Please send the “Dog Bone” joint system
Specify edge detail
CTE choice
it will compliment your door detail.
•
Failure to supply all relevant information will affect your lead time.
•
Shaped tops will be shipped prepped for spline only.
•
See catalog for pricing and additional specifications
CTE 1
CTE 2
PLEASE SELECT THE SIDES THAT REQUIRE CTE TO BE ATTACHED AND SELECT GRAIN DIRECTION ON EACH PIECE
“L” SHAPED ” Yes
No
• •
Drawing is based off of a 45º angle. If CTE does not fit a complementary edge will be added.
”
No
CTE?
Yes
Yes
CTE?
No
CTE?
” ”
GRAIN DIRECTION
CTE?
Yes
No
CTE?
GRAIN DIRECTION
Yes No
CATALOGS>FORMS>WoodtopOrderForm CATALOGS>FORMS>WoodtopOrderForm
CTE?
”
w w w. C w u swt w. o mCCuus p t obm oa Crudpsb. cooam rds.com AUGUSTAUGUST 2014 2014
--39 2 --
Yes
No
”
WOOD TOP ORDER FORM 3738 South Norman ▪ Wichita, Kansas 67215 T. 316-529-3431 F. 316-469-1028
Date
WO#
Dealer ID
Dealership
Dealer PO#
Salesperson
Sizes include CTE
Sizes exclude CTE
Specify edge detail it will compliment your door detail.
Please send the “Dog Bone” joint system CTE choice
•
Failure to supply all relevant information will affect your lead time.
•
Shaped tops will be shipped prepped for spline only.
•
See catalog for pricing and additional specifications
CTE 1
CTE 2
PLEASE SELECT THE SIDES THAT REQUIRE CTE TO BE ATTACHED AND SELECT GRAIN DIRECTION ON EACH PIECE
“U” SHAPED ” No
CTE?
”
”
No
CTE?
Yes
Yes
CTE?
No
Drawing is based off of a 45º angle. If CTE does not fit a complementary edge will be added.
CTE?
No
• •
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
CTE?
”
”
” ”
GRAIN DIRECTION
CTE?
Yes
No
GRAIN DIRECTION
CATALOGS>FORMS>WoodtopOrderForm
CTE?
Yes
No
”
w w w. C w u swt w. o mCCuus p t obm oa Crudpsb. cooam rds.com AUGUSTAUGUST 2014 2014
--40 3 --
GRAIN DIRECTION
WOOD TOP ORDER FORM 3738 South Norman ▪ Wichita, Kansas 67215 T. 316-529-3431 F. 316-469-1028
Date
WO#
Dealer ID
Dealership
Dealer PO#
Salesperson
Sizes include CTE
Sizes exclude CTE
Please send the “Dog Bone” joint system
Specify edge detail
CTE choice
it will compliment your door detail.
•
Failure to supply all relevant information will affect your lead time.
•
Shaped tops will be shipped prepped for spline only.
•
See catalog for pricing and additional specifications
CTE 1
CTE 2
PLEASE SELECT THE SIDES THAT REQUIRE CTE TO BE ATTACHED AND SELECT GRAIN DIRECTION ON EACH PIECE
ANGLED
” CTE?
Yes
No
No
”
CTE?
GRAIN DIRECTION
• •
Drawing is based off of a 45º angle. If CTE does not fit a complementary edge will be added.
Yes
Yes
CTE?
No
” ” C ?
TE
135°
s Ye
IN RA
o
G
N
”
C
RE
DI
Yes
No
N
O
TI
CTE?
C ?
CTE?
TE s Ye
GRAIN DIRECTION o
No
CATALOGS>FORMS>WoodtopOrderForm
135°
CTE?
Yes
”
w w w. C w u swt w. o mCCuus p t obm oa Crudpsb. cooam rds.com AUGUSTAUGUST 2014 2014
-- 41 4 --
No
e
Yes
N
”
”